As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 2010
Registration No. 333-166810
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Amendment No. 7
to
 
Form S-11
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
 
CoreSite Realty Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in governing instruments)
 
1050 17th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
(866) 777-2673
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Thomas M. Ray
President & Chief Executive Officer
CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
(866) 777-2673
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
     
Raymond Y. Lin   Edward J. Schneidman
Patrick H. Shannon   John P. Berkery
Latham & Watkins LLP   Mayer Brown LLP
885 Third Avenue   1675 Broadway
New York, New York 10022   New York, New York 10019
(212) 906-1200   (212) 506-2500
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public :  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  þ   Smaller reporting company  o
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)          
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 31.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.
 
         
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 23,558  
FINRA filing fees
    35,000  
NYSE listing fee
    125,000  
Printing and engraving expenses
    400,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    3,500,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    1,500,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    10,000  
Miscellaneous
    106,442  
         
Total
  $ 5,700,000  
         
 
Item 32.    Sales to Special Parties.
 
None.
 
Item 33.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
During the past three years, we (including our predecessor), have issued and sold the following unregistered securities: On February 17, 2010, in connection with our formation, Thomas M. Ray was issued 1,000 shares of our common stock for total consideration of $10.00 in cash in order to provide our initial capitalization. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, an aggregate of 34,600,000 operating partnership units with an aggregate value of $553.6 million, assuming a price per share at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus that forms a part of this Registration Statement, will be issued to certain persons transferring to us interests in the asset entities that own the properties comprising our initial portfolio in consideration of such transfer. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us. All of such persons are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. We did not generally solicit or advertise to market our securities. All such persons made their investment decisions based on their substantive pre-existing relationships with us and the information that we provided to them. The issuance of such operating partnership units will be effected in reliance upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act.
 
Item 34.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision eliminating the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates our directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Maryland law requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually


II-1


 

incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:
 
  •  the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
 
  •  the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
 
  •  in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.
 
Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation also may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the director or officer met the prescribed standard of conduct; however, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or in our right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.
 
In addition, Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
 
Our charter authorizes us to obligate our company, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify
 
  •  any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of his or her service in such capacity and
 
  •  any individual who, while a director or officer and, at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, trustee, partner, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise who is made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of his or her service in such capacity,
 
against any claim or liability by reason of that status and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of his or her ultimate entitlement to indemnification. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by our charter and bylaws vest immediately upon election of a director or officer. Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of our company or any entity acquired by our company, or its predecessors, if any, or any partnership controlled by our company, or its predecessors, if any, in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of us or a predecessor of our company or acquired entity.
 
In addition, our directors and officers are indemnified for specified liabilities and expenses pursuant to the partnership agreement of CoreSite, L.P., the partnership in which we serve as sole general partner.
 
Item 35.    Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.
 
None of the proceeds will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital share account.
 
Item 36.    Financial Statements and Exhibits.
 
(a)  Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements included in the registration statement.


II-2


 

(b)  Exhibits.   The following is a complete list of exhibits filed as part of the registration statement, which are incorporated herein:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement between CoreSite Realty Corporation and the underwriters named therein.
  3 .1   Articles of Amendment and Restatement of CoreSite Realty Corporation.
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of CoreSite Realty Corporation.
  4 .1**   Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock of CoreSite Realty Corporation.
  5 .1   Opinion of Venable LLP as to legality of the securities being issued.
  8 .1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to certain U.S. federal income tax matters.
  10 .1   Form of Limited Partnership Agreement of CoreSite, L.P.
  10 .2   Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10 .3   Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.
  10 .4   Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
  10 .5   Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement.
  10 .6   Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.
  10 .7   Employment Agreement between CoreSite Realty Corporation and Thomas M. Ray.
  10 .8   Employment Agreement between CoreSite Realty Corporation and Deedee M. Beckman.
  10 .9   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers of CoreSite Realty Corporation.
  10 .10   Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
  10 .11   Form of Tax Protection Agreement.
  10 .12   Form of Contribution Agreement.
  10 .13   Lease Agreement between Hines REIT One Wilshire Services, Inc. and CRG West One Wilshire, L.L.C., dated as of August 1, 2007.
  10 .14   Lease Agreement between Hines REIT One Wilshire, LP and CRG West One Wilshire, L.L.C., dated as of August 1, 2007.
  10 .15   First Amendment to Lease between Hines REIT One Wilshire, LP and CRG West One Wilshire, L.L.C., dated as of May 1, 2008.
  10 .16   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.
  10 .17   Form of Restricted Unit Agreement.
  10 .18   Form of Management Rights Agreement.
  10 .19   CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. Senior Management Severance and Change in Control Program.
  10 .20   CoreSite Realty Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
  16 .1**   Letter of Ernst & Young, LLP regarding Change in Certifying Accountants.
  16 .2**   Letter of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP (formerly Beers & Cutler PLLC) regarding Change in Certifying Accountants.
  21 .1**   Subsidiaries of CoreSite Realty Corporation.
  23 .1**   Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23 .2   Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23 .3   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).
  24 .1**   Powers of Attorney (included in signature pages).
  99 .1**   Consent of Robert G. Stuckey to be named as a board nominee.
  99 .2**   Consent of Paul E. Szurek to be named as a board nominee.
  99 .3**   Consent of David A. Wilson to be named as a board nominee.
  99 .4**   Consent of James A. Attwood, Jr. to be named as a board nominee.


II-3


 

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  99 .5**   Consent of Michael Koehler to be named as a board nominee.
  99 .6**   Consent of J. David Thompson to be named as a board nominee.
  99 .7   Private Letter Ruling from the Internal Revenue Service.
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
** Previously filed.
 
Item 37.    Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, State of Colorado, on September 22, 2010.
 
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Thomas M. Ray
Name:     Thomas M. Ray
  Title:  President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Thomas M. Ray

Thomas M. Ray
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  September 22, 2010
         
/s/  Deedee M. Beckman

Deedee M. Beckman
  Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting
Officer)
  September 22, 2010


II-5

Exhibit 3.1
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
      FIRST : CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter (the “Charter”) as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.
      SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the Charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:
ARTICLE I
INCORPORATOR
     The undersigned, Michael D. Schiffer, whose address is 750 East Pratt Street, Suite 900, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, being at least 18 years of age, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland.
ARTICLE II
NAME
     The name of the Corporation is:
     CoreSite Realty Corporation
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
     The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force. For purposes of these Articles, “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under the Code.
ARTICLE IV
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT
     The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, whose post address is 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

1


 

ARTICLE V
PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE
CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS
     Section 5.1 Number of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation is one (1), which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The name of the director who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified is Thomas M. Ray. Subject to the foregoing, this director may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
     Section 5.2 Extraordinary Actions . Notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
     Section 5.3 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.
     Section 5.4 Preemptive and Appraisal Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 6.4 or as may otherwise be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any

2


 

successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
     Section 5.5 Indemnification . The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation or any entity acquired by the Corporation or any partnership controlled by the Corporation (each an “Acquired Entity”) or any predecessor entity to an Acquired Entity in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation or of any Acquired Entity or predecessor of any Acquired Entity.
     Section 5.6 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of stock of the Corporation, including with respect to the matters contemplated in Section 7.7, the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.

3


 

     Section 5.7 REIT Qualification . The Board of Directors shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to the Code. The Board of Directors also may determine upon advice of counsel that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII is no longer required for REIT qualification.
     Section 5.8 Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed, with or without cause, from office at any time, only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.
ARTICLE VI
STOCK
     Section 6.1 Authorized Shares . The Corporation has authority to issue 120,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,200,000.00. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4 of this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
     Section 6.2 Common Stock . Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Stock, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time (including, without limitation, any shares that were previously issued but which have been acquired by the Corporation) in one or more classes or series of stock.
     Section 6.3 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time (including, without

4


 

limitation, any shares that were previously issued but which have been acquired by the Corporation), in one or more classes or series of stock.
     Section 6.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series and any other terms and conditions of such shares; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”).Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other Charter document.
     Section 6.5 Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting by consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner permitted by the MGCL and set forth in the Bylaws.
     Section 6.6 Charter and Bylaws . The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.
ARTICLE VII
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
     Section 7.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
      Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the percentage ownership of Capital Stock by any person, shares of Capital Stock that are treated as Beneficially or Constructively Owned by such Person shall be deemed outstanding. The value of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.
      Beneficial Ownership . The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by

5


 

Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
      Business Day . The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.
      Capital Stock . The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
      Charitable Beneficiary . The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to such organization must be eligible for deduction under one of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
      Code . The term “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute. Any reference to a particular section of the Code shall mean such section of the Code, any rules or regulations issued under, or pursuant to, such section and, in the event such section is amended or replaced at any time hereafter, any such amended or successor section and any rules or regulations issued under, or pursuant to, such amended or successor section.
      Common Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Common Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing for purposes of determining the percentage ownership (by value or number of shares) of Common Stock by any Person, shares of Common Stock that are treated as Beneficially or Constructively Owned by such Person shall be deemed outstanding. The number and value of outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.
      Constructive Ownership . The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Own,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
      Individual . The term “Individual” shall mean an individual, a trust qualified under section 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code, a portion or a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in section 642(c) of the Code or a private foundation within the meaning of section 509(a) of the Code, provided that, except as set forth in section 856(h)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code, a trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Code shall be excluded from this definition.
      Initial Date . The term “Initial Date” shall mean the close of business on the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Common Stock.
      Market Price . The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any

6


 

class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      NYSE . The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.
      Person . The term “Person” shall mean an Individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust, association, joint stock company or other entity.
      Prohibited Owner . The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.1, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in violation of the provisions of Section 7.2.1(a) and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.
      Restriction Termination Date . The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Corporation determines (1) pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or (2) that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.
      Transfer . The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Capital Stock, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record,

7


 

Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.
      Trust . The term “Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.1.
      Trustee . The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Trust.
          Section 7.2 Capital Stock .
               Section 7.2.1 Ownership Limitations . During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 7.4:
                    (a)  Basic Restrictions .
                         (i) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7, (1) no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and (2) no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit.
                         (ii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7, no Person shall Constructively Own Capital Stock to the extent such Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own 10% or more of the ownership interests of a tenant or licensee of the real property of the Corporation (or any partnership, limited liability company or other flow-through entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation) within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.
                         (iii) No Person shall Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Corporation owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Corporation (either directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, limited liability companies or other flow-through entities) from such tenant, taking into account any other income of the Corporation that would not qualify under the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code, could cause the Corporation to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).
                         (iv) Any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered through the facilities of any national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system) that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 Persons

8


 

(determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.
                         (v) It is expressly intended that the restrictions on ownership and transfer described in this Section 7.2 shall apply to restrict the rights of any members or partners in limited liability companies or partnerships to exchange their interest in such entities for Capital Stock of the Corporation.
                    (b)  Transfer in Trust . If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered through the facilities of any national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system) or other event occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iii),
                         (i) then that number of shares of the Capital Stock the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or
                         (ii) if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.
               Section 7.2.2 Remedies for Breach . If the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided , however , that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 7.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
               Section 7.2.3 Notice of Restricted Transfer . Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 7.2.1(a) or any Person who would have

9


 

owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.
               Section 7.2.4 Owners Required To Provide Information . From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:
                    (a) every owner of five percent or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Common Stock and other shares of the Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation in writing such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit; and
                    (b) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.
               Section 7.2.5 Remedies Not Limited . Subject to Section 5.7 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.
               Section 7.2.6 Ambiguity . In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 7.2, Section 7.3, or any definition contained in Section 7.1, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 or any such definition with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 7.2.2) acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Capital Stock which, but for such remedies, would have

10


 

been actually owned by such person and second to shares of Capital Stock which, but for such remedies would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Capital Stock held by each such Person.
               Section 7.2.7 Exceptions .
                    (a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), as the case may be, if the Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, that such exemption will not cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code.
                    (b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a), the Board of Directors of the Corporation may require the Person seeking such exemption to make certain representations or undertakings or to agree that any violation or attempted violation of such representation or undertaking (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions otherwise contained in this Charter) will result in such shares of Capital Stock being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with sections 7.2.1(b) or 7.3 and/or may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.
                    (c) Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(iii), an underwriter or initial purchaser in a Rule 144A transaction which participates in a public offering or a private placement of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit, or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement or immediate resale of such Capital Stock in a Rule 144A transaction and provided that the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a) will not be violated following the distribution by such underwriter or initial purchaser of such shares of Capital Stock.
               Section 7.2.8 Increase in Aggregate Stock Ownership and Common Stock Ownership Limits . Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(iii), the Board of Directors may from time to time increase the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit for one or more Persons and decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit for all other Persons; provided, however, that the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership in Stock is in excess of such decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate

11


 

Stock Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage of Stock equals or falls below the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of Stock in excess of such percentage ownership of Stock will be in violation of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Persons who are considered individuals pursuant to Section 542(a)(2) of the Code as modified by Section 856(h)(3) of the Code to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Stock.
               Section 7.2.9 Legend . Each certificate for shares of Capital Stock shall bear substantially the following legend:
The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation; (ii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation in excess of 9.8% of the value of the total outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation; (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; (iv) no Person may Transfer shares of Capital Stock if such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons as determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code, and (v) no Person shall Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own 10% or more of the ownership interests of a tenant or licensee of the real property of the Corporation (or any partnership, limited liability company or other flow-through entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation) within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock

12


 

which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are violated, the shares of Capital Stock represented hereby, together with any dividends or distributions thereon will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.
     Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge. If shares of Capital Stock are issued without a certificate, the foregoing legend or the foregoing statement shall also be included in the written statement of information to the stockholder, if one is sent to any stockholder who is issued shares without a certificate.
          Section 7.3 Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust .
               Section 7.3.1 Ownership in Trust . Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 7.3.6.
               Section 7.3.2 Status of Shares Held by the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the

13


 

Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust.
               Section 7.3.3 Dividend and Voting Rights . The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.
               Section 7.3.4 Sale of Shares by Trustee . Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the

14


 

Charitable Beneficiary, together with any dividends or distributions thereon. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.
               Section 7.3.5 Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which has been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and any dividends or other distributors held by the Trustee with respect to such Capital Stock shall thereupon be paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.
               Section 7.3.6 Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries . By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
       Section 7.4 NYSE Transactions . Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.
       Section 7.5 Enforcement . The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.
       Section 7.6 Non-Waiver . No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of

15


 

any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.
          Section 7.7 Modification . In accordance with Section 2-105(b) of the MGCL, this Article VII may be modified by the Board of Directors, without a stockholder vote, provided that (a) the Board of Directors determines that such modification is necessary or advisable to assist the Corporation in qualifying as a REIT as a result of a change in the provisions of the Code or any regulation thereunder, published ruling or interpretation of such provisions or regulation, relating to the requirements to qualify as a REIT; (b) upon such determination, the Board of Directors adopts a resolution setting forth such modification; and (c) the Corporation files a certificate of notice, in accordance with Section 1-207.1(a) and (b)(2) of the MGCL, that sets forth the modification.
          Section 7.8 Code References . Any reference to a particular section of the Code shall include references to any successor provision.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
     The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to its Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
      THIRD : The amendment to and restatement of the charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.
      FOURTH : The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth

16


 

in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.
      FIFTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.
      SIXTH : The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.
      SEVENTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 1,000 consisting of 1,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $10.00.
      EIGHTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter is 120,000,000 consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,200,000.00.
      NINTH : The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

17


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this 21 st day of September, 2010.
                 
ATTEST:       CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION:    
 
               
/s/ Erick H. Bromfield
      By:   /s/ Thomas M. Ray    
 
Name: Erick H. Bromfield
         
 
Name: Thomas M. Ray
   
Title: Secretary
          Title: President    

18

Exhibit 3.2
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE . The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.
     Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES . The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 1. PLACE . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.
     Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING . An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
          (a) General . Each of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, Board of Directors or any three members of the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. Except as provided in subsection (b)(4) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, Board of Directors or any three members of the Board of Directors whoever has called the meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.
          (b) Stockholder-Requested Special Meetings.
               (1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary

1


 

(the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder, each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors or the election of each such individual, as applicable, in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.
               (2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

2


 

               (3) The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.
               (4) In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided , however, that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., local time, on the 90 th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90 th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30 th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).
               (5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn

3


 

the meeting without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.
               (6) The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Directors may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days (as defined below) after receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).
               (7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
     Section 4. NOTICE . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless a stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

4


 

     Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.
     Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the vice chairman of the board, if there is one, the chief executive officer, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, the secretary, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary, or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of stockholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

5


 

     Section 6. QUORUM; ADJOURNMENTS . At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
     The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.
     Section 7. VOTING . A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Charter. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.
     Section 8. PROXIES . A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast the votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
     Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS . Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee or managing member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or fiduciary may vote stock registered in the name of such person in the capacity of such director or fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

6


 

     Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
     The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.
     Section 10. INSPECTORS . The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
     Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.
          (a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
               (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

7


 

               (2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of any such other business, such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 of this Article II and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in connection with the Corporation’s first annual meeting or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
               (3) To be in proper form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:
                    (i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;
                    (ii) as to any business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a reasonably detailed description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;
                    (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person;
                         (A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition,

8


 

and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,
                         (B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person,
                         (C) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of Company Securities for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or ( II ) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities,
                         (D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;
                    (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,
                         (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee; and
                         (B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person; and
                    (v) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee

9


 

for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.
               (4) Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request, to the stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market).
               (5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
               (6) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.
          (b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) by a stockholder that has requested that a special meeting be called for the purpose of electing directors in compliance with Section 3 of this Article II and that has supplied the information required by Section 3 of this Article II about each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election of directors or (iii) provided that the

10


 

special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Article II for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraph (a)(3) of this Section 11, is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
          (c) General.
               (1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11, and (B) a written update of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.
               (2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.
               (3) For purposes of this Section 11, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy

11


 

statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.
               (4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
     Section 12. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . The Board of Directors or chairman of the meeting may permit one or more stockholders to participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.
     Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT.
          (a) General. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “MGCL”), shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, by the Board of Directors whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition; provided, however, that such repeal must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present.
          (b) Carlyle . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL, shall not apply to any acquisition by TC Group, L.L.C., TCG Holdings II, L.P. or their respective affiliates or associates, of shares of stock of the Corporation; provided that the consent of TC Group, L.L.C., TCG Holdings II, L.P. or their respective affiliates and associates, collectively, will not be required after such time as they no longer hold Common Stock and/or operating partnership units of CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“CoreSite L.P.”), exchangeable into an amount of Common Stock equal to or greater than 10% of

12


 

the Corporation’s issued and outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. This section may not be repealed, in whole or in part, except in accordance with Article XIV.
     Section 14. STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting (a) if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders or (b) if the action is advised, and submitted to the stockholders for approval, by the Board of Directors and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission of stockholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting of stockholders is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the MGCL. The Corporation shall give notice of any action taken by less than unanimous consent to each stockholder not later than ten days after the effective time of such action.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
     Section 1. GENERAL POWERS . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.
     Section 2. NUMBER, NOMINEES, TENURE AND RESIGNATION . Subject to Section 5.1 of the Charter, at any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors. Nominees for director, either for election by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, shall include such number of individuals as are entitled to be nominated pursuant to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of CoreSite, L.P. (as amended from time to time, the “CoreSite Partnership Agreement”). Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.
     Section 3. DESIGNATION OF LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR . Regardless of whether the Chairman of the Board of Directors is independent, the independent members of the Board of Directors shall elect an independent director to be the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director may conduct separate meetings of the independent directors and perform other duties appropriate to his or her responsibilities, including: (a) preparing, in consultation with the Chairman, committee chairs, and other directors, the agendas for the Board meetings; (b) coordinating the activities of the other independent directors; (c) approving, in consultation with other independent directors, the retention and compensation of consultants who report directly to the Board; (d) reviewing with the Chief Executive Officer the Chief Executive Officer’s performance evaluation conducted by the independent directors; (e) presiding at non-management meetings of the independent directors and conveying to management directors the results of deliberations among non-management directors; and (f) acting as representative of the non-management directors for communication with interested parties.
     Section 4. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

13


 

     Section 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or any three directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.
     Section 6. NOTICE . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three business days prior to the meeting; provided that notice of the date, time and place of such meeting shall also be given by electronic mail or fax at least three business days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws. Any notice required under this Section 5 may be waived and shall be deemed waived by any member of the Board of Directors who participates in such meeting unless the sole purpose of such director’s participation is the objection to the adequacy of the notice given hereunder.
     Section 7. QUORUM . A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors is present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.
     The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

14


 

     Section 8. VOTING . The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.
     Section 9. ORGANIZATION . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
     Section 10. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     Section 11. CONSENT BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each director and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
     Section 12. VACANCIES . If for any reason any or all of the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors for any cause other than an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if such majority is less than a quorum. Any vacancy in the number of directors created by an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors. Any individual so elected as director shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies.
     Section 13. COMPENSATION . Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or

15


 

of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
     Section 14. RELIANCE . Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
     Section 15. RATIFICATION . The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
     Section 16. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS . A director who is not also an officer of the Corporation shall have no responsibility to devote his or her full time to the affairs of the Corporation. Any director or officer, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.
     Section 17. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Charter or these Bylaws, this Section 16 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible

16


 

at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
     Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall be composed as required by the CoreSite Partnership Agreement.
     Section 2. POWERS . The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.
     Section 3. MEETINGS . Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member.
     Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.
     Section 6. VACANCIES . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

17


 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
     Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS . The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.
     Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION . Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.
     Section 3. VACANCIES . A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.
     Section 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . The Board of Directors may designate from among its members a chairman of the board, who shall not, solely by reason of these Bylaws, be an officer of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate the chairman of the board as an executive or non-executive chairman. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors. The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors.
     Section 5. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs

18


 

of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
     Section 6. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.
     Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.
     Section 8. PRESIDENT . In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of a designation of a chief executive officer and/or chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer and/or chief operating officer, as the case may be. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
     Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or vice president for particular areas of responsibility.
     Section 10. SECRETARY . The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be

19


 

assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.
     Section 11. TREASURER . The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.
     The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.
     Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.
     Section 13. COMPENSATION . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
     Section 1. CONTRACTS . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors and executed by an authorized person.
     Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3. DEPOSITS . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation

20


 

as the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.
ARTICLE VII
STOCK
     Section 1. CERTIFICATES . Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.
     Section 2. TRANSFERS . All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Directors that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.
     The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.
     Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless

21


 

requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors has determined that such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.
     Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE . The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.
     When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days or postponed to a date more than 90 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.
     Section 5. STOCK LEDGER . The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.
     Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS . The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to issue fractional stock or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.
ARTICLE VIII
ACCOUNTING YEAR
     The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

22


 

ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS
     Section 1. AUTHORIZATION . Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.
     Section 2. CONTINGENCIES . Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
ARTICLE X
INVESTMENT POLICY
     Subject to the provisions of the Charter, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE XI
SEAL
     Section 1. SEAL . The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.
     Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL . Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES
     To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses

23


 

in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a director or officer. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Corporation or any entity acquired by the Corporation or any partnership controlled by the Corporation (an “Acquired Entity”) or any predecessor entity to an Acquired Entity in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation or of any Acquired Entity or any predecessor of an Acquired Entity. The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.
     Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
ARTICLE XIII
WAIVER OF NOTICE
     Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

24


 

ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
     The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws, except as provided in Section 13(a) of Article II; provided, however, that for so long as TC Group, L.L.C. or TCG Holdings II, L.P. or their respective affiliates or associates has the right under the CoreSite Partnership Agreement to designate Carlyle-Recommended Nominees (“Carlyle-Recommended Nominees”) for election to the Board of Directors, any amendment to Section 13(b) of Article II, the second sentence of Section 2 of Article III, the final sentence of Section 1 of Article IV or to this sentence must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors who were Carlyle-Recommended Nominees.

25

[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]
September 22, 2010
CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
           Re:   Registration Statement on Form S-11
Commission File No 333- 166810
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have served as Maryland counsel to CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of up to 19,435,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), to be issued in an underwritten initial public offering covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
          In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):
          1. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus included therein in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the Securities Act;
          2. The charter of the Company (the “Charter”), certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);
          3. The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
          4. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;
          5. Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) relating to, among other matters, the registration and issuance of the Shares (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
          6. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and

 


 

CoreSite Realty Corporation
September 22, 2010
Page 2
          7. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.
          In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:
          1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.
          2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.
          3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.
          4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.
          5. The Shares will not be issued or transferred in violation of any restriction or limitation contained in Article VII of the Charter.
          Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:
          1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.
          2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and any other resolutions adopted by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof relating thereto, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 


 

CoreSite Realty Corporation
September 22, 2010
Page 3
          The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with any federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or as to federal or state laws regarding fraudulent transfers. To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter. The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of any judicial decision which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.
          The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.
          This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.
Very truly yours,
/S/ VENABLE LLP
117912-286725

 

Exhibit 8.1
         
(LATHAM & WATKINS LLP)   53rd at Third
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-4834
Tel: +1.212.906.1200 Fax: +1.212.751.4864
www.lw.com
 
       











September 21, 2010



CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
Denver, Co 80265 
  FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
  Abu Dhabi   Moscow
  Barcelona   Munich
  Beijing   New Jersey
  Brussels   New York
  Chicago   Orange County
  Doha   Paris
  Dubai   Riyadh
  Frankfurt   Rome
  Hamburg   San Diego
  Hong Kong   San Francisco
  Houston
London
  Shanghai
Silicon Valley
  Los Angeles   Singapore
  Madrid   Tokyo
  Milan   Washington, D.C.
      Re: CoreSite Realty Corporation
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     In connection with the registration statement on Form S-11 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by CoreSite Realty Corporation (the “Company”) on May 13, 2010 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), in connection with the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), you have requested our opinion concerning the statements in the Registration Statement under the caption “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
     This opinion is based on various facts and assumptions, and is conditioned upon certain representations made by the Company as to factual matters through a certificate of an officer of the Company (the “Officer’s Certificate”). In addition, this opinion is based upon the factual representations of the Company concerning its business, properties and governing documents as set forth in the Registration Statement.
     In our capacity as counsel to the Company, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced documents or in the Officer’s Certificate. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all representations and statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.
     We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the federal income tax laws of the United States and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability

 


 

September 21, 2010
Page 2
(LATHAM & WATKINS LLP)
thereto, or the effect thereon, of other federal laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.
     Based on such facts, assumptions and representations and subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the Registration Statement and the Officer’s Certificate, it is our opinion that:
     1. The statements in the Registration Statement under the caption “Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as such statements purport to constitute summaries of United States federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the matters described therein.
     2. Commencing with the Company’s taxable year ending December 31, 2010, the Company is organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and its proposed method of operation will enable it to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code.
     No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed herein.
     This opinion is rendered to you as of the date of this letter, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the representations described above, including in the Registration Statement or the Officer’s Certificate may affect the conclusions stated herein. Moreover, the Company’s qualification and taxation as a real estate investment trust depend upon the Company’s ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including through actual annual operating results, asset diversification, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of the Company’s operation in any taxable year will satisfy such requirements.
     This opinion is furnished to you, and is for your use in connection with the transaction described herein. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to, or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity, for any purpose, without our prior written consent, except that this opinion may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

Exhibit 10.1
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CoreSite , L.P.
a Delaware limited partnership
 
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”),OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION, UNLESS IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE
PARTNERSHIP, THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE
EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.
dated as of [                      ], 2010

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
    18  
 
       
Section 2.1 Formation
    18  
Section 2.2 Name
    18  
Section 2.3 Principal Office and Registered Agent; Principal Executive Office
    18  
Section 2.4 Power of Attorney
    19  
Section 2.5 Term
    20  
Section 2.6 Limited Partner Interests Are Securities
    20  
Section 2.7 Initial Partners
    20  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 PURPOSE
    20  
 
       
Section 3.1 Purpose and Business
    20  
Section 3.2 Powers
    21  
Section 3.3 Partnership Only for Purposes Specified
    21  
Section 3.4 Representations and Warranties by the Partners
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
    23  
 
       
Section 4.1 Capital Contributions of the Partners
    23  
Section 4.2 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests
    23  
Section 4.3 Additional Funds and Capital Contributions
    25  
Section 4.4 Stock Option Plans
    26  
Section 4.5 Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Cash Option Purchase Plan, Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan
    27  
Section 4.6 No Interest; No Return
    28  
Section 4.7 Conversion or Redemption of Capital Shares
    28  
Section 4.8 Other Contribution Provisions
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 DISTRIBUTIONS
    28  
 
       
Section 5.1 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions
    28  
Section 5.2 Distributions in Kind
    29  
Section 5.3 Amounts Withheld
    29  
Section 5.4 Distributions upon Liquidation
    29  
Section 5.5 Distributions to Reflect Additional Partnership Units
    29  
Section 5.6 Restricted Distributions
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 ALLOCATIONS
    30  
 
       
Section 6.1 Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss
    30  
Section 6.2 General Allocations
    30  
Section 6.3 Additional Allocation Provisions
    31  

i


 

         
    Page  
Section 6.4 Regulatory Allocation Provisions
    31  
Section 6.5 Tax Allocations
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS
    34  
 
       
Section 7.1 Management
    34  
Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership
    38  
Section 7.3 Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority
    39  
Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner
    41  
Section 7.5 Outside Activities of the General Partner
    42  
Section 7.6 Transactions with Affiliates
    43  
Section 7.7 Indemnification
    44  
Section 7.8 Liability of the General Partner
    46  
Section 7.9 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner
    48  
Section 7.10 Title to Partnership Assets
    49  
Section 7.11 Reliance by Third Parties
    49  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
    49  
 
       
Section 8.1 Limitation of Liability
    49  
Section 8.2 Management of Business
    49  
Section 8.3 Outside Activities of Limited Partners
    50  
Section 8.4 Return of Capital
    50  
Section 8.5 Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership
    50  
Section 8.6 Partnership Right to Call Limited Partner Interests
    51  
Section 8.7 Board Nomination Rights
    51  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
    54  
 
       
Section 9.1 Records and Accounting
    54  
Section 9.2 Partnership Year
    54  
Section 9.3 Reports
    54  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 TAX MATTERS
    55  
 
       
Section 10.1 Preparation of Tax Returns
    55  
Section 10.2 Tax Elections
    55  
Section 10.3 Tax Matters Partner
    55  
Section 10.4 Withholding
    56  
Section 10.5 Organizational Expenses
    57  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 PARTNER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS
    57  
 
       
Section 11.1 General Limitation on Transfer
    57  
Section 11.2 Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest
    57  
Section 11.3 Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer
    59  
Section 11.4 Admission of Substituted Limited Partners
    62  
Section 11.5 Assignees
    62  

ii


 

         
    Page  
Section 11.6 General Provisions
    63  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
    63  
 
       
Section 12.1 Admission of Successor General Partner
    63  
Section 12.2 Admission of Additional Limited Partners
    64  
Section 12.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership
    65  
Section 12.4 Admission
    65  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION
    65  
 
       
Section 13.1 Dissolution
    65  
Section 13.2 Winding Up
    66  
Section 13.3 Deemed Contribution and Distribution
    67  
Section 13.4 Rights of Holders
    68  
Section 13.5 Notice of Dissolution
    68  
Section 13.6 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership
    68  
Section 13.7 Reasonable Time for Winding-Up
    68  
 
       
ARTICLE 14 PROCEDURES FOR ACTIONS AND CONSENTS OF PARTNERS; AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS
    68  
 
       
Section 14.1 Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners
    68  
Section 14.2 Amendments
    68  
Section 14.3 Actions and Consents of the Partners
    69  
 
       
ARTICLE 15 GENERAL PROVISIONS
    70  
 
       
Section 15.1 Redemption Rights of Qualifying Parties
    70  
Section 15.2 Addresses and Notice
    77  
Section 15.3 Titles and Captions
    77  
Section 15.4 Pronouns and Plurals
    77  
Section 15.5 Further Action
    77  
Section 15.6 Binding Effect
    77  
Section 15.7 Waiver
    77  
Section 15.8 Counterparts
    78  
Section 15.9 Applicable Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
    78  
Section 15.10 Entire Agreement
    78  
Section 15.11 Invalidity of Provisions
    79  
Section 15.12 Limitation to Preserve REIT Status
    79  
Section 15.13 No Partition
    80  
Section 15.14 No Third-Party Rights Created Hereby
    80  
Section 15.15 No Rights as Stockholders
    80  

iii


 

Exhibits List
         
Exhibit A PARTNERS AND PARTNERSHIP UNITS
    A-1  
 
Exhibit B EXAMPLES REGARDING ADJUSTMENT FACTOR
    B-1  
 
Exhibit C NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
    C-1  
 
Exhibit D FORM OF PARTNERSHIP UNIT CERTIFICATE
    D-1  

iv


 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CoreSite , L.P.
     THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF CoreSite , L.P., dated as of [                      ], 2010, is made and entered into by and among CoreSite Realty Corporation , a Maryland corporation, as the General Partner and the Persons whose names are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, as limited partners, and any Additional Limited Partner that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership and listed on Exhibit A attached hereto.
     WHEREAS, a Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 4, 2010 (the “ Formation Date ”), with CoreSite Realty Corporation as the initial general partner; and
     WHEREAS, the General Partner now desires to admit the Persons whose names are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto as limited partners of the Partnership by entering into this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS
     The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement:
     “ Act ” means the means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act and any successor statute, as amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
     “ Actions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.7 hereof.
     “ Additional Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.A hereof.
     “ Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to the Act and Section 4.2 and Section 12.2 hereof and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.
     “ Adjusted Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year or other applicable period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 


 

     (i) increase such Capital Account by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement upon liquidation of such Partner’s Partnership Interest or that such Person is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentence of each of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and
     (ii) decrease such Capital Account by the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).
     The foregoing definition of “Adjusted Capital Account” is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
     “ Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year or other applicable period.
     “ Adjustment Factor ” means 1.0; provided, however, that in the event that:
     (i) the General Partner (a) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares wholly or partly in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares wholly or partly in REIT Shares, (b) splits or subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (c) effects a reverse stock split or otherwise combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares, the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Adjustment Factor previously in effect by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination has occurred as of such time) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination;
     (ii) the General Partner distributes any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its REIT Shares to subscribe for or to purchase or to otherwise acquire REIT Shares, or other securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issuable pursuant to a Qualified DRIP/COPP), at a price per share less than the Value of a REIT Share on the record date for such distribution (each a “ Distributed Right ”), then, as of the distribution date of such Distributed Rights or, if later, the time such Distributed Rights become exercisable, the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Adjustment Factor previously in effect by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the maximum number

2


 

of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights times the minimum purchase price per REIT Share under such Distributed Rights and (2) the denominator of which is the Value of a REIT Share as of the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable); provided, however, that, if any such Distributed Rights expire or become no longer exercisable or are modified or exercised and less than the maximum number of REIT shares are purchasable under such Distributed Rights, then the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted, effective retroactive to the date of distribution of the Distributed Rights, or the time such Distributed Right became exercisable, as the case may be, to reflect a reduced maximum number of REIT Shares or any change in the minimum purchase price for the purposes of the above fraction; and
     (iii) the General Partner shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its REIT Shares evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any dividend or distribution referred to in subsection (i) or (ii) above), which evidences of indebtedness or assets relate to assets not received by the General Partner pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership, then the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted to equal the amount determined by multiplying the Adjustment Factor in effect immediately prior to the close of business as of the record date by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be such Value of a REIT Share as of the record date for such dividend or distribution and (b) the denominator of which shall be the Value of a REIT Share as of the record date less the then fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed applicable to one REIT Share.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustments to the Adjustment Factor will be made for any class or series of Partnership Interests to the extent that the Partnership makes or effects any distribution or payment to all of the Partners holding Partnership Interests of such class or series correlative to the distribution or payment set forth in the preceding clauses, or effects any split or reverse split in respect of the Partnership Interests of such class or series correlative to the distribution or payment set forth in the preceding clauses. Any adjustments to the Adjustment Factor shall become effective immediately after such event, retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. For illustrative purposes, examples of adjustments to the Adjustment Factor are set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
     “ Agreement ” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership of CoreSite, L.P., as now or hereafter amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.B hereof.
     “ Appraisal ” means, with respect to any assets, the written opinion of an independent third party experienced in the valuation of similar assets, selected by the General Partner. Such opinion may be in the form of an opinion by such independent third party that the value for such

3


 

property or asset as set by the General Partner is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Partnership.
     “ Assignee ” means a Person to whom a Partnership Interest has been Transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5 hereof.
     “ Available Cash ” means, with respect to any period for which such calculation is being made, such amount as the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion, on behalf of the General Partner, to be available for distributions.
     “ Beneficial Ownership of Common Interest ” means, as of a particular time, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of REIT Shares beneficially owned by any of the Carlyle Limited Partners, and the denominator of which is the total number of REIT Shares then outstanding, in each case, calculated without giving effect to the potential exercise of any options, warrants, or rights to acquire REIT Shares or securities convertible into REIT Shares, except that it shall be calculated by assuming that all of the Common Units then held by the Carlyle Limited Partners had been redeemed under Section 15.1, that the Specified Redemption Date had occurred, the Partnership had paid such Redemption entirely in REIT Shares applying the Adjustment Factor in effect at such time and that the Carlyle Limited Partners continued to hold all of such REIT Shares and calculated as if such Redemption in full were possible even if some event or circumstance would not have then permitted such Redemption in full to have occurred under Section 15.1 (such as the particular time being prior to the end of the Twelve-Month Period or if such Redemption in full would have caused the Ownership Limit to be exceeded or some other condition were not obtained) .
     “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.
     “ Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Denver, Colorado are authorized by law to close.

4


 

     “ Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the capital account maintained by the General Partner for such Partner on the Partnership’s books and records in accordance with the following provisions:
     (i) To each Partner’s Capital Account, there shall be added such Partner’s Capital Contributions, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Income and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 or 6.4 hereof, and the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Partner or that are secured by any property distributed to such Partner.
     (ii) From each Partner’s Capital Account, there shall be subtracted the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership property distributed to such Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 or 6.4 hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or that are secured by any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership (except to the extent already reflected in the amount of such Partner’s Capital Contribution).
     (iii) In the event any interest in the Partnership is Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent that it relates to the Transferred interest.
     (iv) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subsections (i) and (ii) hereof, there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.
     (v) The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations promulgated under Section 704 of the Code, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If the General Partner determines in good faith that it is necessary or prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are maintained in order to comply with such Regulations, the General Partner shall make such modification, provided that such modification is not likely to have any material effect on the amounts distributable to any Partner pursuant to Article 13 hereof upon the dissolution of the Partnership. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, (a) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q) and (b) make any appropriate

5


 

modifications in the event that unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) or Section 1.704-2.
     “ Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any Contributed Property that such Partner contributes or is deemed to contribute pursuant to Article 4 hereof.
     “ Capital Share ” means a share of any class or series of stock of the General Partner now or hereafter authorized other than a REIT Share.
     “ Carlyle Group ” means TC Group L.L.C. and certain of its Affiliates that collectively do business as, The Carlyle Group (in each case, including successors or successors in interest thereto).
     “ Carlyle Limited Partners ” means, collectively, each Limited Partner that is an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group. For purposes of this definition, (i) any partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company of which The Carlyle Group or any of its Affiliates is the general partner, managing member or manager, or for which it manages the investments of, will be deemed an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group and (ii) none of the General Partner, any Subsidiary of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership will be deemed an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group.
     “ Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners ” means, except as set forth below, collectively, each Limited Partner that is an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group. For purposes of this definition, (i) any partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company of which The Carlyle Group or any of its Affiliates is the general partner, managing member or manager, or for which it manages the investments of, will be deemed an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group, (ii) none of the General Partner, any Subsidiary of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership will be deemed an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group and (iii) none of Carlyle Realty Partners III, L.P. or any partnership affiliated with Carlyle Realty Partners III, L.P. that collectively comprise the Carlyle Realty Partners III fund, or any Subsidiary of Carlyle Realty Partners III, L.P. or such other partnerships that collectively comprise the Carlyle Realty Partners III fund will be deemed an Affiliate of The Carlyle Group.
     “ Carlyle Nominees ” means (i) such persons as are designated as nominees to the Board of Directors by a Majority in Interest of the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners in accordance with Section 8.7.A and (ii) such persons designated to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8.7.C.
     “ Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) the Value of a REIT Share and (ii) the REIT Shares Amount determined as of the applicable Valuation Date.
     “ Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State, as amended from time to time.
     “ Charity ” means an entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code.
     “ Charter ” means the charter of the General Partner, within the meaning of Section 1-101(e) of the Maryland General Corporation Law as amended from time to time.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable Regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.
     “ Common Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof, but does not include any Preferred Unit or any other Partnership Unit specified in a Partnership Unit Designation as being other than a Common Unit; provided, however, that the General Partner Interest and the Limited Partner Interests shall have the differences in rights and privileges as specified in this Agreement.
     “ Consent ” means the consent to, approval of, or vote in favor of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Article 14 hereof.
     “ Consent of the General Partner ” means the Consent of the sole General Partner, which Consent, except as otherwise specifically required by this Agreement, may be obtained prior to or after the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
     “ Consent of the Limited Partners ” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Common Limited Partners, unless there is another class of Partnership Units outstanding that are Limited Partner Interests, in which case the “ Consent of the Limited Partners ” shall also require the additional Consent of the Limited Partners of each class of Partnership Units to the extent the consent of such class is required in the Partnership Unit Designation of such class; and which Consent shall be

6


 

obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by each Limited Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
     “ Consent of the Partners ” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Common Partners; unless there is a class of Partnership Units outstanding other than Common Units, in which case the “ Consent of the Partners ” shall also require any additional Consent of the Partners holding such class of Partnership Units to the extent required in the Partnership Unit Designation of such class; and which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by each Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
     “ Contributed Property ” means each Property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed by the Partnership to a “new” partnership pursuant to Code Section 708).
     “ Controlled Entity ” means, as to any Partner, (a) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned by such Partner, such Partner’s Family Members, other Controlled Entities of such Partner or any of their respective Affiliates, (b) any trustee where such Partnership Interests will be held in trust where the sole beneficiaries are such Partner, such Partner’s Family Members, other Controlled Entities of such Partner, or any of their respective Affiliates or Charities, (c) any partnership of which such Partner, such Partner’s Family Members, other Controlled Entities of such Partner or any of their respective Affiliates are the managing or general partners, (d) any limited liability company of which such Partner, such Partner’s Family Members, other Controlled Entities of such Partner or any of their respective Affiliates are the managers and (e) any investment fund whose investment manager is an Affiliate of the investment manager of such Partner or an Affiliate of such Partner, or any entity controlled by such an investment fund or whose investments are directed by such an investment manager.
     “ Cut-Off Date ” means the tenth (10th) Business Day after the General Partner’s receipt of a Notice of Redemption.
     “ Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; and (iv) lease obligations of such Person that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be capitalized.
     “ Delaware Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.9.B hereof.
     “ Delayed Purchase Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.B. hereof.
     “ Depreciation ” means, for each Partnership Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction

7


 

allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided , however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.
     “ Disregarded Entity ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)) of such Person, (ii) any entity treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes with respect to such Person, or (iii) any grantor trust if the sole owner of the assets of such trust for federal income tax purposes is such Person.
     “ Distributed Right ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Adjustment Factor .”
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Excess Units ” means Common Units which have been tendered for Redemption to the extent the issuance of REIT Shares in exchange for such units would violate the restrictions on ownership or transfer of the REIT Shares set forth in the Charter, after giving effect to any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors.
     “ Family Members ” means, as to a Person that is an individual, such Person’s spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by genetic relationship or by adoption or step-descendants by marriage), brothers and sisters, nieces and nephews, cousins or their respective ancestors or descendants (whether by genetic relationship or by adoption or step-descendants by marriage).
     “ Funding Debt ” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of the General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.
     “ General Partner ” means CoreSite Realty Corporation and its successors and assigns as a general partner of the Partnership, in each case, that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership as a general partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement and is listed as a general partner on Exhibit A , as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time, in such Person’s capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.
     “ General Partner Interest ” means the entire Partnership Interest held by a General Partner hereof, which Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, Preferred Units or any other Partnership Units.
     “ Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

8


 

     (a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of contribution, as determined by the General Partner and agreed to by the contributing Person.
     (b) The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets immediately prior to the occurrence of any event described in the following clauses (i) through (iv) and at the time of occurrence of an event described in the following clause (v) shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt:
     (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership (other than in connection with the execution of this Agreement but including, without limitation, acquisitions pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof or contributions or deemed contributions by the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof) by a new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;
     (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;
     (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g);
     (iv) the grant of an interest in the Partnership (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership by an existing Partner acting in a partner capacity, or by a new Partner acting in a partner capacity or in anticipation of becoming a Partner of the Partnership, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and
     (v) at such other times as the General Partner shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.
     (c) The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to a Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as determined by the distributee and the General Partner; provided , however , that if the distributee is the General Partner or if the distributee and the General Partner cannot agree on such a determination, such gross fair market value shall be determined by Appraisal.

9


 

     (d) The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided , however , that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent that the General Partner reasonably determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d).
     (e) If the Gross Asset Value of a Partnership asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), subsection (b) or subsection (d) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.
     “ Hart-Scott-Rodino Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.
     “ Holder ” means either (a) a Partner or (b) an Assignee owning a Partnership Interest.
     “ Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means: (i) as to any Partner who is an individual, death or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating such Partner incompetent to manage his or her person or his or her estate; (ii) as to any Partner that is a corporation or limited liability company, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any Partner that is a partnership, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (iv) as to any Partner that is an estate, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust that is a Partner in such capacity as a trustee, the termination of the trust; or (vi) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy, insolvency of such Partner or the appointment of a trustee, receiver, fiduciary, custodian or other agent over the assets of such Partner that include such Partner’s interests in the Partnership.
     “ Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made, or threatened to be made, a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (a) the General Partner or as a Limited Partner or (b) a director of the General Partner or any Limited Partner or an officer of the Partnership or the General Partner or any Limited Partner and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates or employees of the General Partner, any Limited Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
     “ IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
     “ Limited Partner ” means any Person that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement and is listed as a limited partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time, including any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership. For purposes of the Act, all classes of Limited Partners shall vote as a single class or group of limited partners on any matter requiring a vote of the Limited Partners unless the Partnership Unit Designation with respect to any class of any Partnership Interests hereafter created expressly states that such class of Partnership Interests is entitled to vote as a separate class or group with respect to such matter.

10


 

     “ Limited Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Limited Partner Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, Preferred Units or other Partnership Units.
     “ Liquidating Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.
     “ Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.A hereof.
     “ Majority in Interest of the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners ” means Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests in Common Units that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests in Common Units held by all such Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners entitled to Consent to or withhold Consent from a proposed action.
     “ Majority in Interest of the Common Limited Partners ” means Limited Partners (other than any Limited Partner who is also the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner).
     “ Majority in Interest of the Common Partners ” means Partners holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Common Units (including, without limitation, Common Units held by the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner); provided that , if the holders of REIT Shares of the General Partner voted in respect of the approval of a Termination Transaction, the General Partner shall vote its Common Units in the same proportion of favorable votes, unfavorable votes, abstentions, or failure to cast votes as the holders of REIT Shares so voted, abstained or failed to vote in the corresponding matter.
     “ Market Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Value .”
     “ Net Income ” or “ Net Loss ” means, for each Partnership Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or other applicable period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:
     (a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss” shall be added to (or subtracted from, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);
     (b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in

11


 

computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” shall be subtracted from (or added to, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);
     (c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or subsection (c) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value,” the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;
     (d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;
     (e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions that would otherwise be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Partnership Year or other applicable period;
     (f) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and
     (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” any item that is specially allocated pursuant to Article 6 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 or 6.4 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss.”
     “ New Securities ” means (i) any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable instruments having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, Preferred Shares or other Capital Shares, excluding grants under the Stock Option Plans, or (ii) any Debt issued by the General Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (i).
     “ Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).
     “ Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(3) and 1.752-1(a)(2).

12


 

     “ Notice of Redemption ” means the Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached to this Agreement.
     “ Optionee ” means a Person to whom a stock option is granted under any Stock Option Plan.
     “ Original Limited Partner ” means any Person that is a Limited Partner as of the close of business on the date of the closing of the issuance of REIT Shares pursuant to the initial public offering of REIT Shares, and does not include any Assignee or other transferee, including, without limitation, any Substituted Limited Partner succeeding to all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any such Person.
     “ Ownership Limit ” means the restriction or restrictions on the ownership and transfer of stock of the General Partner imposed under the Charter.
     “ Partner ” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “ Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
     “ Partner Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).
     “ Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
     “ Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
     “ Partnership ” means CoreSite, L.P., the limited partnership formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement.
     “ Partnership Employee ” means an employee or other service provider of the Partnership or of a Subsidiary of the Partnership, if any, acting in such capacity.
     “ Partnership Equivalent Units ” means, with respect to any class of Capital Shares, Partnership Units with preferences, conversion and other rights (other than voting rights), restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption that are substantially the same as (or correspond to) the preferences, conversion and other rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such Capital Shares as appropriate to reflect the relative rights and preferences of such Capital Shares as to the REIT Shares and the other classes of Capital Shares as such Partnership Equivalent Units would have as to Common Units and the other classes of Partnership Units corresponding to the other classes of Capital Shares, but not as to matters such as voting for members of the Board of Directors that are not applicable to the Partnership.

13


 

     “ Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited Partner or a General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. There may be one or more classes or series of Partnership Interests. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, Preferred Units or other Partnership Units.
     “ Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).
     “ Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, which record date shall generally be the same as the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.
     “ Partnership Unit ” means a Common Unit, a Preferred Unit, a Performance Unit or any other unit of a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 4.1, Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 hereof; provided , however , that Partnership Units comprising a General Partner Interest or a Limited Partner Interest shall have the differences in rights and privileges as specified in this Agreement.
     “ Partnership Unit Designation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.A hereof.
     “ Partnership Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall be the calendar year.
     “ Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to each Partner, as to any class of Partnership Interests, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Partnership Units of such class held by such Partner and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units of such class held by all Partners.
     “ Performance Unit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.B hereof.
     “ Permitted Transfer ” means, with respect to any Limited Partner, (i) a Transfer of all or part of its Partnership Interest to any Family Member, any Charity, any Controlled Entity or any Affiliate, or (ii) a Pledge.
     “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company or other entity.
     “ Pledge ” means, with respect to any Limited Partner, a Transfer by way of a pledge or granting of a security interest in all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to a lender or collateral agent as collateral or security for a bona fide loan or other extension of credit, and the subsequent Transfer of such Partnership Interest to such lender or collateral agent or other Person in connection with the exercise of remedies under such loan or extension of credit .

14


 

     “ Preferred Share ” means a share of stock of the General Partner of any class or series now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares.
     “ Preferred Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests that has distribution rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the Common Units that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.
     “ Properties ” means any assets and property of the Partnership such as, but not limited to, interests in real property and personal property, including, without limitation, fee interests, interests in ground leases, easements and rights of way, interests in limited liability companies, joint ventures or partnerships, interests in mortgages, and Debt instruments as the Partnership may hold from time to time and “Property” means any one such asset or property.
     “ Qualified DRIP/COPP ” means a dividend reinvestment plan or a cash option purchase plan of the General Partner that permits participants to acquire REIT Shares using the proceeds of dividends paid by the General Partner or cash of the participant, respectively; provided, however, that if such shares are offered at a discount, such discount must (i) be designed to pass along to the stockholders of the General Partner the savings enjoyed by the General Partner in connection with the avoidance of stock issuance costs, and (ii) not exceed 5% of the value of a REIT Share as computed under the terms of such plan.
     “ Qualified Transferee ” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Qualifying Party ” means (a) a Limited Partner, (b) an Assignee or (c) a Person, including a lending institution as the pledgee of a Pledge, who is the transferee of a Limited Partner Interest in a Permitted Transfer; provided , however , that a Qualifying Party shall not include the General Partner.
     “ Redemption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.
     “ Regulations ” means the income tax regulations under the Code, whether such regulations are in proposed, temporary or final form, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
     “ Regulatory Allocations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.A(viii) hereof.
     “ REIT ” means a real estate investment trust qualifying under Code Section 856.
     “ REIT Partner ” means (a) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner to the extent such Person has in place an election to qualify as a REIT and, (b) any Disregarded Entity with respect to any such Person.
     “ REIT Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.12 hereof.
     “ REIT Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.

15


 

     “ REIT Share ” means a share of common stock of the General Partner, $0.01 par value per share, but shall not include any class or series of the General Partner’s common stock classified after the date of this Agreement.
     “ REIT Shares Amount ” means a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (a) the number of Tendered Units and (b) the Adjustment Factor; provided , however , that, in the event that the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares as of a certain record date rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the General Partner’s stockholders to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “ Rights ”), with the record date for such Rights issuance falling within the period starting on the date of the Notice of Redemption and ending on the day immediately preceding the Specified Redemption Date, which Rights will not be distributed before the relevant Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights that a holder of that number of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, expressed, where relevant hereunder, in a number of REIT Shares determined by the General Partner, but only to the extent that such Tendered Units are not also entitled to receive a correlative amount of such Rights in respect of such Tendered Units.
     “ Related Party ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person to whom ownership of shares of the General Partner’s stock by the first such Person would be attributed under Code Section 544 (as modified by Code Section 856(h)(1)(B)) or Code Section 318(a) (as modified by Code Section 856(d)(5)).
     “ Rights ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ REIT Shares Amount .”
     “ ROFO Acceptance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.B hereof.
     “ Safe Harbors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.G hereof.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Secretary of State means the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Specified Redemption Date ” means the Business Day immediately following the last day of the Specified Redemption Period; provided , however , that in the event of a Stock Offering Funding pursuant to Section 15.1.C, unless otherwise specified in the Notice of Redemption that the Specified Redemption Date may not be deferred for a Stock Offering Funding, the Specified Redemption Date shall be deferred until the next Business Day following the date of the closing of the Stock Offering Funding.
     “ Specified Redemption Period ” means the period specified in the Notice of Redemption as the Specified Redemption Period, which shall not be less than the close of business on the Business Day that such Notice of Redemption is given, or if no period is specified, the Specified Redemption Period shall be the (9) nine Business Days following receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
     “ Stock Offering Funding ” has the meaning specified in Section 15.1.C.

16


 

     “ Stock Option Plans ” means any stock option plan now or hereafter adopted by the Partnership or the General Partner.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests, is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
     “ Substituted Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the Act and (i) Section 11.4 hereof or (ii) pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation.
     “ Surviving Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.B(ii) hereof.
     “ Tax Items ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.A hereof.
     “ Tendered Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.
     “ Tendering Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.
     “ Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, in any case, not in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s business.
     “ Termination Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.B hereof.
     “ Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, bequest, conveyance, devise, gift (outright or in trust), Pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, transfer or other disposition or act of alienation, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law (including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or liquidation); provided , however , that when the term is used in Article 11 hereof, except as otherwise expressly provided, “Transfer” does not include (a) any Redemption of Common Units by the Partnership, or acquisition of Tendered Units by the General Partner, pursuant to Section 15.1 hereof or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferring” have correlative meanings.
     “ Twelve-Month Period ” means (a) as to an Original Limited Partner or any Assignee of an Original Limited Partner that is a Qualifying Party, a twelve-month period ending on the day that is the first twelve-month anniversary of the date of this Agreement and (b) as to any other Limited Partner, a twelve-month period ending on the day that is the first twelve-month anniversary of such Qualifying Party’s first becoming a Holder of Common Units.
     “ Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 15.1 herein, or such other date as specified herein, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.
     “ Value ” means, on any Valuation Date with respect to a REIT Share, the average of the daily Market Prices for ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Valuation

17


 

Date (except that the Market Price for the trading day immediately preceding the date of exercise of a stock option under any Stock Option Plans shall be substituted for such average of daily market prices for purposes of Section 4.4 hereof). The term “ Market Price ” on any date means, with respect to any class or series of outstanding REIT Shares, the last sale price for such REIT Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such REIT Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such REIT Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such REIT Shares selected by the Board of Directors of the General Partner or, in the event that no trading price is available for such REIT Shares, the fair market value of the REIT Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the General Partner.
     In the event that the REIT Shares Amount includes Rights that a holder of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, then the Value of such Rights shall be determined by the General Partner on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers appropriate.
ARTICLE 2
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
     Section 2.1 Formation . The Partnership is a limited partnership formed and continued pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
     Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership is “CoreSite, L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners.
     Section 2.3 Principal Office and Registered Agent; Principal Executive Office . The Partnership shall maintain a registered office at The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange

18


 

Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 or such other place within the State of Delaware as the General Partner may from time to time designate, and the registered agent of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, or such other registered agent in the State of Delaware as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 1050 17 th Street, Suite 800, Denver, Colorado 80265, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.
     Section 2.4 Power of Attorney .
A. Each Limited Partner and Assignee hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:
     (1) execute, swear to, seal, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices: (a) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments, supplements or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability to the extent provided by applicable law) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the General Partner or any Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certificate of cancellation; (d) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the distribution or exchange of assets of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (e) all instruments relating to the admission, acceptance, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Capital Contribution of any Partner; and (f) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges relating to Partnership Interests; and
     (2) execute, swear to, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

19


 

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Sections 7.3.C, 6.2.C and 14.2 hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.
B. The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a special power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Limited Partners and Assignees will be relying upon the power of the General Partner or the Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the Transfer of all or any portion of such Person’s Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Person’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner and Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner and Assignee hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner and Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the General Partner’s or the Liquidator’s request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator (as the case may be) deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Section 2.4.B, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Limited Partner shall incur any personal liability for any action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken under such power of attorney.
     Section 2.5 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on May 4, 2010, the date that the original Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State in accordance with the Act, and shall continue indefinitely unless the Partnership is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 hereof or as otherwise provided by law.
     Section 2.6 Limited Partner Interests Are Securities . All Partnership Interests held by a Limited Partner shall be securities within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. All Partnership Interests held by the General Partner shall be General Partner Interests and, unless otherwise required by law, shall not be securities within the meaning of the securities laws of the United States.
     Section 2.7 Initial Partners . The General Partner, upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, is hereby admitted as the general partner of the Partnership. Each Person whose name is set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto on the date hereof as a limited partner is hereby admitted as a limited partner of the Partnership upon its execution of counterpart signature page to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
PURPOSE
     Section 3.1 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the Partnership is to conduct any business, enterprise or activity permitted by or under the Act, including, without limitation, (i) to conduct the business of ownership, construction, reconstruction, development, redevelopment, financing, refinancing, alteration, improvement, maintenance, operation, sale, leasing, transfer, encumbrance, conveyance and exchange of the Properties, (ii) to acquire and invest in any securities and/or loans relating to the Properties, (iii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture, business trust arrangement, limited liability company or other similar arrangement to engage in any

20


 

business permitted by or under the Act, or to own interests in any entity engaged in any business permitted by or under the Act, and (iv) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
     Section 3.2 Powers .
A. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership including, without limitation, full power and authority, directly or through its ownership interest in other entities, to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind, to borrow and lend money and to issue evidence of indebtedness, whether or not secured by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien, to acquire, own, manage, improve and develop real property and lease, sell, transfer and dispose of real property.
B. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action that, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) could subject the General Partner to any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision under the Code, or (iii) could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the General Partner, its securities or the Partnership, unless, in any such case, such action (or inaction) under clause (i) or clause (ii) above shall have received the Consent of the General Partner.
     Section 3.3 Partnership Only for Purposes Specified . The Partnership shall be a limited partnership only for the purposes specified in Section 3.1 hereof, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to create a company, venture or partnership between or among the Partners or any other Persons with respect to any activities whatsoever other than the activities within the purposes of the Partnership as specified in Section 3.1 hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have any authority to act for, bind, commit or assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of the Partnership, its properties or any other Partner. No Partner, in its capacity as a Partner under this Agreement, shall be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation of another Partner, nor shall the Partnership be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation of any Partner, incurred either before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Partner, except as to those responsibilities, liabilities, indebtedness or obligations incurred pursuant to and as limited by the terms of this Agreement and the Act.
     Section 3.4 Representations and Warranties by the Partners .
A. Each Partner that is an individual (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each other Partner that (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any material agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s property is bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is subject, (ii) such Partner has the

21


 

legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and perform such Partner’s obligations hereunder, (iii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms and (iv) that such Partner is neither a “foreign person” within the meaning of Code Section 1445(f) nor a foreign partner within the meaning of Code Section 1446(e).
B. Each Partner that is not an individual (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each other Partner that (i) all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including, without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, directors and/or stockholder(s) (as the case may be) as required, (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership or operating agreement, trust agreement, articles of incorporation, organizational documents, charter or bylaws (as the case may be) any material agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s properties or any of its partners, members, beneficiaries, trustees or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners, members, trustees, beneficiaries or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are subject, (iii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms and (iv) that such Partner is neither a “foreign person” within the meaning of Code Section 1445(f) nor a foreign partner within the meaning of Code Section 1446(e).
C. Each Partner (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner) represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has acquired and continues to hold its interest in the Partnership for its own account for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or distribution of all or any part thereof in violation of applicable laws, and not with a view toward selling or otherwise distributing such interest or any part thereof at any particular time or under any predetermined circumstances in violation of applicable laws, (ii) it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling sophisticated financial matters for itself, particularly real estate investments, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not anticipate a need for the funds that it has invested in the Partnership in what it understands to be a highly speculative and illiquid investment, and (iii) without the Consent of the General Partner, it shall not take any action that would cause the Partnership at any time to have more than 100 partners, including as partners those persons (“ Flow-Through Partners ”) indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through an entity treated as a partnership, Disregarded Entity, S corporation or grant trust (each such entity, a “ Flow-Through Entity ”), but only if substantially all of the value of such person’s interest in the Flow-Through Entity is attributable to the Flow-Through Entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership.
D. The representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.4.A, 3.4.B and 3.4.C hereof shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner (and, in the case of an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner, the admission of such Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Partnership.

22


 

E. Each Partner (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner) hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership or the General Partner have been made by any Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and any other information, including, without limitation, financial and descriptive information and documentation, that may have been in any manner submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied.
F. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, permit the modification of any of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.4.A, 3.4.B and 3.4.C above as applicable to any Partner (including, without limitation any Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner or any transferee of either), provided that such representations and warranties, as modified, shall be set forth in either (i) a Partnership Unit Designation applicable to the Partnership Units held by such Partner or (ii) a separate writing addressed to the Partnership and the General Partner.
ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
     Section 4.1 Capital Contributions of the Partners . The Partners have heretofore made Capital Contributions to the Partnership. Each Partner owns Partnership Units in the amount set forth for such Partner on Exhibit A, as the same may be amended from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units, or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units. Except as provided by law or in Section 4.2, 4.3, or 10.4 hereof, a Partner shall, without such Partner’s Consent, have no obligation or, except with the prior Consent of the General Partner, right to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership.
     Section 4.2 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests . Subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation:
A. General . The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons, and to admit such Persons as Additional Limited Partners, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units (i) upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of any Debt, Partnership Units, or other securities issued by the Partnership, (ii) for less than fair market value, (iii) in connection with any merger of any other Person into the Partnership or (iv) upon the contribution of property or assets to the Partnership. Any additional Partnership Interests may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including,

23


 

without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing Partnership Units) as shall be determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person, and set forth in a written document thereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement, which exhibit shall be an amendment to this Agreement and shall be incorporated herein by this reference (each, a “ Partnership Unit Designation ”), without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the General Partner shall have authority to specify: (a) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests; (b) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Interests to share (on a pari passu , junior or preferred basis) in Partnership distributions; (c) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (d) the voting rights, if any, of each such class or series of Partnership Interests; and (e) the conversion, redemption or exchange rights applicable to each such class or series of Partnership Interests. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Interest, the General Partner shall, without the consent of any other Partners, amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership as appropriate to reflect such issuance.
B. Issuances of Performance Units . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the General Partner is hereby authorized to create one or more classes or series of additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units (each such class or series of Partnership Interests is referred to as “ Performance Units ”), for issuance at any time or from time to time to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner or any Affiliate of the foregoing, and to admit such Persons as Additional Limited Partners or General Partners, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner, all without approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person. The General Partner shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person, and set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including, without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing Partnership Units) of any class or series of Performance Units (including, without limitation, the extent to which the value or number of each such class or series of Performance Units is subject to adjustment based on the financial performance of the General Partner). Upon the issuance of any class or series of Performance Units, the General Partner shall, without the consent of any other Partners, amend the Partnership Agreement, including Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership as appropriate to reflect such issuance.
C. Issuances to the General Partner . No additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner unless (i) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners holding Common Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in the Common Units, (ii) (a) the additional Partnership Units are (x) Common Units issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares, or (y) Partnership Equivalent Units (other than Common Units) issued in connection with an issuance of Preferred Shares, New Securities or other interests in the General Partner (other than REIT Shares), and (b) the General Partner contributes to the Partnership the cash proceeds or other consideration received in connection with the issuance of such REIT Shares, Preferred Shares, New Securities or other interests in the General Partner, (iii) the additional Partnership Units are issued upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of Debt, Partnership Units or other securities issued by the Partnership or (iv) the additional

24


 

Partnership Units are issued pursuant to Section 4.3.B, Section 4.3.E, Section 4.4, Section 4.5 or Section 4.8.
D. No Preemptive Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation, no Person, including, without limitation, any Partner or Assignee, shall have any preemptive, preferential, participation or similar right or rights to subscribe for or acquire any Partnership Interest.
     Section 4.3 Additional Funds and Capital Contributions .
A. General . The General Partner may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Partnership requires additional funds (“ Additional Funds ”) for the acquisition or development of additional Properties, for the redemption of Partnership Units or for such other purposes as the General Partner may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion. Additional Funds may be obtained by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.3 without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.
B. Additional Capital Contributions . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by accepting Capital Contributions from any Partners or other Persons. In connection with any such Capital Contribution (of cash or property), the General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue additional Partnership Units (as set forth in Section 4.2 above) in consideration therefor and the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and the Limited Partners in such class of Partnership Units shall be adjusted to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units.
C. Loans by Third Parties . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to any Person (other than the General Partner (but, for this purpose, disregarding any Debt that may be deemed incurred to the General Partner by virtue of clause (iii) of the definition of Debt)) upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate, including making such Debt convertible, redeemable or exchangeable for Partnership Units, REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities of the General Partner; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if any Limited Partner would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Partner otherwise agrees).
D. General Partner Loans . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to the General Partner if (i) such Debt is, to the extent permitted by law, on substantially the same terms and conditions (including interest rate, repayment schedule, and conversion, redemption, repurchase and exchange rights) as Funding Debt incurred by the General Partner, the net proceeds of which are loaned to the Partnership to provide such Additional Funds, or (ii) such Debt is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if any Limited Partner would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Partner otherwise agrees).
E. Issuance of Securities by the General Partner . The General Partner shall not issue any additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities unless the General Partner contributes

25


 

the cash proceeds or other consideration received from the issuance of such additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities (as the case may be) and from the exercise of the rights contained in any such additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities to the Partnership in exchange for (x) in the case of an issuance of REIT Shares, Common Units, or (y) in the case of an issuance of Capital Shares or New Securities, Partnership Equivalent Units; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may issue REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities (a) pursuant to Section 4.4 or Section 15.1.B hereof, (b) pursuant to a dividend or distribution (including any stock split) of REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities to holders of REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities (as the case may be), (c) upon a conversion, redemption or exchange of Capital Shares, (d) upon a conversion, redemption, exchange or exercise of New Securities, or (e) in connection with an acquisition of Partnership Units. In the event of any issuance of additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities by the General Partner, and the contribution to the Partnership, by the General Partner, of the cash proceeds or other consideration received from such issuance (or property acquired with such proceeds), if any, if the cash proceeds actually received by the General Partner are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the General Partner shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the cash proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount and other expenses paid by the General Partner (which discount and expense shall be treated as an expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 7.4).
     Section 4.4 Stock Option Plans .
A. Options Granted to Persons other than Partnership Employees . If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Stock Option Plan, a stock option granted for REIT Shares to a Person other than a Partnership Employee is duly exercised:
     (1) The General Partner, shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the exercise price paid to the General Partner by such exercising party in connection with the exercise of such stock option.
     (2) Notwithstanding the amount of the Capital Contribution actually made pursuant to Section 4.4.A(1) hereof, the General Partner shall be deemed to have contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution, in lieu of the Capital Contribution actually made and in consideration of an additional Limited Partner Interest (expressed in and as additional Common Units), an amount equal to the Value of a REIT Share as of the date of exercise multiplied by the number of REIT Shares then being issued in connection with the exercise of such stock option.
     (3) The General Partner shall receive in exchange for such Capital Contributions (as deemed made under Section 4.4.A(2) hereof), a corresponding number of Partnership Units of a class correlative to the class of Capital Stock for which such stock options were granted.

26


 

B. Options Granted to Partnership Employees . If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Stock Option Plan, a stock option granted for REIT Shares to a Partnership Employee is duly exercised:
     (1) The General Partner shall sell to the Optionee, and the Optionee shall purchase from the General Partner, for a cash price per share equal to the Value of a REIT Share at the time of the exercise, the number of REIT Shares equal to (a) the exercise price payable by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of such stock option divided by (b) the Value of a REIT Share at the time of such exercise.
     (2) The General Partner shall sell to the Partnership (or if the Optionee is an employee or other service provider of a Partnership Subsidiary, the General Partner shall sell to such Partnership Subsidiary), and the Partnership (or such Subsidiary, as applicable) shall purchase from the General Partner, a number of REIT Shares equal to (a) the number of REIT Shares as to which such stock option is being exercised less (b) the number of REIT Shares sold pursuant to Section 4.4.B(1) hereof. The purchase price per REIT Share for such sale of REIT Shares to the Partnership (or such Subsidiary) shall be the Value of a REIT Share as of the date of exercise of such stock option.
     (3) The Partnership shall transfer to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee or other service provider of a Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership Subsidiary shall transfer to the Optionee) at no additional cost, as additional compensation, the number of REIT Shares described in Section 4.4.B(2) hereof.
     (4) The General Partner shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership of an amount equal to all proceeds received (from whatever source, but excluding any payment in respect of payroll taxes or other withholdings) by the General Partner in connection with the exercise of such stock option. The General Partner shall receive for such Capital Contribution, Common Units in an amount equal to the number of REIT Shares for which such option was exercised divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect.
C. Future Stock Incentive Plans . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or applied to preclude or restrain the General Partner from adopting, modifying or terminating stock incentive plans for the benefit of employees, directors or other business associates of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates. The Partners acknowledge and agree that, in the event that any such plan is adopted, modified or terminated by the General Partner, amendments to this Section 4.4 may become necessary or advisable and that any approval or Consent to any such amendments requested by the General Partner shall be deemed granted by the Limited Partners.
     Section 4.5 Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Cash Option Purchase Plan, Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan . Except as may otherwise be provided in this Article 4, all amounts received or deemed received by the General Partner in respect of any dividend reinvestment plan, cash option purchase plan, stock incentive or other stock or subscription plan or agreement, either (a) shall be utilized by the General Partner to effect open market purchases of REIT Shares, or (b) if the General Partner elects instead to issue new REIT Shares with respect to such amounts, shall be contributed by the General Partner to the Partnership in exchange for additional

27


 

Common Units. Upon such contribution, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner a number of Common Units equal to the quotient of (i) the new REIT Shares so issued, divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect.
     Section 4.6 No Interest; No Return . No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution or on such Partner’s Capital Account. Except as provided herein or by law, no Partner shall have any right to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contribution from the Partnership.
     Section 4.7 Conversion or Redemption of Capital Shares .
A. Conversion of Capital Shares . If, at any time, any of the Capital Shares are converted into REIT Shares, in whole or in part, then a number of Partnership Equivalent Units (corresponding to such Capital Shares) equal to the number of Capital Shares so converted shall automatically be converted into a number of Common Units equal to the quotient of (i) the number of REIT Shares issued upon such conversion divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect.
B. Redemption of Capital Shares or REIT Shares . Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.4.C., if, at any time, any Capital Shares are redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the General Partner for cash, the Partnership shall, immediately prior to such redemption of Capital Shares, redeem an equal number of Partnership Equivalent Units held by the General Partner upon the same terms and for the same price per Partnership Equivalent Unit as such Capital Shares are redeemed. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.4.C., if, at any time, any REIT Shares are redeemed or otherwise repurchased by the General Partner for cash, the Partnership shall, immediately prior to such redemption of REIT Shares, redeem a number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to the quotient of (i) the REIT Shares so redeemed or repurchased, divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect, such redemption or repurchase to be upon the same terms and for the same price per Common Unit (after giving effect to application of the Adjustment Factor) as such REIT Shares are redeemed or repurchased.
     Section 4.8 Other Contribution Provisions . In the event that any Partner is admitted to the Partnership and is given a Capital Account in exchange for services rendered to the Partnership, such transaction shall be treated by the Partnership and the affected Partner as if the Partnership had compensated such Partner in cash and such Partner had contributed the cash that the Partner would have received to the capital of the Partnership. In addition, with the Consent of the General Partner, one or more Partners may enter into contribution agreements with the Partnership which have the effect of providing a guarantee of certain obligations of the Partnership (and/or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Partnership).
ARTICLE 5
DISTRIBUTIONS
     Section 5.1 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions . Subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to distribute quarterly all, or such portion as the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine, of the Available Cash to the Holders on the Partnership Record Date with respect to

28


 

such quarter: (i) first, with respect to any Partnership Units that are entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of Holders of such class(es) of Partnership Units (and, within each such class, among the Holders of each such class, pro rata in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests of such class on such Partnership Record Date); and (ii) second, with respect to any Partnership Units that are not entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of Holders of such class(es) of Partnership Units, as applicable (and, within each such class, among the Holders of each such class, pro rata in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests of such class on such Partnership Record Date). Distributions payable with respect to any Partnership Units, other than any Partnership Units issued to the General Partner in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares by the General Partner, that were not outstanding during the entire quarterly period in respect of which any distribution is made shall be prorated based on the portion of the period that such Partnership Units were outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may cause the Partnership to distribute Available Cash to the Holders on a more or less frequent basis than quarterly and provide for an appropriate record date. The General Partner shall make such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion and consistent with the General Partner’s qualification as a REIT, to cause the Partnership to distribute sufficient amounts to enable the General Partner, for so long as the General Partner has determined to qualify as a REIT, to pay stockholder dividends that will (a) satisfy the requirements for qualifying as a REIT under the Code and Regulations (the “ REIT Requirements ”) and (b) except to the extent otherwise determined by the General Partner, eliminate any U.S. federal income or excise tax liability of the General Partner.
     Section 5.2 Distributions in Kind . Except as expressly provided herein, no right is given to any Holder to demand and receive property other than cash as provided in this Agreement. The General Partner may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, to make a distribution in kind of Partnership assets or Partnership Units to the Holders, and such assets or Partnership Units shall be distributed in such a fashion as to ensure that the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance with Articles 5, 6 and 13 hereof;
     Section 5.3 Amounts Withheld . All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state, local or non-United States tax law and Section 10.4 hereof with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to any Holder shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof for all purposes under this Agreement.
     Section 5.4 Distributions upon Liquidation . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 5, net proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction, and any other amounts distributed after the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, shall be distributed to the Holders in accordance with Section 13.2 hereof.
     Section 5.5 Distributions to Reflect Additional Partnership Units . In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof, subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner is hereby authorized, without the consent of any other Partner, to make such revisions to this Article 5 and to Articles 6, 11 and 12 hereof as it determines are necessary or desirable to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units, including, without limitation, making preferential distributions to Holders of certain classes of Partnership Units.

29


 

     Section 5.6 Restricted Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall make a distribution to any Holder if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.
ARTICLE 6
ALLOCATIONS
     Section 6.1 Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss . Net Income and Net Loss of the Partnership shall be determined and allocated with respect to each Partnership Year as of the end of each such year, provided that the General Partner may in its discretion allocate Net Income and Net Loss for a shorter period as of the end of such period (and, for purposes of this Article 6, references to the term “Partnership Year” may include such shorter periods). Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6, and subject to Section 11.6.C hereof, an allocation to a Holder of a share of Net Income or Net Loss shall be treated as an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.
     Section 6.2 General Allocations . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6 and Section 11.6.C hereof, Net Income and Net Loss for any Partnership Year shall be allocated to each of the Holders as follows:
A. Net Income.
     (i) First, 100% to the General Partner in an amount equal to the remainder, if any, of the cumulative Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to clause (iii) in Section 6.2.B for all prior Partnership Years minus the cumulative Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this clause (i) for all prior Partnership Years;
     (ii) Second, 100% to each Holder in an amount equal to the remainder, if any, of the cumulative Net Losses allocated to each such Holder pursuant to clause (ii) in Section 6.2.B for all prior Partnership Years minus the cumulative Net Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to this clause (ii) for all prior Partnership Years; and
     (iii) Third, 100% to the Holders of Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the Common Units.
To the extent the allocations of Net Income set forth above in any paragraph of this Section 6.2.A are not sufficient to entirely satisfy the allocation set forth in such paragraph, such allocation shall be made in proportion to the total amount that would have been allocated pursuant to such paragraph without regard to such shortfall.
B. Net Losses.
     (i) First, 100% to the Holders of Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the Common Units (to the extent consistent with this clause (i)) until the Adjusted Capital Account (ignoring for this purpose any amounts a Holder is obligated to contribute to the capital of the Partnership or is deemed obligated

30


 

to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(2)) of all such Holders is zero;
     (ii) Second, 100% to the Holders (other than the General Partner) to the extent of, and in proportion to, the positive balance (if any) in their Adjusted Capital Accounts; and
     (iii) Third, 100% to the General Partner.
C. Allocations to Reflect Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests . In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership Interests to the General Partner or any Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, the General Partner shall, without the consent of any other Partner, make such revisions to this Section 6.2 or to Section 12.2.C or 13.2.A as it determines are necessary to reflect the terms of the issuance of such additional Partnership Interests, including making preferential allocations to certain classes of Partnership Interests, subject to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation with respect to Partnership Interests then outstanding.
     Section 6.3 Additional Allocation Provisions . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6:
A. Special Allocations Upon Liquidation . Notwithstanding any provision in this Article 6 to the contrary, in the event that the Partnership disposes of all or substantially all of its assets in a transaction that will lead to a liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article 13 hereof, then any Net Income or Net Loss realized in connection with such transaction and thereafter (and, if necessary, constituent items of income, gain, loss and deduction) shall be specially allocated for such Partnership Year (and to the extent permitted by Section 761(c) of the Code, for the immediately preceding Partnership Year) among the Holders as required so as to cause liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 13.2.A(4) hereof to be made in the same amounts and proportions as would have resulted had such distributions instead been made pursuant to Article 5 hereof. In addition, if there is an adjustment to the Gross Asset Value of the assets of the Partnership pursuant to paragraph (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, allocations of Net Income or Net Loss arising from such adjustment shall be allocated in the same manner as described in the prior sentence.
B. Offsetting Allocations . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1, 6.2.B and 6.2.C, but subject to Sections 6.3 and 6.4, in the event Net Income or items thereof are being allocated to a Partner to offset prior Net Loss or items thereof which have been allocated to such Partner, the General Partner shall attempt to allocate such offsetting Net Income or items thereof which are of the same or similar character (including without limitation Section 704(b) book items versus tax items) to the original allocations with respect to such Partner.
     Section 6.4 Regulatory Allocation Provisions . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6:
A. Regulatory Allocations .
     (i) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2 hereof, or any other

31


 

provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership Year, each Holder shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.4.A(i) is intended to qualify as a “minimum gain chargeback” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
     (ii) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) or in Section 6.4.A(i) hereof, if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership Year, each Holder who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.4.A(ii) is intended to qualify as a “chargeback of partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
     (iii) Nonrecourse Deductions and Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership Year shall be specially allocated to the Holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership Year shall be specially allocated to the Holder(s) who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).
     (iv) Qualified Income Offset . If any Holder unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to such Holder in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Holder as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.4.A(iv) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.4.A(iv) were not in the Agreement. It is intended that this Section 6.4.A(iv) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

32


 

     (v) Gross Income Allocation . In the event that any Holder has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Partnership Year that is in excess of the sum of (1) the amount (if any) that such Holder is obligated to restore to the Partnership upon complete liquidation of such Holder’s Partnership Interest (including, the Holder’s interest in outstanding Preferred Units and other Partnership Units) and (2) the amount that such Holder is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Holder shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess to eliminate such deficit as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.4.A(v) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.4.A(v) and Section 6.4.A(iv) hereof were not in the Agreement.
     (vi) Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . To the extent that any allocation of Net Loss would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as to any Holder, such allocation of Net Loss shall be reallocated (x) first, among the other Holders of Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests with respect to Common Units and (y) thereafter, among the Holders of other classes of Partnership Units as determined by the General Partner, subject to the limitations of this Section 6.4.A(vi).
     (vii) Section 754 Adjustment . To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Holder in complete liquidation of its interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests with respect to Common Units in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Holder(s) to whom such distribution was made in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.
     (viii) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Sections 6.4.A(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) hereof (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Holders so that to the extent possible without violating the requirements giving rise to the Regulatory Allocations, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Holder shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Holder if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

33


 

B. Allocation of Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . For purposes of determining a Holder’s proportional share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Holder’s respective interest in Partnership profits shall be equal to such Holder’s Percentage Interest with respect to Common Units, except as otherwise determined by the General Partner .
     Section 6.5 Tax Allocations .
A. In General . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.5, for income tax purposes under the Code and the Regulations, each Partnership item of income, gain, loss and deduction (collectively, “ Tax Items ”) shall be allocated among the Holders in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 hereof.
B. Section 704(c) Allocations . Notwithstanding Section 6.5.A hereof, Tax Items with respect to Property that is contributed to the Partnership with an initial Gross Asset Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Partner immediately preceding the date of contribution shall be allocated among the Holders for income tax purposes pursuant to Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(c) so as to take into account such variation. With respect to Partnership Property that is contributed to the Partnership in connection with the General Partner’s initial public offering, such variation between basis and initial Gross Asset Value shall be taken into account under the “traditional method” as described in Regulations Section 1.704-3(b). With respect to other Properties, the Partnership shall account for such variation under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Regulations as chosen by the General Partner. In the event that the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” (provided in Article 1 hereof), subsequent allocations of Tax Items with respect to such asset shall take account of the variation, if any, between the adjusted basis of such asset and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Regulations and using the method chosen by the General Partner; provided, however, that the “traditional method” as described in Regulations Section 1.704-3(b) shall be used with respect to Partnership Property that is contributed to the Partnership in connection with the General Partner’s initial public offering. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.5.B are solely for purposes of federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Net Income, Net Loss, or any other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS
     Section 7.1 Management .
A. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, including any Partnership Unit Designation, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are and shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. No General Partner may be removed by the Partners, with or without cause,

34


 

except with the Consent of the General Partner. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to the other provisions hereof including, without limitation, Section 3.2 and Section 7.3, and the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, shall have full and exclusive power and authority, without the consent or approval of any Limited Partner, to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business and affairs of the Partnership, to exercise or direct the exercise of all of the powers of the Partnership under the Act and this Agreement and to effectuate the purposes of the Partnership including, without limitation:
     (1) the lending or borrowing of money for any lawful purpose, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness (including the securing of same by deed to secure debt, mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets) and the incurring of any obligations that the General Partner deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership or the General Partner;
     (2) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
     (3) the taking of any and all acts necessary or prudent to ensure that the General Partner will maintain (x) any position, status or election of the General Partner that the General Partner deems beneficial to the Partnership in its sole discretion, including without limitation, continuing to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes and its status and compliance with applicable law and best practices (as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion) as a company with publicly traded securities and which makes filings and reports to the SEC under the Exchange Act and the Securities Act, and (y) any position, status or election of the Partnership that the General Partner deems beneficial to the Partnership in its sole discretion, including without limitation, that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” under Code Section 7704;
     (4) subject to Section 11.2 hereof, the acquisition, sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets (including the goodwill) of the Partnership (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Partnership) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Partnership with or into another entity;
     (5) the use of the cash and other assets of the Partnership for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms that the General Partner sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the operations and activities of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries, the lending of funds to other Persons (including, without limitation, the General Partner and/or the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership, its

35


 

Subsidiaries and any other Person in which the Partnership has an equity investment, the making of expenditures and the making of capital contributions to and equity investments in the Partnership’s Subsidiaries;
     (6) the purchase, sale, management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair, alteration, demolition, replacement or improvement of any Property or any part or interest thereof;
     (7) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, including leases (including ground leases), easements, management agreements, rights of way and other property-related agreements, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership’s or any Subsidiary’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement, including contracting with contractors, developers, consultants, governmental authorities, accountants, legal counsel, other professional advisors and other agents and the payment of their expenses and compensation, as applicable;
     (8) the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement, the holding, management, investment and reinvestment of cash and other assets of the Partnership, and the collection and receipt of revenues, rents and income of the Partnership;
     (9) the selection and dismissal of officers and employees of the Partnership (if any), any Subsidiary of the Partnership or the General Partner or the General Partner (including, without limitation, employees having titles or offices such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”), and agents and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;
     (10) the maintenance of such insurance (including, without limitation, directors and officers insurance) for the benefit of the Partnership, any Subsidiary of the Partnership or the General Partner, the Partners (including, without limitation, the General Partner) and the officers and directors thereof as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate;
     (11) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Subsidiary and any other Person in which the General Partner has an equity investment from time to time);
     (12) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the settlement, compromise, submission to arbitration or any other form of dispute resolution, or abandonment, of any claim, cause of action, liability, debt or damages, due or owing to or from the Partnership, the commencement or defense of suits, legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, and the representation of the Partnership in all suits or legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, the incurring

36


 

of legal expense, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
     (13) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in any Subsidiary or any other Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons);
     (14) the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as the General Partner may adopt; provided, however, that such methods are otherwise consistent with the requirements of this Agreement;
     (15) the enforcement of any rights against any Partner pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to such Partner’s contribution of property or assets to the Partnership;
     (16) the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment held by the Partnership;
     (17) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or other Person;
     (18) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the Partnership does not have an interest, pursuant to contractual or other arrangements with such Person;
     (19) the making, execution and delivery of any and all deeds, leases, notes, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities, waivers, releases, confessions of judgment or any other legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the General Partner for the accomplishment of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement;
     (20) the issuance of additional Partnership Units in connection with Capital Contributions by Additional Limited Partners and additional Capital Contributions by Partners pursuant to Article 4 hereof;
     (21) the giving or withholding of any consent or approval granted to the General Partner hereunder;
     (22) the distribution of cash to acquire Common Units held by a Limited Partner in connection with a Redemption under Section 15.1 hereof;
     (23) an election to acquire Tendered Units in exchange for REIT Shares;

37


 

     (24) the amendment and restatement of Exhibit A hereto to reflect accurately at all times the Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests of the Partners with respect to the respective classes of Partnership Units as the same are adjusted from time to time to the extent necessary to reflect redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of Partnership Units, the admission of any Additional Limited Partner or any Substituted Limited Partner or otherwise, which amendment and restatement, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be deemed an amendment to this Agreement, as long as the matter or event being reflected in Exhibit A hereto otherwise is authorized by this Agreement; and
     (25) the registration of any class of securities of the Partnership under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and the listing of any debt securities of the Partnership on any exchange or trading forum.
B. Each of the Limited Partners agrees that, except as provided in Section 7.3 hereof and subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or any other Persons, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.
C. At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain (i) casualty, liability and other insurance on the Properties and (ii) liability insurance for the Indemnitees hereunder.
D. At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain working capital and other reserves in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.
E. In exercising its authority under this Agreement, except as otherwise agreed by the Partnership, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner of any action taken (or not taken) by it and may take into account the tax consequences to the General Partner in preference to the tax consequences to any Limited Partner. Except as otherwise agreed by the Partnership and to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of any income tax liability incurred by such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner pursuant to its authority under this Agreement.
     Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership . To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware and each other state, the District of Columbia or any other jurisdiction, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 8.5.A hereof and the Act, the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such

38


 

other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability to the extent provided by applicable law) in the State of Delaware and any other state, or the District of Columbia or other jurisdiction, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.
     Section 7.3 Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority .
A. The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of an express prohibition or limitation of this Agreement without the Consent of the Limited Partners, and may not, without limitation:
     (1) take any action that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;
     (2) perform any act that would subject a Limited Partner to liability as a general partner in any jurisdiction or any other liability except as provided herein or under the Act;
     (3) enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that expressly prohibits or restricts (a) the General Partner or the Partnership from performing its specific obligations under Section 15.1 hereof in full or (b) a Limited Partner from exercising its rights under Section 15.1 hereof to effect a Redemption in full, except, in either case, (x) such contractual restrictions that limit or prevent the General Partner from paying any Redemption under Section 15.1 in cash but which do not limit or prevent the General Partner from paying any Redemption under Section 15.1 with the REIT Shares Amount, or (y) with the Consent of each Limited Partner affected by the prohibition or restriction;
     (4) withdraw from the Partnership or Transfer any portion of the General Partners’ interest other than as expressly provided for in this Agreement; or
     (5) be relieved of the General Partner’s obligations under this Agreement following any Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest permitted by this Agreement.
B. Except as provided in Section 7.3.C and 6.2.C hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not, without the prior Consent of the Limited Partners, amend, modify or terminate this Agreement.
C. Subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner shall have the power, without the Consent of the Limited Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:
     (1) to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;
     (2) to reflect issuance of addition Partnership Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the admission, substitution, termination or withdrawal of Partners, the Transfer of any Partnership Interest in accordance with this Agreement, and

39


 

to amend Exhibit A in connection with such admission, substitution, withdrawal or Transfer;
     (3) to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;
     (4) to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the Holders of any additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Article 4, including, without limitation, amending Articles V, VI, VIII and XIII hereof, to appropriately reflect the distributions, allocations, partnership rights and rights upon liquidation (including any preference, priority or subordination thereof) of the additional Partnership Interests so issued in accordance with the terms thereof;
     (5) to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;
     (6) (a) to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the General Partner to maintain its status as a REIT or to satisfy the REIT Requirements, (b) to reflect the Transfer of all or any part of a Partnership Interest among the General Partner and any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner or (c) to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” under Code Section 7704;
     (7) to modify either or both of the manner in which items of Net Income or Net Loss are allocated pursuant to Article VI or the manner in which Capital Accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement and as may be permitted under applicable law); and
     (8) to reflect any other modification to this Agreement as is reasonably necessary for the business or operations of the Partnership or the General Partner and which does not violate Section 7.3.D.
D. Notwithstanding Sections 7.3.B, 7.3.C, 6.2.C, 5.5 and 14.2 hereof, this Agreement shall not be amended, and no action may be taken by the General Partner, without the Consent of each Partner adversely affected thereby, if such amendment or action would (i) convert a Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership into a General Partner Interest (except as a result of the General Partner acquiring such Partnership Interest), (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner so as to increase the liability of such Limited Partner to the liabilities of the Partnership except to the extent required by law, (iii) adversely alter the rights of any Partner to receive the distributions to which such Partner is entitled pursuant to Article 5 or Section 13.2.A(4) hereof, or alter the allocations specified in Article 6 hereof (except, in any case, as expressly permitted pursuant to Sections 4.2, 5.5, 7.3.C and Article 6 hereof), (iv) adversely alter or modify the Redemption

40


 

rights, Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount as set forth in Section 15.1 hereof, or amend or modify any related definitions in a manner adverse to a Limited Partner seeking to exercise such rights, (v) alter or modify Section 11.2 hereof, (vi) reduce any Limited Partner’s rights to indemnification; (vii) create any liability of any Limited Partner not already provided in this Agreement; (viii) amend Section 8.7 other than in accordance with its terms or with the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners; (ix) amend this Section 7.3.D or (x) admit any Person as a general partner of the Partnership other than in accordance with Section 12.1. Further, no amendment may alter the restrictions on the General Partner’s authority set forth elsewhere in this Section 7.3 without the Consent specified herein. Any such amendment or action consented to by any Partner shall be effective as to that Partner, notwithstanding the absence of such consent by any other Partner.
     Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner .
A. The General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as General Partner of the Partnership except as provided in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which the General Partner may be entitled in its capacity as the General Partner).
B. Subject to Sections 7.4.D and 15.12 hereof, the Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses relating to the Partnership’s and the General Partner’s organization and the ownership of each of their assets and operations. The General Partner is hereby authorized to pay compensation for accounting, administrative, legal, technical, management and other services rendered to the Partnership. The Partnership shall be liable for, and shall reimburse the General Partner as provided for in Section 7.4.D (or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion), for all sums expended in connection with the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, (i) expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of the Partnership, (ii) compensation of officers and employees, including, without limitation, payments under future compensation plans, of the General Partner, or the Partnership that may provide for stock units, or phantom stock, pursuant to which employees of the General Partner, or the Partnership will receive payments based upon dividends on or the value of REIT Shares, (iii) director fees and expenses of the General Partner or its Affiliates, (iv) any expenses (other than the purchase price) incurred by the General Partner in connection with the redemption or other repurchase of its Capital Shares, and (v) all costs and expenses of the General Partner being a public company, including, without limitation, costs of filings with the SEC, reports and other distributions to its stockholders, the additional costs and expenses relating to compliance under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the costs and expenses of maintaining the listing of REIT Shares and, if applicable, Capital Shares, on any securities exchange, the costs and expenses of maintaining disclosure controls and the additional costs related to professionals; provided , however , that the amount of any reimbursement shall be reduced by any interest earned by the General Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it on behalf of the Partnership as permitted pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof. The Partners acknowledge that all such expenses of the General Partner are deemed to be for the benefit of the Partnership. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement of the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.
C. If the General Partner shall elect to purchase from its stockholders REIT Shares or Capital Shares for the purpose of delivering such REIT Shares or Capital Shares to satisfy an obligation under any dividend

41


 

reinvestment program adopted by the General Partner, any employee stock purchase plan adopted by the General Partner or any similar obligation or arrangement undertaken by the General Partner in the future, in lieu of the treatment specified in Section 4.7.B., the purchase price paid by the General Partner for such Capital Shares shall be considered expenses of the Partnership and shall be advanced to the General Partner or reimbursed to the General Partner, subject to the condition that, in the case of REIT Shares: (1) if such REIT Shares subsequently are sold by the General Partner, the General Partner shall pay or cause to be paid to the Partnership any proceeds received by the General Partner for such REIT Shares (which sales proceeds shall include the amount of dividends reinvested under any dividend reinvestment or similar program; provided, that a transfer of REIT Shares for Partnership Units pursuant to Section 15.1 would not be considered a sale for such purposes); and (2) if such REIT Shares are not retransferred by the General Partner, or the General Partner otherwise determines not to retransfer such REIT Shares, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to redeem a number of Partnership Units determined in accordance with Section 4.7.B, as adjusted.
D. To the extent practicable, Partnership expenses shall be billed directly to and paid by the Partnership and, subject to Section 15.12 hereof, if and to the extent any reimbursements to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 7.4 constitute gross income to such Person (as opposed to the repayment of advances made by such Person on behalf of the Partnership), such amounts shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code Section 707(c) and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.
     Section 7.5 Outside Activities of the General Partner . The General Partner shall not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with, (a) the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests, (b) the management of the business and affairs of the Partnership, (c) the operation of the General Partner as a reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and listed on a securities exchange, (d) its operations as a REIT, (e) the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests, (f) financing or refinancing of any type related to the Partnership or its assets or activities, and (g) such activities as are incidental thereto; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided herein, any funds raised by the General Partner pursuant to the preceding clauses (e) and (f) shall be made available to the Partnership, whether as Capital Contributions, loans or otherwise, as appropriate, and, provided , further that the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in its own name or otherwise other than through the Partnership so long as the General Partner takes commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such Property are otherwise vested in the Partnership, through assignment, mortgage loan or otherwise or, if it is not commercially

42


 

reasonable to vest such economic interests in the Partnership, the Partners shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement, including, without limitation, the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” to reflect such activities and the direct ownership of assets by the General Partner. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit the General Partner from executing guarantees of Partnership debt. The General Partner and all Disregarded Entities with respect to the General Partner, taken as a group, shall not own any assets or take title to assets (other than temporarily in connection with an acquisition prior to contributing such assets to the Partnership) other than (i) interests in Disregarded Entities with respect to the General Partner, (ii) Partnership Interests as the General Partner and (iii) such cash and cash equivalents, bank accounts or similar instruments or accounts as such group deems reasonably necessary, taking into account Section 7.1.D hereof and the requirements necessary for the General Partner to qualify as a REIT and for the General Partner to carry out its responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement and the Charter. Any Limited Partner Interests acquired by the General Partner, whether pursuant to the exercise by a Limited Partner of its right to Redemption, or otherwise, shall be automatically converted into a General Partner Interest comprised of an identical number of Partnership Units with the same terms as the class or series so acquired. Any Affiliates of the General Partner may acquire Limited Partner Interests and shall, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, be entitled to exercise all rights of a Limited Partner relating to such Limited Partner Interests.
     Section 7.6 Transactions with Affiliates .
A. The Partnership may lend or contribute funds to, and borrow funds from, Persons in which the Partnership has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from, and lend or contribute funds to, the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Person.
B. Except as provided in Section 7.5 hereof, the Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, limited liability companies, partnerships, corporations, business trusts or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
C. The General Partner and its Affiliates may sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, on terms and conditions established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
D. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of the Partners or any of them or any other Persons, may propose and adopt (on behalf of the Partnership) employee benefit plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries.
E. The Partnership or any Subsidiary may engage in transactions with any Limited Partner or any Affiliate of a Limited Partner on the terms and conditions approved by the General

43


 

Partners’ Board of Directors, provided that such transaction was approved in accordance with the terms of Maryland law governing transactions in which a director may have any interest.
     Section 7.7 Indemnification .
A. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership (“ Actions ”) as set forth in this Agreement in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent that the conduct of such Indemnitee is found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment to be such that would not permit indemnification under applicable law; and provided , further , that no payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by the Partnership to indemnify or advance funds to any Indemnitee (x) with respect to any Action initiated or brought voluntarily by such Indemnitee (and not by way of defense) unless (I) approved or authorized by the General Partner or (II) incurred to establish or enforce such Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, and (y) in connection with one or more Actions or claims brought by the Partnership or involving such Indemnitee if such Indemnitee is found liable to the Partnership on any portion of any claim in any such Action.
     Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7 in favor of any Indemnitee having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. It is the intention of this Section 7.7.A that the Partnership indemnify each Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law and this Agreement. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.7.A. The termination of any proceeding by conviction of an Indemnitee or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent by an Indemnitee, or an entry of an order of probation against an Indemnitee prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that such Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 7.7.A with respect to the subject matter of such proceeding. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and neither the General Partner nor any other Holder shall have any obligation to contribute to the capital of the Partnership or otherwise provide funds to enable the Partnership to fund its obligations under this Section 7.7.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to the last proviso of the first paragraph of Section 7.7.A., expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding or otherwise subject to or the focus of or is involved in any Action shall be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership as incurred by the Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of the Action upon

44


 

receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in Section 7.7.A has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
C. The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnitee or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.
D. The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of any of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
E. Any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the IRS, penalties assessed by the U.S. Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise) shall be treated as liabilities or judgments or fines under this Section 7.7, unless such liabilities arise as a result of (i) an act or omission of such Indemnitee that was material to the matter giving rise to the Action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, an act or omission that such Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe was unlawful, or (iii) any transaction in which such Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in violation or breach of any provision of this Agreement.
F. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Holders to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
G. An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
H. The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to

45


 

such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
I. It is the intent of the parties that any amounts paid by the Partnership to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code Section 707(c) and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.
J. Any obligation or liability whatsoever of the General Partner which may arise at any time under this Agreement or any other instrument, transaction, or undertaking contemplated hereby shall be satisfied, if at all, out of the assets of the General Partner or the Partnership only. No such obligation or liability shall be personally binding upon, nor shall resort for the enforcement thereof be had to, any of the General Partner’s directors, stockholders, officers, employees, or agents, regardless of whether such obligation or liability is in the nature of contract, tort or otherwise.
     Section 7.8 Liability of the General Partner .
A. The Limited Partners agree that: (i) the General Partner is acting for the benefit of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the General Partner’s stockholders collectively; (ii) neither the General Partner generally nor the Board of Directors of the General Partner specifically is under any obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the Limited Partners or the General Partner’s stockholders (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or Assignees or to stockholders) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions; (iii) if there is a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of the General Partner on one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners; and (iv) the General Partner shall not be liable under this Agreement to the Partnership or to any Partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with any of the decisions taken by the General Partner in its capacity as such; provided, that the General Partner has acted in good faith and in accordance with this Agreement. The Limited Partners agree that the status of the General Partner as a REIT and as a reporting company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act with the REIT Shares listed on an exchange is of benefit to the Partnership and that actions taken in good faith by the General Partner in support thereof shall be deemed actions taken for the benefit of the Partnership and all Partners including the Limited Partners.
B. Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in this Agreement and applicable law, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its employees or agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible to the Partnership or the Holders for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such employee or agent appointed by it in good faith.
C. Any obligation or liability whatsoever of the General Partner which may arise at any time under this Agreement or any other instrument, transaction, or undertaking contemplated hereby

46


 

shall be satisfied, if at all, out of the assets of the General Partner or the Partnership only. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no such obligation or liability shall be personally binding upon, nor shall resort for the enforcement thereof be had to, any of the General Partner’s directors, stockholders, officers, employees, or agents, regardless of whether such obligation or liability is in the nature of contract, tort or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the directors or officers of the General Partner shall be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership, any Partners, or any Assignees for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission.
D. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s and its officers’ and directors’ liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
E. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as required by the Act, except for liability for intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of such Limited Partner, pursuant to any express indemnities given to the Partnership by any Partner pursuant to any other written instrument or pursuant to any payment obligations of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, no Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall have any personal liability whatsoever, to the Partnership or to the other Partners, or for the debts or liabilities of the Partnership or the Partnership’s obligations hereunder, and the full recourse of the other Partner(s) shall be limited to the interest of that Limited Partner in the Partnership. Without limitation of the foregoing, and except as required by the Act, except for liability for intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of any Limited Partner, pursuant to any such express indemnity, or pursuant to any payment obligations of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement no property or assets of such Limited Partner, other than its right to distributions from the Partnership, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of any judgment (or other judicial process) in favor of any other Partner(s) and arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement. This Agreement is executed by the officers of the General Partner solely as officers of the same and on behalf of the General Partner and not in their own individual capacities.
F. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the General Partner has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or the Limited Partners, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of the General Partner under the Act or otherwise existing at law or in equity to the Partnership or its partners, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such General Partner.
G. To the fullest extent permitted by law and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or in any agreement contemplated herein or applicable provisions of law or equity or otherwise, whenever in this Agreement the General Partner or the Liquidator is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole and absolute discretion,” “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the General Partner and the Liquidator, as applicable, shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest or factors affecting the Partnership or the Partners or any of them, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

47


 

If any question should arise with respect to the operation of the Partnership, which is not otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement or the Act, or with respect to the interpretation of this Agreement, the General Partner is hereby authorized to make a final determination with respect to any such question and to interpret this Agreement in such a manner as it shall deem, in its sole discretion, to be fair and equitable, and its determination and interpretations so made shall be final and binding on all parties. The General Partner’s “sole and absolute discretion,” “sole discretion” and “discretion” under this Agreement shall be exercised consistently with the General Partner’s fiduciary duties and obligation under the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing under the Act.
     Section 7.9 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner .
A. The General Partner may rely in good faith and shall be protected from liability to the Partnership and the Partners in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
B. The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and the General Partner shall be protected from liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners for any act taken or omitted to be taken in good faith reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence.
C. The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers or agents or a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact. Each such officer, agent or attorney shall, to the extent authorized by the General Partner, have full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and duty that is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.
D. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) for the General Partner otherwise to satisfy the REIT Requirements, (iii) for the General Partner to avoid incurring any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981, or (iv) for any General Partner Affiliate to continue to qualify as a “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)), is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.(including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to the Holders in such amounts as will permit the General Partner to prevent the imposition of any federal income tax on the General Partner (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Code Section 4981), to make distributions to its stockholders and payments to any taxing authority sufficient to permit the General Partner to maintain REIT status or otherwise to satisfy the REIT Requirements).

48


 

     Section 7.10 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively with other Partners or Persons, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner or such nominee or Affiliate for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.
     Section 7.11 Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without the consent or approval of any other Partner, or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and take any and all actions on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expediency of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.
ARTICLE 8
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
     Section 8.1 Limitation of Liability . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall have any liability under this Agreement except for intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of such Limited Partner or as expressly provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 10.4 hereof) or under the Act.
     Section 8.2 Management of Business . Subject to the rights and powers of the General Partner hereunder, no Limited Partner or Assignee (other than in its separate capacity as the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, member, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operations, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of

49


 

the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, member, employee, partner, agent, representative, or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.
     Section 8.3 Outside Activities of Limited Partners . Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or any of its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any employment agreement), any Limited Partner and any Assignee, officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate, member or stockholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct or indirect competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee. Subject to such agreements, none of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person (other than the General Partner), and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement, subject to Section 7.6 hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary, to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.
     Section 8.4 Return of Capital . Except pursuant to the rights of Redemption set forth in Section 15.1 hereof or in any Partnership Unit Designation, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Partnership as provided herein. Except to the extent provided in Article 5 and Article 6 hereof or otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any Partnership Unit Designation, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.
     Section 8.5 Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership .
A. In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5.C hereof, the General Partner shall deliver to each Limited Partner a copy of any information mailed or electronically delivered to all of the common stockholders of the General Partner as soon as practicable after such mailing.
B. The Partnership shall notify any Qualifying Party, on request, of the then current Adjustment Factor and any change made to the Adjustment Factor shall be set forth in the quarterly report required by Section 9.3.B hereof immediately following the date such change becomes effective.

50


 

C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners (or any of them), for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business or (ii) the Partnership is required by law or by agreement to keep confidential.
D. Upon written request by any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall cause the ownership of Partnership Units by such Limited Partner to be evidenced by a certificate for units substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, or such other form as the General Partner may determine with respect to any class of Partnership Units issued from time to time under this Agreement. The General Partner may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Partnership alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated. Unless otherwise determined by the General Partner, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Partnership a bond in such sums as the General Partner may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Partnership.
     Section 8.6 Partnership Right to Call Limited Partner Interests .
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, on and after the date on which the aggregate Percentage Interests of the Common Units held by the Limited Partners are less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding Common Units held by all Partners, the Partnership shall have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time and at any time to redeem any and all outstanding Common Units held by Limited Partners by treating any such Limited Partner as a Tendering Party who has delivered a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 15.1 hereof for the amount of Common Units to be specified by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, by notice to such Limited Partner that the Partnership has elected to exercise its rights under this Section 8.6. Such notice given by the General Partner to a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6 shall be treated as if it were a Notice of Redemption delivered to the General Partner by such Limited Partner. For purposes of this Section 8.6, (a) any Limited Partner (whether or not otherwise a Qualifying Party) may, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, be treated as a Qualifying Party that is a Tendering Party and (b) the provisions of Sections 15.1.E(2) and 15.1.B hereof shall not apply, but the remainder of Section 15.1 hereof shall apply, mutatis mutandis.
     Section 8.7 Board Nomination Rights.
A. Board Nominees .
     (1) From and after the closing of the initial public offering of REIT Shares, at each stockholders’ meeting of the General Partner at which directors will be elected, the General Partner will cause to be included in each slate of directors proposed,

51


 

recommended and/or nominated for election by the General Partner or its Board of Directors (a) so long as the Carlyle Limited Partners hold a Beneficial Ownership of Common Interest that is equal to at least 50%, a number of Carlyle Nominees that, if elected, would comprise one director less than the lowest whole number that would exceed 33.3% of the entire Board of Directors immediately after such election, but in no event less than one such Carlyle Nominee and (b) so long as the Carlyle Limited Partners hold a Beneficial Ownership of Common Interest that is equal to at least 10%, but is less than 50%, a number of Carlyle Nominees that, if elected, would comprise one director less than the lowest whole number that would exceed 20% of the entire Board of Directors immediately after such election, but in no event less than one such Carlyle Nominee. The General Partner, acting through its Board of Directors, will recommend and use all reasonable efforts to cause the election of each Carlyle Nominee nominated in accordance with the foregoing. The General Partner agrees to use all reasonable efforts to solicit proxies for such Carlyle Nominees from all holders of REIT Shares and/or other voting stock entitled to vote thereon.
     (2) To facilitate the nomination rights set forth above, the General Partner will notify the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners in writing a reasonable period of time in advance of any action to be taken by the General Partner or the Board of Directors for the purpose of nominating, electing or designating directors, which, in the case of a proxy statement, information statement or registration statement in which nominees for director would be named, shall be delivered by the General Partner to the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners no later than 30 days prior to the anticipated mailing or filing date, as applicable. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the nature of the action to be taken by the General Partner or the Board of Directors, and the anticipated date thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners will designate any Carlyle Nominees by written consent (in accordance with Article 14) of a Majority in Interest of the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; provided , however , that if the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners shall have failed to designate Carlyle Nominees in a timely manner, the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners shall be deemed to have designated any incumbent Carlyle Nominees in a timely manner unless there are no remaining incumbent Carlyle Nominees or the incumbent Carlyle Nominee declines to serve, in which case the General Partner may nominate another Person.
     (3) The Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners will provide the General Partner with such information about each Carlyle Nominee as is reasonably requested by the General Partner in order to comply with applicable disclosure rules including without limitation any information required of a proposed nominee under the Bylaws of the General Partner.
     (4) To the extent required by law or the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading, the General Partner will take such actions as necessary to ensure that a sufficient number of those members of the Board of Directors that are not Carlyle Nominees or members of the General Partner’s senior management shall at all times satisfy the standard of independence necessary for a director to qualify as an “Independent Director” as such term (or any replacement term) is used under the rules and listing standards of such principal securities exchange, as such rules and listing standards may be amended from time to time (the “ Independence Standard ”) in order to maintain such listing.

52


 

B. Committee Membership .
     (1) Unless prohibited by law or the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading and so long as the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners are entitled to nominate at least one member of the Board of Directors under Section 8.7.A(1), at least one Carlyle Nominee then serving as a director shall be appointed to each committee of the Board of Directors (including, without limitation, the audit committee if the Carlyle Nominee is qualified as “independent” under Section 10A(m)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than any committee formed for the purpose of approving any transaction with a Carlyle Limited Partner.
C. Vacancies; Removal .
     (1) In the event that a vacancy is created at any time with respect to a Board of Directors seat held by a Carlyle Nominee by reason of the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of such Carlyle Nominee and so long as the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners are entitled to nominate at least one member of the Board of Directors under Section 8.7.A(1), the General Partner shall cause such vacancy to be filled by a majority vote of the Carlyle Nominees then serving as directors.
     (2) In the event of any increase in the size of the General Partner’s Board of Directors that would cause the number of Carlyle Nominees to serve on the Board of Directors pursuant to the terms of Section 8.7.A to be greater than the number of actual Carlyle Nominees nominated by a Majority in Interest of the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners, the General Partner shall cause any vacancy to be filled by a Majority in Interest of the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners as the replacement Carlyle Nominee.
D. Charter and Bylaws to Be Consistent . The General Partner, acting through the Board of Directors, shall take or cause to be taken all lawful action necessary or appropriate to ensure that none of the Charter or Bylaws or any of the corresponding organizational documents of the General Partner’s subsidiaries contain any provisions inconsistent with this Agreement or which would in any way nullify or impair the terms of this Agreement or the rights of the Carlyle Limited Partners or the Carlyle Nominating Limited Partners hereunder.
E. Termination of Nomination Rights . The nomination and other rights of the Carlyle Limited Partners set forth in this Section 8.7 shall automatically terminate at such time as the Carlyle Limited Partners cease to hold at least a 10% Beneficial Ownership of Common Interest. Upon any such termination, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this

53


 

Agreement, the General Partner shall be entitled to amend this Agreement to delete this Section 8.7 and correlative provisions elsewhere in this Agreement in their entirety.
ARTICLE 9
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
     Section 9.1 Records and Accounting .
A. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal place of business of the Partnership those records and documents, if any, required to be maintained by the Act and any other books and records deemed by the General Partner to be appropriate with respect to the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 8.5.A, Section 9.3 or Article 13 hereof. Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on any information storage device, provided that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time.
B. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or on such other basis as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. To the extent permitted by sound accounting practices and principles, the Partnership and the General Partner may operate with integrated or consolidated accounting records, operations and principles.
     Section 9.2 Partnership Year . For purposes of this Agreement, “Partnership Year” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall be the same as the tax year of the Partnership. The tax year shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
     Section 9.3 Reports .
A. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than one hundred five (105) days after the close of each Partnership Year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner of record as of the close of the Partnership Year, financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General Partner, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.
B. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the close of each calendar quarter (except the last calendar quarter of each year), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner of record as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership for such calendar quarter, or of the General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or regulation or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.
C. The General Partner shall have satisfied its obligations under Section 9.3.A and Section 9.3.B by posting or making available the reports required by this Section 9.3 on the

54


 

website maintained from time to time by the Partnership or the General Partner, provided that such reports are able to be printed or downloaded from such website.
D. At the request of any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall provide access to the books, records and workpapers upon which the reports required by this Section 9.3 are based, to the extent required by the Act.
ARTICLE 10
TAX MATTERS
     Section 10.1 Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns with respect to Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within ninety (90) days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for federal and state income tax and any other tax reporting purposes. The Limited Partners shall promptly provide the General Partner with such information relating to any Contributed Property as is readily available to the Limited Partners, including tax basis and other relevant information, as may be reasonably requested by the General Partner from time to time.
     Section 10.2 Tax Elections . Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code. The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination in its sole and absolute discretion that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partnership and the Partners. At the request of any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to make a Code Section 754 election.
     Section 10.3 Tax Matters Partner .
A. The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Code Section 6231) of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services. All third-party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership in addition to any reimbursement pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof. Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder.
B. The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:
     (1) to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), provided that the General Partner shall provide timely notice to each Partner of any tax audit or judicial review. In the settlement agreement with respect to any such proceedings, the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with

55


 

the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner (as the case may be) or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Code Section 6231) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Code Section 6223(b)(2));
     (2) in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “Final Adjustment”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such Final Adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the United States Tax Court or the United States Claims Court, or the filing of a complaint for refund with the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;
     (3) to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;
     (4) to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS at any time and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;
     (5) to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax that is attributable to any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and
     (6) to take any other action on behalf of the Partners or any of them in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.
The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner hereof shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.
     Section 10.4 Withholding . Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Code Section 1441, Code Section 1442, Code Section 1445 or Code Section 1446. Any amount withheld with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall be treated as paid or distributed, as applicable, to such Limited Partner for all purposes under this Agreement. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner, in excess of any such withheld amount, shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within thirty (30) days after the affected Limited Partner receives written notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made, provided that the Limited Partner shall not be required to repay such deemed loan

56


 

if either (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution that would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or (ii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such payment may be satisfied out of the Available Cash of the Partnership that would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner. Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) from the date such amount is due (i.e., thirty (30) days after the Limited Partner receives written notice of such amount) until such amount is paid in full.
     Section 10.5 Organizational Expenses . The General Partner may cause the Partnership to elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 180-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.
ARTICLE 11
PARTNER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS
     Section 11.1 General Limitation on Transfer .
A. No Partnership Interest shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void ab initio .
B. No part of the interest of a Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, to any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement or the Act.
     Section 11.2 Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest .
A. Except as provided in Section 11.2.B or Section 11.2.C, and subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner may not Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest without the Consent of the Limited Partners. It is a condition to any Transfer of a Partnership Interest of a General Partner otherwise permitted hereunder that: (i) coincident with such Transfer, the transferee is admitted as a General Partner pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof; (ii) the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such Transferred Partnership Interest; and (iii) the transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest so acquired and the admission of such transferee as a General Partner.
B. Certain Transactions of the General Partner and the Partnership . Except as provided in this Section 11.2.B or in Section 11.2.C, the General Partner shall not, and shall not permit the Partnership to, engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person, any sale of all or substantially all of its assets or any reclassification of or change in all of its outstanding REIT Shares or Partnership Interests (“ Termination Transaction ”). The General Partner may engage in, or cause the Partnership to engage in, a Termination

57


 

Transaction, subject to compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Agreement if (a) the Termination Transaction has been approved by a Consent of the Partners or (b) any of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below is satisfied:
     (i) in connection with such Termination Transaction, all of the Limited Partners will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each Common Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal to the product of the Adjustment Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share pursuant to the terms of such Termination Transaction; provided, that if, in connection with such Termination Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Common Units shall receive, or shall have the right to elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder of Common Units would have received had it exercised its right to Redemption pursuant to Article 15 hereof and received REIT Shares in exchange for its Common Units immediately prior to the expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer and had thereupon accepted such purchase, tender or exchange offer and then such Termination Transaction shall have been consummated; or
     (ii) all of the following conditions are met: (w) substantially all of the assets directly or indirectly owned by the Partnership immediately prior to the Termination Transaction are owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership or another limited partnership or limited liability company which is the survivor of a merger, consolidation or combination of assets with the Partnership (in each case, the “ Surviving Partnership ”); (x) the Persons who were Limited Partners immediately prior to the consummation of such Termination Transaction own a percentage interest of the Surviving Partnership based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the Partnership and the other net assets of the Surviving Partnership immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction; (y) the rights, preferences and privileges in the Surviving Partnership of such Limited Partners are at least as favorable as those in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and as those applicable to any other limited partners or non-managing members of the Surviving Partnership; and (z) the rights of such Limited Partners include at least one of the following: (a) the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership for the consideration available to such persons pursuant to Section 11.2.B(i) or (b) the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership for cash on terms substantially equivalent to those in effect with respect to their Partnership Units immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, or, if the ultimate controlling person of the Surviving Partnership has publicly traded common equity securities, such common equity securities, with an exchange ratio based on the determination of relative fair market value of such securities and the REIT Shares; or
     (iii) the terms of such Termination Transaction are otherwise approved by the Consent of the Limited Partners.
C. Subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Article 11, the General Partner may Transfer all of its Partnership Interests at any time to any Person that is, at the time of such

58


 

Transfer, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the General Partner, including any “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)), without the Consent of any Limited Partners and designate such wholly-owned Subsidiary to become the General Partner under Section 12.1.
D. Except in connection with Transfers permitted in this Article 11, the General Partner may not voluntarily withdraw as a general partner of the Partnership without the Consent of the Limited Partners.
     Section 11.3 Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer .
A. General . Except as provided in 11.3.B and subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, no Limited Partner may Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the Consent of the General Partner.
B. Transfers without the Consent of the General Partner . Each Limited Partner, and each transferee of Partnership Units or Assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, may Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any Person, without the Consent of the General Partner, but subject to the other provisions of Article 11 hereof, pursuant to (i) a Permitted Transfer or (ii) a Transfer that satisfies each of the following conditions:
The transferor Limited Partner (or the Partner’s estate in the event of the Partner’s death) shall give written notice (the “ ROFO Notice ”) of the proposed Transfer to the General Partner, which notice shall state the material terms and conditions, including the price, pursuant to which the Limited Partner proposes to Transfer the Partnership Units. The ROFO Notice shall constitute the Limited Partner’s offer to Transfer the Partnership Units to the General Partner, which offer shall be irrevocable for a period of (10) Business Days (the “ ROFO Notice Period ”). Upon receipt of the ROFO Notice, the General Partner shall have until the end of the ROFO Notice Period to accept the offer to purchase all (but not less than all) of the subject Partnership Units by delivering a written notice (a “ ROFO Acceptance ”) to the transferor Limited Partner stating that it accepts the offer to purchase such Partnership Units on the terms specified in the ROFO Notice. Any ROFO Acceptance so delivered shall be binding on the transferor Limited Partner and the General Partner upon delivery by the General Partner (except as provided below with respect to the General Partner electing to pay the purchase price with a Delayed Purchase Note). If the General Partner does not deliver a ROFO Acceptance prior to the expiration of the ROFO Notice Period, the transferor Limited Partner may, during the (60) Business Day period following the expiration of the ROFO Notice Period (which period may be extended for a reasonable time not to exceed (90) Business Days to the extent reasonably necessary to effect compliance with the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act, if applicable, and any other applicable requirements of law (the “ Waived ROFO Transfer Period ”)), Transfer all of the Partnership Units to a third party on terms and conditions no less favorable to the transferor than the proposed terms specified in the ROFO Notice, and subject to the other conditions of this Section 11.3. If the Limited Partner does not Transfer the subject Partnership Units within such period or, if such Transfer is not consummated within the Waived ROFO Transfer Period in accordance with the terms hereof or if the transferor Limited Partner declines to accept a Delayed Purchase Note, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Partnership Units shall not be offered to any Person unless first re-offered to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 11.3.B(1). If the General Partner delivers a ROFO Acceptance, the General Partner shall purchase the Partnership Units on such terms within ten (10) Business Days after such acceptance; provided , however , that in the event that the proposed terms involve a purchase for cash, the General Partner may at its election deliver in lieu of all or any portion of such cash a note (a “ Delayed Purchase Note ”) from the General Partner payable to the transferor Limited Partner at a date as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than one hundred eighty (180) days after such purchase, and bearing interest at an annual rate equal to the lower of (i) the total dividends declared with respect to one (1) REIT Share for the four (4) preceding fiscal quarters of the General Partner, divided by the Value as of the closing of such purchase, or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law; and provided , further , that such closing may be deferred to the extent necessary to effect compliance with the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act, if applicable, and any other applicable requirements of law; and provided, further , that in the event that the General Partner elects to deliver any portion of the purchase price with a Delayed Purchase Note, the transferor Limited Partner may elect not to sell the Partnership Units (the consideration for which was in the form of a Delayed Purchase Note) to the General Partner pursuant to the ROFO Acceptance.
(1) Qualified Transferee . Any Transfer of a Partnership Interest shall be made only to a single Qualified Transferee; provided, however, that, for such purposes, all Qualified Transferees that are Affiliates, or that comprise investment accounts or funds managed by a single Qualified Transferee and its Affiliates, shall be considered together to be a single Qualified Transferee.

59


 

C. Transferee Subject to Existing Restrictions . It is a condition to any Transfer otherwise permitted hereunder (whether or not such Transfer is effected during or after the first Twelve-Month Period) that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor Limited Partner under this Agreement or any contractual obligation (including any “lockup” agreement with any underwriter of the General Partner’s securities) with respect to such Transferred Partnership Interest, and no such Transfer shall relieve the transferor Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the Consent of the General Partner. Each transferee of any Transferred Partnership Interest shall be subject to any restrictions on ownership and transfer of stock of the General Partner contained in the Charter that may limit or restrict such transferee’s ability to exercise its Redemption rights, including, without limitation, the Ownership Limit. Any transferee, whether or not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, shall take subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder. Unless admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, no transferee, whether by a voluntary Transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, shall have any rights hereunder, other than the rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 11.5 hereof.
D. Incapacity . If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate, and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to Transfer all or any part of its interest in the Partnership. The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.
E. Violation of Law . The General Partner may prohibit any Transfer otherwise permitted by a Limited Partner of his or her Partnership Units if it determines, based on the advice of

60


 

counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner, that (i) such transfer would require the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act by the Partnership, (ii) would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Units or (iii) otherwise violate applicable law.
F. No Transfer of Component Parts . Except with the Consent of the General Partner, no Transfer may result in the transfer of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Partnership Interest.
G. No Potential Adverse Consequences . Except with the Consent of the General Partner, no Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Interests (including any Redemption, any other acquisition of Partnership Units by the General Partner or any acquisition of Partnership Units by the Partnership) may be made to or by any Person if such Transfer could (i) result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation; (ii) be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, (iii) result in the Partnership being unable to qualify for one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) (the “ Safe Harbors ”), (iv) based on the advice of counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner, adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981; (v) cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Code Section 4975(c)); (vi) based on the advice of legal counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101; or (vii) subject the Partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.
H. Limitations on Transfers to Non-Recourse Lenders . No Transfer of any Partnership Interest may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability, without the Consent of the General Partner; provided , however , that, as a condition to such Consent, the lender may be required to enter into an arrangement with the Partnership and the General Partner to redeem or exchange for the REIT Shares Amount any Partnership Units in which a security interest is held by such lender simultaneously with the time at which such lender would be deemed to be a partner in the Partnership for purposes of allocating liabilities to such lender under Section 752 of the Code (provided that, for purpose of calculating the REIT Shares Amount in this Section 11.3.H, “ Tendered Units ” shall mean all such Partnership Units in which a security interest is held by such lender).

61


 

     Section 11.4 Admission of Substituted Limited Partners .
A. No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee (including any transferees pursuant to Transfers permitted by Section 11.3 hereof) as a Limited Partner in its place. A transferee of a Limited Partner Interest may be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner only with the Consent of the General Partner. The failure or refusal by the General Partner to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or the General Partner. Subject to the foregoing, an Assignee shall not be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner until and unless it furnishes to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all the terms, conditions and applicable obligations of this Agreement, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Assignee and (iii) such other documents and instruments as may be required or advisable, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner, to effect such Assignee’s admission as a Substituted Limited Partner.
B. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and class and/or series of Partnership Units of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and number of Partnership Units of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.
C. A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.
     Section 11.5 Assignees . If the General Partner does not Consent to the admission of any permitted transferee under Section 11.3 hereof as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4 hereof, or in the event that any Partnership Interest is deemed to have been Transferred notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in this Article 11, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partner interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Interest assigned to such transferee and the rights to Transfer the Partnership Interest provided in this Article 11, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of a Partnership Interest for any other purpose under this Agreement (other than as expressly provided in Section 15.1 hereof with respect to a Qualifying Party that becomes a Tendering Party), and shall not be entitled to effect a Consent or vote with respect to such Partnership Interest on any matter presented to the Partners for approval (such right to Consent or vote, to the extent provided in this Agreement or under the Act, fully remaining with the transferor Limited Partner). In the event that any such transferee desires to make a further Transfer of any such Partnership Interest, such transferee shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make a Transfer of a Limited Partner Interest.

62


 

     Section 11.6 General Provisions .
A. No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of: (i) a Transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units permitted in accordance with this Article 11 with respect to which the transferee becomes a Substituted Limited Partner; (ii) pursuant to a redemption (or acquisition by the General Partner) of all of its Partnership Units pursuant to a Redemption under Section 15.1 hereof and/or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation or (iii) the acquisition by the General Partner of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, whether or not pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof.
B. Any Limited Partner who shall Transfer all of its Partnership Units in a Transfer (i) permitted pursuant to this Article 11 where such transferee was admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, (ii) pursuant to the exercise of its rights to effect a redemption of all of its Partnership Units pursuant to a Redemption under Section 15.1 hereof and/or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation or (iii) to the General Partner, whether or not pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
C. If any Partnership Unit is Transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Article 11, or is redeemed by the Partnership, or acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1 hereof, on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit attributable to such Partnership Unit for such Partnership Year shall be allocated to the transferor Partner or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer other than a Redemption, to the transferee Partner, by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Code Section 706(d), using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method selected by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, unless the General Partner decides in its sole and absolute discretion to use another method permitted under the Code, each of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer occurs shall be allocated to the transferee Partner and none of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer or a Redemption occurs shall be allocated to the transferor Partner, or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) if such Transfer occurs on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the month, otherwise such items shall be allocated to the transferor. All distributions of Available Cash attributable to such Partnership Unit with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such Transfer, assignment or Redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer other than a Redemption, all distributions of Available Cash thereafter attributable to such Partnership Unit shall be made to the transferee Partner.
ARTICLE 12
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
     Section 12.1 Admission of Successor General Partner . A successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to a Transfer permitted by Section 11.2 hereof or pursuant to an appointment under Section 13.1.A and, in each case, who is proposed to

63


 

be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to such Transfer or appointment or as otherwise provided herein, upon the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 11.2. Upon any such admission of any successor General Partner in accordance with this Section 12.1, the former General Partner shall cease to be a general partner of the Partnership without any separate Consent of the Limited Partners or the consent or approval of any other Partners. Any such successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and shall, carry on the business and affairs of the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments, which shall include a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, as may be required to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner. Upon any such successor General Partner becoming the General Partner, the successor General Partner shall become the General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and rights of the General Partner, and shall be liable for all obligations and responsible for all duties of the General Partner. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a successor General Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and classes and/or series of Partnership Units of such successor General Partner. Other than pursuant to a Transfer pursuant to Section 11.2 or an appointment under Section 13.1.A, no Person may be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner.
     Section 12.2 Admission of Additional Limited Partners .
A. After the admission to the Partnership of the Original Limited Partners, a Person (other than an existing Partner) who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Units and in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Person and (iii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of an Additional Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and classes and/or series of Partnership Units of such Additional Limited Partner.
B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the Consent of the General Partner. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the Consent of the General Partner to such admission and the satisfaction of all the conditions set forth in Section 12.2.A.
C. If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable among Holders for such Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Holders by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Code

64


 

Section 706(d), using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method selected by the General Partner. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which an admission of any Additional Limited Partner occurs shall be allocated among all the Holders including such Additional Limited Partner, in accordance with the principles described in Section 11.6.C hereof. All distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees other than the Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter shall be made to all the Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited Partner.
D. Any Additional Limited Partner admitted to the Partnership that is an Affiliate of the General Partner shall be deemed to be a “General Partner Affiliate” hereunder and shall be reflected as such on Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership.
     Section 12.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership . Without the consent of any other Partner, for the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A ) and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.
     Section 12.4 Admission . A Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership or a general partner of the Partnership only upon strict compliance, and not upon substantial compliance, with the requirements set forth in this Agreement for admission to the Partnership as a Limited Partner or a General Partner.
ARTICLE 13
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION
     Section 13.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the business and affairs of the Partnership without dissolution. However, the Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following (each a “ Liquidating Event ”):
A. the occurrence of an event of withdrawal (as defined in the Act) with respect to a General Partner; provided, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this clause (A) if (1) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one remaining general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to and shall carry on the business of the Partnership, or (2) if at such time there is no remaining General Partner, if within 90 days after such event of withdrawal, a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners agree in writing or vote to continue the business of the Partnership and to appoint, effective as of the date of withdrawal, one or more additional General Partners;
B. an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, with the Consent of the Limited Partners;

65


 

C. entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act; or
D. at any time there are no limited partners of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Act.
     Section 13.2 Winding Up .
A. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets and satisfying the claims of its creditors and the Holders. After the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, no Holder shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner (or, in the event that there is no remaining General Partner or the General Partner has dissolved, become bankrupt within the meaning of the Act or ceased to operate, any Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Partners (the General Partner or such other Person being referred to herein as the “ Liquidator ”)) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property, and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include shares of stock in the General Partner) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:
     (1) First, to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Holders (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);
     (2) Second, to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof), including, but not limited to, amounts due as reimbursements under Section 7.4 hereof;
     (3) Third, to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Holders (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof); and
     (4) Fourth, subject to any provisions in any Partnership Unit Designation, to the Partners in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances, determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments for all prior periods and the Partnership taxable year during which the liquidation occurs (other than those made as a result of the liquidating distribution set forth in this Section 13.2.A(4)).
The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13 other than reimbursement of its expenses as set forth in Section 7.4.
B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof that require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Holders, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Holders as creditors) and/or distribute to the Holders, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and

66


 

in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Holders, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.
C. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if any Holder has a deficit balance in its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), except as otherwise agreed to by such Holder or as may otherwise be required with respect to the General Partner in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, such Holder shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.
D. In the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made pursuant to this Article 13 may be:
     (1) distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and the Holders for the purpose of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent, conditional or unmatured liabilities or obligations of the Partnership arising out of or in connection with the Partnership and/or Partnership activities. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Holders, from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, in the same proportions and amounts as would otherwise have been distributed to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement; or
     (2) withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the Holders in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 13.2.A hereof as soon as practicable.
     Section 13.3 Deemed Contribution and Distribution . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 13, in the event that the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s Property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, for federal income tax purposes the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all of its assets and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for an interest in the new partnership; and immediately thereafter, distributed Partnership Units to the Partners in the new partnership in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts in liquidation of the Partnership, and the new partnership is deemed to continue the business of the Partnership. Nothing in this Section 13.3 shall be deemed to have constituted a Transfer to an Assignee as a Substituted Limited Partner without compliance with the provisions of Section 11.4 hereof.

67


 

     Section 13.4 Rights of Holders . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, (a) each Holder shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contribution, (b) no Holder shall have the right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership and (c) no Holder shall have priority over any other Holder as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.
     Section 13.5 Notice of Dissolution . In the event that a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for an election or objection by one or more Partners pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner or Liquidator shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each Holder and, in the General Partner’s or Liquidator’s sole and absolute discretion or as required by the Act, to all other parties with whom the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner), and the General Partner or Liquidator may, or, if required by the Act, shall, publish notice thereof in a newspaper of general circulation in each place in which the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or Liquidator).
     Section 13.6 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed with the Secretary of State, at which time the Partnership shall terminate, all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership or association in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be cancelled, and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
     Section 13.7 Reasonable Time for Winding-Up . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect between and among the Partners during the period of liquidation; provided, however, reasonable efforts shall be made to complete such winding-up within twenty-four (24) months after the adoption of a plan of liquidation of the General Partner, as provided in Section 562(b)(2)(B) of the Code, if necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or Liquidator.
ARTICLE 14
PROCEDURES FOR ACTIONS AND CONSENTS
OF PARTNERS; AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS
     Section 14.1 Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners . The actions requiring Consent of any Partner or Partners pursuant to this Agreement, including Section 7.3 hereof, or otherwise pursuant to applicable law, are subject to the procedures set forth in this Article 14.
     Section 14.2 Amendments . In addition to the other provisions of this Agreement that permit amendments to this Agreement (including without limitation, pursuant to Section 7.3.C), Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by Limited Partners holding fifty percent (50%) or more of the Common Units held by Limited Partners and, except as set forth in Section 7.3.C and 7.3.D, shall be approved by the Consent of the General Partner and the Consent of the Limited Partners. Such Amendment shall become effective following any such consent required hereunder, subject to Section 7.3.D.

68


 

Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit to the Partners entitled to vote thereon any proposed amendment that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, requires the consent, approval or vote of such Partners. The General Partner shall seek the consent, approval or vote of the Partners entitled to vote thereon on any such proposed amendment in accordance with Section 14.3 hereof. Upon obtaining such approvals required by this Agreement and without further action or execution by any other Person, including any Limited Partner, (i) any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the General Partner, and (ii) the Limited Partners shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment of this Agreement.
     Section 14.3 Actions and Consents of the Partners .
A. Meetings of the Partners may be called only by the General Partner to transact any business that the General Partner determines. The call shall state the nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners entitled to act at the meeting not less than seven (7) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Unless approval by a different number or proportion of the Partners is provided by this Agreement or in any Partnership Unit Designation, the affirmative vote of the General Partner and the Majority in Interest of the Common Limited Partners shall be sufficient to approve such proposal at a meeting of the Partners. Whenever the vote, consent or approval of Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.3.B hereof.
B. Any action requiring the Consent of any Partner or group of Partners pursuant to this Agreement or that is required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken or consented to is given by Partners whose affirmative vote would be sufficient to approve such action or provide such Consent at a meeting of the Partners. Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as the affirmative vote of such Partners at a meeting of the Partners. Such consent shall be filed with the General Partner. An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified. For purposes of obtaining a Consent in writing or by electronic transmission, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days, and failure to respond in such time period shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute a Consent that is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation with respect to the proposal; provided , however , that an action shall become effective at such time as requisite Consents are received even if prior to such specified time.
C. Each Partner entitled to act at a meeting of the Partners may authorize any Person or Persons to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Each proxy must be signed by the Partner or its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy (or there is receipt of a proxy authorizing a later date). Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Partner executing such proxy, unless such proxy states that it is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest.

69


 

D. The General Partner may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining the Partners (i) entitled to Consent to any action, (ii) entitled to receive notice of or vote at any meeting of the Partners or (iii) in order to make a determination of Partners for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days and, in the case of a meeting of the Partners, not less than five (5) days, before the date on which the meeting is to be held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Partners shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of the meeting is sent, and the record date for any other determination of Partners shall be the effective date of such Partner action, distribution or other event. When a determination of the Partners entitled to vote at any meeting of the Partners has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
E. Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Without limitation, meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of the General Partner’s stockholders and may be held at the same time as, and as part of, the meetings of the General Partner’s stockholders.
ARTICLE 15
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 15.1 Redemption Rights of Qualifying Parties .
A. After the applicable Twelve-Month Period, a Qualifying Party shall have the right (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) to require the Partnership to redeem all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Tendering Party (Common Units that have in fact been tendered for redemption being hereafter referred to as “ Tendered Units”) in exchange (a “ Redemption ”) for the Cash Amount payable on the Specified Redemption Date. Any Redemption shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to the General Partner by the Qualifying Party when exercising the Redemption right (the “ Tendering Party ”). The Partnership’s obligation to effect a Redemption, however, shall not arise or be binding against the Partnership until the earlier of (i) the date the General Partner notifies the Tendering Party that the General Partner declines to acquire some or all of the Tendered Units under Section 15.1.B hereof following receipt of a Notice of Redemption and (ii) the Cut-Off Date. In the event of a Redemption, the Cash Amount shall be delivered as a certified or bank check payable to the Tendering Party or, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, in immediately available funds, in each case, on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date on which the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption from the Tendering Party.

70


 

B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.1.A hereof, on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date, the General Partner may, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion but subject to the Ownership Limit, as modified to take into account any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors, elect to acquire some or all (such percentage being referred to as the “ Applicable Percentage ”) of the Tendered Units from the Tendering Party in exchange for REIT Shares. If the General Partner elects to acquire some or all of the Tendered Units pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, the General Partner shall give written notice thereof to the Tendering Party on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date. If the General Partner elects to acquire any of the Tendered Units for REIT Shares, the General Partner shall issue and deliver such REIT Shares to the Tendering Party pursuant to the terms of this Section 15.1.B, in which case (1) the General Partner shall assume directly the obligation with respect thereto and shall satisfy the Tendering Party’s exercise of its Redemption right with respect to such Tendered Units and (2) such transaction shall be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as a transfer by the Tendering Party of such Tendered Units to the General Partner in exchange for the REIT Shares Amount. If the General Partner so elects, on the Specified Redemption Date, the Tendering Party shall sell such number of the Tendered Units to the General Partner in exchange for a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the REIT Shares Amount and the Applicable Percentage. The Tendering Party shall submit (i) such information, certification or affidavit as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the application of the Ownership Limit, as modified to take into account any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors, to any such acquisition and (ii) such written representations, investment letters, legal opinions or other instruments necessary, in the General Partner’s view, to effect compliance with the Securities Act. In the event of a purchase of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, the Tendering Party shall no longer have the right to cause the Partnership to effect a Redemption of such Tendered Units and, upon notice to the Tendering Party by the General Partner given on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date that the General Partner has elected to acquire some or all of the Tendered Units pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, the obligation of the Partnership to effect a Redemption of the Tendered Units as to which the General Partner’s notice relates shall not accrue or arise. A number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the Applicable Percentage and the REIT Shares Amount, if applicable, shall be delivered by the General Partner as duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable REIT Shares and, if applicable, Rights, free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than the Ownership Limit, the Securities Act and relevant state securities or “blue sky” laws. Neither any Tendering Party whose Tendered Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, any Partner, any Assignee nor any other interested Person shall have any right to require or cause the General Partner to register, qualify or list any REIT Shares owned or held by such Person, whether or not such REIT Shares are issued pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, with the SEC, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or with any stock exchange; provided , however , that this limitation shall not be in derogation of any registration or similar rights granted pursuant to any other written agreement between the General Partner and any such Person. Notwithstanding any delay in such delivery, the Tendering Party shall be deemed the owner of such REIT Shares and Rights for all purposes, including, without limitation, rights to vote or consent, receive dividends, and exercise rights, as of the Specified Redemption Date. REIT Shares issued upon an acquisition of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 15.1.B may contain such

71


 

legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as the General Partner determines to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with such laws.
C. Notwithstanding Section 15.1.A or Section 15.1.B above:
     (1) If a Qualifying Party has delivered to the General Partner a Notice of Redemption with respect to Excess Units (such Excess Units plus any other Tendered Units that such Qualifying Party agrees to treat as Excess Units, the “ Offering Units ”) and the General Partner is eligible to file a registration statement under Form S-3 (or any successor form similar thereto), then:
     (2) (x) the General Partner shall be entitled, upon written notice to such Tendering Party, to either (1) cause the Partnership to redeem the Offering Units with the proceeds of an offering, whether registered under the Securities Act or exempt from such registration, underwritten, offered and sold directly to investors or through agents or other intermediaries, or otherwise distributed (a “ Stock Offering Funding ”) of a number of REIT Shares (“ Offered Shares ”) equal to not less than the REIT Shares Amount with respect to the Offering Units pursuant to the terms of this Section 15.1.C; (2) cause the Partnership to pay the Cash Amount with respect to the Excess Units pursuant to the terms of Section 15.1.A; or (3) acquire the Excess Units in exchange for the REIT Shares Amount pursuant to the terms of Section 15.1.B, but only if the Tendering Party provides the General Partner with any representations or undertakings which the General Partner has determined, in its sole and absolute discretion, are sufficient to prevent a violation of the Charter; provided, that if the General Partner fails to give notice of its exercise of the election described in this clause (x) within the period of time specified in Section 15.1.B for an election to deliver the REIT Shares Amount, it will be deemed to have elected not to purchase the Tendered Units through a Stock Offering Funding; and
     (3) (y) the Tendering Party shall be entitled, upon written notice to the General Partner and the Partnership delivered concurrently with the Redemption Notice, to cause the Partnership to redeem the Offering Units with the proceeds of a Stock Offering Funding pursuant to the terms of this Section 15.1.C.
     (4) In the event that either the General Partner or the Tendering Party elects a Stock Offering Funding, the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, on or prior to the Cut-Off Date, give notice (a “ Single Funding Notice ”) of such election to all Qualifying Parties and require that all Qualifying Parties elect whether or not to effect a Redemption to be funded through such Stock Offering Funding. In the event a Qualifying Party elects to effect such a Redemption, it shall give notice thereof and of the number of Common Units to be made subject thereto in writing to the General Partner within 10 Business Days after receipt of the Single Funding Notice, and such Qualifying Party shall be treated as a Tendering Party for all purposes of this Section 15.1.C.
     (5) In the event of a Stock Offering Funding, on the Specified Redemption Date (determined pursuant to the proviso in the definition thereof), the General Partner shall purchase each Offering Unit that is still a Tendered Unit on such date for cash in

72


 

immediately available funds in the amount (the “ Stock Offering Funding Amount ”) equal to the net proceeds per Offered Share received by the General Partner from the Stock Offering Funding, determined after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions but not deducting any other expenses of the General Partner such as legal and accounting fees and expenses, Securities and Exchange Commission registration fees, state blue sky and securities laws fees and expenses, printing expenses, FINRA filing fees and listing fees or other out-of-pocket expenses (the “ Net Proceeds ”).
     (6) In the event of any Stock Offering Funding, the following additional terms and conditions shall apply:
     (i) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Tendering Party or the General Partner elects to effect a Stock Offering Funding, the General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to effect such registration, qualification or compliance (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of the Offered Shares; provided , that, if the General Partner shall deliver a certificate to the Tendering Party stating that the General Partner has determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the General Partner that such filing, registration or qualification would require disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect on the General Partner and the Partnership, then the General Partner may delay making any filing or delay the effectiveness of any registration or qualification for the shorter of (a) the period ending on the date upon which such information is disclosed to the public or ceases to be material or (b) an aggregate period of ninety (90) days in connection with any Stock Offering Funding.
     (ii) The General Partner shall advise each Tendering Party, regularly and promptly upon any request, of the status of the Stock Offering Funding process, including the timing of all filings, the selection of and understandings with underwriters, agents, dealers and brokers, the nature and contents of all communications with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other governmental bodies, the expenses related to the Stock Offering Funding as they are being incurred, the nature of marketing activities, and any other matters reasonably related to the timing, price and expenses relating to the Stock Offering Funding and the compliance by the General Partner with its obligations with respect thereto. The General Partner will have reasonable procedures whereby the Tendering Party with the largest number of Offered Units (the “ Lead Tendering Party ”) may select (x) the bookrunning managing underwriters or placement agents for the Stock Offering Funding and (y) the appropriate time, in consultation with any underwriters, for the marketing and pricing of the Stock Offering Funding. In addition, the General Partner and each Tendering Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, enter into understandings in writing (“ Pricing Agreements ”) whereby the Tendering Party will agree in advance as to the acceptability of a Net Proceeds amount at or below some agreed upon amount. Furthermore, the General Partner shall establish pricing notification procedures with each such

73


 

Tendering Party, such that the Tendering Party will have the maximum opportunity practicable to determine whether to become a Withdrawing Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.C(6)(iii) below.
     (iii) The General Partner will permit the Lead Tendering Party to participate in the pricing discussions for the Stock Offering Funding, and upon notification of the price per REIT Share in the Stock Offering Funding from the managing underwriter(s), in the case of a registered public offering, or lead placement agent(s), in the event of an unregistered offering, engaged by the General Partner in order to sell the Offered Shares, shall immediately use its reasonable efforts to notify each Tendering Party of the price per REIT Share in the Stock Offering Funding and resulting Net Proceeds. Each Tendering Party shall have one hour from the receipt of such written notice (as such time may be extended by the General Partner) to elect to withdraw its Redemption (a Tendering Party making such an election being a “ Withdrawing Partner ”), and Common Units with a REIT Shares Amount equal to such excluded Offered Shares shall be considered to be withdrawn from the related Redemption; provided that the General Partner shall keep each of the Tendering Parties reasonably informed as to the likely timing of delivery of its notice. If a Tendering Party, within such time period, does not notify the General Partner of such Tendering Party’s election not to become a Withdrawing Partner, then such Tendering Party shall, except as otherwise provided in a Pricing Agreement, be deemed not to have withdrawn from the Redemption, without liability to the General Partner. To the extent that the General Partner is unable to notify any Tendering Party, such unnotified Tendering Party shall, except as otherwise provided in any Pricing Agreement, be deemed not to have elected to become a Withdrawing Partner. Each Tendering Party whose Redemption is being funded through the Stock Offering Funding who does not become a Withdrawing Partner shall have the right, subject to the approval of the managing underwriter(s) or placement agent(s) and restrictions of any applicable securities laws, to submit for Redemption additional Common Units in a number no greater than the number of Common Units withdrawn. If more than one Tendering Party so elects to redeem additional Common Units, then such Common Units shall be redeemed on a pro rata basis, based on the number of additional Common Units sought to be so redeemed.
     (iv) The General Partner shall take all reasonable action in order to effectuate the sale of the Offered Shares including, but not limited to, the entering into of an underwriting or placement agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) or placement agent(s) selected for such underwriting by the General Partner. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) or placement agent(s) advises the General Partner in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be offered, then the General Partner shall so advise all Tendering Parties and the number of Common Units to be sold to the General Partner pursuant to the Redemption shall be allocated among all Tendering Parties in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of Common Units as to which each Tendering Party elected to effect a Redemption, provided, that if the General Partner is also offering to sell shares for other purposes than to fund the redemption of the Offering Units and to pay related expenses, then those other shares shall be removed from the offering prior to removing shares the proceeds of which would be used to redeem Offering Units and to pay related expenses. No Offered Shares excluded from

74


 

the underwriting by reason of the managing underwriter’s or placement agent’s marketing limitation shall be included in such offering.
     (7) The General Partner may include securities for its own account in any offering made pursuant to Section 15.1.C hereof, provided that the securities sold for the purpose of paying the Redemption for all Tendering Parties shall have priority over the securities included by the General Partner for its own account in the event that the underwriters or placement agents inform the General Partner that not all such securities can be accommodated in the offering.
D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 15.1.C, no Limited Partner (i) shall be entitled to effect a Redemption for cash or an exchange for REIT Shares to the extent the ownership or right to acquire REIT Shares pursuant to such exchange on the Specified Redemption Date could cause such Limited Partner or any other Person to violate the restrictions on ownership and transfer of REIT Shares set forth in the Charter after giving effect to any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors and (ii) shall have any rights under this Agreement to acquire REIT Shares which would otherwise be prohibited under the Charter after giving effect to any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors. To the extent any attempted Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares would be in violation of this Section 15.1.D, it shall be null and void ab initio and such Limited Partner shall not acquire any rights or economic interest in any Cash Amount otherwise payable upon such Redemption or the REIT Shares otherwise issuable upon such exchange.
E. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (but subject to Section 15.1.D), with respect to any Redemption or exchange for REIT Shares pursuant to this Section 15.1:
     (1) All Common Units acquired by the General Partner shall automatically, and without further action required, be converted into and deemed to be a General Partner Interest comprised of the same number of Common Units.
     (2) Subject to the Ownership Limit, as modified to take into account any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors, no Tendering Party may effect a Redemption for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Tendering Party holds (as a Limited Partner or, economically, as an Assignee) less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Tendering Party, without, in each case, the Consent of the General Partner.
     (3) If (i) a Tendering Party surrenders its Tendered Units during the period after the Partnership Record Date with respect to a distribution and before the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such Partnership distribution, and (ii) the General Partner elects to acquire any of such Tendered Units in exchange for REIT Shares pursuant to Section 15.1.B, such Tendering Party shall pay to the General Partner on the Specified Redemption Date an amount in cash equal to the portion of the Partnership distribution in respect of the Tendered Units exchanged for REIT Shares, insofar as such distribution relates to the same period for which such Tendering Party would receive a distribution in respect of such REIT Shares.
     (4) The consummation of such Redemption (or an acquisition of Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, as the case may be) shall

75


 

be subject to the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.
     (5) The Tendering Party shall continue to own (subject, in the case of an Assignee, to the provisions of Section 11.5 hereof) all Common Units subject to any Redemption, and be treated as a Limited Partner or an Assignee, as applicable, with respect to such Common Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until such Common Units are either transferred to or paid for by the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, on the Specified Redemption Date. Until a Specified Redemption Date and an acquisition of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, the Tendering Party shall have no rights as a stockholder of the General Partner with respect to the REIT Shares issuable in connection with such acquisition.
F. In connection with an exercise of Redemption rights pursuant to this Section 15.1, except as otherwise Consented to by the General Partner, the Tendering Party shall submit the following to the General Partner, in addition to the Notice of Redemption:
     (1) A written affidavit, dated the same date as the Notice of Redemption, (a) disclosing the actual and constructive ownership, as determined for purposes of Code Sections 856(a)(6) and 856(h), of REIT Shares by (i) such Tendering Party and (ii) to the best of their knowledge any Related Party and (b) representing that, after giving effect to the Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, neither the Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party will own REIT Shares in violation of the Ownership Limit as modified to take into account any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors;
     (2) A written representation that neither the Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party has any intention to acquire any additional REIT Shares prior to the closing of the Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof on the Specified Redemption Date; and
     (3) An undertaking to certify, at and as a condition to the closing of (i) the Redemption or (ii) the acquisition of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof on the Specified Redemption Date, that either (a) the actual and constructive ownership of REIT Shares by the Tendering Party and to the best of their knowledge any Related Party remain unchanged from that disclosed in the affidavit required by Section 15.1.F(1) or (b) after giving effect to the Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, neither the Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party shall own REIT Shares in violation of the Ownership Limit, as modified to take into account any waivers or modifications of such restrictions by the Board of Directors.

76


 

     Section 15.2 Addresses and Notice . Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written or electronic communication (including by telecopy, facsimile, electronic mail or commercial courier service) to the Partner, or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address of which the Partner shall notify the General Partner in accordance with this Section 15.2.
     Section 15.3 Titles and Captions . All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.
     Section 15.4 Pronouns and Plurals . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.
     Section 15.5 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
     Section 15.6 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
     Section 15.7 Waiver .
A. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
B. The restrictions, conditions and other limitations on the rights and benefits of the Limited Partners contained in this Agreement, and the duties, covenants and other requirements of performance or notice by the Limited Partners, are for the benefit of the Partnership and, except for an obligation to pay money to the Partnership, may be waived or relinquished by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, on behalf of the Partnership in one or more instances from time to time and at any time; provided , however , that any such waiver or relinquishment may not be made if it would have the effect of (i) creating liability for any other Limited Partner, (ii) causing the Partnership to cease to qualify as a limited partnership, (iii) reducing the amount of cash otherwise distributable to the Limited Partners (other than any such reduction that affects all of the Limited Partners holding the same class or series of Partnership Units on a uniform or

77


 

pro rata basis, if approved by a Majority in Interest of the Partners holding such class or series of Partnership Units), (iv) resulting in the classification of the Partnership as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation or (v) violating the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state “blue sky” or other securities laws; and provided , further , that any waiver relating to compliance with the Ownership Limit or other restrictions in the Charter shall be made and shall be effective only as provided in the Charter.
     Section 15.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.
     Section 15.9 Applicable Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .
A. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any non-mandatory provision of the Act, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and take precedence.
B. Unless otherwise agreed by the General Partner in writing, each Partner hereby (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware (collectively, the “Delaware Courts”), with respect to any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby to the extent such courts would have subject matter jurisdiction with respect to such dispute, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law,  irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of any of the Delaware Courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the action is brought in an inconvenient forum, or that the venue of the action is improper, (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, agrees that notice or the service of process in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be properly served or delivered if delivered to such Partner at such Partner’s last known address as set forth in the Partnership’s books and records, and (IV) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     Section 15.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains all of the understandings and agreements between and among the Partners with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the rights, interests and obligations of the Partners with respect to the Partnership. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any Partnership Unit Designation to the contrary, including any provisions relating to amending this Agreement, the Partners hereby acknowledge and agree that the General Partner, without the approval of any Limited Partner, may enter into side letters or similar written agreements to or with Limited Partners that are not Affiliates of the General Partner, executed contemporaneously with the admission of such Limited Partner to the Partnership, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or altering or supplementing the terms of, this Agreement or any Partnership Unit Designation, as negotiated with such Limited Partner and which the General Partner in its sole discretion deems necessary, desirable or appropriate. The parties hereto agree that any terms, conditions or provisions contained in such side letters or similar written agreements with a Limited Partner shall govern with respect to such Limited Partner notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement.

78


 

     Section 15.11 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
     Section 15.12 Limitation to Preserve REIT Status . Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, with respect to any period in which the General Partner has elected to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, to the extent that the amount to be paid, credited, distributed or reimbursed by the Partnership to any REIT Partner or its officers, directors, employees or agents, whether as a reimbursement, fee, expense or indemnity (a “ REIT Payment ”), would constitute gross income to the REIT Partner for purposes of Code Section 856(c)(2) or Code Section 856(c)(3), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of such REIT Payments, as selected by the General Partner in its discretion from among items of potential distribution, reimbursement, fees, expenses and indemnities, shall be reduced for any Partnership Year so that the REIT Payments, as so reduced, for or with respect to such REIT Partner shall not exceed the lesser of:
     (i) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) four and nine-tenths percent (4.9%) of the REIT Partner’s total gross income (but excluding the amount of any REIT Payments) for the Partnership Year that is described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(2) over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(2)) derived by the REIT Partner from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(2) (but not including the amount of any REIT Payments); or
     (ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) twenty-four percent (24%) of the REIT Partner’s total gross income (but excluding the amount of any REIT Payments) for the Partnership Year that is described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(3) over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)) derived by the REIT Partner from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(3) (but not including the amount of any REIT Payments);
provided, however , that REIT Payments in excess of the amounts set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above may be made if the General Partner, as a condition precedent, obtains an opinion of tax counsel that the receipt of such excess amounts should not adversely affect the REIT Partner’s ability to qualify as a REIT. To the extent that REIT Payments may not be made in a Partnership Year as a consequence of the limitations set forth in this Section 15.12, such REIT Payments shall carry over and shall be treated as arising in the following Partnership Year if such carry over does not adversely affect the REIT Partner’s ability to qualify as a REIT, provided, however, that any such REIT Payment shall not be carried over more than three Partnership Years, and any such remaining payments shall no longer be due and payable. The purpose of the limitations contained in this Section 15.12 is to prevent any REIT Partner from failing to qualify as a REIT under the Code by reason of such REIT Partner’s share of items, including distributions, reimbursements, fees, expenses or indemnities, receivable directly or indirectly from the Partnership, and this Section 15.12 shall be interpreted and applied to effectuate such purpose.

79


 

     Section 15.13 No Partition . No Partner nor any successor-in-interest to a Partner shall have the right while this Agreement remains in effect to have any property of the Partnership partitioned, or to file a complaint or institute any proceeding at law or in equity to have such property of the Partnership partitioned, and each Partner, on behalf of itself and its successors and assigns hereby waives any such right. It is the intention of the Partners that the rights of the parties hereto and their successors-in-interest to Partnership property, as among themselves, shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, and that the rights of the Partners and their respective successors-in-interest shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions as set forth in this Agreement.
     Section 15.14 No Third-Party Rights Created Hereby . The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the purpose of defining the interests of the Holders, inter se; and no other person, firm or entity (i.e., a party who is not a signatory hereto or a permitted successor to such signatory hereto) shall have any right, power, title or interest by way of subrogation or otherwise, in and to the rights, powers, title and provisions of this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may any such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or any of the Partners.
     Section 15.15 No Rights as Stockholders . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders of Partnership Units any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the General Partner, including without limitation any right to receive dividends or other distributions made to stockholders of the General Partner or to vote or to consent or receive notice as stockholders in respect of any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the General Partner or any other matter.
[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally]

80


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.
         
  GENERAL PARTNER :

CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
a Maryland corporation,
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:   
 
  LIMITED PARTNER :

[                    ,
a                    ],
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:   
 
  LIMITED PARTNER :

 
 
  Name:  

81


 

As of [               ], 20[___]
EXHIBIT A
PARTNERS AND PARTNERSHIP UNITS
     
Name and Address of Partners   Partnership Units (Type and Amount)
 
General Partner :
   
 
   
CoreSite Realty Corporation
  [               ] Common Units
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
   
Denver, Colorado 80265
   
 
   
 
Limited Partners :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
TOTAL:
  [               ] Common Units

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
EXAMPLES REGARDING ADJUSTMENT FACTOR
     For purposes of the following examples, it is assumed that (a) the Adjustment Factor in effect on [                      ] is 1.0 and (b) on [                      ] (the “ Partnership Record Date ” for purposes of these examples), prior to the events described in the examples, there are 100 REIT Shares issued and outstanding.
Example 1
On the Partnership Record Date, the General Partner declares a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares. The amount of the dividend is one REIT Share paid in respect of each REIT Share owned. Pursuant to Paragraph (i) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the stock dividend is declared, as follows:
     1.0 * 200/100 = 2.0
Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the stock dividend is declared is 2.0.
Example 2
On the Partnership Record Date, the General Partner distributes options to purchase REIT Shares to all holders of its REIT Shares. The amount of the distribution is one option to acquire one REIT Share in respect of each REIT Share owned. The strike price is $4.00 a share. The Value of a REIT Share on the Partnership Record Date is $5.00 per share. Pursuant to Paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the options are distributed, as follows:
     1.0 * (100 + 100)/(100 + [100 * $4.00/$5.00]) = 1.1111
Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the options are distributed is 1.1111. If the options expire or become no longer exercisable, then the retroactive adjustment specified in Paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor” shall apply.
Example 3
On the Partnership Record Date, the General Partner distributes assets to all holders of its REIT Shares. The amount of the distribution is one asset with a fair market value (as determined by the General Partner) of $1.00 in respect of each REIT Share owned. It is also assumed that the assets do not relate to assets received by the General Partner pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership. The Value of a REIT Share on the Partnership Record Date is $5.00 a share. Pursuant to Paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the assets are distributed, as follows:
     1.0 * $5.00/($5.00 — $1.00) = 1.25
Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the assets are distributed is 1.25.

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
To:   CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
     The undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee hereby irrevocably tenders for Redemption Common Units in CoreSite, L.P. in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of CoreSite, L.P., dated as of [             ], 2010 as amended (the “ Agreement ”), and the Redemption rights referred to therein. The undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee:
     (a) undertakes (i) to surrender such Common Units and any certificate therefor at the closing of the Redemption and (ii) to furnish to the General Partner, prior to the Specified Redemption Date, the documentation, instruments and information required under Section 15.1.F of the Agreement;
     (b) directs that the certified check representing the Cash Amount, or the REIT Shares Amount, as applicable, deliverable upon the closing of such Redemption be delivered to the address specified below;
     (c) represents, warrants, certifies and agrees that:
     (i) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee is a Qualifying Party,
     (ii) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Redemption will have, good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity,
     (iii) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Redemption will have, the full right, power and authority to tender and surrender such Common Units as provided herein, and
     (iv) the undersigned Limited Partner or Assignee has obtained the consent or approval of all persons and entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such tender and surrender; and
     (d) acknowledges that he will continue to own such Common Units until and unless either (1) such Common Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B of the Agreement or (2) such redemption transaction closes.
     All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them respectively in the Agreement.
     
Dated:                     
  Name of Limited Partner or Assignee:

C-1


 

     
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
  (Signature of Limited Partner or Assignee)
 
   
 
   
 
  (Street Address)
 
   
 
   
 
  (City)     (State)     (Zip Code)
 
   
 
  Signature Medallion Guaranteed by:
 
   
 
   
Issue Check Payable to:
   
 
   
 
   
Please insert social security
   
or identifying number:
   
 
   
 
   

C-2

Exhibit 10.2
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Coresite Realty Corporation and Coresite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Coresite Realty Corporation, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and Coresite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company and the Partnership in their ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s and the Partnership’s operations is largely dependent.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.
     2.1 “ Administrator ” means the entity or person that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein. With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Independent Directors, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board. With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to any other Award, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Section 11.1 hereof. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 11.5 hereof, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation.
     2.2 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.
     2.3 “ Award ” means an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Stock Appreciation Right award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Stock Payment award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, or an Other Incentive Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

 


 

     2.4 “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium.
     2.5 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.6 “ Change in Control ” means and includes each of the following:
          (a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
          (b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.6(a) or Section 2.6(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or
          (c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:
               (i) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company, or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and
               (ii) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.6(c)(ii) as

2


 

beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.
     In addition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A.
     The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.
     2.7 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     2.8 “ Committee ” means the committee of the Board described in Article 11.
     2.9 “ Company Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Company Subsidiary that qualifies as a consultant under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.
     2.10 “ Company Employee ” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or of any Company Subsidiary.
     2.11 “ Company Subsidiary ” means (i) any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) any other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company, or (iii) any partnership or limited liability company of which 50% or more of the capital and profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more Company Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or more Company Subsidiaries; provided, however, that “Company Subsidiary” shall not include the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary.
     2.12 “ Consultant ” means any Company Consultant or any Partnership Consultant.
     2.13 “ Director ” means a member of the Board, or as applicable a member of the board of directors of a Subsidiary.
     2.14 “ Disability ” means “disability,” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
     2.15 “ Dividend Equivalents ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8.1 to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Stock) of dividends paid on Stock.

3


 

     2.16 “ DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.
     2.17 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.
     2.18 “ Eligible Individual ” means any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Director, as determined by the Administrator.
     2.19 “ Employee ” means any Company Employee or Partnership Employee.
     2.20 “ Equity Restructuring ” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Stock underlying outstanding Awards.
     2.21 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     2.22 “ Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.
     2.23 “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of a share of Stock on the date determined as follows:
          (a) If the Stock is listed on any (i) established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) national market system or (iii) automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of Stock as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a share of Stock on the date in question, the closing sales price for a share of Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
          (b) If the Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a share of Stock on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Stock on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
          (c) If the Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith
     2.24 “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option and meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

4


 

     2.25 “ Independent Director ” means a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.
     2.26 “ Misconduct ” means the occurrence of any of, but not limited to, the following: (i) conviction of the Participant of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty; (ii) the Participant’s participation (whether by affirmative act or omission) in a fraud, act or dishonesty or other act of misconduct against the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary; (iii) conduct by the Participant which, based upon a good faith and reasonable factual investigation by the Company (or, if the Participant is an executive officer, by the Board), demonstrates the Participant’s unfitness to serve; (iv) the Participant’s violation of any statutory or fiduciary duty, or duty of loyalty owed to the Company and/or the Partnership and/or any Subsidiary; (v) the Participant’s violation of state or federal law in connection with the Participant’s performance of his or her job which has an adverse effect on the Company and/or the Partnership and/or any Subsidiary; and (vi) the Participant’s violation of Company or Partnership policy which has a material adverse effect on the Company and/or the Partnership and/or any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s Disability shall not constitute Misconduct as set forth herein. The determination that a termination is for Misconduct shall be by the Administrator it its sole and exclusive judgment and discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant is a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary in effect as of the date of grant of an Award which defines “Misconduct” or “Cause” or a similar term, “Misconduct” for purposes of the Plan and such Award shall have the meaning given to such term in such employment or severance agreement.
     2.27 “ Non-Employee Director ” means a Director of the Company who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition.
     2.28 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option that is not intended to be or otherwise does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
     2.29 “ Option ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of shares of Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     2.30 “ Other Incentive Award ” means an Award granted or denominated in Stock or units of Stock pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or denominated in other equity interests, including, without limitation, equity interests of the Partnership, such as partnership profits interests, that are convertible or exchangeable into Stock.
     2.31 “ Participant ” means any Eligible Individual who, as a member of the Board, Consultant or Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.
     2.32 “ Partnership Agreement ” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of CoreSite, L.P., as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.
     2.33 “ Partnership Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Partnership or any Partnership Subsidiary that qualifies as a consultant under the

5


 

applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.
     2.34 “ Partnership Employee ” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Partnership or of any Partnership Subsidiary
     2.35 “ Partnership Subsidiary ” means (i) any entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership, or (ii) any partnership or limited liability company of which 50% or more of the capital and profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Partnership or by one or more Partnership Subsidiaries or by the Partnership and one or more Partnership Subsidiaries.
     2.36 “ Performance Criteria ” means the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period.
     2.37 “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division or other operational unit, or an individual.
     2.38 “ Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.
     2.39 “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined under the instructions to use of the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, after taking into account any state, federal, local or foreign tax and securities laws applicable to transferable Awards, or any other transferee approved by the Administrator.
     2.40 “ Plan ” means this CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
     2.41 “ Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.
     2.42 “ REIT ” means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.

6


 

     2.43 “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.
     2.44 “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right to receive a share of Stock during specified time periods granted pursuant to Section 8.3.
     2.45 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     2.46 “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 10.
     2.47 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right granted pursuant to Article 7 to receive a payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
     2.48 “ Stock Payment ” means (a) a payment in the form of shares of Stock, or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares of Stock, as part of any bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, granted pursuant to Section 8.2.
     2.49 “ Subsidiary ” means any Company Subsidiary or Partnership Subsidiary.
     2.50 “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity that is a party to such transaction; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
     2.51 “ Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
     2.52 “ Termination of Consultancy ” means the time when the engagement of a Participant as a Consultant is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous employment or continuing employment of the Participant by the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary, and (b) terminations where there is a simultaneous reestablishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Participant and the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Consultancy. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to terminate a Consultant’s service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.

7


 

     2.53 “ Termination of Directorship ” means the time when a Participant, if he or she is or becomes an Independent Director, ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement. The Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect to Independent Directors.
     2.54 “ Termination of Employment ” means the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability or retirement; but excluding: (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of the Participant by the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary, and (b) terminations where there is a simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Participant and the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment.
     2.55 “ Termination of Service ” shall mean the last to occur of a Participant’s Termination of Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable. A Participant shall not be deemed to have a Termination of Service merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary (i.e., a Participant who is an Employee becomes a Consultant) or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service (i.e., an Employee of the Company becomes an Employee of the Partnership), unless following such change in capacity or service the Participant is no longer serving as an Employee, Independent Director or Consultant.
ARTICLE 3
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     3.1 Number of Shares .
          (a) Subject to Article 10 and Section 3.1(b), the aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 3,000,000 shares of Stock. Other Incentive Awards which are denominated in Partnership units, shall count against the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan only to the extent that such Partnership unit is convertible into shares of Stock and on the same basis as the conversion ratio applicable to the Partnership unit.
          (b) If any shares of Stock subject to an Award are forfeited or expire or such Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the shares of Stock subject to such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and shall be added back to the share limit set forth in this Section 3.1(b) in the same number of shares as were debited from the share limit in respect of the grant of such Award (as may be adjusted in accordance with Section 10.1 hereof). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following shares shall not be added back to the share limit

8


 

set forth in this Section 3.1(b) and will not be available for future grants of Awards: (i) shares of Stock tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) shares of Stock tendered by the Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; (iii) shares of Stock subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (iv) shares of Stock purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options. If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited by a Participant or repurchased by the Company pursuant to Article 6 hereof, such shares shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Other Incentive Awards covering units in the Partnership shall, to the extent such Partnership units are convertible into Stock, reduce the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under this Plan, on the same basis as such Partnership unit is convertible into Stock (i.e., each such unit shall be treated as an equivalent award of Stock). The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan.
          (c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the shares of Stock authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary or with which the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the shares of Stock authorized for grant under the Plan; provided , that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.
          (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1, no shares of Stock may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
     3.2 Stock Distributed . Any shares of Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE 4
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     4.1 Eligibility . Each Eligible Individual shall be eligible to be granted one or more Awards pursuant to the Plan.
     4.2 Participation . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator may, from

9


 

time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.
     4.3 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards . Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.
     4.4 Award Agreement . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.
     4.5 Foreign Participants . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have Eligible Individuals, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, any other securities law or governing statute, the rules of the securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law.
ARTICLE 5
STOCK OPTIONS
     5.1 General . The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals on the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, subject to Section 5.2(b), the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock

10


 

Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).
          (b) Time of Exercise . The Administrator shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Administrator shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.
          (c) Manner of Exercise . The Administrator shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised. All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:
               (i) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Participant or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;
               (ii) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations, the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;
               (iii) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 9.3 by any person or persons other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and
               (iv) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 9.1 and 9.2.
     5.2 Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan must comply with the conditions and limitations contained in this Section 5.2.
          (a) Eligibility . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or a Company Subsidiary which constitutes a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code or a Parent which constitutes a “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.
          (b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Stock shall be set by the

11


 

Administrator; provided that subject to Section 5.2(e) the exercise price for any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
          (c) Expiration . Subject to Section 5.2(e), an Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the tenth anniversary of the date it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement.
          (d) Individual Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.
          (e) Ten Percent Owners . An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) only if such Option is granted at an exercise price per share that is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant.
          (f) Notice of Disposition . The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within (i) two years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such shares of Stock to the Participant.
          (g) Transferability; Right to Exercise . An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, or pursuant to a DRO. During a Participant’s lifetime, unless such Incentive Stock Option is transferred pursuant to a DRO, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.
          (h) Failure to Meet Requirements . Any Option (or portion thereof) purported to be an Incentive Stock Option, which, for any reason, fails to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code shall be considered a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     5.3 Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided , however , that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were

12


 

subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.
     5.4 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have to right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 hereof; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of shares of Stock for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable.
ARTICLE 6
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
     6.1 Grant of Restricted Stock . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall determine the mechanism for the transfer of the Restricted Stock and payment therefore in the case of Awards to Partnership Employees or Partnership Consultants, and any forfeiture or repurchase of such Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 6.3.
     6.2 Issuance and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such repurchase restrictions, forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.
     6.3 Repurchase or Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited or subject to repurchase by the Company (or its assignee) under such terms as the Administrator shall determine; provided, however , that the Administrator may (a) provide in any Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service under certain circumstances, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.
     6.4 Certificates for Restricted Stock . Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse or the Award Agreement may provide that the shares shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent designated by the Company.

13


 

ARTICLE 7
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
     7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall impose and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement (including, without limitation, in the case of Awards to Partnership Employees or Partnership Consultants, the mechanism for the transfer of rights under such Awards).
     7.2 Stock Appreciation Rights .
          (a) A Stock Appreciation Right shall have a term set by the Administrator. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable in such installments as the Administrator may determine. A Stock Appreciation Right shall cover such number of shares of Stock as the Administrator may determine. The exercise price per share of Stock subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator; provided, however, that the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised subsequent to a Termination of Service or following a Change in Control of the Company, or because of the Participant’s retirement, death or Disability, or otherwise.
          (b) A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying (i) the amount (if any) by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right, by (ii) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.
     7.3 Payment and Limitations on Exercise .
          (a) Payment of the amounts determined under Section 7.2(b) above shall be in cash, in Stock (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.
          (b) To the extent any payment under Section 7.2(b) is effected in Stock it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of Article 5 above pertaining to Options.
ARTICLE 8
OTHER TYPES OF AWARDS
     8.1 Dividend Equivalents .
          (a) Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends on the shares of Stock that are subject to any

14


 

Award, to be credited as of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award is exercised, vests or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the mechanism for the transfer of Stock pursuant to a Dividend Equivalent Award in the case of Awards to Partnership Employees or Partnership Consultants.
          (b) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Participant to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.
     8.2 Stock Payments . Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may receive Stock Payments in the manner determined from time to time by the Administrator. The number of shares of Stock or the number of options or other rights to purchase shares of Stock subject to a Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance goals determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the mechanism for the transfer of the Stock pursuant to a Stock Payment Award and payment therefore, if applicable, in the case of Awards to Partnership Employees or Partnership Consultants.
     8.3 Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Eligible Individual to whom the Award is granted. On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 9.4(b), transfer to the Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that is vested and scheduled to be distributed on such date and not previously forfeited. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Participant to the Company for such shares of Stock.

15


 

     8.4 Other Incentive Awards . Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted one or more Awards that provide Participants with shares of Stock or the right to purchase shares of Stock or that have a value derived from the value of, or an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to, or that are otherwise payable in shares of Stock and which may be linked to the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance goals determined appropriate by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. In making such determinations, the Administrator shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of Award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant. The Administrator shall specify the mechanism for the transfer of the Stock or other equity interests pursuant to Other Incentive Awards and payment therefore, if applicable, in the case of Awards to Partnership Employees or Partnership Consultants.
     8.5 Term . Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of any Award of Dividend Equivalents, Stock Payments, Restricted Stock Units or Other Incentive Award shall be set by the Administrator in its discretion.
     8.6 Exercise or Purchase Price . The Administrator may establish the exercise or purchase price, if any, of any Award of any Stock Payments, Restricted Stock Units or Other Incentive Awards; provided, however , that such price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law.
ARTICLE 9
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
     9.1 Payment . The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Participant with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) shares of Stock (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, shares of Stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or shares of Stock held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate

16


 

payments required; provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator. The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.
     9.2 Tax Withholding . The Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the Partnership or such Subsidiary an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement elect to have the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary, as applicable, withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of shares of Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld (or allow the Participant to make such an election). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award within six months (or such other period as may be determined by the Administrator) after such shares of Stock were acquired by the Participant) in order to satisfy the Participant’s federal, state, local and foreign income and payroll tax liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares of Stock which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Stock, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of shares of Stock to pay the exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.
     9.3 Transferability of Awards .
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3(b):
               (i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed;
               (ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment

17


 

or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence; and
               (iii) During the lifetime of the Participant, only the Participant may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Participant, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 9.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Participant and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer.
     9.4 Stock Certificates; Book Entry Procedures .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded. All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

18


 

          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company shall not deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Stock issued in connection with any Award and instead such shares of Stock shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).
     9.5 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes for itself or using the services of a third part, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.
     9.6 Beneficiaries . Notwithstanding Section 9.3(a), a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Participant’s death.
     9.7 Transfer of Shares to a Partnership Employee or Partnership Consultant . As soon as practicable after the Company issues shares of Stock with respect to which an Award (which was issued to and is held by a Partnership Employee or Partnership Consultant in such capacity), then, with respect to each such Award:
          (a) The Company shall sell to the Partnership the number of shares equal to the number of shares deliverable with respect to such Award. The price to be paid by the Partnership to the Company for such shares shall be an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of shares multiplied by (y) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock at the time of exercise or delivery less the amount paid by the Participant for such shares, if anything, pursuant to Section 9.1; and
          (b) The Company shall contribute to the Partnership an amount of cash equal to the sum of the amount paid by the Participant, if any, for such shares of Stock, and the amount paid by the Partnership under Section 9.7(a) and the Partnership shall issue an additional interest in the Partnership on the terms set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
     9.8 Allocation of Payment . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a Participant provides services to more than one of the Company, the Partnership, or any

19


 

Subsidiary, the Company may, in its discretion, allocate the payment or issuance of shares of Stock with respect to any Awards exercised by or otherwise delivered to such Participant or (and the services performed by the Participant) among such entities for purposes of the provisions of Section 9.7 in order to ensure that the relationship between the Company and the Partnership or such Subsidiary remains at arms-length.
     9.9 Forfeiture Provisions . Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in the terms of Awards made under the Plan, or to require a Participant to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that: (a)(i) any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Participant upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any shares of Stock underlying the Award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (b)(i) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (ii) the Participant at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or (iii) the Participant incurs a Termination of Service for Misconduct.
ARTICLE 10
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
     10.1 Adjustments .
          (a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, distribution of Company assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends), or any other corporate event affecting the Stock or the share price of the Stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such changes with respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1); (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.
          (b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 10.1(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by amendment of the terms of any outstanding Awards or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be

20


 

made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:
               (i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 10.1(b) the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
               (ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;
               (iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;
               (iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and
               (v) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.
          (c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 10.1(a) and 10.1(b):
               (i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, will be proportionately adjusted. The adjustments provided under this Section 10.1(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company.
               (ii) The Administrator shall make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1).
     10.2 Acceleration Upon a Change in Control . Notwithstanding Section 10.1, and except as may otherwise be provided in any applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement entered into between the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary, or other Company affiliate

21


 

and a Participant, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced by (i) the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) a Successor Entity, then immediately prior to the Change in Control such Awards shall become fully exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control, the Administrator may cause any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future, including but not limited to the date of such Change in Control, and shall give each Participant the right to exercise such Awards during a period of time as the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine.
     10.3 No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.
     10.4 Restrictions on Exercise . In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Stock or the share price of the Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of 30 days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.
ARTICLE 11
ADMINISTRATION
     11.1 Administrator . Unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee as set forth below, the Plan shall be administered by the full Board. The term “Administrator” as used in this Plan shall apply to any person or persons who at the time have the authority to administer the Plan. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise, subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, from and after the Public Trading Date, a Committee of the Board shall administer the Plan and such committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is a Non-Employee Director; provided that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 11.1 or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to all

22


 

Awards granted to Independent Directors and for purposes of such Awards the term “Administrator” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Board or the Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 11.5. In addition, in its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which, following the Public Trading Date, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment; Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board; and vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.
     11.2 Action by the Administrator . Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Company or the Committee, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to assist in the administration of the Plan.
     11.3 Authority of Administrator . Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
          (a) Designate Participants to receive Awards;
          (b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
          (c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;
          (d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
          (e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
          (f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
          (g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an

23


 

Award;
          (h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
          (i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement; and
          (j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.
     11.4 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement, and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
     11.5 Delegation of Authority . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board or the Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards to Participants other than (a) Employees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (b) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or the Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board or the Committee may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 11.5 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee.
ARTICLE 12
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE
     12.1 Effective Date . The Plan is effective as of the day prior to the Public Trading Date (the “ Effective Date ”).
     12.2 Expiration Date . The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan (the “ Expiration Date ”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
     12.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders . The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable nor shall such Awards vest prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; and, provided , further , that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve-month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

24


 

ARTICLE 13
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     13.1 Amendment, Modification, And Termination . With the approval of the Board, at any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however , that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan that increases the number of shares of Stock available under the Plan.
     13.2 Awards Previously Granted . No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.
     13.3 Prohibition on Repricing . Notwithstanding Section 13.1, and subject to Section 10.1 hereof, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per share, or (ii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares of Stock. Subject to Section 10.1 hereof, the Administrator shall have the authority, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, to amend any outstanding award to increase the price per share or to cancel and replace an Award with the grant of an Award having a price per share that is greater than or equal to the price per share of the original Award.
ARTICLE 14
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     14.1 No Rights to Awards . No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Participants or any other persons uniformly.
     14.2 No Stockholders Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Stock covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of such shares of Stock.
     14.3 No Right to Employment or Services . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary.
     14.4 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any

25


 

rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary.
     14.5 Indemnification . To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Administrator or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
     14.6 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.
     14.7 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company, the Partnership and their Subsidiaries.
     14.8 Titles and Headings . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
     14.9 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares of Stock or whether such fractional shares of Stock shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
     14.10 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
     14.11 Government and Other Regulations . The obligation of the Company or the Partnership to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.

26


 

Neither the Company nor the Partnership shall be under an obligation to register pursuant to the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock or Partnership units paid pursuant to the Plan. If the shares of Stock or Partnership units paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act, the Company or the Partnership, as appropriate, may restrict the transfer of such shares of Stock or units in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
     14.12 Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the adoption of the Plan the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the adoption of the Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the time of payment with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall not be accelerated, except as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).
     14.13 Governing Law . The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
     14.14 Restrictions on Awards . This Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Company’s status as a REIT. No Award shall be granted or awarded, and with respect to an Award already granted under the Plan, such Award shall not become vested or exercisable:
          (a) to the extent such Award or exercise could cause the Participant to be in violation of the Ownership Limit (as defined in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time); or
          (b) if, in the discretion of the Administrator, such Award or exercise could impair the Company’s status as a REIT.
     14.15 Conflicts with Company’s Articles of Incorporation . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Participant shall acquire or have any right to acquire any Stock, and shall not have any other rights under the Plan, which are prohibited under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

27


 

     14.16 Grant of Awards to Certain Employees or Consultants . The Company and the Partnership or any Subsidiary may provide through the establishment of a formal written policy or otherwise for the method by which shares of Stock and/or payment therefore may be exchanged or contributed between the Company and such other party, or may be returned to the Company upon any forfeiture or repurchase of Stock by the Participant, for the purpose of ensuring that the relationship between the Company and the Partnership or such Subsidiary remains at arm’s length.
     14.17 Section 83(b) Election . No Participant may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to any Award under the Plan without the consent of the Company, which the Company may grant or withhold in its sole discretion. If, with the consent of the Company, a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Participant shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.
     14.18 Clawback . To the extent required by applicable law or any applicable securities exchange listing standards, Awards and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to Awards shall be subject to clawback as determined by the Plan Administrator, which clawback may include forfeiture, repurchase and/or recoupment of Awards and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to Awards.

28

Exhibit 10.3
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
GRANT NOTICE
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, which includes the terms in this Grant Notice (this “ Grant Notice ”) and Appendix A attached hereto (collectively the " Agreement ”).
     The holder listed below (the “ Participant ”) has been granted Restricted Stock Units (the " RSUs ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.
         
 
       
Participant:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Grant Date:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Number of RSUs:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Type of Shares Issuable:
  Common Stock of CoreSite Realty Corporation    
 
       
Vesting Schedule:
       
 
 
 
   
     By his or her signature, and the Company’s and the Partnership’s signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including this Grant Notice and Appendix A. The Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement, including this Grant Notice and Appendix A, in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, including this Grant Notice and Appendix A. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the RSUs.
                     
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION   PARTICIPANT    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Print Name:
          Print Name:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Title:
          Address:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Address:
           
 
   
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
                   
CORESITE L.P.:            
 
                   
By:
                   
 
 
 
               
Print Name:
                   
 
 
 
               
Title:
                   
 
 
 
               
Address:
                   
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
 
 
         
 
   
* * * * *

 


 

APPENDIX A
TO THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Company has awarded to the Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
     1.1 Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
     1.2 Incorporation of Terms . The RSUs and the shares of Stock issued to the Participant hereunder (“ Shares ”) are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as provided in Section 3.13.
ARTICLE II.
AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
     2.1 Award of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents .
          (a) In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company has granted to the Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share at the times and subject to the conditions set forth herein. However, unless and until the RSUs have vested, the Participant will have no right to the payment of any Shares subject thereto. Prior to the actual delivery of any Shares, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable only from the general assets of the Company.
          (b) The Company hereby grants to the Participant a Dividend Equivalents award with respect to each RSU granted pursuant to this Agreement for all ordinary quarterly cash dividends which are paid to all or substantially all holders of the outstanding shares of Stock between the Grant Date and the date when the RSU is distributed or paid to the Participant or is forfeited or expires. The Dividend Equivalents award for each RSU shall be equal to the amount of cash which is paid as a dividend on one share of Stock. All such Dividend Equivalents shall be credited to the Participant and be deemed to be reinvested in additional RSUs as of the date of payment of any such dividend based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such date. Each additional RSU which results from such deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents granted hereunder shall be subject to the same vesting, distribution or payment, adjustment and other provisions which apply to the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates.
     2.2 Vesting of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents .
          (a) Subject to the Participant’s continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary on each applicable vesting date and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the RSUs shall vest in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

A-1


 

Each additional RSU which results from deemed reinvestments of Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Section 2.1(b) hereof shall vest whenever the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates vests.
          (b) In the event the Participant incurs a Termination of Service, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Participant and the Company or the Partnership, the Participant shall immediately forfeit any and all RSUs and Dividend Equivalents granted under this Agreement which have not vested or do not vest on or prior to the date on which such Termination of Service occurs, and the Participant’s rights in any such RSUs and Dividend Equivalents which are not so vested shall lapse and expire.
     2.3 Distribution or Payment of RSUs .
          (a) All of the Participant’s RSUs which are then vested under Section 2.2 hereof shall be distributed in Shares (either in book-entry form or otherwise) or, at the option of the Company, paid in cash on the earliest to occur of the following dates:
               (i) the [___] anniversary of the Grant Date;
               (ii) the date of the occurrence of a Change in Control, but only if such transaction or event constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5); or
               (iii) subject to Section 2.3(b), the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason.
No distribution or payment of the Participant’s vested RSUs shall be made pursuant to Section 2.3(a)(ii) above upon the occurrence of a Change in Control that does not constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5). In the event that the Company elects to make payment of the Participant’s RSUs in cash, the amount payable in cash for each RSU shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the day immediately preceding the applicable distribution or payment date. All distributions made in Shares shall be made by the Company or the Partnership in the form of whole Shares, and any fractional share shall be distributed in cash in an amount equal to the value of such fractional share determined based on the Fair Market Value as of the date immediately prior to such distribution. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the time of distribution of the RSUs under this Agreement may not be changed except as may be permitted by the Administrator in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
          (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant’s “Separation from Service” shall mean the Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company and the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Restricted Stock Unit shall be distributed or paid to the Participant pursuant to Section 2.3(a)(iii) hereof during the 6-month period following the Participant’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the distribution or payment of any of the Participant’s RSUs is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such 6-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Participant’s death), such RSUs shall be distributed in shares of Stock or, at the option of the Company, paid in cash.

A-2


 

     2.4 Conditions to Issuance of Certificates .
          (a) The Company or the Partnership shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for any Shares prior to the fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (A) the admission of the Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed, (B) the completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, deem necessary and advisable, and (C) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. In the event that the Company or the Partnership delays a distribution or payment in settlement of RSUs because it determines that the issuance of shares of Stock in settlement of such RSUs will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, such distribution or payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company or the Partnership reasonably determines that the making of such distribution or payment will not cause such violation, as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii). No payment shall be delayed under this Section 2.4 if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code.
     2.5 Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
          (a) The Company has the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement. The Company may permit Participant to make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:
               (i) by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Partnership;
               (ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;
               (iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting or settlement of the RSUs, by requesting that the Company or the Partnership withhold a net number of vested shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the RSUs having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;
               (iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting or settlement of the RSUs, by tendering vested shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes; or
               (v) in any combination of the foregoing.
          (b) With respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting or settlement of the RSUs, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Company or the Partnership shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 2.5(a)(ii) or Section 2.5(a)(iii) above, or any combination

A-3


 

of the foregoing as the Company or the Partnership may determine to be appropriate. The Company or the Partnership shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the RSUs to Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the vesting or settlement of the this Award or any other taxable event related to the RSUs.
          (c) In the event Participant’s tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under Section 2.5(a)(iii) above, then the Company or the Partnership may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company or the Partnership for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those shares of Stock issuable to Participant upon settlement of the RSUs as the Company or the Partnership determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company and the Partnership and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described above, including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. Any shares of Stock to be sold at the Company’s direction through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises (i.e., the date Stock is delivered) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants of the Plan in which all participants receive an average price. Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and the Partnership harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed Participant’s tax withholding obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as practicable. Participant acknowledges that the Company, the Partnership or their designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. The Company or the Partnership may refuse to issue any shares of Stock in settlement of the RSUs to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied, provided that no payment shall be delayed under this Section 2.5 if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code..
          (d) The Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the RSUs, regardless of any action the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the RSUs. Neither the Company, the Partnership nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the RSUs or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company, the Partnership and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the RSUs to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability.
     2.6 Rights as Stockholder . Neither the Participant nor any person claiming under or through the Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to the Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). Except as otherwise provided herein, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, the Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

A-4


 

ARTICLE III.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     3.1 Administration . The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith will be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.
     3.2 RSUs and Dividend Equivalents Not Transferable . The RSUs and Dividend Equivalents may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the RSUs have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. No RSUs or Dividend Equivalents or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.
     3.3 Adjustments . The Participant acknowledges that the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 10.1 of the Plan.
     3.4 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company or the Partnership shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at the address given beneath Participant’s signature on the Grant Notice. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.4, each party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
     3.5 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
     3.6 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     3.7 Conformity to Securities Laws . The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

A-5


 

     3.8 Amendment, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board , provided, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.
     3.9 Successors and Assigns . The Company and the Partnership may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     3.10 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the RSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
     3.11 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary.
     3.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs.
     3.13 Section 409A . The intent of the parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.
     3.14 Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
* * * * *

A-6

Exhibit 10.4
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
     CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation, (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“ Participant ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of Stock (as defined in the Plan) set forth below (the “ Option ”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.
     
Participant:
  [                                           ]
Grant Date:
  [                                           ]
Exercise Price per Share:
  $[___]
Total Exercise Price:
  $ [                      ]
Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:
  [                      ] shares
Expiration Date:
  [                                           ]
Vesting Schedule:
  [                                           ]
Type of Option:
  Non-Qualified Stock Option
     By his or her signature and the Company’s and the Partnership’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement.
             
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION:   PARTICIPANT:
 
           
By:
      By:    
 
 
 
     
 
 
Print Name:
      Print Name:    
 
 
 
   
 
 
Title:
           
 
 
 
     
 
 
Address:
      Address:    
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
CORESITE L.P.:        
 
           
By:
           
 
 
 
 
       
Print Name:
           
 
 
 
 
       
Title:
           
 
 
 
 
       
Address:
           
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
       

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to Participant an Option under the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), to purchase the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE 1.
GENERAL
     1.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
     1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.
ARTICLE 2.
GRANT OF OPTION
     2.1 Grant of Option . In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company grants to Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 10.1 of the Plan. This Option is Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     2.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided , however , that the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.
     2.3 Consideration to the Company . In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, the Partnership and the Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary and Participant.

B-1


 

ARTICLE 3.
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
     3.1 Commencement of Exercisability .
          (a) Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 5.10 and 5.15 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.
          (b) No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as may otherwise be set forth in a written agreement between the Company, the Partnership and Participant.
          (c) Notwithstanding Sections 3.1(a) hereof and the Grant Notice, but subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof, pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan, the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable with respect to all shares of Stock covered thereby in the event of a Change in Control, in connection with which the successor corporation does not assume the Option or substitute an equivalent right for the Option. Should the successor corporation assume the Option or substitute an equivalent right, then no such acceleration shall apply, except as may otherwise be provided in a written agreement between the Participant and the Company and the Partnership.
     3.2 Duration of Exercisability . The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.
     3.3 Expiration of Option . The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:
          (a) The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice, which shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date;
          (b) The expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such termination occurs by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; or
          (c) The expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability.
ARTICLE 4.
EXERCISE OF OPTION
     4.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

B-2


 

     4.2 Partial Exercise . Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.
     4.3 Manner of Exercise . The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:
          (a) An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;
          (b) The receipt by the Company or the Partnership of full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which shall be made by deduction from other compensation payable to Participant or in such other form of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof that is acceptable to the Company and the Partnership;
          (c) Any other written representations as may be required in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and
          (d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company and the Partnership shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.
     4.4 Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:
          (a) Cash or check;
          (b) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of shares of Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; or
          (c) Other property acceptable to the Administrator (including, without limitation, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company or the Partnership in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company or the Partnership at such time as may be required by the Company or the Partnership, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale).

B-3


 

     4.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock . The shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued             shares of Stock or issued shares of Stock which have then been reacquired by the Company or the Partnership. Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company or the Partnership shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
          (a) The admission of such shares of Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed;
          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;
          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;
          (d) The receipt by the Company or the Partnership of full payment for such shares of Stock, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof; and
          (e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
     4.6 Rights as Stockholder . The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Stock shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Stock are issued, except as provided in Section 10.1 of the Plan.
     4.7 Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
          (a) The Company and the Partnership have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company or the Partnership, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement. The Company may permit Participant to make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:
               (i) by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Partnership;
               (ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;
               (iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise of the Option, by requesting that the Company withhold a net number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable

B-4


 

pursuant to such exercise having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;
               (iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise of the Option, by tendering vested shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes; or
               (v) in any combination of the foregoing.
          (b) With respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise of the Option, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 4.7(a), the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii) or Section 4.7(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries may determine to be appropriate. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the exercise of the Option to Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the exercise of the Option or any other taxable event related to this Award.
          (c) In the event Participant’s tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under Section 4.7(a)(iii) above, then the Company or the Partnership may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company or the Partnership for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those shares of Stock issuable to Participant upon exercise of the Option as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company and the Partnership and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described above, including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. Any shares of Stock to be sold at the Company’s or the Partnership’s direction through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises (i.e., the date Stock is delivered) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants of the Plan in which all participants receive an average price. Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and the Partnership harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed Participant’s tax withholding obligation, the Company or the Partnership, as applicable, agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as practicable. Participant acknowledges that the Company, the Partnership or their designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. The Company or the Partnership may refuse to issue any shares of Stock in settlement of the Option to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied.

B-5


 

ARTICLE 5.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     5.1 Administration . The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, the Partnership and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.
     5.2 Whole Shares . The Option may only be exercised for whole shares of Stock.
     5.3 Option Not Transferable . Subject to Section 4.1 hereof, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the shares of Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.
     5.4 Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
     5.5 Adjustments Upon Specified Events . The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Option in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Stock contemplated by Section 10.1 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such Stock), the Administrator shall make such adjustments the Administrator deems appropriate in the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option, the exercise price of the Option and the kind of securities that may be issued upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 10.1 of the Plan.
     5.6 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company or the Partnership shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s or the Partnership’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.6, any party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by written notice under this Section 5.6. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
     5.7 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

B-6


 

     5.8 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     5.9 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     5.10 Amendments, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board; provided that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.
     5.11 Successors and Assigns . The Company and the Partnership may assign any of their rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     5.12 Intentionally Omitted.
     5.13 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
     5.14 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company, the Partnership and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     5.15 Section 409A . This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are

B-7


 

necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
     5.16 Limitation on Participant’s Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company and the Partnership as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company or the Partnership with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to options, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

B-8

Exhibit 10.5
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE AND
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
     CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“ Participant ”) the number of shares of the Company’s Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth below. This Restricted Stock award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Restricted Stock Agreement.
     
Participant:
   
 
   
Grant Date:
  [                      ]
Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock:
   
 
   
Vesting Schedule:
  [                                                                ]
     By his or her signature and the Company’s and the Partnership’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator of the Plan upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Restricted Stock Agreement.
                 
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION:       PARTICIPANT:
 
               
By:
          By:    
 
               
Print Name:
          Print Name:    
 
               
Title:
               
 
               
Address:
          Address:    
 
               
 
               
 
               
CORESITE L.P.:            
 
               
By:
               
 
               
Print Name:
               
 
               
Title:
               
 
               
Address:
               
 
               

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) to which this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock under the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) indicated in the Grant Notice. The Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE I
ISSUANCE OF SHARES
     1.1 Issuance of Shares . Pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective on the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to Participant the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Shares ”), in consideration of Participant’s agreement to remain in the service or employ of the Company, the Partnership or one of their Subsidiaries, and for other good and valuable consideration.
     1.2 Issuance Mechanics . On the Grant Date, the Company shall issue the Shares to Participant and shall (a) cause a stock certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be registered in the name of Participant, or (b) cause such Shares to be held in book entry form. If a stock certificate is issued, it shall be delivered to and held in custody by the Company and shall bear the restrictive legends required by Section 4.1 below. If the Shares are held in book entry form, then such entry will reflect that the Shares are subject to the restrictions of this Agreement. Participant’s execution of a stock assignment in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice (the “ Stock Assignment ”) shall be a condition to the issuance of the Shares.
ARTICLE II
FORFEITURE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
     2.1 Forfeiture Restriction . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 below, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, including as a result of Participant’s death or Disability, all of the Unreleased Shares (as defined below) shall thereupon be forfeited immediately and without any further action by the Company (the “ Forfeiture Restriction ”), except as otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Participant and the Company and the Partnership. Upon the occurrence of such a forfeiture, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being forfeited by Participant. The Unreleased Shares and Participant’s executed stock assignment in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice shall be held by the Company in accordance with Section 2.4 until the Shares are forfeited as provided in this Section 2.1, until such Unreleased Shares are fully released from the Forfeiture Restriction, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Participant hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or

A-1


 

such other person designated by the Committee, to transfer the Unreleased Shares which have been forfeited pursuant to this Section 2.1 from Participant to the Company.
     2.2 Release of Shares from Forfeiture Restriction . The Shares shall be released from the Forfeiture Restriction in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. Any of the Shares which, from time to time, have not yet been released from the Forfeiture Restriction are referred to herein as “ Unreleased Shares .” In the event any of the Shares are released from the Forfeiture Restriction, any dividends or other distributions paid on such Shares and held by the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 shall be promptly paid by the Company to Participant. As soon as administratively practicable following the release of any Shares from the Forfeiture Restriction, the Company shall, as applicable, either deliver to Participant the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Company’s possession belonging to Participant, or, if the Shares are held in book entry form, then the Company shall remove the notations on the book form. Participant (or the beneficiary or personal representative of Participant in the event of Participant’s death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances as the Company or its representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such delivery.
     2.3 Transfer Restriction . No Unreleased Shares or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect.
     2.4 Escrow . The Unreleased Shares and Participant’s executed Stock Assignment shall be held by the Company until the Shares are forfeited as provided in Section 2.1, until such Unreleased Shares are fully released from the Forfeiture Restriction, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. In such event, Participant shall not retain physical custody of any certificates representing Unreleased Shares issued to Participant. Participant, by acceptance of this Award, shall be deemed to appoint, and does so appoint, the Company and each of its authorized representatives as Participant’s attorney(s)-in-fact to effect any transfer of forfeited Unreleased Shares (and any dividends or other distributions paid on such Shares) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement, and to execute such representations or other documents or assurances as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer. The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
     2.5 Rights as Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, upon issuance of the Shares by the Company, Participant shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions herein, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares, provided, however, that the Participant shall not be entitled to receive any dividends with respect to any Shares that are unvested as of the date of payment of such dividends unless and until such shares become vested in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2. Any dividends with respect to such unvested Shares shall be forfeited to the Company in the event such Shares are forfeited.

A-2


 

ARTICLE III
TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING
     3.1 Representation . Participant represents to the Company and the Partnership that Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     3.2 No 83(b) Election . Participant covenants that he or she will not make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the receipt of any of the Shares without the consent of the Administrator, which the Administrator may grant or withhold in its sole discretion.
     3.3 Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
          (a) The Company and the Partnership have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company or the Partnership, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement. The Company may permit Participant to make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:
               (i) by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Partnership;
               (ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;
               (iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting of the Shares, by requesting that the Company, the Partnership or one of their subsidiaries withhold a net number of vested Shares having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;
               (iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting of the Shares, by tendering vested shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes; or
               (v) in any combination of the foregoing.
          (b) With respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting of the Shares, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 3.3(a), the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(ii) or Section 3.3(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company or the Partnership shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Shares to Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the vesting of this Award or any other taxable event related to the Shares.

A-3


 

     (c) In the event Participant’s tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under Section 3.3(a)(iii) above, then the Company or the Partnership may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company or the Partnership for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those Shares that are then becoming vested as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company, the Partnership and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described above, including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. Any shares of Stock to be sold at the Company’s direction through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises (i.e., the date the Shares vest) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants of the Plan in which all participants receive an average price. Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and the Partnership harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed Participant’s tax withholding obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as practicable. Participant acknowledges that the Company, the Partnership or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. The Company may refuse to issue any shares of Stock to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied.
ARTICLE IV
RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS
     4.1 Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares, if any, shall bear the following legend (as well as any legends required by the Company’s charter and applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     4.2 Refusal to Transfer; Stop-Transfer Notices . The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
     4.3 Removal of Legend . After such time as the Forfeiture Restriction shall have lapsed with respect to the Shares, and upon Participant’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing such Shares shall be issued without the legend referred to in Section 4.1, and delivered to Participant. If the Shares are held in book entry form, the Company shall cause any restrictions noted on the book form to be removed.

A-4


 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
     5.1 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
     5.2 Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merge all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.
     5.3 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     5.4 Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by electronic mail (with return receipt requested and received) or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified, if to the Company or the Partnership, at the Company’s principal offices, and if to Participant, at Participant’s address, electronic mail address or fax number in the Company’s or the Partnership’s employee records or as subsequently modified by written notice.
     5.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
     5.6 Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s and the Partnership’s successors and assigns. The Company and the Partnership may assign their rights under this Agreement to any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or the Partnership without the prior written consent of Participant. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
     5.7 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     5.8 NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE . THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE LAPSING OF THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.1 HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE TO THE COMPANY, THE PARTNERSHIP OR ONE OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES AS AN “AT WILL” EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT OF THE COMPANY, THE PARTNERSHIP OR ONE OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES OR AN INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND

A-5


 

THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTION SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE, CONSULTANT OR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR FOR SUCH PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE COMPANY’S, THE PARTNERSHIP’S OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES’ RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PARTICIPANT’S EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE TO THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

A-6


 

EXHIBIT B
TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE
STOCK ASSIGNMENT
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [NAME OF PARTICIPANT], hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation,                      shares of the Common Stock of CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, standing in its name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                           to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement between CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION and the undersigned dated [DATE].
     
Dated:                                           ,                     
   
 
   
 
  [NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
INSTRUCTIONS : Please do not fill in the blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to enforce the Forfeiture Restriction as set forth in the Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the stockholder.

B-1

Exhibit 10.6
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
GRANT NOTICE
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, which includes the terms in this Grant Notice (this “ Grant Notice ”) and Appendix A attached hereto (collectively the “ Agreement ”).
     The holder listed below (the “ Participant ”) has been granted Restricted Stock Units (the “ RSUs ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.
     
Participant:
                                                                 
Grant Date:
                                                                 
Number of RSUs:
                                  
Type of Shares Issuable:
  Common Stock of CoreSite Realty Corporation
Vesting Schedule:
  The RSUs will become fully vested on [                      ]
     By his or her signature, and the Company’s and the Partnership’s signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including this Grant Notice and Appendix A. The Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement, including this Grant Notice and Appendix A, in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, including this Grant Notice and Appendix A. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the RSUs.
                     
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION       PARTICIPANT    
 
                   
By:
 
 
      By:  
 
   
Print Name:
 
 
      Print Name:  
 
   
Title:
 
 
               
Address:
 
 
      Address:  
 
   
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
                   
CORESITE L.P.: Holder:                
 
                   
By:
 
 
               
Print Name:
 
 
               
Title:
 
 
               
Address:
 
 
               
 
 
 
               
* * * * *

 


 

APPENDIX A
TO THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Company has awarded to the Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
     1.1 Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
     1.2 Incorporation of Terms . The RSUs and the shares of Stock issued to the Participant hereunder (“ Shares ”) are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as provided in Section 3.13.
ARTICLE II.
AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
     2.1 Award of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents .
          (a) In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company has granted to the Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share at the times and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Prior to the actual delivery of any Shares, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable only from the general assets of the Company.
          (b) The Company hereby grants to the Participant a Dividend Equivalents award with respect to each RSU granted pursuant to this Agreement for all ordinary quarterly cash dividends which are paid to all or substantially all holders of the outstanding shares of Stock between the Grant Date and the date when the RSU is distributed or paid to the Participant or is forfeited or expires. The Dividend Equivalents award for each RSU shall be equal to the amount of cash which is paid as a dividend on one share of Stock. All such Dividend Equivalents shall be credited to the Participant and be deemed to be reinvested in additional RSUs as of the date of payment of any such dividend based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such date. Each additional RSU which results from such deemed reinvestment of Dividend Equivalents granted hereunder shall be subject to the same vesting, distribution or payment, adjustment and other provisions which apply to the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates.
     2.2 Vesting of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents .
          (a) Subject to the Participant’s continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary on the applicable vesting date and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the RSUs shall vest in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice. Each additional RSU which results from deemed reinvestments of Dividend Equivalents pursuant to

A-1


 

Section 2.1(b) hereof shall vest whenever the underlying RSU to which such additional RSU relates vests. In addition, any unvested RSUs and Dividend Equivalents shall vest as of immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control.
          (b) In the event the Participant incurs a Termination of Service, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Participant and the Company or the Partnership, the Participant shall immediately forfeit any and all RSUs and Dividend Equivalents granted under this Agreement which have not vested or do not vest on or prior to the date on which such Termination of Service occurs, and the Participant’s rights in any such RSUs and Dividend Equivalents which are not so vested shall lapse and expire.
     2.3 Distribution or Payment of RSUs .
               (i) All of the Participant’s RSUs shall be distributed in Shares (either in book-entry form or otherwise) or, at the option of the Company, paid in cash on the earlier of (i) the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason, subject to Section 2.3(b), or (ii) the date of the occurrence of a Change in Control, but only if such transaction or event constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5). In the event that the Company elects to make payment of the Participant’s RSUs in cash, the amount payable in cash for each RSU shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the day immediately preceding the applicable distribution or payment date. All distributions made in Shares shall be made by the Company or the Partnership in the form of whole Shares, and any fractional share shall be distributed in cash in an amount equal to the value of such fractional share determined based on the Fair Market Value as of the date immediately prior to such distribution. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the time of distribution of the RSUs under this Agreement may not be changed except as may be permitted by the Administrator in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
          (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant’s “Separation from Service” shall mean the Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company and the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Restricted Stock Unit shall be distributed or paid to the Participant during the 6-month period following the Participant’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the distribution or payment of any of the Participant’s RSUs is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such 6-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Participant’s death), such RSUs shall be distributed in shares of Stock or, at the option of the Company, paid in cash.
     2.4 Tax Withholding; Conditions to Issuance of Certificates .
          (a) The Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the RSUs, regardless of any action the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the RSUs. Neither the Company, the Partnership nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the RSUs or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company, the Partnership and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the RSUs to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability.

A-2


 

          (b) In the event that any tax withholding becomes due with respect to the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents, prior to any such tax withholding becoming due, the Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee to satisfy such withholding and must satisfy such tax withholdings when due. To the extent permitted by the Committee, the Company, the Partnership or the employing Subsidiary will withhold a portion of the Shares issuable from the RSUs that have an aggregate Fair Market Value sufficient to pay the minimum federal, state and local income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld by the Company or the employing Subsidiary with respect to the RSUs and the Shares issued therefrom. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares will be issued unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Committee) will have been made by the Participant with respect to the payment of any income and other taxes which the Company or the Partnership determines must be withheld or collected with respect to such RSUs and the Shares issued therefrom. In addition and to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company, the Partnership or the employing Subsidiary has the right to retain without notice from salary or other amounts payable to the Participant, cash having a value sufficient to satisfy any tax withholding obligations that cannot be or are not satisfied by the withholding of otherwise deliverable Shares.
          (c) The Company or the Partnership shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for any Shares prior to the fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (A) the admission of the Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed, (B) the completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, deem necessary and advisable, and (C) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable. In the event that the Company or the Partnership delays a distribution or payment in settlement of RSUs because it determines that the issuance of shares of Stock in settlement of such RSUs will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, such distribution or payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company or the Partnership reasonably determines that the making of such distribution or payment will not cause such violation, as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii). No payment shall be delayed under this Section 10 if such delay will result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code.
     2.5 Rights as Stockholder . Neither the Participant nor any person claiming under or through the Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to the Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). Except as otherwise provided herein, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, the Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.
ARTICLE III.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     3.1 Administration . The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith will be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

A-3


 

     3.2 RSUs and Dividend Equivalents Not Transferable . The RSUs and Dividend Equivalents may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the RSUs have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. No RSUs or Dividend Equivalents or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.
     3.3 Adjustments . The Participant acknowledges that the RSUs and the Shares subject to the RSUs are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 10.1 of the Plan.
     3.4 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company or the Partnership shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at the address given beneath Participant’s signature on the Grant Notice. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.4, each party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
     3.5 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
     3.6 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     3.7 Conformity to Securities Laws . The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the RSUs are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     3.8 Amendment, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board , provided, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the RSUs in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.
     3.9 Successors and Assigns . The Company and the Partnership may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

A-4


 

     3.10 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the RSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
     3.11 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary.
     3.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs.
     3.13 Section 409A . The intent of the parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.
     3.14 Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
* * * * *

A-5

Exhibit 10.7
Execution Version
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement, (the “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between CoreSite, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ CoreSite ” and together with any of its successors or assigns, the “ Company ”), and Thomas Ray (the “ Executive ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”) on August 1, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall become effective on the Effective Date.
RECITALS
A.   It is the desire of the Company to assure itself of the services of Executive by entering into this Agreement.
 
B.   Executive and the Company mutually desire that Executive provide services to the Company on the terms herein provided.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below the Parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Employment .
     (a)  General . The Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall enter the employ of the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1 , and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.
     (b)  Employment Term . The term of employment under this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3 . The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the otherwise applicable Term either party gives written notice of non-renewal (“ Notice of Non-Renewal ”) to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then-applicable Term or any other date set by the Company in accordance with Section 3 and subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3 .
     (c)  Position and Duties . Executive shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of CoreSite and its successor, including, if applicable, the REIT (as defined below) and an operating partnership of which the REIT is a general partner (collectively, the “ Company Group ”), with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to Executive by the board of directors, or other similar governing body, of CoreSite or any successor of CoreSite, including any successor company with respect to which an initial public offering of equity securities (an “ IPO ”) may be effected (the “REIT”) (such board of directors or other similar governing body is referred to herein as the “ Board ”). Executive shall report to the Board. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company Group. Executive agrees to observe and


 

comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time.
2. Compensation and Related Matters .
     (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, but prior to an expected IPO, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of $250,000 per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Following the consummation of the IPO, the Base Salary shall be $425,000 per annum. Such Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be adjusted upward) from time to time by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board, in its sole discretion.
     (b)  Bonus .
          (i) During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus upon the achievement of certain performance goals determined by the Board (the “ Performance Bonus ”). Except with respect to calendar year 2010, as provided in subsection (ii) below, Executive’s annual target bonus opportunity shall initially be $375,000, and may be increased in subsequent years in the sole discretion of the Board. The actual amount of Executive’s annual Performance Bonus may, in the Board’s discretion, be higher or lower than the target amount and shall be based upon the Company’s level of achievement of such performance goals, as determined by the Board in its discretion, and in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan applicable to Executive, as in effect from time to time. Any Performance Bonus payable pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be paid to Executive in the calendar year following the calendar year to which the Performance Bonus relates, provided that for calendar year 2010, any Performance Bonus shall be paid prior to March 15, 2011.
          (ii) Within 5 days following the Effective Date, the Company shall pay to Executive a cash bonus in an amount equal to $220,000 (the “Signing Bonus”). Executive agrees and acknowledges that his target bonus opportunity for calendar year 2010 shall be reduced by the amount of the Signing Bonus, such that his target Performance Bonus opportunity for calendar year 2010 shall be $155,000.
     (c)  Equity Incentive Plans . Executive shall be entitled to receive an initial equity award, the details of which are set forth more fully in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Initial Equity Award ”). In addition, during the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in any equity incentive plan or plans that may be adopted by CoreSite or the REIT from time to time, and shall be eligible to receive additional awards under such plan, as determined by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board in its sole discretion.
     (d)  Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in group employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, as may be amended from time to time, which are generally applicable to similarly-situated executives of the Company and its subsidiaries. This currently includes, but is not limited to, Company-paid on-site parking for all employees; alternately, employees who commute to work via public transportation are eligible for reimbursement up to $180 per month. For purposes of Employee’s eligibility,

2


 

vesting and future benefit accruals under such group employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, Employee shall be deemed to have been an employee of the Company as of September 3, 1999 (the “ Effective Employment Date ”).
     (e)  Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as it may be amended from time to time; provided that for purposes of determining the future vacation accruals to which Executive is entitled under the Company’s vacation policy, Executive’s employment with the Company shall be deemed to be the Effective Employment Date. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive.
     (f)  Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, interpreted consistent with Section 11(l)(v) of this Agreement.
     (g)  Key Person Insurance . At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy. The results of any physical examination of Executive performed pursuant to the terms hereof shall be made available to Executive and shall only be disclosed to the Board with the prior written consent of Executive. Except for the purposes of determining whether a Disability exists, the Company shall not permit the results of any physical examination of Executive performed pursuant to the terms hereof to have any affect on any employment decisions pertaining to Executive, and the Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that such results shall not have any such effect.
3. Termination .
     Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:
     (a)  Circumstances .
     (i) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.
     (ii) Disability . If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.
     (iii) Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

3


 

     (iv) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause.
     (v) Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company without Good Reason, as defined below.
     (vi) Resignation from the Company With Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company with Good Reason within 90 days following the occurrence of a Good Reason event.
     (vii) Non-extension of Term by the Company . The Company may give notice of non-extension to Executive pursuant to Section 1 .
     (viii) Non-extension of Term by Executive. Executive may give notice of non-extension to the Company pursuant to Section 1 .
     (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least sixty (60) days following the date of such notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder. The failure by the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights hereunder.
     (c)  Company Obligations upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section 3 , Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) the entire amount of any Performance Bonus that relates to the prior calendar year, but has not yet been paid to Executive; (iii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(f) ; (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, equity incentive plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance

4


 

with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, equity incentive plans, programs or arrangements, including but not limited to accrued but unused vacation (collectively, the “ Company Arrangements ”); and (v) any equity interests or awards that vested on or before the Date of Termination. Except as otherwise expressly required by law ( e.g ., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy under this Agreement shall be to receive the severance payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) and/or Section 4, as applicable.
     (d)  Deemed Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company hereby agrees that, upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, it shall not terminate, amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights Executive has with respect to indemnification, reimbursement, and subrogation pursuant to the Company’s organizational documents, the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, or otherwise, without the Executive’s prior written consent, unless the Company provides equivalent or more favorable rights under substantially similar arrangements or agreements.
4. Severance Payments .
     (a)  Termination Upon Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), Executive shall receive, in addition to the payments provided for in Section 3(c), the following:
     (i) An amount equal to Executive’s target Performance Bonus amount for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such year during which Executive was employed prior to termination and the denominator of which is twelve (12), which amount shall be paid on the First Pay Date (defined below);
     (ii) Accelerated vesting, effective as of immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service (defined below), of all outstanding equity awards Executive holds that would have vested solely based on the passage of time (e.g., equity awards with vesting based on performance will not vest) through the end of the twelve (12) month anniversary from the date of death or the Date of Termination as a result of a determination that Executive has a Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii); and
     (iii) any equity awards held by Executive as of the Date of Termination shall, subject to earlier termination upon a Change of Control or other extraordinary corporate transaction in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan, remain outstanding until at least one (1) year following the Date of Termination (subject to a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant), and shall otherwise remain subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to such equity awards.

5


 

     (b)  Termination for Cause, Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason, or Non-extension of Term by Executive . If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause, pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, or pursuant to Section 3(a)(viii) due to non-extension of the Term by Executive, Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).
     (c)  Termination without Cause, Resignation from the Company With Good Reason or Non-extension of the Term by the Company . If Executive’s employment shall terminate without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) , with Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) or due to non-extension of the Term by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(vii) , then, subject to Executive signing on or before the 21 st day following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit B to this Agreement (the “ Release ”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6 and the interpretation rules set forth in Section 11(l), Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), the following:
     (i) Continued payment of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination (unless prior to such Date of Termination Executive’s Base Salary was reduced by more than 10% of the Base Salary in effect prior to such reduction, in which case Base Salary shall be determined based upon the rate in effect prior to such reduction less 10% if such reduction is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in base salaries affecting other senior executive officers of the Company), payable in the form of salary continuation in regular installments over the eighteen (18) month period following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ Severance Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;
     (ii) if Executive elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall directly pay, or reimburse (within 10 days of the end of each month for which reimbursement is claimed) Executive for, the COBRA premiums for Executive and Executive’s covered dependents during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (A) the last day of the Severance Period, (B) the date that Executive and/or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (C) the date Executive and Executive’s covered dependents become eligible to receive healthcare coverage from Executive’s subsequent employer (such healthcare continuation premiums shall be provided in the form of taxable reimbursements to Executive if necessary to avoid inclusion in taxable income by Executive of the value of in-kind benefits, in which event Company shall pay to Executive, with each monthly reimbursement, an additional amount of cash equal to A/(1-R)-A, where A is the amount of the reimbursement for the month, and R is the sum of the maximum federal individual income tax rate then applicable to ordinary income and the maximum individual Colorado income tax rate then applicable to ordinary income);

6


 

     (iii) a lump sum payment in cash on the First Pay Date of an amount determined in the sole discretion of the Board, up to Executive’s target Performance Bonus amount for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such year during which Executive was employed prior to termination and the denominator of which is twelve (12);
     (iv) accelerated vesting, effective as of immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, of all outstanding equity awards that would have vested solely based on the passage of time (e.g., equity awards with vesting based on performance will not vest) if Executive had remained employed with the Company or any of its affiliates through the end of the Severance Period; and
     (v) any equity awards held by Executive as of the Date of Termination shall, subject to earlier termination upon a Change of Control or other extraordinary corporate transaction in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan, remain outstanding until at least one (1) year following the Date of Termination (subject to a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant), and shall otherwise remain subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to such equity awards.
     (d)  Termination following Change in Control . If Executive’s employment shall terminate without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) , with Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) or pursuant to Section 3(a)(vii) due to non-extension of the Term by the Company, in each case within sixty (60) days prior to a Change in Control or twelve months following a Change in Control, then, subject to Executive signing on or before the 21 st day following Executive’s Separation from Service, and not revoking, a Release, and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6 , Executive shall receive, without duplication of any of the payments or benefits set forth in Section 4(c):
     (i) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c);
     (ii) a cash payment equal to one and one-half (1.5) times Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination (unless prior to such Date of Termination Executive’s Base Salary was reduced by more than 10% of the Base Salary in effect prior to such reduction, in which case Base Salary shall be determined based upon the rate in effect prior to such reduction less 10% if such reduction is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in base salaries affecting other senior executive officers of the Company), paid in a lump sum on the First Pay Date;
     (iii) a cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s target Performance Bonus for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, paid on the First Pay Date;
     (iv) a cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s target Performance Bonus amount for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such year during which

7


 

Executive was employed prior to termination and the denominator of which is twelve (12), paid on the First Pay Date;
     (v) the payments and benefits set forth in Section 4(c)(ii);
     (vi) instead of the accelerated vesting specified in Section 4(c)(iv), Executive shall receive accelerated vesting, effective as of immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, of 100% of all outstanding equity awards Executive holds that are eligible to vest (including any equity awards that would fully vest upon achievement of any time-based or performance-based goals or targets); and
     (vii) any equity awards held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination shall, subject to earlier termination upon a Change in Control or other extraordinary corporate transaction in accordance with the terms of the applicable equity plan, remain outstanding until at least one (1) year following the Date of Termination (subject to a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant), and shall otherwise remain subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to such equity awards.
     (e)  Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 3 through 9 and Section 11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.
5. Competition .
     (a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, enter into a discussion of which the primary purpose and intention of the Executive is to interview for a potential employment or consulting relationship with, or manage or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that competes with the Business (as defined below) of the Company anywhere in the United States. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing shall prohibit Executive from (i) retaining any ownership interest in the Company, (ii) being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding equity interest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such entity, (iii) after December 31, 2011, owning a passive interest in any entity or engaging in any activity that competes with the Business outside of the United States, or (iv) after December 31, 2011, engaging in any activity that competes with the Business of the Company anywhere in the United States so long as such activity is with respect to a firm, corporation, partnership or business that is privately held (i.e., not a reporting company under the Exchange Act (as defined below)), and such activity is conducted with respect to real estate that is located solely in geographic markets that are outside of a 60-mile radius from where the Company has or has executed, as of the Date of Termination, a binding written agreement to construct, acquire or operate real estate that is, or on which the Company intends to construct, an operating data center or colocation facility (or other facility that involves a material line of business into which the Company has expanded during the Term).

8


 

     (b) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company (i) to terminate its arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change its relationship with the Company. Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, (A) solicit any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company (other than solicitations of the general public that are not directed only towards employees of the Company), (B) employ any such individual during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of six months after such individual terminates his or her employment with the Company or (C) solicit any vendor or business affiliate of the Company to cease to do business with the Company.
     (c) In the event the terms of this Section 5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.
     (d) As used in this Section 5 , (i) the term “ Company ” means the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries, (ii) the term “ Business ” shall mean buying, developing and operating data centers and colocation facilities, and any other material lines of business into which the Company may expand during the Term; and (iii) the term “Restriction Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.
     (e) Executive agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from disparaging the Company and its affiliates, including any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. The Company agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, that the Company and its officers and directors will refrain from disparaging Executive. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude Executive, the Company or the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives or stockholders from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to otherwise assert its rights under this Agreement or otherwise against each other.
     (f) Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging

9


 

to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.
6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information.
     (a) Except in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e) , Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching its confidentiality obligations to the Company (to the extent Executive knows of the breach) For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such information have been published in combination.
     (b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.
     (c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company prompt notice thereof, and shall, as much in advance of the return date as practicable, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist (to the extent reasonably requested by the Company) such

10


 

counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process. Nothing herein shall preclude or restrict Executive from responding to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process in a manner in which Executive determines in his best interests in accordance with privileged and confidential legal advice that Executive obtains separate from the Company and its counsel.
     (d) As used in this Section 6 and Section 7 , the term “ Company ” shall mean the Company, the REIT and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (including an operating partnership of which the REIT is the general partner).
     (e) Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (iv) retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations.
7. Inventions.
     All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.
8. Injunctive Relief.
     (a) It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.
     (b) It is recognized and acknowledged by the Company that a breach of the covenant contained in Section 5(e) will cause irreparable damage to Executive, the exact amount of which

11


 

will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, the Company agrees that in the event of a breach of the covenant contained in Section 5(e) , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, Executive will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.
9. Assignment and Successors.
     The Company shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any party without the prior written consent of Executive, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise) or to any affiliate or related company, including, but not limited to the REIT and any entity in which the REIT holds an interest, in connection with the REIT’s initial public offering, and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates without the prior written consent of Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.
10. Certain Definitions.
     (a)  Affiliate . For purposes of this Agreement, “affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any person or entity, any person or entity that, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.
     (b)  Cause . The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:
     (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s Disability);
     (ii) Executive’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement;
     (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement;
     (iv) Executive’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere , or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony;
     (v) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s) premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; or

12


 

     (vi) Executive’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its affiliates; provided that no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act or failure to act, based upon specific authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or a committee thereof or based on the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no Cause will have occurred unless and until the Company has: (a) provided Executive, within 60 days of the Company’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Cause event, written notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Cause; and (b) provided Executive with an opportunity to cure the same within 30 days after the receipt of such notice; provided, however, that Executive shall be provided only one cure opportunity per category of Cause event in any rolling twelve (12) month period. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s death or Disability shall not constitute “Cause” hereunder.
     (c)  Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the following:
          (i) a transaction or series of related transactions (other than the IPO) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (other than the Company, the REIT, or any of their affiliates, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company, the REIT or any of their affiliates or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company or the REIT) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company or the REIT possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s or the REIT’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
          (ii) the consummation by the Company, the REIT or any of their affiliates’ (whether directly involving the Company, the REIT or any of their affiliates, or indirectly involving the Company, the REIT or any of their affiliates through one or more intermediaries) of (A) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s or the REIT’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (C) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than (x) any transaction or series of transactions related to or in connection with (but prior to) the completion of the IPO, and (y) a transaction which results in the REIT’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to

13


 

represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the REIT or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the REIT or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the REIT’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the REIT (the REIT or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction.
          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no transaction or series of related transactions shall be deemed to result in a Change in Control if immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, any affiliate of or investment fund operated, controlled or managed by T.C. Group, L.L.C. has or retains at least a majority of the combined voting power in the REIT; and (B) a transaction or event shall not constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement unless such transaction or event also qualifies as a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5).
     (d)  Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) — (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) , whichever is earlier; (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(vii) or Section 3(a)(viii) , the expiration of the then-applicable Term.
     (e)  Disability . “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six-month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.
     (f)  Good Reason . “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s express written consent:
     (i) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement;

14


 

     (ii) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or Executive’s annual target bonus opportunity, other than a reduction in Base Salary or annual target bonus opportunity of less than 10% that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in base salaries affecting other senior executive officers of the Company;
     (iii) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 20 miles outside of the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area;
     (iv) a requirement that Executive report to anyone other than the Board; or
     (v) a material reduction or material diminution of the Executive’s position (including titles), duties, responsibilities or authorities, including without limitation, any situation under which Executive is not the sole President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until the Executive has: (a) provided the Company, within 60 days of Executive’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within 30 days after the receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the Company shall be provided only one cure period per category of Good Reason event in any rolling twelve (12) month period. If the Company fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then the termination shall be deemed to occur as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period.
11. Miscellaneous Provisions.
     (a)  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Colorado, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of Colorado or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.
     (b)  Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
     (c)  Notices . Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

15


 

          (i)   If to the Company:
            1050 17th Street, Suite 800
            Denver, CO 80265
            Attention: General Counsel
            and copies to:
            Latham & Watkins LLP
            555 11 th St., NW Suite 1000
            Washington DC, 20004
            Attention: David T. Della Rocca, Esq.
            Telephone: (202) 637-1050
             Fax: (202) 637-2201
          (ii)   If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive.
     or at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.
     (e)  Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.
     (f)  Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided , however , that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.
     (g)  No Inconsistent Actions . It is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.
     (h)  Construction . This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or

16


 

subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.
     (i)  Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS/Endispute in Denver, Colorado. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS/Endispute Rules of Practice and Procedure, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) the Company and Executive shall work together in good faith to together select one arbitrator; provided that, if the Company and Executive are not able to together select one arbitrator within ten (10) days after using such good faith efforts, one arbitrator shall be chosen by JAMS/Endispute; (b) each party to the arbitration will pay its pro rata share of the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS/Endispute rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys’ fees and expenses; provided that the prevailing party (or substantially prevailing party, as determined by the arbitrator) shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses from the other party, and the expenses and fees of the arbitrator and expenses of the arbitration shall be paid by the unsuccessful party (or substantially unsuccessful party, as determined by the arbitrator). The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties. If JAMS/Endispute no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS/Endispute shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration.
     (j)  Enforcement . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this

17


 

Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
     (k)  Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.
     (l)  Section 409A .
     (i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. If Executive notifies the Company that Executive has received advice of tax counsel with expertise in Section 409A that any provision of this Agreement would cause Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A (with specificity as to the reason therefor) or the Company independently makes such determination, the Company and Executive shall take commercially reasonable efforts to reform such provision to try to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Section 409A, provided that any such modifications shall not materially increase the cost or liability to the Company. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to Executive and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A.
     (ii) Payments . For purposes of this Agreement, each payment is intended to be excepted from Section 409A to the maximum extent provided under Section 409A as follows: (i) each payment that is scheduled to be made following Executive’s Date of Termination and within the applicable 2 1/2 month period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A(b)(4) is intended to be excepted under the short-term deferral exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(4); (ii) post-termination medical benefits are intended to be excepted under the medical benefits exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(B), and (iii) each payment that is not otherwise excepted under the short-term deferral exception or medical benefits exception is intended to be excepted under the voluntary separation pay exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii). The Executive shall have no right to designate the date of any payment hereunder.
     (iii) Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of

18


 

employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the thirtieth (30th) day following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ First Pay Date”) . Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the thirty (30) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the First Pay Date and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.
     (iv) Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (y) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.
     (v) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     (vi) Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A.
     (m)  280G Optimization .
     (i) If it is determined that any payment or benefit provided by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, including, by example and not by way of limitation, acceleration by the Company or otherwise of the date of vesting or

19


 

payment under any plan, program, arrangement or agreement of the Company, but excluding the payment required under clause (y) below, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Code section 4999 or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax together with any such interest and penalties, shall be referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall first make a calculation under which such payments or benefits provided to Employee are reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax (the “ 4999 Limit ”). The Company shall then compare (A) Executive’s Net After-Tax Benefit (as defined below) assuming application of the 4999 Limit with (B) Executive’s Net After-Tax Benefit without application of the 4999 Limit. Executive shall be entitled to the greater of (A) or (B). “ Net After-Tax Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (x) all payments that Executive receives or is entitled to receive from the Company that are contingent on a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Code section 280G(b)(2) (either, a “ Section 280G Transaction ”), less (y) the amount of federal, state, local, employment, and Excise Tax (if any) imposed with respect to such payments. If Executive is required to reduce payments to which he is otherwise entitled such that no portion thereof is subject to the Excise Tax, in order to comply with Code Section 409A, (I) payment or acceleration with respect to Executive’s equity awards shall be reduced first, in proportion to the amount of each such payment or amount of each such acceleration for purposes of Code Section 280G; and (II) if any remaining payments are required to be reduced, cash payments shall be reduced, beginning with payments that would be received last in time.
     (ii) In connection with a Section 280G Transaction, if the Company then constitutes a small business corporation within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(5), at the request of Executive, the Company shall submit to the shareholders of the Company (the “ Shareholders ”) for approval (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Executive), by such number of Shareholders as is required by the terms of Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B), any payments and/or benefits that may separately or in the aggregate, constitute the payment of any amount that may be deemed a “parachute payment” under Code Section 280G with respect to Executive (“ Section 280G Payments ”), such that such payments and benefits shall not be deemed to be Section 280G Payments, provided that Executive executes, prior to the Shareholder vote, an appropriate waiver of the 280G Payments that would take effect if the Shareholder vote does not approve the Section 280G Payments.
12. Employee Acknowledgement.
     Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

20


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
             
    COMPANY    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Deedee Beckman    
 
     
 
Name: Deedee Beckman
   
 
      Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    EXECUTIVE    
 
           
 
    /s/ Thomas Ray    
         
    Thomas Ray    
[Signature Page to Thomas Ray Employment Agreement]


 

EXHIBIT A
Details of Initial Equity Award
     The Company agrees to offer Executive participation in an equity incentive program as an additional component to his compensation package, subject to the conditions described herein and such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the 2010 Plan and the Award Agreement (each as defined below). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Employment Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached (the “Employment Agreement”).
     In connection with an expected IPO, the Company expects to adopt a new equity incentive plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Board may from time to time make various incentive equity or equity-based awards to the Company’s employees and other service providers. Subject to the adoption and approval of the Plan, Executive will receive within 60 days after the adoption of the Plan, and subject to Board approval and Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date of the IPO, one or more awards under the 2010 Plan having an aggregate value (as of the date of grant of the Award) equal to $1,200,000, of which $720,000 shall be provided in the form of stock options (the “Options”) and $480,000 shall be provided in the form of restricted stock (the “Shares” and together with the Options, the “Award”). The number of Shares to be granted will be determined by dividing 480,000 by the IPO price of the stock. The Options will be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant of the Options, which the Company expects will be the IPO price of the stock. The number of Options to be granted will be based on the exercise price of the Options, with each Option to purchase one share of stock being valued at 40% of the exercise price of the Option, such that the number of Options to be granted will be determined as follows: (x) 720,000 divided by the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant of the Options (which the Company expects will be the IPO price of the stock); multiplied by (y) 2.5.
     The terms and conditions applicable to the Award will be set forth in separate agreements governing the Award (the “Award Agreements”), which Award Agreements shall be in the form attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibits C and D. Nothing in this exhibit or the Award Agreements is or will be a guarantee of employment or future employment and nothing in this exhibit or the Award Agreement does or will affect the ability of the Company to terminate Executive’s employment with or without Cause for any reason at any time.
     The purpose of the Award is to provide Executive with an additional economic stake in the financial performance of the Company and this exhibit is being provided on the assumption that the IPO will occur and that the Plan will be adopted and approved. If, for any reason, the IPO does not occur or the Plan is not adopted or approved, Executive will not receive the Award described above.
     The consummation of the IPO and the adoption of the Plan shall be in the sole discretion of CoreSite and its member and managers and nothing in this letter shall require CoreSite or any of its members, managers or affiliates to take any action with respect to the IPO or the Plan or to enter into any transaction.

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Release
     This Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between Thomas Ray (“Employee”) and                      (the “Company”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).
     WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of                      , 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”); and
     WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company effective                      , 20___, the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees (as defined below) arising out of Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Severance Payments described in Sections 4(c) or 4(d), as applicable, of the Employment Agreement, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section 4(c) and 4(d) of the Employment Agreement, as applicable, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.
     2.  Release of Claims . Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (including the REIT and its affiliated entities), and any of their current and former officers, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”). Except as to the obligations of the Company arising under this Agreement, Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date (as defined in Section 7 below) of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

 


 

          (a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;
          (b) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;
          (c) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
          (d) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution; and
          (e) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination.
          (g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the nonwithholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and
          (h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.
Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release (A) claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), (B) claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, (C) claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, (D) claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates, (E) any and all rights of Employee to indemnification, reimbursement and subrogation under applicable law, any contract or agreement, or any articles of formation or incorporation of the Company or any of its affiliates or

B-2


 

successors, and (F) any rights of Employee under the Company’s or its affiliates’ or successors’ D&O policy(ies).
     3.  Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA. Employee understands and acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has 21 days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21 day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that he has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.
     4.  Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.
     5.  No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.
     6.  Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.
     7.  Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then Employee has seven days after Employee signs this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by Employee before that date (the “Effective Date”).
     8.  Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that he executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) he has read this Agreement; (b) he has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) he has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) he understands the terms and consequences of this

B-3


 

Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) he is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.
         
 
Dated:                           
  Thomas Ray   
     
     
  [COMPANY]
 
 
Dated:                        By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

B-4


 

         
EXHIBIT C
Form of Option Agreement


 

CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
     CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation, (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“ Participant ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of Stock (as defined in the Plan) set forth below (the “ Option ”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.
     
Participant:
  Thomas Ray
 
   
Grant Date:
  [                                           ]
 
   
Exercise Price per Share:
  $[___]
 
   
Total Exercise Price:
  $ [___]
 
   
Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:
  [                      ] shares
 
   
Expiration Date:
  [Date that is 10 years after Grant Date to be inserted]
 
   
Vesting Schedule:
  The Option will vest and become exercisable in four equal annual installments, with the first such installment vesting on the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date and the last such installment vesting on the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date, in each case subject to the Participant’s continued employment with or service to the Company on each applicable vesting date.
 
   
Type of Option:
  Non-Qualified Stock Option
     By his or her signature and the Company’s and the Partnership’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement.
                 
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION:   PARTICIPANT:    
 
               
By:
      By:   Thomas Ray    
Print Name:
      Print Name:        
Title:
               
Address:
      Address:        
 
               
CORESITE L.P.:                
 
               
By:
               

 


 

                 
Print Name:
               
Title:
               
Address:
               
 
               

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to Participant an Option under the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), to purchase the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE 1.
GENERAL
     1.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
     1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.
ARTICLE 2.
GRANT OF OPTION
     2.1 Grant of Option . In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company grants to Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 10.1 of the Plan. This Option is Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     2.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided , however , that the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.
     2.3 Consideration to the Company . In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company, the Partnership or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, the Partnership and the Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company, the Partnership or a Subsidiary and Participant.

B-1


 

ARTICLE 3.
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
     3.1 Commencement of Exercisability .
          (a) Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 5.10 and 5.15 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice. In addition, the Participant shall be entitled to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of that certain Employment Agreement between the Participant and CoreSite, LLC, dated as of August 1, 2010, as such agreement may be amended or replaced from time to time (the “Employment Agreement”).
          (b) No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in the Employment Agreement (including Section 4(d) thereof) or a written agreement between the Company, the Partnership and Participant.
          (c) Notwithstanding Sections 3.1(a) hereof and the Grant Notice, but subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof, pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan, the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable with respect to all shares of Stock covered thereby in the event of a Change in Control, in connection with which the successor corporation does not assume the Option or substitute an equivalent right for the Option. Should the successor corporation assume the Option or substitute an equivalent right, then no such acceleration shall apply, except as set forth in the Employment Agreement (including Section 4(d) thereof).
     3.2 Duration of Exercisability . The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.
     3.3 Expiration of Option . The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:
          (a) The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice, which shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date;
          (b) The expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such termination is for Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement); or
          (c) The expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or the Partnership for Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement).
ARTICLE 4.
EXERCISE OF OPTION
     4.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be

B-2


 

exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
     4.2 Partial Exercise . Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.
     4.3 Manner of Exercise . The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:
          (a) An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;
          (b) The receipt by the Company or the Partnership of full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which shall be made by deduction from other compensation payable to Participant or in such other form of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof that is acceptable to the Company and the Partnership;
          (c) Any other written representations as may be required in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and
          (d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company and the Partnership shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.
     4.4 Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:
          (a) Cash or check;
          (b) Surrender of shares of Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; or
          (c) Other property acceptable to the Administrator (including, without limitation, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company or the Partnership in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company or the Partnership at such time as may be required by the Company or the Partnership, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale).

B-3


 

     4.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock . The shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares of Stock or issued shares of Stock which have then been reacquired by the Company or the Partnership. Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company or the Partnership shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
          (a) The admission of such shares of Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed;
          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;
          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;
          (d) The receipt by the Company or the Partnership of full payment for such shares of Stock, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof; and
          (e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
     4.6 Rights as Stockholder . The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Stock shall have been issued by the Company and held of record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Stock are issued, except as provided in Section 10.1 of the Plan.
     4.7 Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
          (a) The Company and the Partnership have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company or the Partnership, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement. The Company may permit Participant to make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:
               (i) by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Partnership;
               (ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;
               (iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise of the Option, by requesting that the Company withhold a net number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable

B-4


 

pursuant to such exercise having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;
               (iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise of the Option, by tendering vested shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes; or
               (v) in any combination of the foregoing.
          (b) With respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise of the Option, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 4.7(a), the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(ii) or Section 4.7(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries may determine to be appropriate. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the exercise of the Option to Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the exercise of the Option or any other taxable event related to this Award.
          (c) In the event Participant’s tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under Section 4.7(a)(iii) above, then the Company or the Partnership may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company or the Partnership for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those shares of Stock issuable to Participant upon exercise of the Option as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company and the Partnership and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described above, including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. Any shares of Stock to be sold at the Company’s or the Partnership’s direction through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises (i.e., the date Stock is delivered) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants of the Plan in which all participants receive an average price. Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and the Partnership harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed Participant’s tax withholding obligation, the Company or the Partnership, as applicable, agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as practicable. Participant acknowledges that the Company, the Partnership or their designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. The Company or the Partnership may refuse to issue any shares of Stock in settlement of the Option to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied.

B-5


 

ARTICLE 5.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     5.1 Administration . The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, the Partnership and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.
     5.2 Whole Shares . The Option may only be exercised for whole shares of Stock.
     5.3 Option Not Transferable . Subject to Section 4.1 hereof, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the shares of Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.
     5.4 Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
     5.5 Adjustments Upon Specified Events . The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Option in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Stock contemplated by Section 10.1 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such Stock), the Administrator shall make such adjustments the Administrator deems appropriate in the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option, the exercise price of the Option and the kind of securities that may be issued upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 10.1 of the Plan.
     5.6 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company or the Partnership shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s or the Partnership’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.6, any party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by written notice under this Section 5.6. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
     5.7 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

B-6


 

     5.8 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     5.9 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     5.10 Amendments, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board; provided that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.
     5.11 Successors and Assigns . The Company and the Partnership may assign any of their rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     5.12 Intentionally Omitted.
     5.13 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
     5.14 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company, the Partnership and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     5.15 Section 409A . This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are

B-7


 

necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
     5.16 Limitation on Participant’s Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company and the Partnership as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company or the Partnership with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to options, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

B-8


 

EXHIBIT D
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement

 


 

CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION AND CORESITE, L.P.
2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE AND
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
     CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“ Participant ”) the number of shares of the Company’s Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth below. This Restricted Stock award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Restricted Stock Agreement.
     
Participant:
  Thomas Ray
 
   
Grant Date:
  [                      ]
 
   
Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock:
  [                      ]
 
   
Vesting Schedule:
  The Shares will vest in four equal annual installments, with the first such installment vesting on the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date and the last such installment vesting on the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date, in each case subject to the Participant’s continued employment with or service to the Company on each applicable vesting date.
     By his or her signature and the Company’s and the Partnership’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restricted Stock Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator of the Plan upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Restricted Stock Agreement.
                 
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION:
 
               
By:
          By:   Thomas Ray
 
               
Print Name:
          Print Name:    
 
               
Title:
               
 
               
Address:
          Address:    
 
               
 
               
 
               
CORESITE L.P.:                
 
               
By:
               
 
               
Print Name:
               
 
               
Title:
               
 
               
Address:
               
 
               
 
               
 
               

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) to which this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock under the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the " Plan ”) indicated in the Grant Notice. The Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE I
ISSUANCE OF SHARES
     1.1 Issuance of Shares . Pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective on the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to Participant the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Shares ”), in consideration of Participant’s agreement to remain in the service or employ of the Company, the Partnership or one of their Subsidiaries, and for other good and valuable consideration.
     1.2 Issuance Mechanics . On the Grant Date, the Company shall issue the Shares to Participant and shall (a) cause a stock certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be registered in the name of Participant, or (b) cause such Shares to be held in book entry form. If a stock certificate is issued, it shall be delivered to and held in custody by the Company and shall bear the restrictive legends required by Section 4.1 below. If the Shares are held in book entry form, then such entry will reflect that the Shares are subject to the restrictions of this Agreement. Participant’s execution of a stock assignment in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice (the “ Stock Assignment ”) shall be a condition to the issuance of the Shares.
ARTICLE II
FORFEITURE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
     2.1 Forfeiture Restriction . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 below, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, including as a result of Participant’s death or Disability, all of the Unreleased Shares (as defined below) shall thereupon be forfeited immediately and without any further action by the Company (the “ Forfeiture Restriction ”), except as otherwise provided in that certain Employment Agreement between the Participant and CoreSite, LLC, dated as of August 1, 2010 (including Section 4(d) thereof), as such agreement may be amended or replaced from time to time (the “ Employment Agreement ”), or any other written agreement between the Company, the Partnership and the Participant. Upon the occurrence of such a forfeiture, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being forfeited by Participant. The Unreleased Shares and Participant’s executed stock assignment in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice shall be held by the Company in accordance with Section 2.4 until the Shares are forfeited as provided in this Section 2.1, until such Unreleased Shares are fully released from the Forfeiture Restriction, or until

A-1


 

such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Participant hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Committee, to transfer the Unreleased Shares which have been forfeited pursuant to this Section 2.1 from Participant to the Company.
     2.2 Release of Shares from Forfeiture Restriction . The Shares shall be released from the Forfeiture Restriction in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice. In addition, the Participant shall be entitled to accelerated vesting of the Shares in certain circumstances, as set forth in the Employment Agreement. Any of the Shares which, from time to time, have not yet been released from the Forfeiture Restriction are referred to herein as “ Unreleased Shares .” In the event any of the Shares are released from the Forfeiture Restriction, any dividends or other distributions paid on such Shares and held by the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 shall be promptly paid by the Company to Participant. As soon as administratively practicable following the release of any Shares from the Forfeiture Restriction, the Company shall, as applicable, either deliver to Participant the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Company’s possession belonging to Participant, or, if the Shares are held in book entry form, then the Company shall remove the notations on the book form. Participant (or the beneficiary or personal representative of Participant in the event of Participant’s death or incapacity, as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances as the Company or its representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such delivery.
     2.3 Transfer Restriction . No Unreleased Shares or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect.
     2.4 Escrow . The Unreleased Shares and Participant’s executed Stock Assignment shall be held by the Company until the Shares are forfeited as provided in Section 2.1, until such Unreleased Shares are fully released from the Forfeiture Restriction, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. In such event, Participant shall not retain physical custody of any certificates representing Unreleased Shares issued to Participant. Participant, by acceptance of this Award, shall be deemed to appoint, and does so appoint, the Company and each of its authorized representatives as Participant’s attorney(s)-in-fact to effect any transfer of forfeited Unreleased Shares (and any dividends or other distributions paid on such Shares) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement, and to execute such representations or other documents or assurances as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer. The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
     2.5 Rights as Stockholder . Except as otherwise provided herein, upon issuance of the Shares by the Company, Participant shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions herein, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares, provided, however, that the Participant shall not be entitled to receive any dividends with respect to any Shares that are unvested as of the date of payment of such dividends unless and until such shares become vested in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2. Any dividends with respect to such unvested Shares shall be forfeited to the Company in the event such Shares are forfeited.

A-2


 

ARTICLE III
TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING
     3.1 Representation . Participant represents to the Company and the Partnership that Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     3.2 No 83(b) Election . Participant covenants that he or she will not make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the receipt of any of the Shares without the consent of the Administrator, which the Administrator may grant or withhold in its sole discretion.
     3.3 Tax Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
          (a) The Company and the Partnership have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company or the Partnership, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement. The Company may permit Participant to make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:
               (i) by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Partnership;
               (ii) by the deduction of such amount from other compensation payable to Participant;
               (iii) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting of the Shares, by requesting that the Company, the Partnership or one of their subsidiaries withhold a net number of vested Shares having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;
               (iv) with respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting of the Shares, by tendering vested shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Partnership and their subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes; or
               (v) in any combination of the foregoing.
          (b) With respect to any withholding taxes arising as a result of the vesting of the Shares, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 3.3(a), the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(ii) or Section 3.3(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company or the Partnership shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Shares to Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the

A-3


 

amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the vesting of this Award or any other taxable event related to the Shares.
     (c) In the event Participant’s tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under Section 3.3(a)(iii) above, then the Company or the Partnership may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company or the Partnership for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those Shares that are then becoming vested as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company, the Partnership and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described above, including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable. Any shares of Stock to be sold at the Company’s direction through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation arises (i.e., the date the Shares vest) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants of the Plan in which all participants receive an average price. Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and the Partnership harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed Participant’s tax withholding obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as practicable. Participant acknowledges that the Company, the Partnership or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy Participant’s tax withholding obligation. The Company may refuse to issue any shares of Stock to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied.
ARTICLE IV
RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS
     4.1 Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares, if any, shall bear the following legend (as well as any legends required by the Company’s charter and applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     4.2 Refusal to Transfer; Stop-Transfer Notices . The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
     4.3 Removal of Legend . After such time as the Forfeiture Restriction shall have lapsed with respect to the Shares, and upon Participant’s request, a new certificate or certificates representing such Shares shall be issued without the legend referred to in Section 4.1, and delivered to Participant. If the Shares are held in book entry form, the Company shall cause any restrictions noted on the book form to be removed.

A-4


 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
     5.1 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
     5.2 Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merge all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.
     5.3 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     5.4 Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by electronic mail (with return receipt requested and received) or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified, if to the Company or the Partnership, at the Company’s principal offices, and if to Participant, at Participant’s address, electronic mail address or fax number in the Company’s or the Partnership’s employee records or as subsequently modified by written notice.
     5.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
     5.6 Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s and the Partnership’s successors and assigns. The Company and the Partnership may assign their rights under this Agreement to any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or the Partnership without the prior written consent of Participant. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
     5.7 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Shares are to be issued, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     5.8 NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE . THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE LAPSING OF THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.1 HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE TO THE COMPANY, THE PARTNERSHIP OR ONE OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES AS AN “AT WILL” EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT OF THE COMPANY, THE PARTNERSHIP OR ONE OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES OR AN INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR

A-5


 

ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTION SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE, CONSULTANT OR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR FOR SUCH PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE COMPANY’S, THE PARTNERSHIP’S OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES’ RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PARTICIPANT’S EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE TO THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

A-6


 

EXHIBIT B
TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE
STOCK ASSIGNMENT
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [NAME OF PARTICIPANT], hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation,                      shares of the Common Stock of CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, standing in its name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                           to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement between CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION and the undersigned dated [DATE].
     
 
Dated:                                           ,                     
                                                                
 
  [NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
INSTRUCTIONS : Please do not fill in the blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to enforce the Forfeiture Restriction as set forth in the Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the stockholder.

B-1

Exhibit 10.8
Execution Version
Employment Agreement
     This Employment Agreement, (the “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between CoreSite, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ CoreSite ” and together with any of its successors or assigns, the “ Company ”), and Deedee Beckman (the “ Executive ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”) on September 2, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall become effective on the Effective Date.
RECITALS
A.   It is the desire of the Company to assure itself of the services of Executive by entering into this Agreement.
B.   Executive and the Company mutually desire that Executive provide services to the Company on the terms herein provided.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below the Parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Employment .
     (a)  General . The Company shall continue to employ Executive and Executive shall remain in the employ of the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1 , and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.
     (b)  Employment Term . Executive’s employment with the Company Group (as defined below) is “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without Cause. Employee understands and agrees that neither her job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from any member of the Company Group shall give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Employee’s employment with the Company Group. Employee and the Company agree that Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time in accordance with Section 3 . The period from the Effective Date through the termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Agreement, regardless of the time or reason for such termination, shall be referred to herein as the “ Term .”
     (c)  Position and Duties . During the Term, Executive shall hold the following position and shall have the following duties:
          (i) Executive shall initially serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, including, if applicable, the REIT (as defined below) and an operating partnership of which the REIT is a general partner (collectively, the “ Company Group ”), with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority as may from time to time be assigned to Executive by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”) or the board of directors, or other similar governing body, of CoreSite or any successor of CoreSite, including any successor company with respect to which an initial public offering of equity securities (an “ IPO ”) may be

 


 

effected (the “ REIT ”) (such board of directors or other similar governing body is referred to herein as the “ Board ”). While serving as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, Executive shall report to the CEO, shall participate actively in the Company’s search for a new Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the “ New CFO ”), and shall devote substantially all of Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company Group. Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company Group as adopted by the Company Group from time to time.
          (ii) Effective on the date the New CFO becomes employed by the Company, Executive shall no longer serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Following such date, Executive shall provide her services to the Company Group as a part-time employee and her regular weekly hours shall be reduced to 25 hours per week (“ Part-Time Employment ”). Executive shall remain an employee of the Company Group until her Date of Termination and Executive shall work collaboratively with the New CFO to transition her duties to the New CFO and shall continue to provide services to the Company Group as reasonably requested by the CEO or the New CFO (and shall report to the New CFO as well as the CEO).
2. Compensation and Related Matters .
     (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of $245,000 per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Such Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be adjusted upward) from time to time by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board, in its sole discretion. The Base Salary shall automatically be adjusted to $85,000 per annum once Executive begins Part-Time Employment.
     (b)  Bonuses .
          (i) IPO Bonus . Except as otherwise provided in Section 4, if an IPO occurs on or prior to March 31, 2011 and Executive remains an employee of the Company Group until March 31, 2011, then she will receive a lump sum payment on March 31, 2011 equal to $245,000 (the “ IPO Bonus ”).
          (ii) Annual Bonus. During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus upon the achievement of certain performance goals determined by the Board (the “ Performance Bonus ”). Executive’s annual target bonus opportunity shall initially be $160,000, and may be increased in subsequent years in the sole discretion of the Board. The actual amount of Executive’s annual Performance Bonus may, in the Board’s discretion, be higher or lower than the target amount and shall be based upon the Company’s level of achievement of such performance goals, as determined by the Board in its discretion, and in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan applicable to Executive, as in effect from time to time. Any Performance Bonus payable pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be paid to Executive in the calendar year following the calendar year to which the Performance Bonus relates and Executive’s annual target bonus opportunity shall be adjusted downward to $42,500 for the period beginning on the date Executive begins Part-Time Employment.

2


 

     (c)  Equity Incentive Plans . Executive was previously awarded Class B Interests in CRP Master Holdings, LLC (“ Master Holdco ”), which interests are subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Master Holdco (the “ Class B Interests ”). Subject to the completion of the IPO, and Executive’s continued employment with the Company on the date of completion of the IPO, Executive shall be entitled to receive in connection with the IPO, an additional equity award, the details of which are set forth more fully in Exhibit A attached hereto. In addition, during the Term, Executive may be eligible to participate in any equity incentive plan or plans that may be adopted by CoreSite or the REIT from time to time, and shall be eligible to receive additional awards under such plan, as determined by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board in its sole discretion.
     (d)  Benefits . During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in group employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, as may be amended from time to time, which are generally applicable to similarly-situated executives of the Company and its subsidiaries. This currently includes, but is not limited to, Company-paid on-site parking for all employees; alternately, employees who commute to work via public transportation are eligible for reimbursement up to $180 per month.
     (e)  Vacation . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as it may be amended from time to time. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive.
     (f)  Expenses . During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, interpreted consistent with Section 11(l)(v) of this Agreement.
     (g)  Key Person Insurance . At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy. The results of any physical examination of Executive performed pursuant to the terms hereof shall be made available to Executive and shall only be disclosed to the Board with the prior written consent of Executive. Except for the purposes of determining whether a Disability exists, the Company shall not permit the results of any physical examination of Executive performed pursuant to the terms hereof to have any affect on any employment decisions pertaining to Executive, and the Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that such results shall not have any such effect.

3


 

3. Termination .
     Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:
     (a)  Circumstances .
     (i) Death . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.
     (ii) Disability . If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.
     (iii) Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.
     (iv) Termination without Cause . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause.
     (v) Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company without Good Reason, as defined below.
     (vi) Resignation from the Company With Good Reason . Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company with Good Reason within 90 days following the occurrence of a Good Reason event.
     (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least sixty (60) days following the date of such notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder. The failure by the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights hereunder.

4


 

     (c)  Company Obligations upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section 3 , Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive; (ii) the entire amount of any Performance Bonus that relates to the prior calendar year, but has not yet been paid to Executive; (iii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Section 2(f) ; (iv) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, equity incentive plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, equity incentive plans, programs or arrangements, including but not limited to accrued but unused vacation (collectively, the “ Company Arrangements ”); and (v) any equity interests or awards that vested on or before the Date of Termination. Except as otherwise expressly required by law ( e.g ., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy under this Agreement shall be to receive the severance payments and benefits described in this Section 3(c) and/or Section 4, as applicable.
     (d)  Deemed Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company hereby agrees that, upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, it shall not terminate, amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights Executive has with respect to indemnification, reimbursement, and subrogation pursuant to the Company’s organizational documents, the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, or otherwise, without the Executive’s prior written consent, unless the Company provides equivalent or more favorable rights under substantially similar arrangements or agreements.
4. Severance Payments .
     (a)  Termination Upon Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), Executive shall receive, in addition to the payments provided for in Section 3(c), (i) the IPO Bonus, and (ii) an amount equal to Executive’s target Performance Bonus amount in effect for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such year during which Executive was employed prior to termination and the denominator of which is twelve (12). In the event the target Performance Bonus amount changes in the calendar year in which such termination occurs, then the target Performance Bonus amount used in the calculation set forth in the prior sentence shall be a blended target amount based on the number of days the applicable target amount is in effect while Executive is employed by the Company during such calendar year. The IPO Bonus, to the extent payable pursuant to this Section 4(a), and the pro-rated target Performance Bonus amount shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(a), in no event shall Executive be entitled to the IPO Bonus under this Section 4(a) if (i) an IPO has not occurred

5


 

prior to the Date of Termination, (ii) an IPO has not occurred prior to March 31, 2011 or (iii) the IPO Bonus has already been paid to Executive.
     (b)  Termination for Cause or Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).
     (c)  Termination without Cause or from the Company With Good Reason . If Executive’s employment shall terminate without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) or with Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) , then, subject to Executive signing on or before the 21 st day following Executive’s Date of Termination, and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit B to this Agreement (the “ Release ”), Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), (i) the IPO Bonus, and (ii) an amount equal to Executive’s target Performance Bonus amount in effect for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such year during which Executive was employed prior to termination and the denominator of which is twelve (12). In the event the target Performance Bonus amount changes in the calendar year in which such termination occurs, then the target Performance Bonus amount used in the calculation set forth in the prior sentence shall be a blended target amount based on the number of days the applicable target amount is in effect while Executive is employed by the Company during such calendar year. The IPO Bonus, to the extent payable pursuant to this Section 4(c), and the pro-rated target Performance Bonus amount shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(c), in no event shall Executive be entitled to the IPO Bonus under this Section 4(c) if (i) an IPO has not occurred prior to the Date of Termination, (ii) an IPO has not occurred prior to March 31, 2011 or (iii) the IPO Bonus has already been paid to Executive.
     (d)  Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 3 through 9 and Section 11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.
5. Competition .
     (a) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, enter into a discussion of which the primary purpose and intention of the Executive is to interview for a potential employment or consulting relationship with, or manage or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that competes with the Business (as defined below) of the Company anywhere in the United States. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing shall prohibit Executive from (i) retaining any ownership interest in the Company, or (ii) being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding equity interest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such entity.

6


 

     (b) Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company (i) to terminate its arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change its relationship with the Company. Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, (A) solicit any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company (other than solicitations of the general public that are not directed only towards employees of the Company), (B) employ any such individual during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of six months after such individual terminates his or her employment with the Company or (C) solicit any vendor or business affiliate of the Company to cease to do business with the Company.
     (c) In the event the terms of this Section 5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.
     (d) As used in this Section 5 , (i) the term “ Company ” means the Company and its direct and indirect parents and subsidiaries, (ii) the term “ Business ” shall mean buying, developing and operating data centers and colocation facilities, and any other material lines of business into which the Company may expand during the Term; and (iii) the term “Restriction Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.
     (e) Executive agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, to refrain from disparaging the Company and its affiliates, including any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. The Company agrees, during the Term and following the Date of Termination, that the Company and its officers and directors will refrain from disparaging Executive. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude Executive, the Company or the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives or stockholders from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to otherwise assert its rights under this Agreement or otherwise against each other.
     (f) Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging

7


 

to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.
6. Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information.
     (a) Except in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e) , Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching its confidentiality obligations to the Company (to the extent Executive knows of the breach) For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such information have been published in combination.
     (b) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.
     (c) Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company prompt notice thereof, and shall, as much in advance of the return date as practicable, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist (to the extent reasonably requested by the Company) such

8


 

counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process. Nothing herein shall preclude or restrict Executive from responding to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process in a manner in which Executive determines in her best interests in accordance with privileged and confidential legal advice that Executive obtains separate from the Company and its counsel.
     (d) As used in this Section 6 and Section 7 , the term “ Company ” shall mean the Company, the REIT and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (including an operating partnership of which the REIT is the general partner).
     (e) Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, or (iv) retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations.
7. Inventions.
     All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.
8. Injunctive Relief.
     (a) It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.
     (b) It is recognized and acknowledged by the Company that a breach of the covenant contained in Section 5(e) will cause irreparable damage to Executive, the exact amount of which

9


 

will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, the Company agrees that in the event of a breach of the covenant contained in Section 5(e) , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, Executive will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief.
9. Assignment and Successors.
     The Company shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any party without the prior written consent of Executive, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise) or to any affiliate or related company, including, but not limited to the REIT and any entity in which the REIT holds an interest, in connection with the REIT’s initial public offering, and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates without the prior written consent of Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.
10. Certain Definitions.
     (a)  Affiliate . For purposes of this Agreement, “affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any person or entity, any person or entity that, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.
     (b)  Cause . The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:
     (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s duties as an employee of the Company (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s Disability);
     (ii) Executive’s failure in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement;
     (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement;
     (iv) Executive’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere , or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony;
     (v) Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s) premises or while

10


 

performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; or
     (vi) Executive’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its affiliates; provided that no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act or failure to act, based upon specific authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or a committee thereof or based on the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no Cause will have occurred unless and until the Company has: (a) provided Executive, within 60 days of the Company’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Cause event, written notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Cause; and (b) provided Executive with an opportunity to cure the same within 30 days after the receipt of such notice; provided, however, that Executive shall be provided only one cure opportunity per category of Cause. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s death or Disability shall not constitute “Cause” hereunder.
     (c)  Intentionally Omitted .
     (d)  Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b) , whichever is earlier; (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 1(b) , the expiration of the Term.
     (e)  Disability . “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six-month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or

11


 

delayed. Any refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.
     (f)  Good Reason . “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s express written consent:
     (i) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement;
     (ii) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or Executive’s annual target bonus opportunity, other than as provided in Sections 2(a) and (b), respectively, or a reduction in Base Salary or annual target bonus opportunity of less than 10% that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in base salaries affecting other senior executive officers of the Company;
     (iii) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 20 miles outside of the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area; or
     (iv) a requirement that Executive report to anyone other than the CEO or the Board, except as provided in Section 1(c).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until the Executive has: (a) provided the Company, within 60 days of Executive’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within 30 days after the receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the Company shall be provided only one cure period per category of Good Reason event in any rolling twelve (12) month period. If the Company fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then the termination shall be deemed to occur as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period.
11. Miscellaneous Provisions.
     (a)  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Colorado, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of Colorado or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.
     (b)  Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
     (c)  Notices . Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

12


 

     (i) If to the Company:
1050 17th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
     (ii) If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive.
     or at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.
     (d)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.
     (e)  Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.
     (f)  Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided , however , that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.
     (g)  No Inconsistent Actions . It is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.
     (h)  Construction . This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and

13


 

every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.
     (i)  Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS/Endispute in Denver, Colorado. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS/Endispute Rules of Practice and Procedure, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) the Company and Executive shall work together in good faith to together select one arbitrator; provided that, if the Company and Executive are not able to together select one arbitrator within ten (10) days after using such good faith efforts, one arbitrator shall be chosen by JAMS/Endispute; (b) each party to the arbitration will pay its pro rata share of the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS/Endispute rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys’ fees and expenses; provided that the prevailing party (or substantially prevailing party, as determined by the arbitrator) shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses from the other party, and the expenses and fees of the arbitrator and expenses of the arbitration shall be paid by the unsuccessful party (or substantially unsuccessful party, as determined by the arbitrator). The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties. If JAMS/Endispute no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS/Endispute shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration.
     (j)  Enforcement . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

14


 

     (k)  Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.
     (l)  Section 409A .
     (i) General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. The Executive shall have no right to designate the date of any payment hereunder. If Executive notifies the Company that Executive has received advice of tax counsel with expertise in Section 409A that any provision of this Agreement would cause Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A (with specificity as to the reason therefor) or the Company independently makes such determination, the Company and Executive shall take commercially reasonable efforts to reform such provision to try to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Section 409A, provided that any such modifications shall not materially increase the cost or liability to the Company. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to Executive and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A.
     (ii) Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
12. Employee Acknowledgement.
     Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

15


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
         
  COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas M. Ray    
    Name:   Thomas M. Ray   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
        /s/ Deedee Beckman    
  Deedee Beckman   
[Signature Page to Deedee Beckman Employment Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Details of Initial Equity Award
     The Company agrees to offer Executive participation in an equity incentive program as an additional component to her compensation package, subject to the conditions described herein and such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the 2010 Plan and the Award Agreement (each as defined below). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Employment Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached (the “Employment Agreement”).
     In connection with an expected IPO, the Company expects to adopt a new equity incentive plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Board may from time to time make various incentive equity or equity-based awards to the Company’s employees and other service providers. Subject to the adoption and approval of the Plan, Executive will receive within 60 days after the adoption of the Plan, and subject to Board approval and Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date of the IPO, one or more awards under the 2010 Plan having an aggregate value (as of the date of grant of the Award) equal to $331,729, of which $111,000 shall be provided in the form of stock options (the “Options”) and $220,729 shall be provided in the form of restricted stock (the “Shares” and together with the Options, the “Award”). The Award shall be in addition to any securities Executive shall be entitled to receive in connection with awards of Class B Interests that were previously granted or communicated to her. The number of Shares to be granted will be determined by dividing 220,729 by the IPO price of the stock. The Options will be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant of the Options, which the Company expects will be the IPO price of the stock. The number of Options to be granted will be based on the exercise price of the Options, with each Option to purchase one share of stock being valued at 40% of the exercise price of the Option, such that the number of Options to be granted will be determined as follows: (x) 111,000 divided by the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant of the Options (which the Company expects will be the IPO price of the stock); multiplied by (y) 2.5.
     The terms and conditions applicable to the Award will be set forth in separate agreements governing the Award (the “Award Agreements”), which Award Agreements shall be in the form attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibits C and D. The Award will be subject to vesting conditions as follows: (i) the Options will vest in four equal annual installments following the date of grant; (ii) $74,000 worth of the Shares will vest in four equal annual installments following the date of grant; and (iii) with respect to the remaining $146,729 worth of the Shares, approximately 45% will be fully vested on the date of grant and the remaining portion will vest in three equal annual installments following the date of grant. Nothing in this exhibit or the Award Agreements is or will be a guarantee of employment or future employment and nothing in this exhibit or the Award Agreement does or will affect the ability of the Company to terminate Executive’s employment with or without Cause for any reason at any time.
     The purpose of the Award is to provide Executive with an additional economic stake in the financial performance of the Company and this exhibit is being provided on the assumption that the IPO will occur and that the Plan will be adopted and approved. If, for any reason, the

 


 

IPO does not occur or the Plan is not adopted or approved, Executive will not receive the Award described above.
     The consummation of the IPO and the adoption of the Plan shall be in the sole discretion of CoreSite and its member and managers and nothing in this letter shall require CoreSite or any of its members, managers or affiliates to take any action with respect to the IPO or the Plan or to enter into any transaction.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Release
     This Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between Deedee Beckman (“Employee”) and ____________ (the “Company”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).
   WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of _____________, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”); and
   WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company effective ________, 20__, the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees (as defined below) arising out of Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company.
   NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the IPO Bonus payment described in Section 4(c) of the Employment Agreement, as applicable, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the IPO Bonus described in Section 4(c) of the Employment Agreement, as applicable, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.
     2.  Release of Claims . Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (including the REIT and its affiliated entities), and any of their current and former officers, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”). Except as to the obligations of the Company arising under this Agreement, Employee, on her own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date (as defined in Section 7 below) of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

 


 

          (a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;
          (b) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;
          (c) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
          (d) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution; and
          (e) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination.
          (f) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the nonwithholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and
          (g) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.
Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release (A) claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), (B) claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, (C) claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, (D) claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates, (E) any and all rights of Employee to indemnification, reimbursement and subrogation under applicable law, any contract or agreement, or any articles of formation or incorporation of the Company or any of its affiliates or

 


 

successors, and (F) any rights of Employee under the Company’s or its affiliates’ or successors’ D&O policy(ies).
     3.  Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee understands and acknowledges that she is waiving and releasing any rights she may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that she has been advised by this writing that: (a) she should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) she has 21 days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) she has 7 days following her execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21 day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that she has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.
     4.  Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.
     5.  No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.
     6.  Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.
     7.  Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then Employee has seven days after Employee signs this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by Employee before that date (the “Effective Date”).
     8.  Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that she executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of her claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) she has read this Agreement; (b) she has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) she has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of her own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) she understands the terms and consequences of this

 


 

Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) she is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.
         
     
Dated:
 
   
  Deedee Beckman   
     
 
  [COMPANY]
 
 
Dated:
 
By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Form of Option Agreement
(attached)

 


 

EXHIBIT D
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
(attached)

 

Exhibit 10.9
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      ___, 2010 by and between CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS :
     WHEREAS, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself;
     WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;
     WHEREAS, (i) the charter of the Company (the “ Charter ”) authorize and the Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, (ii) Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Maryland General Corporation Law (“ MGCL ”) and (iii) the indemnification provisions set forth in the Charter, the Bylaws and the MGCL are not exclusive and contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter and Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder, and
     WHEREAS, (i) Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Charter, Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, (ii) Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a director without adequate protection, (iii) the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity, and (iv) Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.
AGREEMENT :
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     Section 1. Definitions. (a) As used in this Agreement:

 


 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.
Change in Control ” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the date hereof of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the date hereof (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the date hereof or (B) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the date hereof or whose election for nomination for election was previously so approved.
Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of (i) the Company or (ii) any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.
Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is is sought by Indemnitee.
Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges (including without limitation) attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone

-2-


 

charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) for purposes of Section 12(e) only, expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise, (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and (iv) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Indemnity Obligations ” shall mean all obligations of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement, including the Company’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.
Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
Liabilities ” means all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable that are actually incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of, or in respect of or relating to any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement in any Proceeding and all costs and expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding. For the purpose hereof, references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan.
Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, governmental agency or body or any other legal entity.
Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative

-3-


 

or investigative nature, in each case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party, witness or otherwise by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any actual or alleged action taken or omission by Indemnitee or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part while acting in Indemnittee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not Indemnitee still has such Corporate Status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.
Sponsor Entities ” means (i) The Carlyle Group and (ii) any be Affiliate of The Carlyle Group, provided , however , that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be considered Sponsor Entities hereunder.
     Section 2. General. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the date hereof. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 2 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the MGCL.
     Section 3. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     Section 4. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 5), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
          (a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable to the Company;
          (b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
          (c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, but then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 7 and Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board or an agreement approved by the Board to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.

-4-


 

     Section 5. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification in the following circumstances:
          (a) if it determines Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
          (b) if it determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.
     Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses and Liabilities incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 6 for all Liabilities and Expenses incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 6 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
     Section 7. Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct for indemnification has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 6 of this Agreement. The affirmation and undertaking shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses

-5-


 

advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 7 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
     Section 8. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses and Liabilities suffered or incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.
     Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.
          (a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. Any delay or failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise under this Agreement, and any delay or failure in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
          (b) In the event Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, Indemnitee may, at Indemnitee’s option, (i) retain counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to defend Indemnitee in such Proceeding, at the sole expense of the Company, or (ii) have the Company assume the defense of Indemnitee in such Proceeding, in which case the Company shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within ten (10) days of the Company’s receipt of written notice of Indemnitee’s election to cause the Company to do so. If the Company is required to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, it shall engage legal counsel for such defense, and the Company shall be solely responsible for all fees and expenses of such legal counsel and otherwise of such defense. Such legal counsel may represent both Indemnitee and the Company (and/or any other party or parties entitled to be indemnified by the Company with respect to such matter) unless, in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel to Indemnitee, there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company (or any other such party or parties) or there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are not available to the Company (or any such other party or parties). Notwithstanding either party’s assumption of responsibility for defense of a Proceeding, each party shall have the right to engage separate counsel at its own expense. The party having responsibility for defense of a Proceeding shall

-6-


 

provide the other party and its counsel with all copies of pleadings and material correspondence relating to the proceeding. Indemnitee and the Company shall reasonably cooperate in the defense of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of whether the Company or Indemnitee assumes the defense thereof. Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company may not settle or compromise any proceeding without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
     Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.
          (a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Directors, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(a). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
          (b) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
          (c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, (i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company within ten (10) days of the Submission Date (the cost of each such counsel to be paid by the Company), (ii) shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and (iii) Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company Indemnitee’s written objection to such selection. Absent a timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is so made by Indemnitee, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn. If no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to before the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for

-7-


 

indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof (the “ Submission Date ”) and (ii) ten (10) days after the final disposition of the Proceeding, each of the Company and Indemnitee shall select a law firm or member of a law firm meeting the qualifications to serve as Independent Counsel, and such law firms or members of law firms shall select the Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
     Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
          (a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
          (b) Subject to Section 12(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 9 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefore, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days, if (i) the determination is to be made by Independent Counsel and Indemnitee objects to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and (ii) the Independent Counsel ultimately selected requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.
          (c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
          (d) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
     Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

-8-


 

          (a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement, the Charter or the Bylaws is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
          (b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.
          (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
          (d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
          (e) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 12, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, if Indemnitee is successful, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
          (f) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the

-9-


 

Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period commencing with the date on which the Company was requested to advance expenses in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement or to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 12(a) above and ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company
     Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Privacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.
          (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Maryland law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Charter, the Bylaws and/or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
          (b) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by the Sponsor Entities. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the Indemnitor of first resort for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Sponsor Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expense incurred by Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses and Liabilities to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Charter or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Sponsor Entities, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Sponsor Entities from any and all claims against the Sponsor Entities for contribution or subrogation in respect of any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Sponsor Parties on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall affect the foregoing and the Sponsor Entities shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company as permitted by this Agreement. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Sponsor Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 16(b).
           (c) [Except as provided in paragraph (b) above, t][T] he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or

-10-


 

payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise. [Include language in bold for directors nominated by Sponsor Entities]
          (d) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
          (e) The indemnification provided for in this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee.
     Section 14. Duration of Agreement; Not Employment Contract. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement). This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director of the Company, by the Charter, the Bylaws and the MGCL.
     Section 15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
     Section 16. Enforcement.

-11-


 

          (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.
          (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
     Section 17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
     Section 18. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:
          (a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
          (b) If to the Company to
CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
Tel: [ ]
Attn: [ ]
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
     Section 19. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the United States District Court For the District of Maryland, Northern Division (the “ Maryland Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Maryland Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Maryland Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Maryland Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

-12-


 

     Section 20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
     Section 21. Third-Party Beneficiaries. The Sponsor Entities are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.
     Section 22. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

-13-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
                     
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION       INDEMNITEE    
 
                   
By:
                   
                 
Name:
          Name:        
 
                   
Office:
          Address:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
             
 
   
 
             
 
   

-14-


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
The Board of Directors of CoreSite Realty Corporation
Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the                   day of                                      , 2010, by and between CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
     Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
     I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [a director] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
     In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this                      day of                                           , 2010.

-15-

Exhibit 10.10
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into as of September [ ], 2010 by and among CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), the Company and CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), have engaged in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”), pursuant to which the Initial Holders have received common units of partnership interests (“ OP Units ”) in the Operating Partnership and have been admitted as limited partners of the Operating Partnership;
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement (as defined below), OP Units will be redeemable for cash or, at the Company’s option, exchangeable for shares of Common Stock of the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein; and
          WHEREAS, in connection with the Formation Transactions, the Company has agreed to grant the Initial Holders and their permitted assignees and transferees the registration rights set forth in Article II hereof.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
          “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “ Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
          “ Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized by law to close.

 


 

          “ Charter ” means the charter of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.
          “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          “ Exchangeable OP Units ” means OP Units that may be redeemable for cash or, at the Company’s option, exchangeable for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of such exchange right as a result of the Ownership Limit Provisions).
          “ Holder ” means any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder (including assignments or transfers of Registrable Securities to such assignees or transferees as a result of the foreclosure on any loans secured by such Registrable Securities) (x) to the extent permitted under the Operating Partnership Agreement or the Charter, as applicable, and (y) provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions hereof, unless such owner, assignee or transferee acquires such Registrable Security in a public distribution pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act where securities sold in such transaction may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.
          “ Initial Period ” means a period commencing on the date hereof and ending 365 days following the effective date of the first Resale Shelf Registration Statement (except that, if the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable OP Units received in the Formation Transactions are not included in that Resale Shelf Registration Statement as a result of Section 2.1(b), the 365 days shall not begin until the later of the effective date of (i) the first Resale Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the first Issuer Shelf Registration Statement).
          “ Issuer Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
          “ Notice and Questionnaire ” means a written notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A , delivered by a Holder to the Company (i) notifying the Company of such Holder’s desire to include Registrable Securities held by it in a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) containing all information about such Holder required to be included in such registration statement in accordance with applicable law, including Item 507 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto, and (iii) pursuant to which such Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.
          “ Ownership Limit Provisions ” mean the various provisions of the Company’s Charter set forth in Article VII thereof restricting the transfer and ownership of Common Stock.
          “ Operating Partnership Agreement ” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, dated as of September [ ], 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

2


 

          “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
          “ Registrable Securities ” means, with respect to any Holder, shares of Common Stock at any time owned, either of record or beneficially, by such Holder and (a) received in the Formation Transactions, (b) acquired by such Holder directly from the Underwriter or the Company in the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock in a transaction disclosed in the registration statement therefor, or (c) issued or issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable OP Units received in the Formation Transactions, and, in the case of (a), (b) and (c), any additional shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend, distribution or exchange for, or in respect of, such shares (including as a result of combinations, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or otherwise). As to any particular Registrable Securities, they shall cease to be Registrable Securities at the earliest time as one of the following shall have occurred: (i) a registration statement (including a Resale Shelf Registration Statement) covering such shares has been declared effective by the Commission and all such shares have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such shares (other than Restricted Shares) were issued pursuant to an effective registration statement (including an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement), (iii) such shares have been publicly sold under Rule 144, (iv) all such shares may be sold in one transaction pursuant to Rule 144, or (v) such shares have been otherwise transferred in a transaction that constitutes a sale thereof under the Securities Act, the Company has delivered to the Holder’s transferee a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such shares not bearing the Securities Act restricted stock legend and such shares subsequently may be resold or otherwise transferred by such transferee without registration under the Securities Act.
          “ Resale Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.
          “ Resale Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.
          “ Restricted Shares ” means shares of Common Stock issued under an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement which if sold by the holder thereof would constitute “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 or would otherwise be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144.
          “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto that may be promulgated by the Commission.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          “ Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Resale Shelf Registration Statement and/or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement.

3


 

          “ Suspension Notice ” means any written notice delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof with respect to the suspension of rights under a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or any prospectus contained therein.
          “ Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.
ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     Section 2.1. Shelf Registration .
               (a) Subject to Section 2.11 hereof, the Company shall prepare and file not later than 365 days after the consummation date of the Company’s initial public offering, a “shelf” registration statement with respect to the resale of all of the Registrable Securities (“ Resale Shelf Registration ”) by the Holders thereof on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Resale Shelf Registration Statement ”) and permitting registration of the resale of such Registrable Securities by such Holders in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders and set forth in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Resale Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, and, subject to Sections 2.1(d) and 2.11 hereof, to keep such Resale Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending when all shares of Common Stock covered by the Resale Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities.
          At the time the Resale Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, each Holder that has delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to the date 10 Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness shall be named as a selling securityholder in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. If required by applicable law, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, after effectiveness of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a supplement to such prospectus or amendment to the Resale Shelf Registration Statement not less frequently than once a quarter as necessary to name as selling securityholders therein any Holders that provide to the Company a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire and shall use reasonable efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to such Resale Shelf Registration Statement filed for such purpose to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof.
               (b) The Company may, at its option, satisfy its obligation to prepare and file a Resale Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable OP Units received in the Formation Transactions by preparing and filing with the Commission not later than 365 days after the consummation date of the Company’s initial public offering, a registration statement on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (an “ Issuer Shelf Registration Statement ”) providing for the

4


 

issuance by the Company, from time to time, to the Holders of such Exchangeable OP Units shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act (the “ Primary Shares ”) in lieu of the Operating Partnership’s obligation to pay cash for such Exchangeable OP Units. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Issuer Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after filing thereof. The Company shall use reasonable efforts, subject to Sections 2.1(d) and 2.11 hereof, to keep the Issuer Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period (the “ Effectiveness Period ”) expiring on the date all of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Issuer Shelf Registration Statement have been issued by the Company pursuant thereto. If the Company shall exercise its rights under this Section 2.1(b), Holders (other than Holders of Restricted Shares and the Initial Holders, including their successors, assigns or transferees) shall have no right to have shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable OP Units included in a Resale Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a).
               (c)  Underwritten Resale Shelf Registration Statement . Any offering under a Resale Shelf Registration Statement shall be underwritten at the written request of Initial Holders or their Affiliates under such registration statement that hold, in the aggregate, at least 5% of all Registrable Securities then outstanding, which underwriters shall be selected by such Holders subject to the Company’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than seven underwritten offerings hereunder; provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an underwritten offering (i) within 120 days following the last date on which an underwritten offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) or if longer, the length of any lock-up required by the underwriters in such prior underwritten offering, (ii) during the period commencing with the date 30 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of ( provided , the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company or (iii) if the anticipated aggregate offering price (as determined in good faith by the Company), net of Registration Expenses, of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such offering would be less than $20 million. Any request for an underwritten offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.
               (d)  Subsequent Filing . The Company shall prepare and file such additional registration statements as necessary every three years and use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared effective by the Commission so that the registration statement remains continuously effective, subject to Section 2.11 hereof, with respect to resales of Registrable Securities as of and for the periods required under Section 2.1(a) or (b) hereof, as applicable, such subsequent registration statements to constitute an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement or a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, hereunder.
               (e)  Selling Holders Become Party to Agreement . Each Holder acknowledges that by participating in its registration rights pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by its terms, notwithstanding such Holder’s failure to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire; provided , that any Holder that has not delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire shall not be entitled to be

5


 

named as a Selling Holder in, or have the Registrable Securities held by it covered by, a Resale Shelf Registration Statement.
     Section 2.2. Reduction of Offering . Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of an offering described in Section 2.1(c) hereof advise in writing to the Company and the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities included in such offering that the size of the intended offering is such that the success of the offering would be significantly adversely affected by inclusion of all the Registrable Securities requested to be included, then the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of Holders shall be reduced pro rata (according to the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion) to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter or Underwriters but in priority to any securities proposed to be sold by the Company for its own account or any other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein.
     Section 2.3. Registration Procedures; Filings; Information . Subject to Section 2.11 hereof, in connection with any Resale Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and, in connection with any Issuer Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1(b) hereof, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the issuance of the Primary Shares as quickly as reasonably practicable. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement:
               (a) The Company will no later than two Business Days , prior to filing a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter furnish to such Selling Holder and Underwriter, if any, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder.
               (b) After the filing of a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.
               (c) The Company will use its reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (where an exemption does not apply) as any Selling Holder or managing Underwriter(s), if any, reasonably (in light of such Selling Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably

6


 

necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided , that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (c), (B) subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction. The Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose.
               (d) The Company will immediately notify each Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the Company’s receipt of any notification of the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities covered by a Resale Shelf Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction; or (ii) the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and promptly make available to each Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities any such supplement or amendment.
               (e) The Company will otherwise use its reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder (or any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission), provided, however , that any such document’s availability on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System database (or any successor thereto) shall satisfy such obligation.
               (f) In the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will enter into and perform its obligations under customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement, if any, in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities (including, to the extent reasonably requested by the lead or managing underwriters, sending appropriate officers of the Company to attend “road shows” scheduled in reasonable number and at reasonable times in connection with any such underwritten offering, and obtaining customary comfort letters and legal opinions) subject to such underwritten offering.
               (g) In the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will make available for inspection by any Selling Holder of Registrable Securities subject to such underwritten offering, any Underwriter participating in any disposition of such Registrable Securities and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Selling Holder or Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent

7


 

corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any inspectors in connection with such registration statement, subject to entry by each such customary confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.
               (h) The Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf Registration Statement or Primary Shares covered by such Issuer Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
               (i) In addition to the Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. No Holder may include Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder has furnished to the Company such information. Each Holder further agrees to furnish as soon as reasonably practicable to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.
               (j) Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(b) or 2.3(d) hereof or upon receipt of a Suspension Notice, such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder’s receipt of written notice from the Company that such disposition may be made and, in the case of clause (ii) of Section 2.3(d) hereof or, if applicable, Section 2.11 hereof, copies of any supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (ii) of Section 2.3(d) hereof or, if applicable, prepared under Section 2.11 hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. Each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will immediately notify the Company at any time when a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of an event as a result of which information previously furnished by such Selling Holder to the Company in writing for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made.
     Section 2.4. Registration Expenses . In connection with any registration statement required to be filed hereunder, the Company shall pay the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the registration hereunder (the “ Registration Expenses ”), regardless of whether such registration statement is declared effective by the Commission: (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky”

8


 

qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) printing expenses, (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities, (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company, including in connection with the preparation of comfort letters, and any transfer agent and registrar fees, and (vii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration. Except as required in this Section 2.4, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders (or the agents who manage their accounts) or any transfer taxes relating to the registration or sale of the Registrable Securities.
     Section 2.5. Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, agents, partners, members, employees, managers, advisors, sub-advisors, attorneys, representatives and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus or free writing prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (in each case, as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or that arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for inclusion therein.
     Section 2.6. Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each Selling Holder agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, representatives and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Selling Holder pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, but only with respect to information relating to such Selling Holder included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus or free writing prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its officers, directors or agents or any such controlling person, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its officers, directors or agents or such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to such Selling Holder, by Section 2.7 hereof; provided , however , that the total obligations of such Selling Holder under this Agreement (including, but not limited to,

9


 

obligations arising under Section 2.8 hereof) will be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Holder (after deducting any discounts and commissions) from the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.
     Section 2.7. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 2.5 or 2.6 hereof, such person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice will not relieve such Indemnifying Party of any obligations under this Section 2.7, except to the extent such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) representation of the Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by (i) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, the Selling Holders which owned a majority of the Registrable Securities sold under the applicable registration statement and (ii) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, the Company. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding without any admission of liability by such Indemnified Party.
     Section 2.8. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.5 or 2.6 hereof is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that otherwise would have been covered by Section 2.5 or 2.6 hereof, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of each Selling Holder, on the other hand, in connection with such statements or omissions which resulted in

10


 

such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party.
          The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.8 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.8, no Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount which in the aggregate exceeds the amount by which the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Holder from the sale of its securities to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Selling Holder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.8, if any, are several in proportion to the proceeds of the offering actually received by such Selling Holder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all the Selling Holders and not joint.
     Section 2.9. Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it will (a) make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are defined in Rule 144, (b) file in a timely manner any reports and documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (c) furnish to any Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time more than 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), and (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, provided , however , that any such document’s availability on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System database (or any successor thereto) shall satisfy such obligation, and (d) take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144.
     Section 2.10. Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in any underwritten offerings hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and these registration rights provided for in this Article II.

11


 

     Section 2.11. Suspension of Use of Registration Statement .
               (a) If the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that the filing of a Resale Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1(a) hereof or the use of any related prospectus would be materially detrimental to the Company because such action would require the disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which would materially impede the Company’s ability to consummate a significant transaction, and that the Company is not otherwise required by applicable securities laws or regulations to disclose, upon written notice of such determination by the Company to the Holders which shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or any Executive Vice President of the Company certifying thereto, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration or to require the Company to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement shall be suspended until the earliest of (i) the date upon which the Company notifies the Holders in writing that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this Section 2.11(a) is no longer necessary and they may resume use of the applicable prospectus, (ii) the date upon which copies of the applicable supplemented or amended prospectus are distributed to the Holders, and (iii) (x) up to 30 consecutive days after the notice to the Holders if that notice is given during the Initial Period or (y) 90 consecutive days after the notice to the Holders if that notice is given after the Initial Period; provided , that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any such right more than two times in any twelve-month period or less than 30 days from the termination of the prior such suspension period; and provided , further , that such exercise shall not prevent the Holders from being entitled to at least 320 days of effective registration with respect to such registration statement during each Initial Period and thereafter 210 days of effective registration with respect to such registration statement in any 365-day period. The Company agrees to give the notice under Section 2.11(a)(i) hereof as promptly as practicable following the date that such suspension of rights is no longer necessary.
               (b) If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date without regard to any extension, or if the consummation of any business combination by the Company has occurred or is probable for purposes of Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any similar successor rule, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or to require the Company to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports or obtained and filed the financial information required by Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X to be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, in a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file the required reports or obtain and file the financial information required to be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, as promptly as commercially practicable, and shall notify the Holders as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.
     Section 2.12. Additional Shares . Subject to Section 2.2 hereof, the Company, at its option, may register under a Shelf Registration Statement and any filings with any state

12


 

securities commissions filed pursuant to this Agreement, any number of unissued shares of Common Stock or any shares of Common Stock owned by any other stockholder or stockholders of the Company; provided , that in no event shall the inclusion of such shares on a registration statement reduce the amount offered for the account of the Holders in any underwritten offering at the request of the Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(c) hereof.
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 3.1. Remedies . In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein and granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Holders shall be entitled to specific performance of the rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     Section 3.2. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, in each case without the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (with Holders of Exchangeable OP Units deemed to be Holders, for purposes of this Section 3.2, of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Exchangeable OP Units would be exchangeable for as of the date on which consent is requested); provided , however , that the effect of any such amendment will be that the consenting Holders will not be treated more favorably than all other Holders (without regard to any differences in effect that such amendment or waiver may have on the Holders due to the differing amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders). No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
     Section 3.3. Notices . All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
     (1) if to any Holder, initially to the address indicated in such Holder’s Notice and Questionnaire or, if no Notice and Questionnaire has been delivered, c/o CoreSite Realty Corporation, 1050 17 th Street, Suite 800, Denver, Colorado 80265, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address and to such other Persons as any Holder may hereafter specify in writing; and
     (2) if to the Company, initially at CoreSite Realty Corporation, 1050 17 th Street, Suite 800, Denver, Colorado 80265, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address as the Company may hereafter specify in writing.
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when received, if deposited in the mail,

13


 

postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
     Section 3.4. Successors and Assigns; Assignment of Registration Rights . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties. Any Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Company in connection with a transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities; provided , that the Holder notifies the Company of such proposed transfer and assignment and the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.
     Section 3.5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.
     Section 3.6. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of New York, including, without limitation, Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.
     Section 3.7. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
     Section 3.8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
     Section 3.9. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     Section 3.10. Termination . The obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate with respect to a Holder when it no longer holds Registrable Securities and with respect to the Company upon the end of the Effectiveness Period with respect to any Issuer Shelf Registration Statement and with respect to Resale Shelf Registration Statement when there are no longer Registrable Securities with respect to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, except, in each case, for any obligations under Sections 2.1(d), 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8 and Article III hereof.
     Section 3.11. Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto (including any Initial Holder and any subsequent Holder) irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury.

14


 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

15


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
             
    CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
    HOLDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO
 
           
    [                                           ]
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
    As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the
Holders named on Schedule I hereto

16


 

SCHEDULE I

 


 

EXHIBIT A
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
FORM OF NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE
          The undersigned beneficial holder of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of CoreSite Realty Corporation (the “Company”) and/or units of limited partnership interests (“OP Units” and, together with the Common Stock, the “Registrable Securities”) of CoreSite, L.P. (the “Operating Partnership”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) one or more registration statements (collectively, the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), dated [___], 2010, among the Company and the holders listed on Schedule I thereto. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, a beneficial owner of Registrable Securities generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus, deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities and be bound by those provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such beneficial owner (including certain indemnification provisions as described below). To be included in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice and Questionnaire must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company at the address set forth herein on or prior to the tenth business day before the effectiveness of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. We will give notice of the filing and effectiveness of the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement by issuing a press release and by mailing a notice to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of the registrar.
          Beneficial owners that do not complete this Notice and Questionnaire and deliver it to the Company as provided below will not be named as selling security holders in the prospectus and therefore will not be permitted to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. Beneficial owners are encouraged to complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire prior to the effectiveness of the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement so that such beneficial owners may be named as selling security holders in the related prospectus at the time of effectiveness. Upon receipt of a completed Notice and Questionnaire from a beneficial owner following the effectiveness of the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement, in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file such amendments to the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement or additional shelf registration statements or supplements to the related prospectus as are necessary to permit such holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities.

 


 

          Certain legal consequences arise from being named as selling security holders in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.
NOTICE
          The undersigned beneficial owner (the “Selling Security Holder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the prospectus forming a part of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3 (unless otherwise specified under Item 3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.
          Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against certain losses arising in connection with statements concerning the undersigned made in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus in reliance upon the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
          The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants to the Company that such information is accurate and complete:
QUESTIONNAIRE
         
1.
  (a)   Full Legal Name of Selling Security Holder:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (b)   Full Legal Name of registered holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (c)   Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (c)   List below the individual or individuals who exercise voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
 
       
 
       

 


 

         
2.   Address for Notices to Selling Security Holder:
 
       
     
 
       
     
 
       
    Telephone:
   
 
 
       
    Fax:
   
 
 
       
    E-mail address:
   
 
 
       
    Contact Person:
   
 
 
       
3.   Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities:
 
       
    Type of Registrable Securities beneficially owned, and number of shares of Common Stock and/or OP Units, as the case may be, beneficially owned:
 
       
     
 
       
4.   Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Security Holder:
 
       
    Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company, other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3).
 
       
    Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Security Holder:
 
       
     
 
       
5.   Relationship with the Company
 
       
    Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
 
       
    State any exceptions here:
 
       
     
 
       
     
 
       
6.   Plan of Distribution
 
       
    Except as set forth below, the undersigned (including its donees or pledgees) intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) pursuant to the Resale Shelf

 


 

         
    Registration Statement only as follows and will not be offering any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into with a broker or dealer prior to the effective date of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned or, alternatively, through underwriters or broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the Selling Security Holder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions)
 
       
 
  (i)   on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;
 
       
 
  (ii)   in the over-the-counter market;
 
       
 
  (iii)   in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market; or
 
       
 
  (iv)   through the writing of options.
 
       
    In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the undersigned may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
 
       
    State any exceptions here:
 
       
     
 
       
     
Note:   In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
          The undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M thereunder (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the

 


 

Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned agrees that neither it nor any person acting on its behalf will engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions.
          The Selling Security Holder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless certain persons set forth therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed under certain circumstances to indemnify the Selling Security Holders against certain liabilities.
          In accordance with the undersigned’s obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Resale Shelf Registration Statement remains effective. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing at the address set forth below.
          In the event that the undersigned transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item 3 above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the undersigned agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.
          By signing this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.
          Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Security Holder and received by the Company, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire and the representations and warranties contained herein shall be binding on, shall insure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Company and the Selling Security Holder with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Security Holder and listed in Item 3 above.
          This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
         
  Beneficial Owner
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated:

 


 

Please return the completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to:
CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
Denver, Colorado 80265
Tel: (303) 405-5500
Fax: (303) 405-1011
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 10.11
TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
          This TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [ ], 2010, by and among CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”), CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), and each Protected Partner identified as a signatory on Schedule A, as amended from time to time.
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, the Operating Partnership desires to indirectly acquire a portfolio of data centers and certain other properties currently owned or leased, directly or indirectly, by the Protected Partners (collectively, the “ Initial Properties ”);
          WHEREAS, the REIT, the Protected Partners and their affiliates intend to enter into a series of transactions to create a new organizational structure (the “ Restructuring Transactions ”);
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, the Operating Partnership will acquire, directly or indirectly, from the Protected Partners interests in certain limited liability companies and limited partnerships which currently own the Initial Properties, in exchange for OP Units (as defined below);
          WHEREAS, the REIT intends to complete an initial public offering of its common stock immediately following the Restructuring Transactions;
          WHEREAS, following the initial public offering of the REIT’s stock, the REIT will operate as a self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code (as defined below); and
          WHEREAS, as a condition to engaging in the Restructuring Transactions with respect to each Protected Property (as defined below), and as an inducement to do so, the parties hereto are entering into this Agreement;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS
          For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall apply:
          Section 1.1 “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
          Section 1.2 “ Cash Realization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

 


 

          Section 1.3 “ Closing Date ” means the closing date of the initial public offering of the REIT’s common stock.
          Section 1.4 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          Section 1.5 “ Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.
          Section 1.6 “ Fundamental Transaction ” means a merger, consolidation or other combination of the Operating Partnership with or into any other entity, any reclassification, recapitalization or change of the outstanding equity interests of the Operating Partnership, or a conversion of the Operating Partnership into another form of entity.
          Section 1.7 “ Initial Properties ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          Section 1.8 “ Make Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Protected Partner, (i) an amount equal to the product of (x) the income and gain recognized by such Protected Partner under Section 704(c) of the Code and “reverse Section 704(c) gain” allocated to the Protected Partner pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 1.704-3(a)(6) as a result of an adjustment to the book value of the assets of the Operating Partnership immediately prior to the Restructuring Transactions from the book value of such assets held by any partnership that the Operating Partnership is treated as a continuation of pursuant to Section 708 of the Code, in each case as a result of a Tax Protection Period Transfer (taking into account any adjustments under Section 743 of the Code to which such Protected Partner is entitled) multiplied by (y) the Protected Partner Tax Rate minus (ii) in the case of any Tax Protection Period Transfer that is a Fundamental Transaction, the cash, if any, received by such Protected Partner as a result of the Tax Protection Period Transfer. For purposes of calculating the amount of Section 704(c) gain that is allocated to a Protected Partner, (i) subject to clause (ii) below, any additional “reverse Section 704(c) gain” allocated to such partner pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 1.704-3(a)(6) after the date of the Restructuring Transactions shall not be taken into account, and (ii) if, as a result of adjustments to the Gross Asset Value (as defined in the OP Agreement) of the Protected Properties pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value as set forth in the OP Agreement, all or a portion of the gain recognized by the Operating Partnership that would have been Section 704(c) gain or “reverse Section 704(c) gain” described in the first sentence of this definition without regard to such adjustments becomes or is treated as “reverse Section 704(c) gain” or Section 704(b) gain under Section 704 of the Code, then such gain shall continue to be taken into account for purpose of calculating the Make Whole Amount; provided that the total amount of 704(c) gain and income taken into account for purpose of calculating the Make Whole Amount shall not exceed the initial Section 704(c) gain and “reverse Section 704(c) gain” amount as of the Closing Date (whether or not equal to the estimated amount set forth on Exhibit B ).
          Section 1.9 “ OP Agreement ” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of CoreSite, L.P., as amended from time to time.
          Section 1.10 “ OP Units ” means limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership or any security for which OP Units are exchanged or converted.
          Section 1.11 “ Operating Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 


 

          Section 1.12 “ Protected Partner ” means: (i) each signatory on Schedule A attached hereto, as amended from time to time; and (ii) any person who holds OP Units and who acquired such OP Units from another Protected Partner in a transaction in which such person’s adjusted basis in such OP Units, as determined for Federal income tax purposes, is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of the other Protected Partner in such OP Units.
          Section 1.13 “ Protected Partner Tax Rate ” means the highest combined statutory Federal, state and local tax rate applicable to an individual or corporation (whichever is higher) resident in New York City, taking into account the character of the income and gain giving rise to the loan under Section 2.2 (reduced, in the case of Federal taxes, by the deduction allowed for income taxes paid to a state or locality), for the taxable year in which the event that gave rise to such loan under Section 2.2 occurred.
          Section 1.14 “ Protected Property ” mean each of the Initial Properties which are identified on Exhibit A hereto and each property acquired in Exchange for a Protected Property as set forth in Section 2.1(b) .
          Section 1.15 “ REIT ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
          Section 1.16 “ Restructuring Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          Section 1.17 “ Tax Protection Period ” means, with respect to each Protected Partner, the period of time beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier to occur of: (a) the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) the date on which 90% of the OP Units originally received by such Protected Partner in the Restructuring Transactions have been sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by such Protected Partner in one or more taxable transactions where the aggregate amount of cash received in such transactions exceeds the hypothetical tax incurred as a result of such transactions, using the Protected Partner Tax Rate to calculate such tax..
          Section 1.18 “ Tax Protection Period Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
          Section 1.19 “ Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary.
          Section 1.20 “ Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations under the Code, whether such regulations are in proposed, temporary or final form, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
ARTICLE II
TAX PROTECTIONS
     Section 2.1 Taxable Transfers .

3


 

          (a) If at any time during the Tax Protection Period, the Operating Partnership or any entity in which the Operating Partnership holds a direct or indirect interest consummates a transaction or series of related transactions that constitutes (i) a Transfer of all or any portion of a Protected Property (including any interest therein or in an entity owning, directly or indirectly, all or a portion of the Protected Property) in a transaction that would result in the recognition of taxable income or gain by any Protected Partner, or (ii) a Fundamental Transaction that would result in the recognition of taxable income or gain to any Protected Partner (such a Fundamental Transaction or Transfer, a “ Tax Protection Period Transfer ”) then the Operating Partnership shall loan, without interest, each Protected Partner its Make Whole Amount as set forth in Section 2.2 .
          (b) Section 2.1(a) shall not apply to any Tax Protection Period Transfer of a Protected Property (including any interest therein or in the entity owning, directly or indirectly, the Protected Property) in a transaction in which no gain is required to be recognized by a Protected Partner (an “ Exchange ”), including a transaction qualifying under Section 1031 or Section 721 (or any successor statutes) of the Code; provided , however , that any property acquired by the Operating Partnership in the Exchange shall remain subject to the provisions of this Article II in place of the exchanged Protected Property for the remainder of the Tax Protection Period
     Section 2.2 Loans . In the event of a Tax Protection Period Transfer described in Section 2.1(a) , each Protected Partner shall, within 30 days after the closing of such Tax Protection Period Transfer, receive from the Operating Partnership an interest-free cash loan in an amount equal to the estimated Make Whole Amount applicable to such Tax Protection Period Transfer. If it is later determined that the true Make Whole Amount applicable to a Protected Partner exceeds the estimated Make Whole Amount applicable to such Protected Partner, then the Operating Partnership shall make a further interest-free cash loan of such excess to such Protected Partner within 90 days after the closing of the Tax Protection Period Transfer, and if such estimated Make Whole Amount exceeds the true Make Whole Amount, then such Protected Partner shall promptly repay such excess to the Operating Partnership without interest, but only to the extent loan proceeds representing such excess were actually received by such Protected Partner. Loans made by the Operating Partnership under this Section 2.2 shall not bear any interest and shall be non-recourse to the assets of the Protected Partner other than the OP Units held by such Protected Partner and the proceeds thereof. All loans made under this Section 2.2 shall become due and payable, and each Protected Partner shall repay to the Operating Partnership in cash such loans outstanding to such Protected Partner, on the date that is fifteen (15) years following the date such loan is made; provided, however , on or before the date that is ten (10) days following any distribution of cash from the Operating Partnership to a Protected Partner or any sale by the Protected Partner of its OP Units for cash or any sale of shares of stock of the REIT into which such OP Units are converted or for which they are exchanged for cash (each such transaction a “ Cash Realization Event ”), if the cash received by such Protected Partner in such Cash Realization Event exceeds the hypothetical tax owed (using the Protected Partner Tax Rate to calculate such tax) by such Protected Partner that is allocated to, or is projected to be allocated to, such Protected Partner or otherwise realized since the date of the last Cash Realization Event through the end of the then current taxable year as a result of holding the OP units on which the distribution is made or which are converted to, or exchanged for, REIT stock and the REIT stock received therefor, including, without limitation the tax owed, if any, as a result of the Cash Realization Event, then such Protected Partner shall be obligated to make a

4


 

mandatory prepayment of any loans to such Protected Partner under this Section 2.2 then outstanding equal to the amount of such excess.
     Section 2.3 Section 704(c) Gains . A good faith estimate of the initial amount of Section 704(c) gain and “reverse Section 704(c) gain” allocable to each Protected Partner as of the Closing Date is set forth on Exhibit B hereto. The parties acknowledge that the initial amount of such gain may be adjusted over time as required by Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
     Section 2.4 Dispute Resolution . Any controversy, dispute or claim of any nature arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance, enforcement or breach of this Agreement shall be governed by Section [ ] of the OP Agreement.
ARTICLE III
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 3.1 Notices . All notices, demands, declarations, consents, directions, approvals, instructions, requests and other communications required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in the same manner as in the OP Agreement.
     Section 3.2 Titles and Captions . All Article or Section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.
     Section 3.3 Pronouns and Plurals . Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.
     Section 3.4 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
     Section 3.5 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
     Section 3.6 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
     Section 3.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all of the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

5


 

Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.
     Section 3.8 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
     Section 3.9 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality or enforceability of other remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
     Section 3.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and amends, restates and supersedes the OP Agreement and any other prior written or oral understandings or agreements among them with respect thereto.
     Section 3.11 No Rights as Shareholders . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the holders of the OP Units any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the REIT, including, without limitation, any right to receive dividends or other distributions made to shareholders of the REIT or to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of any meeting of shareholders for the election of directors of the REIT or any other matter.
[ Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally ]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
                     
    REIT:
 
                   
    CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION,
a Maryland corporation
   
 
                   
 
  By:                
             
 
      Name:            
                 
 
      Title:            
                 
 
                   
    OPERATING PARTNERSHIP:    
 
                   
    CoreSite, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
 
                   
    By:   CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION,
a Maryland corporation,
its general partner
   
 
                   
 
      By:            
                 
 
          Name:        
 
                   
 
          Title :        
 
                   
Signature Page to Tax Protection Agreement


 

SCHEDULE A
SIGNATORIES
Schedule A-1

 


 

EXHIBIT A
PROTECTED PROPERTIES
     
Property Name   Property Address
55 Market Post Tower
  55 South Market Street, San Jose, California
 
   
CoreSite 900 N. Alameda
  900 North Alameda, Los Angeles, California
 
   
427 LaSalle
  427 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois
 
   
70 Inner Belt
  70 Inner Belt Road, Somerville, Massachusetts
 
   
12100 Sunrise Valley Drive
  12100 Sunrise Valley Drive, Reston, Virginia
 
   
Coronado Stender Business Park
  [Street Address], Santa Clara, California
 
   
2901 Coronado
  2901 Coronado Drive, Santa Clara, California
 
   
1656 McCarthy
  1656 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California
 
   
2115 NW 22nd Street
  2115 NW 22nd Street, Miami, Florida
 
   
One Wilshire
  624 South Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, California
 
   
32 Avenue of the Americas
  32 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York
 
   
1275 K Street
  1275 K Street, NW, Washington, D.C.
Exhibit A-1

 


 

EXHIBIT B
ESTIMATED ALLOCATIONS OF SECTION 704(c) GAIN
Exhibit B-1

 

Exhibit 10.12
 
 
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
by and among
CoreSite Realty Corporation
CoreSite, L.P.
and
the parties listed as “Contributors” on Exhibit A hereto
Dated as of _________, 2010
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
ARTICLE 1. CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS AND EXCHANGE FOR PARTNERSHIP UNITS
    2  
Section 1.1 Contribution of Partnership Interests
    2  
Section 1.2 Existing Loans and Letters of Credit
    2  
Section 1.3 Consideration and Exchange of Equity
    3  
Section 1.4 Purchase of OP Units by the Company
    4  
Section 1.5 Tax Treatment
    4  
Section 1.6 Term of Agreement
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE 2. CLOSING
    4  
Section 2.1 Conditions Precedent
    4  
Section 2.2 Time and Place; Pre-Closing, Closing and IPO Closing
    6  
Section 2.3 Pre-Closing Deliveries
    6  
Section 2.4 IPO Closing Deliveries
    7  
Section 2.5 Closing Costs
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES
    8  
Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Operating Partnership
    8  
Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Company
    9  
Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of the Contributors
    11  
Section 3.4 Indemnification
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS
    11  
Section 4.1 Covenants of the Contributors
    11  
Section 4.2 Tax Covenants
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE 5. WAIVERS AND CONSENTS
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
    13  
Section 6.1 Further Assurances
    13  
Section 6.2 Counterparts
    13  
Section 6.3 Governing Law
    13  
Section 6.4 Amendment; Waiver
    13  
Section 6.5 Entire Agreement
    13  
Section 6.6 Assignability
    13  
Section 6.7 Titles
    14  
Section 6.8 Third Party Beneficiary
    14  
Section 6.9 Severability
    14  
Section 6.10 Notices
    14  
Section 6.11 Reliance
    14  
Section 6.12 Equitable Remedies; Limitation on Damages
    15  
Section 6.13 Several Liability
    15  

i


 

EXHIBIT LIST
         
        SECTION FIRST
EXHIBITS       REFERENCED
A  
Contributors’ Properties, Partnerships and Allocable Share
  Preamble
B  
Form of Contribution and Assumption Agreement
  1.1
C  
Representations, Warranties and Indemnities of Contributor
  Recital E
D  
OP Unit Consideration
  1.3
E  
Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  2.4(a)
F  
Form of Lock-up Agreement
  2.4(b)
G  
Form of Pledge Agreement
  Exhibit C
H  
Form of Tax Protection Agreement
  2.3(b)
   
 
   
SCHEDULES    
1.2  
Existing Loans
  1.2
1.2(c)  
Letters of Credit
  1.2(c)
   
 
   
APPENDICES    
A  
Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement
  Exhibit C
B  
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
  Exhibit C
C  
Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership
  Recital D

ii


 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
     THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (including all exhibits, hereinafter referred to as this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of ___, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), CoreSite Realty Corporation Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each referred to herein as a “ Contributor ,” and collectively as the “ Contributors .”)
RECITALS
     A. The Operating Partnership desires to consolidate the ownership of a portfolio of properties set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Properties ”) through a series of transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) whereby the Operating Partnership will acquire the interests in certain limited partnerships and limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit A (such limited partnerships and limited liability companies, each a “ Partnership ” and collectively, the “ Partnerships ”), which currently own, lease and/or manage, directly or indirectly, the Properties.
     B. The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of the common stock (“ Common Stock ”) of the Company, which will operate as a self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust (“ REIT ”) within the meaning of Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and which is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.
     C. Each Contributor owns interests in the Partnerships set forth opposite such Contributor’s name on Exhibit A , which Partnerships own or hold, directly or indirectly, fee or leasehold interests in the properties set forth on Exhibit A . As used herein, “ Partnership Agreement ” means the respective partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, under which each Partnership was formed (including all amendments or restatements).
     D. Each Contributor desires to, and the Operating Partnership desires such Contributor to, contribute to the Operating Partnership all of such Contributor’s right, title and interest, free and clear of all Liens (as defined in Exhibit C ), as a partner or member in each of the Partnerships set forth opposite such Contributor’s name on Exhibit A , including, without limitation, all of such Contributor’s voting rights and interests in the capital, profits and losses of such Partnerships or any property distributable therefrom, constituting all of its interests in and to such Partnerships (such right, title and interest in and to the Partnerships are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Partnership Interests ”), in exchange for common units in the Operating Partnership representing a fractional, undivided share of the limited partnership interests therein (“ OP Units ”) having the rights, preferences and privileges that are set forth in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership attached as Appendix C hereto.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the mutual undertakings set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1


 

TERMS OF AGREEMENT
ARTICLE 1.

CONTRIBUTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
AND EXCHANGE FOR PARTNERSHIP UNITS
     Section 1.1 Contribution of Partnership Interests . At the Closing (as defined in Section 2.2 below) and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, each Contributor shall contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Operating Partnership, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens that will be released upon consummation of the Public Offering and the other related debt financing transactions contemplated thereby), all of such Contributor’s right, title and interest to the Partnership Interests held by such Contributor. The contribution and assumption of each Contributor’s Partnership Interests shall be evidenced by a Contribution and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Contribution and Assumption Agreement ”). The parties shall take such additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be required by each relevant Partnership Agreement and the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, the contemplated form of which is attached as Appendix C (the “ OP Agreement ”) in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby. Additionally, the Contributors, the Operating Partnership and the Company agree that, from and after the Closing, the Contributors shall no longer be members or limited partners or, if applicable, a managing member or general partner of any Partnership, and after the Closing shall have no obligations or responsibilities as a member, limited partner, managing member or general partner, as applicable, under any Partnership Agreement.
     Section 1.2 Existing Loans and Letters of Credit .
          (a) Certain Properties are encumbered with certain financings as described on Schedule 1.2 (each an “ Existing Loan ” and collectively the “ Existing Loans ”). Such notes, deeds of trust and all other documents or instruments evidencing or securing such Existing Loans, including any financing statements, guarantees, and any amendments, modifications and assignments of the foregoing, shall be referred to, collectively, as the “ Existing Loan Documents .” Each Existing Loan shall be considered a “ Permitted Encumbrance ” for purposes of this Agreement. With respect to each Existing Loan that is designated on Schedule 1.2 as an “ Assumed Loan ”, each shall remain outstanding following the closing (subject to obtaining prior to the Closing, any necessary consents from the holder of each mortgage or deed of trust related to such Assumed Loan (in each case a “ Lender ” and collectively the “ Lenders ”)) ; provided, however , that the Operating Partnership may nonetheless, in its sole discretion, cause any Assumed Loan to be refinanced or repaid after the Closing. With respect to each Existing Loan that is designated on Schedule 1.2 as a “ Refinanced Loan ”, the Operating Partnership shall cause such Refinanced Loan to be refinanced or repaid in connection with the Closing. In addition, at or before the Closing, the Contributors shall have caused each Lender related to the Assumed Loans to have released the Contributors and each of their affiliates (other than the Partnerships or their subsidiaries) from any liability in respect of obligations first arising on or after the Closing Date pursuant to any recourse obligations, guarantees, indemnification agreements, letters of credit posted as security or other similar obligations under the respective Existing Loan Documents. From and after the Closing and until such time as each Existing Loan has been refinanced or repaid in full, or each Lender has otherwise agreed in writing to release the Contributors and each of their affiliates (other than the Partnerships or their subsidiaries) from any further liability in respect of obligations pursuant to any recourse obligations, guarantees, indemnification agreements, letters of credit posted as security or other similar obligations under the Existing Loan Documents, the Operating Partnership shall indemnify the Contributors, and each of their affiliates (other than the Partnerships or their subsidiaries) in respect of any such further liabilities that have not been so released.

2


 

          (b) In connection with the assumption of each Assumed Loan at the Closing or refinancing or payoff of each Refinanced Loan at or after the Closing, as applicable, the Operating Partnership shall bear and be responsible for any assumption fee or prepayment premium assessed by the applicable Lender and associated with such assumption, refinancing or payoff prior to maturity, as applicable, and any other reasonable fee, charge, legal fees, cost or expense incurred by or on behalf of any Contributor in connection therewith (collectively, “ Existing Loan Fees ”), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Contributor from and against any liability under the Existing Loans arising from and after the Closing (including by reason of the failure to have obtained any necessary consents from each applicable Lender prior to Closing) and any Existing Loan Fees. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Operating Partnership from reducing or increasing the indebtedness secured by the Partnership Interests below or above the amount outstanding on the Existing Loans in connection with any refinancing which may occur concurrently with, or after, Closing. The Contributors acknowledge that they shall each be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts (at no cost or expense to the Contributors) along with the Operating Partnership in seeking to obtain approval of the assumption of an Existing Loan or in beginning the process for any refinancing or payoff of an Existing Loan (such as, without limitation, requesting a payoff statement from the holder(s) of such Existing Loan), as applicable.
          (c) Attached as Schedule 1.2(c) is a list of certain letters of credit that were issued under facilities established by an affiliate of one or more of the Contributors. Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the related debt financing transactions, the Operating Partnership shall take such actions as are necessary to replace such letters of credit with letters of credit issued under a facility establish by the Operating Partnership. In the event that the beneficiary of any of the letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.2(c) has not released such letter of credit as of the date of the Public Offering (each, an “ Unreleased LC ”), the Operating Partnership shall deliver to the Contributor whose affiliate established the facility under which such Unreleased LC was distributed a “backstop” letter of credit in the same amount and having the same term as the Unreleased LC (including any applicable “evergreen” provision), which backstop letter of credit may be drawn upon in the event that the Unreleased LC is drawn upon for any reason after the Closing. The Operating Partnership shall continue following the closing to use reasonable efforts to replace the Unreleased LC and upon the release and return of such Unreleased LC, the applicable Contributor shall return the related backstop LC.
     Section 1.3 Consideration and Exchange of Equity . The Operating Partnership shall, in exchange for the Partnership Interests, transfer to the Contributors the total number of OP Units set forth in Exhibit D (the “ OP Unit Consideration ”). The parties acknowledge that the transfer of OP Units to each Contributor shall be evidenced by either an amendment to the OP Agreement (“ Amendment ”) or by certificates relating to such OP Units

3


 

(“ OP Unit Certificates ”), as determined by the Operating Partnership. The parties shall take such additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be required by the relevant Partnership Agreements, the OP Agreement and/or the organizational documents of the Company in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 1.4 Purchase of OP Units by the Company .
          (a) Immediately following the IPO Closing (as defined in Section 2.2 below), the Company shall purchase from each Contributor, and each Contributor shall sell and transfer to the Company, free and clear of all liens, all of such Contributor’s right, title and interest to the number of OP Units set forth in the appropriate column next to such Contributor’s name on Exhibit D for an aggregate price equal to the product of (x) the number of OP Units sold by such Contributor to the Company pursuant to this Section 1.4(a) multiplied by (y) the initial offering price per share of Common Stock in the Public Offering (net of any underwriting discount).
          (b) In the event that the underwriters of the Public Offering exercise their overallotment option at any time following or contemporaneous with the consummation of the Public Offering in accordance with the terms specified in that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated as of September [___], 2010, executed by and between the Company and the underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”), immediately following the consummation of the sale of the shares of Common Stock contemplated by such overallotment option, the Company shall purchase from each Contributor, and each Contributor shall sell and transfer to the Company, free and clear of all liens, all of such Contributor’s right, title and interest to the number of OP Units set forth in the appropriate column next to such Contributor’s name on Exhibit D for an aggregate price equal to the product of (x) the number of OP Units sold by such Contributor to the Company pursuant to this Section 1.4(b) multiplied by (y) the initial offering price per share of Common Stock in the Public Offering (net of any underwriting discount).
     Section 1.5 Tax Treatment .
          (a) Any transfer, assignment and exchange by a Contributor effectuated pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a “Capital Contribution” by the applicable Contributor to the Operating Partnership pursuant to Article [4] of the OP Agreement and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the Code.
          (b) The Contributors and the Operating Partnership agree to the tax treatment described in this Section 1.5, and the Operating Partnership and the Contributors shall file their respective tax returns consistent with the above-described transaction structures.
     Section 1.6 Term of Agreement . If the Closing does not occur by September 30, 2010 (the “ Termination Date ”), this Agreement shall be deemed terminated and shall be of no further force and effect and no party hereto shall have any further obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE 2.
CLOSING
     Section 2.1 Conditions Precedent .
          (a) The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following conditions (it being understood that, without limiting any covenants or obligations expressed elsewhere in this Agreement, the provisions of this

4


 

Section 2.1(a) shall only be conditions to Closing and shall not independently create any additional covenants or representations and warranties on the part of any Contributor):
               (i) The representations and warranties of each Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or “ Material Adverse Effect ” (which, as used herein, means a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition or results of operation of the Operating Partnership taken as a whole (on a pro forma basis assuming the consummation of the transactions contemplate hereby) or, if applicable, the applicable party hereto), which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all respects) on the date such representations and warranties were made and shall be true and correct in the manner described above on the Pre-Closing Date (as defined in Section 2.2. below) as if made at and as of such date;
               (ii) The obligations of each Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or before the Pre-Closing Date and no such Contributor shall have breached any of such Contributor’s covenants contained herein in any material respect;
               (iii) Each Contributor shall have executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 hereof;
               (iv) The Contributors shall have delivered to the Operating Partnership any consents or approvals of any Governmental Entity (as defined in Exhibit C ) or third parties (including, without limitation, any Lenders and lessors) set forth on Schedule 2.3 to the Disclosure Schedule (as defined in Section 3.3 below);
               (v) No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened;
               (vi) The Company’s registration statement on Form S-11 to be filed after the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) shall have become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order; and
               (vii) The IPO Closing (as defined in Section 2.2 below) shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the IPO Closing).
     Any or all of the foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership in its sole and absolute discretion.
          (b) The obligations of the Contributors to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following conditions (it being understood that, without limiting any covenants or obligations expressed elsewhere in this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 2.1(b) shall only be conditions to Closing and shall not independently create any additional covenants or representations and warranties of the Operating Partnership):
               (i) The representations and warranties of each of the Operating Partnership and the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects

5


 

(except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all respects) on the date such representations and warranties were made and shall be true and correct on the Pre-Closing Date as if made at and as of such date;
               (ii) The obligations of each of the Operating Partnership and the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or before the Pre-Closing Date and neither the Operating Partnership nor the Company shall have breached any of their respective covenants contained herein in any material respect;
               (iii) The Company and the Operating Partnership shall each have executed and delivered to the Contributors the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 hereof;
               (iv) No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened;
               (v) The Company’s registration statement on Form S-11 to be filed after the date hereof with the SEC shall have become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order; and
               (vi) The IPO Closing shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the IPO Closing).
     Section 2.2 Time and Place; Pre-Closing, Closing and IPO Closing . The date, time and place of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder (the “ Closing ” or “ Closing Date ”) shall occur concurrently with (or prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of) the IPO Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pre-Closing (as defined below) shall take place on the date that the Operating Partnership designates after fulfillment of all of the conditions under Section 2.1, other than the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1(a)(vii) and 2.1(b)(vi) (collectively, the “ Pre-Closing Conditions ”), with two (2) days prior written notice to the Contributors, at 10:00 a.m. in the office of Latham & Watkins LLP, 555 11 th Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004 (the “ Pre-Closing Date ”). On the Pre-Closing Date, each of the Operating Partnership, the Company and the Contributors shall acknowledge and agree that all of the Pre-Closing Conditions have been satisfied and waive any rights with respect to such conditions. The date, time and place of the consummation of the Public Offering, which shall occur concurrently with or immediately following the Closing, shall be referred to herein as the “ IPO Closing .”
     Section 2.3 Pre-Closing Deliveries . On the Pre-Closing Date, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver into escrow with Latham & Watkins LLP the legal documents and other items (collectively the “ Closing Documents ”) to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible that are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith. Such execution, acknowledgment and delivery into escrow of the Closing Documents shall be referred to herein as the “ Pre-Closing .” The Closing Documents and other items to be delivered into escrow at the Pre-Closing shall include, without limitation, the following:

6


 

          (a) The Contribution and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ;
          (b) A tax protection agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H ;
          (c) The OP Agreement in the form attached hereto as Appendix C ;
          (d) The Amendment, OP Unit Certificates and/or other evidence of the transfer of OP Units to the Contributors and the subsequent transfer by each such Contributor of the OP Units to be sold by such Contributor to the Company as provided by Section 1.3;
          (e) An affidavit from each Contributor stating, under penalty of perjury, the Contributor’s United States Taxpayer Identification Number and that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to Section 1445(b)(2) of the Code;
          (f) An IRS Form W-9 from each Contributor;
          (g) Any other documents that are in the possession of any Contributor or their affiliates which are reasonably necessary or desirable to assign, transfer, convey, contribute and deliver each Contributor’s Partnership Interests free and clear of all Liens and effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby;
          (h) The Operating Partnership and the Company, on the one hand, and each Contributor, on the other hand, shall provide to the other a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of each of their respective representations and warranties herein and in this Agreement as of such date (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall be certified as being accurate in all respects); and
          (i) All documents reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the assumption or prepayment of an Existing Loan at or prior to Closing, duly executed by the applicable party.
     Additionally, on the Pre-Closing Date, the parties shall execute and deliver to Latham & Watkins LLP binding escrow instructions, in a form reasonably approved by all parties, acknowledging that all Pre-Closing Conditions have been met or waived and instructing Latham & Watkins LLP to hold the Closing Documents in escrow until the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1(a)(vii) and 2.1(b)(vi) have occurred.
     Section 2.4 IPO Closing Deliveries . At the IPO Closing, (i) the Closing Documents shall be released from escrow and delivered to the applicable parties, and the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred (if such Closing has not otherwise occurred immediately prior thereto), and (ii) the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, the legal documents and other items (collectively the “ IPO Closing Documents ”) to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible that are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith, which IPO Closing Documents and other items shall include, without limitation, the following:

7


 

          (a) The Registration Rights Agreement, signed by or on behalf of each Contributor, certain other parties and the Company, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E ; and
          (b) Lock-up Agreements, signed by or on behalf of each Contributor, each such Lock-up Agreement to be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , and which shall have been executed and delivered concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
     Section 2.5 Closing Costs . The Operating Partnership shall be responsible for any and all out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company, the Operating Partnership or the Contributors in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the Public Offering (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt any underwriting discount, which shall be paid by the Contributors as provided in Section 1.4), including without limitation (i) any and all documentary transfer, stamp, filing, recording, conveyance, intangible, sales and other taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) all escrow fees and costs, (iii) the costs of any title policy, surveys, appraisals, environmental, physical and financial audits and the costs of any other examinations, inspections or audits of the Property that may be requested or required by the underwriters of the Public Offering, (iv) any and all assumption, prepayment or other fees, penalties or amounts due and payable in connection with the discharge and satisfaction or the assumption of any Existing Loan, (v) any costs associated with any new financing, including any application and commitment fees or the costs of such new lender’s other requirements, (vi) its own, the Company’s and the Contributors’ attorneys’ and advisors’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the Public Offering, and (vii) any out-of-pocket costs or fees associated with any third-party approvals or deliverable items, including, without limitation, estoppels, consents, waivers, assignments and assumptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Closing the Contributors shall pay the Company [$            ] in cash as partial reimbursement of such out-of-pocket costs, which amount shall be allocated among the Contributors as set forth in Exhibit D. The Contributors shall be responsible for any withholding taxes required to be paid and/or withheld in respect of the Contributors at Closing as a result of the Contributors’ tax status. The provisions of this Section 2.5 shall survive the Closing.
ARTICLE 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES
     Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Operating Partnership . The Operating Partnership and the Company hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Contributor with respect to the Operating Partnership that:
          (a) Organization; Authority . The Operating Partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has all requisite power and authority to enter this Agreement, each agreement contemplated hereby and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and own, lease or operate its property and to carry on its business as described in the Prospectus (as defined in Exhibit C ) and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its property make such qualification necessary except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action of the Operating Partnership. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Operating Partnership, each enforceable against the Operating Partnership in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

8


 

          (c) Consents and Approvals . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder and except in connection with the Public Offering, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Operating Partnership in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date or the IPO Closing, as applicable, and except for those consents, waivers and approvals or authorizations, the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) Partnership Matters . The OP Units, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration described herein, will be duly and validly issued, and free of any Liens other than any Liens arising through one or more of the Contributors. Upon such issuance, each Contributor will be admitted as a limited partner of the Operating Partnership. At all times prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Operating Partnership had no material assets, debts or liabilities of any kind.
          (e) Non-Contravention . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby and the consummation of the contribution transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (A) result in a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) or give to any third party any right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration under, or result in any loss of any material benefit, pursuant to any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Operating Partnership or any of its properties or assets may be bound, or (B) violate or conflict with any judgment, order, decree or law applicable to the Operating Partnership or any of its properties or assets; provided in the case of (A) and (B), unless any such default, violation or conflict would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Operating Partnership.
          (f) No Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the Operating Partnership’s knowledge, threatened against the Operating Partnership that, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect or would have a material adverse effect on the Operating Partnership’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
          (g) No Prior Business . Since the date of its formation, the Operating Partnership has not conducted any business, nor has it incurred any liabilities or obligations (direct or indirect, present or contingent), in each case except in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering and as contemplated under this Agreement.
          (h) Tax Status . The Operating Partnership is and at the effective time of the Public Offering will be, classified as a partnership and not a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes.
          (i) No Broker . Neither the Operating Partnership nor any of its officers, directors or employees, to the extent applicable, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the obligation of any Contributor or any of their respective affiliates to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection with transactions contemplated by the Agreement (other than any underwriting discount payable to the underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement).
     Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Company . The Operating Partnership and the Company hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Contributor with respect to the Company that:
          (a) Organization; Authority . The Company has been duly formed and is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to own, lease or operate its property and to carry on its business as described in the Prospectus and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business

9


 

and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its property make such qualification necessary except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action of the Company. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, each enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.
          (c) Consents and Approvals . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder and except in connection with the Public Offering, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership or the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date or the IPO Closing, as applicable, and except for those consents, waivers and approvals or authorizations, the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) Non-Contravention . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership or the Company, any agreement contemplated hereby and the consummation of the contribution transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (A) result in a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) or give to any third party any right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration under, or result in any loss of any material benefit, pursuant to any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Company or any of its properties or assets may be bound or (B) violate or conflict with any judgment, order, decree, or law applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets; provided in the case of (A) and (B), unless any such default, violation or conflict would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (e) Common Stock . Upon issuance thereof, the Common Stock issuable in exchange for the OP Units upon the redemption of such OP Units in accordance with terms of the OP Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive or similar rights created by statute or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
          (f) No Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company that, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under, this Agreement and the documents executed by it pursuant to this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
          (g) No Prior Business . Since the date of its formation, the Company has not conducted any business, nor has it incurred any liabilities or obligations (direct or indirect, present or contingent), in each case except in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering and as contemplated under this Agreement.
          (h) No Broker . Neither Company nor any of its officers, directors or employees, to the extent applicable, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the obligation of any Contributor or any

10


 

of its respective affiliates to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection with transactions contemplated by the Agreement (other than any underwriting discount payable to the underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement).
     Except as set forth in Section 3.1 and this Section 3.2, neither the Operating Partnership nor the Company makes any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and each Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.
     Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of the Contributors . Each Contributor severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership and the Company as provided in Exhibit C attached hereto (subject to qualification by the disclosures in the disclosure schedule attached hereto (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”)), and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions contained therein.
     Section 3.4 Indemnification . From and after the Closing Date and in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.4 of Exhibit C hereto, mutatis mutandis , the Operating Partnership and the Company jointly and severally shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Contributor and its respective directors, officers, managers, members, partners and employees, as well as its affiliates (each of which is an “ Indemnified Contributor Party ”) from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of investigation, costs of investigative, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom and costs of attachment or similar bonds (collectively, “ Losses ”) arising out of or related to, or asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Contributor Party, to the extent resulting from: (i) any breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of the Operating Partnership or the Company contained in this Agreement or any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit, or any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, and (ii) all fees, costs and expenses of the Operating Partnership and the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS
     Section 4.1 Covenants of the Contributors.
          (a) From the date hereof through the Closing, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, no Contributor shall, without the prior written consent of the Operating Partnership:
               (i) Sell, transfer (or agree to sell or transfer) or otherwise dispose of, or cause the sale, transfer or disposition of (or agree to do any of the foregoing) all or any portion of its interest in the Partnership Interests or all or any portion of its interest in the Properties; or
               (ii) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, mortgage, pledge or encumber all or any portion of its Partnership Interests or any of the Properties.
          (b) From the date hereof through the Closing, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, each Contributor shall, to the extent within its control, conduct each Partnership’s business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and shall, to the extent within its control and consistent with its obligations under each such Partnership’s operating agreements, not permit any Partnership, without the prior written consent of the Operating Partnership, to:
               (i) Enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business with respect to the Properties;

11


 

               (ii) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, mortgage, pledge or encumber (other than by Permitted Encumbrances) any assets of such Partnership, except (A) liens for taxes not delinquent, (B) purchase money security interests in the ordinary course of such Partnership’s business, and (C) mechanics’ liens being disputed by such Partnership in good faith and by appropriate proceeding in the ordinary course of such Partnership’s business;
               (iii) Cause or permit any Partnership to change the existing use of any Property;
               (iv) Cause or take any action that would render any of the representations or warranties regarding the Properties as set forth on Exhibit C untrue in any material respect;
               (v) File an entity classification election pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3(c) on Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 (Entity Classification Election) to treat any Partnership as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; or
               (vi) Make any distribution to its partners or members related to the Partnerships or the Properties.
     Section 4.2 Tax Covenants.
          (a) The Contributors and the Operating Partnership shall provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to any of the Partnership Interests or the Properties as the parties reasonably may request in (i) filing any tax return, amended tax return or claim for tax refund, (ii) determining any liability for taxes or a right to a tax refund, or (iii) conducting or defending any proceeding in respect of taxes. Such reasonable cooperation shall include making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Operating Partnership shall promptly notify each Contributor upon receipt by the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates of notice of (x) any pending or threatened tax audits or assessments with respect to the income, properties or operations of any of the Partnerships or with respect to any Property and (y) any pending or threatened federal, state, local or foreign tax audits or assessments of the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates, in each case which may affect the liabilities for taxes of any of the Contributors with respect to any tax period ending before or as a result of the Closing. Each Contributor shall promptly notify the Operating Partnership in writing upon receipt by such Contributor or any of its affiliates of notice of any pending or threatened federal, state, local or foreign tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of any of the Partnerships or with respect to any Property. Each of the Operating Partnership and the Contributors may participate at its own expense in the prosecution of any claim or audit with respect to taxes attributable to any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, provided , that the Contributors shall have the right to control the conduct of any such audit or proceeding or portion thereof with respect to income taxes attributable to periods, or portions thereof, ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and the Operating Partnership shall have the right to control any other audits and proceedings.
          (b) The Operating Partnership shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all tax returns of the Partnerships or their subsidiaries which are due after the Closing Date. To the extent such returns relate to a period prior to or ending on the Closing Date, such tax returns (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amended tax returns) shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice, except as otherwise required by applicable law. To the extent such tax returns relate to income taxes attributable to a period prior to or ending on the Closing Date, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date (including extensions) for filing such returns, the Operating Partnership shall deliver

12


 

such income tax returns to the Contributors for their review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned or withheld.
          (c) With respect to each Property that is contributed to the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, the Operating Partnership and each Contributor agree that the Operating Partnership shall use the “traditional method,” as described in Section 1.704-3(b) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, to make allocations of taxable income and loss among the partners of the Operating Partnership.
ARTICLE 5.
WAIVERS AND CONSENTS
     Effective upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the Partnership Interests pursuant to Articles 1 and 2 herein, each Contributor waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits otherwise afforded to such Contributor under any Partnership Agreement, including, without limitation, any rights of appraisal, rights of first offer or first refusal, buy/sell agreements, and any right to consent to or approve of the sale or contribution by the other partners or members of each Partnership of their Partnership Interests to the Operating Partnership, the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof and any and all notice provisions related thereto.
ARTICLE 6.
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 6.1 Further Assurances . The Contributors and the Operating Partnership shall take such other actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the other may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 6.2 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     Section 6.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.
     Section 6.4 Amendment; Waiver . Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.
     Section 6.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be. Exhibit C is incorporated in this Agreement by reference in its entirety, such that reference to this “Agreement” shall automatically include Exhibit C , and is subject to all of the provisions of this Article 6.
     Section 6.6 Assignability . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect.

13


 

     Section 6.7 Titles . The titles and captions of the Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.
     Section 6.8 Third Party Beneficiary . Except as may be expressly provided or incorporated by reference herein, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions hereof, no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other person or entity.
     Section 6.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Operating Partnership to effect such replacement.
     Section 6.10 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 6.10):
  (a)   if to the Company or to the Operating Partnership to:
CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (877) 296-8110
  (b)   if to any of the Contributors:
c/o The Carlyle Group
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 220
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: George Ruhlen and Rainey Hoffman
Facsimile: (202) 347-9250
     Section 6.11 Reliance . Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on tax advice or other advice from the other party to this Agreement, and that it has or will consult with its own advisors. Except to the extent attributable to a breach by the Operating Partnership of any tax-related representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or any Exhibit to this Agreement, the Operating Partnership shall not be liable for any damages resulting from a successful challenge of the treatment or characterization by any taxing authority of the transactions contemplated herein.

14


 

     Section 6.12 Equitable Remedies; Limitation on Damages . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in New York (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement.
     Section 6.13 Several Liability . It is understood and acknowledged that to the extent any Contributor makes a representation, warranty or covenant hereunder, or assumes liability, the same is made or assumed by such Contributor severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally with any other Contributor.
[signature page to follow]

15


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution Agreement as of the date first written above.
“OPERATING PARTNERSHIP”
CoreSite, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: CoreSite Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation
Its: General Partner
         
     
  By:    
    Name:   Thomas M. Ray  
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer  
 
         
  “COMPANY”

CoreSite Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation
 
 
  By:    
    Name:   Thomas M. Ray  
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer  
 
“CONTRIBUTORS”
___________________________
___________________________

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
CONTRIBUTORS’ PROPERTIES, PARTNERSHIPS AND ALLOCABLE SHARES
     Set forth below is a list of the Properties and Partnerships that are subject to this Agreement, and the Contributors’ allocable share with respect to each Property.
             
            PERCENTAGE OF
            OWNERSHIP
            INTERESTS BEING
            CONTRIBUTED
CONTRIBUTOR   PARTNERSHIPS   PROPERTY   BY CONTRIBUTOR
CoreSite CRP II/CP II Holdings, LLC
  Carlyle MPT Mezzanine B, L.L.C.   Market Post Tower   83.62% 
 
           
CoreSite CRP II Holdings (VCOC I), LLC
  Carlyle MPT Mezzanine B, L.L.C.   Market Post Tower   5.44% 
 
           
CoreSite CRP II Holdings (VCOC II), LLC
  Carlyle MPT Mezzanine B, L.L.C.   Market Post Tower   10.94% 
 
           
CoreSite CRP III Holdings, LLC
 
     CoreSite, L.L.C.
 
     N/A
 
     83.15%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 1275 K Street, L.L.C.
 
     1275 K Street
 
     83.15%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle One Wilshire Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     One Wilshire
 
     83.15%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle One Wilshire, L.P.
 
     One Wilshire
 
     83.15% of the limited partnership interests
 
           
CoreSite CRP III Holdings (VCOC), LLC
 
     CoreSite, L.L.C.
 
     N/A
 
     16.85%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 1275 K Street, L.L.C.
 
     1275 K Street
 
     16.85%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle One Wilshire Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     One Wilshire
 
     16.85%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle One Wilshire, L.P.
 
     One Wilshire
 
     16.85% of the limited partnership interests
 
           
CoreSite CRP IV Holdings, LLC
 
     CRP 427 LaSalle Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     427 S. LaSalle
 
     62.19%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle Alameda, L.L.C.
 
     900 N. Alameda
 
     62.19%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 900 N. Alameda, L.L.C.
 
     900 N. Alameda
 
     62.19%

 


 

             
            PERCENTAGE OF
            OWNERSHIP
            INTERESTS BEING
            CONTRIBUTED
CONTRIBUTOR   PARTNERSHIPS   PROPERTY   BY CONTRIBUTOR
 
 
     CRP Miami Telco Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     2115 NW 22 nd Street
 
     62.19%
 
           
CoreSite CRP IV Holdings (VCOC I), LLC
 
     CRP 427 LaSalle Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     427 S. LaSalle
 
     10.59%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle Alameda, L.L.C.
 
     900 N. Alameda
 
     10.59%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 900 N. Alameda, L.L.C.
 
     900 N. Alameda
 
     10.59%
 
           
 
 
     CRP Miami Telco Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     2115 NW 22 nd Street
 
     10.59%
 
           
CoreSite CRP IV Holdings (VCOC II), LLC
 
     CRP 427 LaSalle Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     427 S. LaSalle
 
     27.22%
 
           
 
 
     Carlyle Alameda, L.L.C.
 
     900 N. Alameda
 
     27.22%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 900 N. Alameda, L.L.C.
 
     900 N. Alameda
 
     27.22%
 
           
 
 
     CRP Miami Telco Holdings, L.L.C.
 
     2115 NW 22 nd Street
 
     27.22%
 
           
CoreSite CRP V Holdings, LLC
 
     CRP Coronado Stender, L.L.C.
 
     Coronado Stender
 
     100%
 
           
 
 
     CRG West 2901 Coronado Drive, L.L.C.
 
     Coronado Stender
 
     100%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite Real Estate 70 Innerbelt, L.L.C.
 
     70 Innerbelt
 
     100%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite Real Estate 12100 Sunrise Valley Drive, L.L.C.
 
     1200 Sunrise Valley Drive
 
     100%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 1656 McCarthy, L.L.C.
 
     1656 McCarthy
 
     100%
 
           
 
 
     CoreSite 32 Avenue of the Americas, L.L.C.
 
     32 Avenue of the Americas
 
     100%
 
           
 
 
     CRG Fund V Holdings, LLC
 
     N/A
 
     100%

 


 

EXHIBIT B
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the undersigned (each, a “ Contributor ,” and collectively, the “ Contributors ”) hereby assigns, transfers, sells and conveys to CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in, to and under each Partnership Interest set forth opposite such Contributor’s name on Schedule A attached hereto, including, without limitation, all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the assets of each Partnership and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets from each Partnership, presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or accruing TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, forever.
     Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership assumes from each Contributor all obligations in respect of the Partnership Interests set forth opposite such Contributor’s name on Schedule A attached hereto, and absolutely and unconditionally accepts the foregoing assignment from each Contributor, and agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions and covenants thereof, and to perform all duties and obligations of the Contributors thereunder from and after the date hereof.
     Each of the Contributors, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof upon the written request of the Operating Partnership, such Contributor will, without further consideration, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, each and all of such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Operating Partnership in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, title to the Partnership Interests, transferred, conveyed and delivered by this Agreement.
     Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement, dated as of ___________, 2010, between the Operating Partnership, the Contributors and the other parties thereto.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]
Exhibit B

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered the Agreement as of the date first above written.
     
 
   
 
   
 
       
 
       
 
   
Exhibit B

 


 

             
    CoreSite, L.P.,    
    a Delaware limited partnership    
 
           
    By: CoreSite Realty Corporation,
a Maryland corporation
   
    Its: General Partner    
 
           
 
       By:    
 
   
 
       Name:        
 
       Title:        
Exhibit B

 


 

EXHIBIT C
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

ARTICLE 1 — ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS
     For purposes of this Exhibit C , the following terms have the meanings set forth below. Terms which are not defined below shall have the meaning set forth for those terms as defined in the Agreement to which this Exhibit C is attached:
      Actions : Means all actions, litigations, complaints, charges, accusations, investigations, petitions, suits, arbitrations, mediations or other proceedings, whether civil or criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity.
      Agreement : Means the Contribution Agreement to which this Exhibit C is attached.
      Disclosure Schedule : Means that disclosure schedule attached to the Agreement.
      Colocation Business : Means the colocation space licensing business at the Properties
      Entity : Means with respect to each Contributor, each Partnership that is owned by such Contributor as of the date hereof and each partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity that is owned directly or indirectly by such Partnership.
      Environmental Law : Means all applicable statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders, demands, approvals, authorizations and similar items of any Governmental Entity and all applicable judicial, administrative and regulatory decrees, judgments and orders relating to the protection of human health or the environment as in effect on the Closing Date, including but not limited to those pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation, removal and remediation of Hazardous Materials, including without limitation: (x) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.), the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq.), and (y) applicable state and local statutory and regulatory laws, statutes and regulations pertaining to Hazardous Materials.
      Environmental Permits : Means any and all licenses, certificates, permits, directives, requirements, registrations, government approvals, agreements, authorizations, and consents that are required under or are issued pursuant to any Environmental Laws.
      Governmental Entity : Means any governmental agency or quasi-governmental agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.
      Hazardous Material : Means any substance:

Exhibit C-1


 

     (i) the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under any Environmental Law action or policy, administrative request or civil complaint under the foregoing or under common law; or
     (ii) which is controlled, regulated or prohibited under any Environmental Law as in effect as of the Closing Date, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.); or
     (iii) which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous and as of the Closing Date is regulated by any Governmental Entity; or
     (iv) the presence of which on, under or about, a Property poses a hazard to the health or safety of persons on or about such Property; or
     (v) which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or asbestos or asbestos-containing materials or urea formaldehyde foam insulation; or
     (vi) radon gas.
      Indemnifying Party : Means any party required to indemnify any other party under Section 3.2 of this Exhibit C .
      Knowledge : Means, with respect to each Contributor, the actual knowledge, without inquiry or duty of inquiry, of Thomas Ray, Robert Stuckey, George Ruhlen, Rainey Hoffman, Thomas Levy, Leo Krusius, Barbara Murphy, Christian Forbes, Rob Konigsberg, or David Daniel.
      Liens : Means, means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), other charge or security interest or any preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any obligations under capital leases having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.
      Permitted Encumbrances : Means:
     (a) Liens securing Taxes, the payment of which (i) is not delinquent or (ii) is actively being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
     (b) Zoning laws and ordinances applicable to the Properties which are not violated by the existing structures or present uses thereof or the transfer of the Properties;
     (c) Liens imposed by laws, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations arising in the ordinary course of business not more than 60 days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued;
     (d) encumbrances and restrictions on real property (including easements, covenants, rights of way and similar restrictions of record) that do not materially interfere with the present use of such real property or that are on any title commitment or title insurance policy that has been made available to, or is in the possession of, the Operating Partnership; and

Exhibit C-2


 

     (e) the Liens of all Existing Loan Documents.
      Person : Means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.
      Prospectus : Means the Company’s final prospectus, as delivered to investors in the Public Offering (including, without limitation, the pro forma financial statements contained therein and any matters for which a reserve has been established as reflected in such pro forma financial statements).
      REIT Shares : Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.
      Release : Shall have the same meaning as the definition of “release” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) at 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(22), but not including the exclusions identified in that definition, at subparts (A) through (D).
      Tax or Taxes : Means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment-related, excise, goods and services, harmonized sales, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto.
ARTICLE 2 — REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF CONTRIBUTORS
     Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule or the Prospectus, each Contributor severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership and the Company as set forth below in this Article 2 solely with respect to any Partnership Interest, Property or Entity, directly or indirectly contributed to the Operating Partnership by such Contributor or to another Contributor owned directly, or indirectly by the same real estate fund, which representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date hereof and will (except to the extent expressly relating to a specified date) be true and correct as of the Pre-Closing Date:
     2.1 Organization; Authority; Qualification . Each Entity contributed, directly or indirectly, by such Contributor is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation and each such Entity has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary, except where failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Contributors have made available to the Operating Partnership true and correct copies of the organizational documents of each such Partnership, with all amendments as in effect on the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Organizational Documents ”). Schedule 2.1 of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Partnership, its jurisdiction of formation and each partner, member or other equity owner of such Entity as of the date hereof.
     2.2 Due Authorization . Such Contributor has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement. The Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Contributor pursuant to the Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Contributor, each enforceable against such Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

Exhibit C-3


 

     2.3 Consents and Approvals . Except as shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date and as set forth in Schedule 2.3 to the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by such Contributor or any Entity owned by such Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except for those consents, waivers, approvals or authorizations, the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     2.4 Ownership of the Partnership Interests and other Entities .
          (a) Except for the Partnership Interests being contributed to the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, no Partnership has issued any equity securities or other equity interests therein (including, without limitation, any securities convertible into or exchangeable or redeemable for any such equity securities or other equity interests) and there are no outstanding subscriptions, calls, warrants, options or commitments of any kind for the granting or issuance of any equity securities or other equity interests in any Partnership. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.4(a) to the Disclosure Schedule, each Contributor is the sole owner of the Partnership Interests being contributed by it, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens of any nature and has full power and authority to convey the Partnership Interests, free and clear of any Liens, and, upon delivery of consideration for such Partnership Interests as herein provided, the Operating Partnership will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any Liens other than any liens arising through the Operating Partnership. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.4(a) to the Disclosure Schedule, no Contributor has granted to any other Person any right to purchase, and there are no other agreements with respect to the voting or transfer of, any Partnership Interest held by such Contributor.
          (b) Schedule 2.4(b) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization if each Entity that is not a Partnership and the Partnership which, directly or indirectly, owns 100% of the equity interests therein. Except for the equity interests owned by the Partnership or another Entity that is 100% owned, directly or indirectly by such Partnership, no Entity has issued any equity securities or other equity interests therein (including, without limitation, any securities convertible into or exchangeable or redeemable for any equity securities) and there are no outstanding subscriptions, calls, warrants, options or commitments of any kind for the granting or issuance of any equity securities or other equity interests in such Entity. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.4(b) to the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Partnerships or other Entities designated as owning any of the equity interests on Schedule 2.4(b) is the sole owner of such equity interests, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Except as set forth in Schedule 2.4(b) to the Disclosure Schedule, no Entity has granted to any other Person any right to purchase, and there are no other agreements with respect to the voting or transfer of, any equity securities issued by such Entity.
     2.5 No Violation . Except as shall have been cured to the satisfaction of the Operating Partnership, consented to or waived in writing by the Operating Partnership prior to the Closing Date or as set forth in Schedule 2.5 to the Disclosure Schedule, none of the execution, delivery or performance of the Agreement, any agreement contemplated thereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under or give to others any right of termination, acceleration, cancellation or other right adverse to the Operating Partnership of (A) the organizational documents, including the operating agreement, if any, of any Contributor or any of the Entities in which any Contributor holds an interest to be contributed hereunder, (B) any agreement, document or instrument to which any Contributor is a party or by which any Contributor or any Entity in which any Contributor holds an interest to be contributed hereunder, are bound, or (C) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree, or require any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing with,

Exhibit C-4


 

any person or Governmental Entity or foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on any Contributor or the Entities in which either Contributor holds an interest to be contributed hereunder, or by which any Contributor, Entity or any of their assets or properties are bound or subject; provided in the case of (B) and (C) above, unless any such violation, conflict, breach, default or right would not have a Material Adverse Effect or on the ability of any Contributor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
     2.6 Non-Foreign Status . Each Contributor is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the provisions of the Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons, and is not subject to any state withholding requirements. Each Contributor will provide affidavits at the Closing to this effect as provided for in Section 2.3(d) of the Agreement.
     2.7 Investment Purposes . Each Contributor acknowledges its understanding that the offering and issuance of OP Units to be acquired pursuant to the Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”) and that the Operating Partnership’s reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of the Contributors contained herein. In furtherance thereof, each Contributor represents and warrants to the Company and the Operating Partnership as follows:
          2.7.1 Investment . Such Contributor is acquiring OP Units (and any Common Stock which may be received upon redemption of such OP Units) solely for its own account for the purpose of investment and as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof. Such Contributor agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (hereinafter, “ Transfer ”) any of the OP Units (and any Common Stock which may be received upon redemption of such OP Units), unless (i) the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, (ii) counsel for such Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Operating Partnership) shall have furnished the Operating Partnership with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Operating Partnership, to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act, or (iii) the Transfer is otherwise permitted by the OP Agreement. The term “Transfer” shall not include any redemption or exchange of the OP Units for REIT Shares pursuant to Section 15.1 of the OP Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Transfer shall be made unless it is permitted under the OP Agreement.
          2.7.2 Knowledge . Such Contributor is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters and fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by the Federal securities laws and as described in the Agreement and the OP Agreement. Such Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the OP Units for an indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of its investment in the OP Units; such Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the Operating Partnership, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating Partnership and the issuance of the OP Units, as such Contributor deems necessary or desirable, has had cash flow and operations data for the Properties made available by the Operating Partnership upon request and has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the Operating Partnership, the Properties, the business and prospects of the Company and the Operating Partnership and the OP Units, which such Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks related to its investment in the OP Units, and to conduct its own independent valuation of the Properties. Such Contributor has reviewed with its legal counsel and tax advisors the forms of the Articles of Amendment and Restatement, the form of which is attached hereto as Appendix A , the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, the form of which is attached hereto as Appendix B (the “ Amended and Restated Bylaws ”), and the OP Agreement.

Exhibit C-5


 

          2.7.3 Holding Period . Such Contributor acknowledges that it has been advised that (i) the OP Units are not redeemable or exchangeable for cash or, at the option of the REIT, REIT Shares for a minimum of twelve (12) months, (ii) the OP Units issued pursuant to the Agreement, and any REIT Shares issued in exchange for, or in respect of a redemption of, the OP Units, are “restricted securities” (unless registered in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws) under applicable federal securities laws and may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption therefrom and such Contributor understands that the Operating Partnership has no obligation or intention to register any OP Units, except to the extent set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement; accordingly, such Contributor may have to bear indefinitely, the economic risks of an investment in such OP Units, (iii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the OP Unit Certificates (and any certificates representing REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed), and (iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Operating Partnership indicating that the OP Units (and any REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed) and are subject to restrictions on transfer.
          2.7.4 Accredited Investor . Such Contributor is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 (a) of Regulation D under the Act).
          2.7.5 Legend . Each OP Unit Certificate, if any, issued pursuant to the Agreement (and any certificates representing REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed), unless registered in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws, shall bear the following legend:
The securities evidenced hereby have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), or the securities laws of any state and may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the absence of such registration, unless, except in limited circumstances, the transferor delivers to the company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company, to the effect that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition may be effected without registration under the Act and under applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws;
     In addition to the foregoing legend, each certificate (if any) representing any REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed shall also bear a legend which generally provides the following:
The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Capital Stock in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation; (ii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation in excess of 9.8% of the value of the total outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation; (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may Transfer shares of Capital Stock if such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are

Exhibit C-6


 

violated, the shares of Capital Stock represented hereby, together with any dividends or distributions thereon will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio . All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.
     2.8 No Brokers . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.8 to the Disclosure Schedule, no Contributor nor any of their or their respective officers, directors or employees, to the extent applicable, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the obligation of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their affiliates (including any of the Partnerships and/or Entities) to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
     2.9 Taxes .
          (a) To each Contributor’s Knowledge, no Tax lien exists with respect to any Property contributed by such Contributor, except for Permitted Encumbrances. Copies of the real property Tax bills for such Property for the current Tax year have been furnished or made available to the Operating Partnership, and such Tax bills are true and correct copies of all of the real property Tax bills for such Tax year actually received with respect to each such Property by such Contributor or the Entities or their agents. Each Acquired Entity has timely and properly filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it. All such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All material Taxes shown on any Tax Return of an Acquired Entity or with respect to each property have been paid or will be paid prior to the Closing Date or are being contested in good faith. No Acquired Entity has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency. No deficiencies for any material amount of Taxes of any Acquired Entity or with respect to any Property have been claimed, proposed or assessed, in each case, in writing, by any Tax authority or other Governmental Entity. There are no audits, investigations, disputes, notices of deficiency or claims for any material amount of Taxes of any Acquired Entity or with respect to any Property pending or, to the Knowledge of either Contributor, threatened in writing in the last twelve months. The representations made in this Section 2.9(a) refer only to past activities and are not intended to serve as representations to, or a guarantee of, nor can they be relied on with respect to, Taxes attributable to any period (or portion thereof) beginning after, or Tax positions, taken after the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, no Contributor makes any representation with respect to, nor shall any Contributor have any liability for any Taxes payable as a result of any reassessment completed following the Closing Date (whether as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise) whether or not such reassessment applies retroactively to any period, or any portion of any period, prior to the Closing Date.
          (b) For federal income Tax purposes, each Entity being acquired by the Operating Partnership from such Contributor (each such entity, an “ Acquired Entity ”) is, and at all times during its existence has been a partnership or limited liability company taxable either (i) as a partnership (rather than an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation) or (ii) a disregarded entity.

Exhibit C-7


 

     2.10 Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.10 to the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Action, litigation, claim or other proceeding, either judicial or administrative (including, without limitation, any governmental action or proceeding), pending or, to each Contributor’s Knowledge, threatened in writing in the last twelve months, against any Property, any Partnership Interests, any Contributor, or any of the Entities or that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Contributors’ ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. No Contributor is bound by any outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, Governmental Entity or arbitration against or affecting all or any portion of its Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests, the Contributed Assets, or any Entity which in any such case would impair either Contributor’s ability to enter into and perform all of its obligations under the Agreement or would have a Material Adverse Effect.
     2.11 Compliance With Laws . In connection with the operation of the Properties, except as set forth in Schedule 2.11 to the Disclosure Schedule, to each Contributor’s Knowledge, the Properties contributed by such Contributor have been maintained and the Contributors have not received written notice that any such Property is not in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, orders and statutes (including, without limitation, those currently relating to fire safety, conservation, parking, Americans with Disabilities Act, zoning and building laws) whether federal, state or local, except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Compliance with Environmental Laws is not addressed by this Section 2.11, but rather solely by Section 2.15.
     2.12 Real Property .
          (a) Except as described in Schedule 2.12(a) to the Disclosure Schedule, the Partnership or other Entity that owns each of the Properties that is designated as owned real property in the Prospectus has good and marketable title in fee simple to such Property free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Encumbrances.
          (b) Except as described in Schedule 2.12(b) to the Disclosure Schedule, the Partnership or other Entity that leases each of the Properties that is designated as leased real property in the Prospectus has a valid leasehold interest in, and enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession (consistent with historical use) of such real property, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Encumbrances. No Entity has received any written notice of any material uncured default under any of the real property leases pursuant to which it leases such properties, and to the Contributors’ knowledge there is no material uncured default by any landlord thereunder, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     2.13 Eminent Domain . There is no existing or, to each Contributor’s Knowledge, proposed or threatened condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding, or private purchase in lieu of such a proceeding, in respect of all or any material portion of the Properties contributed by such Contributor.
     2.14 Licenses and Permits . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14 to the Disclosure Schedule, to each Contributor’s Knowledge, all licenses, permits or other governmental approvals (including certificates of occupancy) required to be obtained by the owner of any Property contributed by such Contributor in connection with the construction, use, occupancy, management, leasing and operation of such Properties have been obtained and are in full force and effect and in good standing, except for those licenses, permits and other governmental approvals, the failure of which to obtain or maintain in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     2.15 Environmental Compliance . To each Contributor’s Knowledge, except as may be disclosed in Schedule 2.15 to the Disclosure Schedule or the environmental reports listed therein (the

Exhibit C-8


 

Environmental Reports ”) (true and correct copies of which have been made available to the Operating Partnership), the Properties contributed by such Contributor are currently in compliance with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. No Contributor has received any written notice from the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal, state, county or municipal entity or agency that regulates Hazardous Materials or public health risks or other environmental matters or any other private party or Person claiming any current violation of, or requiring current compliance with, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits or demanding payment or contribution for any Release or other environmental damage in, on, under, or upon any of the Properties. No litigation in which such Contributor or any Acquired Entity is a named party is pending with respect to Hazardous Materials located in, on, under or upon any of the Properties, and, to such Contributor’s Knowledge, no investigation in such respect is pending and no such litigation or investigation has been threatened in writing in the last twelve months by any Governmental Entity or any third party. To such Contributor’s Knowledge, except as may be disclosed in Schedule 2.15 to the Disclosure Schedule or the Environmental Reports, there are no environmental conditions existing at, on, under, upon or affecting the Properties or any portion thereof that would reasonably be likely to result in any claim, liability or obligation under any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permit or any claim by any third party that would have a Material Adverse Effect.
     2.16 Material Customer Leases . With respect to each Property, the leases, licenses, subleases, tenancies, possession agreements and occupancy agreements with tenants, subtenants or licensees of such Property that individually constitute more than 2.0% of the aggregate rental revenues of the Operating Partnership on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Material Leases ”) are identified on Schedule 2.16 to the Disclosure Schedule. To each Contributor’s Knowledge, such Leases are in full force and effect, except as indicated otherwise in Schedule 2.16 to the Disclosure Schedule or the rent roll in the possession of the Operating Partnership on the date hereof. To each Contributor’s Knowledge, except as set forth in Schedule 2.16 to the Disclosure Schedule or the rent roll in the possession of the Operating Partnership on the date hereof, no monetary or material non-monetary default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) by any party exists under any such Material Lease. To each Contributor’s Knowledge, no tenants under any of such Material Leases is presently the subject of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings.
     2.17 Tangible Personal Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.17 to the Disclosure Schedule or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, to each Contributor’s Knowledge, each Entity’s interests in any fixtures or personal property that are reflected on the financial statements of such Entity as owned by such Entity, are owned free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances.
     2.18 Existing Loans . Schedule 2.18 to the Disclosure Schedule lists all secured loans presently encumbering the Properties or any direct or indirect interest in any Entity held by the Contributors, and any unsecured loans relating thereto to be assumed by the Operating Partnership or any subsidiary of the Operating Partnership at Closing, as of the date hereof (the “ Disclosed Loans ”), the approximate outstanding aggregate principal balance of which is $___as of the date hereof. To each Contributor’s Knowledge, the Disclosed Loans and the documents entered into in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Disclosed Loan Documents ”) are in full force and effect and binding on the Partnership or other Entity party thereto, and to the knowledge of the Contributors, each other party thereto. No monetary or material non-monetary default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) by any Contributor, Partnership or other Entity exists under any of such Disclosed Loan Documents. True and correct copies of the existing Disclosed Loan Documents have been made available to the Operating Partnership.
     2.19 Zoning . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.19 to the Disclosure Schedule, the Contributors have not received (i) any written notice (which remains uncured) from any Governmental

Exhibit C-9


 

Entity stating that any of the Properties is currently violating any zoning, land use or other similar rules or ordinances in any material respect, or (ii) any written notice of any pending or threatened proceedings for the rezoning (i.e., as opposed to the current zoning) of any of the Properties or any portion thereof except, in each case as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
     2.20 Exclusive Representations . Except as set forth above in this Exhibit C , the Contributors make no representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, in connection with all or any of the Property, the Partnership Interests, or any Entity, and each of the Operating Partnership and the Company acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(e) of the Agreement, each Contributor acknowledges that no representation or warranty has been made by the Company or the Operating Partnership with respect to the legal and tax consequences of the transfer to the Operating Partnership of such Contributor’s Property, Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests, Contributed Assets, Assumed Agreements, or Assumed Liabilities, nor with respect to either Contributor’s receipt of OP Units as consideration therefor. Each Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.
ARTICLE 3 — INDEMNIFICATION
     3.1 Survival Of Representations And Warranties; Remedy For Breach .
          (a) Subject to Section 3.6 of this Exhibit C , all representations and warranties contained in this Exhibit C (as qualified by the Disclosure Schedule) or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered pursuant to the Agreement shall survive the Closing.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement or this Exhibit C , following the Closing and issuance of OP Units to the Contributors, no Contributor shall be liable under this Exhibit C or the Agreement for monetary damages (or otherwise) for breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Exhibit C or the Agreement (other than the covenants and obligations set forth in Section 2.5 thereof) or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered by it pursuant thereto, other than pursuant to the succeeding provisions of this Article 3 , which, except as provided in Section 6.11 of the Agreement, shall be the sole and exclusive remedy with respect thereto. In furtherance of the foregoing provision relating to exclusive remedy, each of the Operating Partnership and the Company hereby expressly waives any rights or claims it may have to pursue any remedy against the Contributors or any of their affiliates following the Closing and issuance of OP Units to the Contributors, whether under statute or common law, including, without limitation, any rights arising under any Environmental Law, other than (i) as provided in this Article 3 or in Section 6.11 of the Agreement, and (ii) with respect to the covenants and obligations described in Section 2.5 of the Agreement. Except to the extent that any Contributor distributes any of the OP Units pledged in accordance with Section 3.3 below during the applicable survival period, in no event shall the constituent members, partners, employees, officers, directors, managers, advisers, agents or representatives of any Contributor, or of any Entity, be liable for monetary damages (or otherwise) for any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Exhibit C or the Agreement or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered by the Contributors or any Entity pursuant thereto.
     3.2 General Indemnification .
          (a) From and after the Closing Date, each Contributor shall severally, and not jointly (as determined below), indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Operating Partnership and the Company (each of which is an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Party, to the extent resulting from any breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of the Contributors contained in the Agreement (as qualified by all items set forth in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Schedule and including, without limitation, this Exhibit C ), or in any

Exhibit C-10


 

Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered by the Contributors pursuant thereto. In each case, the Contributors shall only bear the fees, costs or expenses in connection with the employment of one counsel (regardless of the number of Indemnified Parties).
          (b) With respect to any claim of an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 3.2, to the extent available, the Operating Partnership agrees to use diligent good faith efforts to pursue and collect any and all available proceeds and benefits of any right to defense under any insurance policy which covers the matter which is the subject of the indemnification prior to seeking indemnification from any Contributor until all proceeds and benefits, if any, to which the Operating Partnership or the Indemnified Party is entitled pursuant to such insurance policy have been exhausted; provided, however, that the Operating Partnership may make a claim under this Section 3.2 even if an insurance coverage dispute is pending, in which case, if the Indemnified Party later receives insurance proceeds with respect to any Losses paid by any Contributor for the benefit of any Indemnified Party, then the Indemnified Party shall reimburse such Contributor in an amount equivalent to such proceeds in excess of any deductible amount pursuant to Section 3.5(a) of this Exhibit C up to the amount actually paid (or deemed paid) by such Contributor to the Indemnified Party in connection with such indemnification (it being understood that all costs and expenses incurred by the Contributors with respect to insurance coverage disputes shall constitute Losses paid by the Contributors for purposes of Section 3.2(a) of this Exhibit C ).
     3.3 Pledge Agreement . At the IPO Closing, each Contributor shall execute a Pledge Agreement (in the form of Exhibit G to the Agreement) pursuant to which such Contributor’s indemnity contained in this Article 3 shall be secured by a pledge of such Contributor’s OP Units equal to 10% of such Contributor’s OP Unit Consideration, and which pledge will be in full satisfaction of any indemnification obligations of such Contributor contained in this Article 3.
     3.4 Notice and Defense of Claims . As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability or claim incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is subject to indemnification under this Article 3, the Indemnified Party shall give notice thereof to the Contributors, including liabilities or claims to be applied against the indemnification deductible established pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof; provided that failure to give notice to the Contributors will not relieve any Contributor from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party, unless, and only to the extent that, such failure (a) shall have caused prejudice to the defense of such claim or (b) shall have materially increased the costs or potential liability of the Contributors by reason of the inability or failure of any Contributor (due to such lack of prompt notice) to be involved in any investigations or negotiations regarding any such claim. Such notice shall describe in reasonable detail the facts known to such Indemnified Party giving rise to such claim, and the amount or good faith estimate of the amount of Losses arising therefrom. Unless prohibited by law, such Indemnified Party shall deliver to such Contributor, promptly after such Indemnified Party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents received by such Indemnified Party relating to such claim. The Indemnified Party shall permit the Contributors, at their own option and expense, to assume the defense of any such claim by counsel selected by the Contributors and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may at all times participate in such defense at its sole expense; and provided further , however , that no Contributor shall, in defense of any such claim, except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff in question to all Indemnified Parties a release of all liabilities in respect of such claims, or that does not result only in the payment of money damages which are paid (or deemed paid) in full by the Contributors. If the Contributors have not undertaken such defense within 30 days after such notice, or within such shorter time as may be reasonable under the circumstances to the extent required by applicable law, then the Indemnified Party shall have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such liability or claim on

Exhibit C-11


 

behalf of and for the account of the Contributors and at their sole cost and expense (subject to the limitations in Section 3.5); provided, however, that no Contributor will be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Parties for any compromise or settlement entered into without each Contributor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     3.5 Limitations on Indemnification Under Section 3.2(a) .
          (a) No Contributor shall be liable under Section 3.2(a) hereof unless and until the total amount recoverable by the Indemnified Parties from the Contributors under Section 3.2(a) exceeds one percent (1%) of the value of the aggregate OP Unit Consideration (valuing such OP Units based upon the initial public offering price of the Common Stock) and then only to the extent of such excess.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) the maximum aggregate liability of the Contributors under Section 3.2(a) hereof shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the value of the Contributors’ aggregate OP Unit Consideration (valuing such OP Units based upon the initial public offering price of the Common Stock), and (ii) to the extent any such liability is directly related to or arises from a specific Property, such maximum aggregate liability shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the value of the Contributor’s aggregate OP Unit Consideration in respect of the applicable Property (valuing such OP Units based upon the initial public offering price of the Common Stock).
          (c) It is the intention of the parties hereto, that each Contributor shall only be liable for breaches of representations made by such Contributor and by any other Contributor that is directly or indirectly owned by the same real estate fund (i.e., Carlyle Partners II, Carlyle Realty Partners II, Carlyle Realty Partners III, Carlyle Realty Partners IV and Carlyle Realty Partners V) and not for breaches of representations made by any Contributor that is directly or indirectly owned by any other real estate fund. Accordingly, the aggregate liability for any claims properly asserted against all of the Contributors owned by any such fund shall be 10% of the aggregate OP Unit Consideration received by all of the Contributors owned by such fund (valuing such OP Units based upon the initial public offering price of the Common Stock),
          (d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, before taking recourse against any assets of the Contributors and subject to the limitations set forth in the following sentence, the Indemnified Parties shall look, first to available insurance proceeds (including without limitation any title insurance proceeds, if applicable) pursuant to Section 3.2(b) above, and then to the Contributors’ OP Units pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, for indemnification under this Article 3, valuing such OP Units based upon the initial public offering price of the Common Stock (and agree to treat any return of OP Units as an adjustment to the consideration delivered to the Contributors pursuant to the Formation Transactions). Following the Closing and the issuance of OP Units to the Contributors, no Indemnified Party shall have recourse to any other assets of the Contributors other than the OP Units pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and to the extent applicable, any relevant title insurance policies, if any. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Contributors shall not be liable to the Indemnified Parties for any indirect, special or consequential damages, loss of profits, loss of value or other similar speculative damages asserted or claimed by the Indemnified Parties.
     3.6 Limitation Period .
          (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for indemnification under Section 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the Indemnified Party, stating the nature of the Losses and the basis for indemnification therefor on or prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Closing.
          (b) Subject to Section 3.6(a), if asserted in writing on or prior to first (1 st ) anniversary of the Closing, any claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 3.2 shall survive until

Exhibit C-12


 

resolved by mutual agreement between the Contributors and the Indemnified, and any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 3.2 not so asserted in writing on or prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Closing shall not thereafter be asserted and shall forever be waived.

Exhibit C-13


 

EXHIBIT D
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
OP UNIT CONSIDERATION TO BE RECEIVED FOR PROPERTY
     The consideration to be received by each Contributor in exchange for such Contributor’s right, title and interest in the Partnership Interests shall be the number listed below in the column titled “OP Unit Consideration” with respect to each Contributor. The number of OP Units purchased from each Contributor by the Company pursuant to Section 1.4 shall be the number listed below in the column titled “OP Units Sold to the Company” with respect to each Contributor.
                 
            OP UNITS TO BE  
            SOLD TO THE  
            COMPANY   SHARE OF
            IF   CLOSING
            UNDERWRITERS   COSTS
        OP UNITS SOLD   EXERCISE   (PER
        TO THE COMPANY   OVERALLOTMENT   SECTION
CONTRIBUTOR   OP UNIT CONSIDERATION   AT CLOSING   OPTION   2.5)
                 
Exhibit D-1

 


 

EXHIBIT E
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Registration Statement
on Form S-11 (File No. 333-166810)
Exhibit E

 


 

EXHIBIT F
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibits C-1 and C-2 to Exhibit 1.1
to Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File
No. 333-166810)
Exhibit F

 


 

EXHIBIT G
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September ___, 2010, is entered into by and between CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ” or the “ Pledgee ”), and [__] (the “ Pledgor ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Contribution Agreement (as defined below).
     WHEREAS, CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership;
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of September ___, 2010, by and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and the contributors named therein (including the Pledgor) (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), the Pledgor is contributing all of its right, title and interest in and to the Partnership Interests (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) held by it to the Operating Partnership in exchange for OP Units;
     WHEREAS, the Pledgor has agreed to indemnify the Operating Partnership and the Company (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), as provided in Article 3 of Exhibit C to the Contribution Agreement (and subject to the limitations expressed therein), for certain Losses asserted during the Survival Period (as hereinafter defined). The Pledgor’s obligations (i) to indemnify the Indemnified Parties for Losses in accordance with Article 3 of Exhibit C to the Contribution Agreement, and (ii) to perform its obligations hereunder are referred to herein collectively as the “ Secured Obligations ”; and
     WHEREAS, in order to secure the full and timely performance of the Secured Obligations pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the Pledgor has agreed to pledge and grant to the Pledgee for the Pledgee’s own benefit and the benefit of each Indemnified Party, a lien and security interest in, to and under a number of OP Units having a value equal to ten percent (10%) of such Pledgor’s OP Unit Consideration, as more fully described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Pledged Interests ”), such pledge, lien and security interest to remain in effect during the Pledge Period (as defined below).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Security Interest . As collateral security for the payment, performance and observance of the Secured Obligations, now existing or hereafter arising, absolute or contingent, whether or not due and payable, the Pledgor pledges to the Pledgee, for its own benefit and for the benefit of each Indemnified Party, and grants to the Pledgee, for its own benefit and the benefit of each Indemnified Party, a security interest in the following property (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 


 

          (a) the Pledged Interests, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto;
          (b) any additional partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (“ Partnership Interests ”) and/or obligations of the Operating Partnership that may at any time hereafter be acquired by any Pledgor in respect of the Pledged Interests and, if any, the certificates or other instruments or documents evidencing the same;
          (c) all rights of Pledgor in and to all distributions in kind declared in respect of any or all of the foregoing; and
          (d) all proceeds and profits of any or all of the foregoing.
     2.  Delivery of Certificates and Instruments . The Pledgor shall deliver to the Pledgee: (a) the original certificates or other instruments or documents evidencing the Pledged Interests concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and (b) the original certificates or other instruments or documents evidencing all other Collateral (except for Collateral that this Agreement specifically permits the Pledgor to retain) within ten (10) days after a Pledgor’s receipt thereof. All Collateral that is certificated securities shall be in bearer form or, if in registered form, shall be issued in the name of the Pledgee or endorsed to the Pledgee or in blank. If any of the Collateral consists of uncertificated securities, the Pledgee shall be entitled to indicate by book entry with the appropriate registrar (which may be the Pledgee for any Pledged Interests) that such Collateral has been credited to the account of Pledgee.
     3.  Pledgor Remain Liable . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (a) the Pledgor shall remain obligated, to the extent set forth in the agreements (including, without limitation, the Contribution Agreement and the partnership agreement of Operating Partnership (the “ OP Agreement ”)) under which it has received, or has rights or obligations in respect of its ownership of, the Pledged Interests (“ Related Agreements ”) to perform its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (b) the exercise by the Pledgee of any of its rights hereunder shall not release the Pledgor from any of its duties or obligations under the Related Agreements, except to the extent that such duties and obligations may have been terminated by reason of a sale, transfer or other disposition of the Collateral pursuant hereto; and (c) the Pledgee shall not by reason of this Agreement have any obligations or liabilities under the Related Agreements, nor shall the Pledgee be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of the Pledgor under the Related Agreements or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.
     4.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants, as of the date hereof (for itself and not jointly or jointly and severally with any other Person), as follows:
          (a) Set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto is a complete and accurate list and description of all Pledged Interests delivered by Pledgor. Pledgor owns, directly or indirectly, all

2


 

of such Pledged Interests, free and clear of all claims, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances and security interests of every nature whatsoever, except in favor of the Pledgee. All other Collateral hereafter delivered by the Pledgor to the Pledgee will be owned, directly or indirectly, by the Pledgor free and clear of all claims, mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances and security interests of every nature whatsoever, except in favor of the Pledgee.
          (b) With respect to the Pledgor, the address of its principal place of business, and the location of its books and records relating to the Collateral, is set forth in Section 21 hereof. Pledgor will not change said address or location, or merge or consolidate with any person or change its name, without at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to the Pledgee, and with respect to any such change in address or name or merger or consolidation, Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Pledgee such documents and take such actions as the Pledgee reasonably deems necessary to perfect and protect the Pledgee’s security interests in and to the Collateral.
          (c) During the Pledge Period (and, if and to the extent applicable, any Extended Pledge Period (as defined below)), the Pledgor will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any security interest in the Collateral (or during such Extended Pledge Period, the Retained Collateral (as defined below)) other than the security interest created pursuant to this Agreement or sell, transfer, assign, pledge or grant a security interest in the Collateral (or during such Extended Pledge Period, the Retained Collateral) to any person other than the Pledgee.
          (d) The Pledged Interests that are Collateral hereunder are fully paid and are not subject to any options to purchase or similar rights of any kind granted by the Pledgor in favor of any Person, except pursuant to the terms of the OP Agreement.
          (e) The Pledgor has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as currently conducted.
          (f) The Pledgor has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance.
          (g) This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Pledgor, enforceable against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by the application of general equitable principles.
          (h) The Pledgor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate (as applicable) any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, or any provision of the certificate of formation or limited liability company operating agreement of, or any securities issued by, the Pledgor, and will not conflict with, or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which the Pledgor is a party or by which it is bound, and

3


 

will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property of the Pledgor pursuant to the provisions of any of the foregoing.
          (i) No consent of any other Person (including, without limitation, as applicable, members and creditors of the Pledgor) and no consent, license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental instrumentality is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, except for the filing of any financing statements required or contemplated hereunder.
          (j) The pledge of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement creates a valid and perfected first priority security interest in such Collateral to the extent such interest can be created pursuant to the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code, subject to any filings or actions required pursuant to the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise.
          (k) During the Pledge Period (and any Extended Pledge Period, if and to the extent applicable), the Pledgor will take commercially reasonable actions to defend the Pledgee’s security interest in the Collateral (or, during such Extended Pledge Period, the Retained Collateral) against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.
          (l) During the Pledge Period (and any Extended Pledge Period, if and to the extent applicable), the Pledgor will take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to maintain its status as a limited partner of the Operating Partnership and the limited liability represented by the Pledged Interests.
          (m) During the Pledge Period, the Pledgor will not enter into or assume any other agreement containing a negative pledge with respect to the Collateral (or, during any Extended Pledge Period, if and to the extent applicable, with respect to the Retained Collateral).
     5.  Registration . At any time and from time to time during the Pledge Period, the Pledgee may cause all or any of the Collateral to be transferred to or registered in its name or the name of its nominee or nominees.
     6.  Claims; Value of Collateral .
          (a) Any claims by an Indemnified Party shall be made in accordance with Article 3 of Exhibit C to the Contribution Agreement. On or prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Closing (the “ Survival Period ”), an Indemnified Party may give notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) to the Pledgor of any Loss that is subject to indemnification under Article 3 to Exhibit C of the Contribution Agreement.
          (b) The value of Collateral (the “ Value ”) shall be determined as follows: (i) with respect to Collateral consisting of OP Units, an amount equal to the initial public offering price of shares of the Company’s common stock multiplied by the number of OP Units; and (ii) for all other Collateral, the fair market value of such Collateral as determined by a majority of the

4


 

directors of the Company who meet the New York Stock Exchange standards of independence for directors, and who are otherwise unaffiliated with the Pledgee the (“ Independent Directors ”).
     7.  Voting Rights and Certain Payments Prior to Occurrence of Secured Obligations and Other Events .
          (a) Until Collateral may be applied to satisfy a Secured Obligation hereunder, the Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise, in its sole discretion but not inconsistent with the terms hereof, the voting power with respect to any such Collateral, and for that purpose the Pledgee shall (if such Collateral shall be registered in the name of the Pledgee or its nominee) execute or cause to be executed from time to time, at the expense of the Pledgor, such proxies or other instruments in favor of the Pledgor or its nominee in such form and for such purposes as shall be reasonably required and specified in writing by the Pledgor, to enable the Pledgor to exercise such voting power with respect to such Collateral.
          (b) Until the Independent Directors of the Company reasonably determine that the outstanding Claims asserted by the Indemnified Parties in one or more Claim Notices may equal or exceed the value of the Collateral then available to satisfy such Claims, the Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain for its own account any and all regular cash distributions (but not distributions in the form of Partnership Interests or other securities, distributions in kind or liquidating distributions, all of which shall be delivered and applied in accordance with Section 8 hereof) and interest at any time and from time to time paid upon any of such Collateral.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, except with the prior consent of the Pledgee, until such time as the Pledge Period (or any Extended Pledge Period as may be applicable) has expired, the Pledgor shall not have the right to exercise any of its redemption rights under Section 15.1 of the OP Agreement with respect to any Pledged Interests.
     8.  Extraordinary Payments and Distributions . In case, upon the dissolution or liquidation (in whole or in part) of the Operating Partnership, any sum shall be paid as a liquidating distribution or otherwise upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, such sum shall be paid over to the Pledgee promptly, and in any event within ten days after receipt thereof, to be held by the Pledgee as additional Collateral hereunder. In case any distribution of Partnership Interests shall be made with respect to the Collateral, or Partnership Interests or fractions thereof shall be issued pursuant to any split involving any of the Collateral, or any distribution of capital shall be made on any of the Collateral, or any partnership interests, shares, obligations or other property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Collateral pursuant to a recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of the Operating Partnership, or pursuant to the dissolution, liquidation (in whole or in part), bankruptcy or reorganization of the Operating Partnership, or pursuant to the merger or consolidation of the Operating Partnership with or into another entity, the partnership interests, shares, obligations or other property so distributed shall be delivered to the Pledgee promptly, and in any event within ten days after receipt thereof, to be held by the Pledgee as additional Collateral hereunder, and all of the same (other than cash) shall constitute Collateral for all purposes hereof.

5


 

     9.  Pledgor Obligations Not Affected . The obligations of the Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be impaired by:
          (a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of the Pledgor;
          (b) any amendments to or modifications of any instrument (other than this Agreement) securing any of the Secured Obligations;
          (c) the taking of additional security for, or any guaranty of, any of the Secured Obligations or the release or discharge or termination of any security or guaranty for any of the Secured Obligations; or
          (d) the lack of enforceability of any of the Secured Obligations against the Pledgor or any other person, whether or not the Pledgor shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing.
     10.  Voting Rights and Certain Payments After Occurrence of Secured Obligation and Certain Other Events .
          (a) At such time that Collateral may be applied to satisfy a Secured Obligation hereunder, all rights of the Pledgor to exercise or refrain from exercising all voting power with respect to such Collateral and to otherwise exercise all ownership rights arising from such Collateral shall cease, and thereupon the Pledgee shall be entitled to exercise all voting power with respect to such Collateral and otherwise exercise such ownership rights as though the Pledgee were the outright owner of such Collateral. In the event that the Independent Directors of the Company reasonably determine that the outstanding claims asserted by the Indemnified Parties in one or more Claim Notices may equal or exceed the value of the Collateral then available to satisfy such claims, the Pledgor shall no longer be the owner of such Collateral for tax purposes and all rights of the Pledgor to receive and retain the distributions and interest which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall cease, and thereupon the Pledgee shall be entitled to receive and retain, as additional Collateral hereunder, any and all distributions and interest at any time and from time to time paid upon any of such Collateral, provided that, concurrent with making such determination, the Pledgee gives notice thereof to the Pledgor.
          (b) All payments, distributions or other property or assets that are received by the Pledgor contrary to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 10 shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Pledgee, shall be segregated from other funds of the Pledgor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Pledgee.
     11.  Application of Cash Collateral . Any cash received and retained by the Pledgee as additional Collateral pursuant to Section 8 hereof may at any time and from time to time be applied (in whole or in part) by the Pledgee, at its option, to the payment of the Secured

6


 

Obligations which such Collateral secures (in such order as the Pledgee shall in its sole discretion determine), if and to the extent any such payment is required hereunder.
     12.  Application of Proceeds . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any cash received and retained pursuant to Section 8 hereof shall be applied by the Pledgee: first to the payment in full of the Secured Obligations, if and to the extent any such payment is required hereunder; and then, to the payment to the Pledgor, or its successors or assigns or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus then remaining.
     13.  Remedies With Respect to the Collateral .
          (a) If the Pledgor fails to pay or perform any Secured Obligation when due, the Pledgee, without obligation to resort to other security, shall have the right at any time and from time to time to receive all or any part of Collateral with a Value equal to the amount of such Secured Obligation, in one or more parcels at the same or different times, and all right, title and interest, claim and demand therein and right of redemption thereof.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (or the Contribution Agreement), the sole recourse of the Pledgee against the Pledgor for the Secured Obligations and the obligations of the Pledgor under this Agreement is limited to the rights of the Pledgor in any such Collateral that is applied to satisfy a Secured Obligation.
          (c) No demand, advertisement or notice, all of which are hereby expressly waived, shall be required in connection with any transfer of Collateral to the Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Subject to the provisions of Section 13(b), the remedies provided herein in favor of the Pledgee shall not be deemed exclusive, but shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to all other remedies in favor of the Pledgee existing at law or in equity.
          (e) Pledgor and Pledgee agree to treat any application of Pledged Interests in discharge of any Secured Obligations as a non-taxable adjustment to the portion of the consideration received by the Pledgor pursuant to the Contribution Agreement in the form of Partnership Units unless otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     14.  Care of Collateral . The Pledgee shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the Collateral or any income thereon or as to the preservation of any rights pertaining thereto, beyond the safe custody of any thereof actually in its possession. With respect to any maturities, calls, conversions, exchanges, redemptions, offers, tenders or similar matters relating to any of the Collateral (herein called “events”), the Pledgee’s duty shall be fully satisfied if (i) the Pledgee exercises reasonable care to ascertain the occurrence and to give reasonable notice to the Pledgor of any events applicable to any Collateral which are registered and held in the name of the Pledgee or its nominee, (ii) the Pledgee gives the Pledgor reasonable notice of the occurrence of any events, of which the Pledgee has received actual knowledge, as to

7


 

any securities which are in bearer form or are not registered and held in the name of the Pledgee or its nominee (the Pledgor agreeing to give the Pledgee reasonable notice of the occurrence of any events applicable to any securities in the possession of the Pledgee of which the Pledgor have received knowledge), and (iii) (a) the Pledgee endeavors to take such action with respect to any of the events as the Pledgor may reasonably and specifically request in writing in sufficient time for such action to be evaluated and taken or (b) if the Pledgee reasonably determines that the action requested might adversely affect the value of the Collateral, the collection of the Secured Obligations, or otherwise prejudice the interests of the Pledgee, the Pledgee gives reasonable notice to the Pledgor that any such requested action will not be taken and if the Pledgee makes such determination or if the Pledgor fails to make such timely request, the Pledgee takes such other action as it deems advisable in the circumstances. Except as hereinabove specifically set forth, the Pledgee shall have no further obligation to ascertain the occurrence of, or to notify the Pledgor with respect to, any events and shall not be deemed to assume any such further obligation as a result of the establishment by the Pledgee of any internal procedures with respect to any Collateral in its possession. Except for any claims, causes of action or demands arising out of the Pledgee’s failure to perform its agreements set forth in this Section, the Pledgor releases the Pledgee from any claims, causes of action and demands at any time arising out of or with respect to this Agreement, the Collateral and/or any actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Pledgee with respect thereto, and the Pledgor hereby agrees to hold the Pledgee harmless from and with respect to any and all such claims, causes of action and demands.
     15.  Power of Attorney . The Pledgor hereby appoints the Pledgee to act during the Pledge Period (and, if and to the extent applicable, any Extended Pledge Period) as the Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Pledgee reasonably may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, during the Pledge Period (and, if and to the extent applicable, any Extended Pledge Period), the Pledgee shall have the right and power (a) upon application of any Collateral (including, during such Extended Pledge Period, any Retained Collateral) to satisfy a Secured Obligation, to receive, endorse and collect all checks and other orders for the payment of money made payable to the Pledgor representing any interest or other distribution payable in respect of such Collateral (or Retained Collateral) or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same, and (b) to execute endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to all or any of the Collateral (or Retained Collateral); provided , that the Pledgee shall provide written notice to the Pledgor reasonably prior to taking any such action under the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).
     16.  Further Assurances . The Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of the Pledgee, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, to the Pledgee such further instruments and documents and take and cause to be taken such further actions as may be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of the Pledgee to carry out more effectually the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

8


 

     17.  No Waiver . No failure on the part of the Pledgee to exercise, and no delay on the part of the Pledgee in exercising, any of its options, powers, rights or remedies hereunder, or partial or single exercise thereof, shall constitute a waiver thereof or preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other option, power, right or remedy.
     18.  Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Pledgee hereunder, grant of a security interest in the Collateral and all obligations of the Pledgor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Contribution Agreement, any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto, (b) any change in any term of all or any of the Secured Obligations or any other amendment or waiver of, or any consent to any departure from, the Contribution Agreement or any other agreement or instrument or (c) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of the Pledgor in respect of the Secured Obligations or in respect of this Agreement.
     19.  Expenses . Pledgor agrees to pay the Pledgee all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Pledgee (including reasonable expenses for legal services of every kind) of, or incident to the enforcement of, any provisions of this Agreement.
     20.  End of Pledge Period; Return of Collateral .
          (a) For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Pledge Period ” means the period beginning on the date hereof and ending upon the termination of the Survival Period; provided , that, if any claim(s) asserted in any Claim Notices(s) remain outstanding at the time of termination of the Survival Period (any such claim, an “ Outstanding Claim ”), the Pledgee shall have the right to retain, pending resolution of such Outstanding Claim(s) pursuant to Article 3 of Exhibit C to the Contribution Agreement, and at all times subject to the terms hereof, Collateral with a Value equal to the aggregate dollar amount of such Outstanding Claims (“ Retained Collateral ”) and, solely with respect to such Retained Collateral, the Pledge Period shall be deemed to continue (an “ Extended Pledge Period ”) until the resolution pursuant to Article 3 of Exhibit C to the Contribution Agreement, of the Outstanding Claim(s) to which such Retained Collateral relates.
          (b) Upon the termination of the Pledge Period (or the Extended Pledge Period, if and to the extent applicable), the Pledgor shall be entitled to, and the Pledgee promptly shall effect, the return to the Pledgor of all of the Collateral (and all other cash held as additional Collateral hereunder) that has not been used or applied toward the payment of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof (it being understood, for the sake of clarity, that all Collateral not so used or applied shall become subject to the foregoing return obligation on and as of the Survival Date, except for any Retained Collateral, which shall become subject to the foregoing return obligation on and as of the date on which the Outstanding Claim(s) related thereto are resolved in accordance with Article 3 of Exhibit C to the Contribution Agreement). The Pledgee shall take all reasonable actions to effect and evidence the return of Collateral under this Section 20, including, without limitation, the filing of UCC termination statements (if

9


 

applicable) with respect to, and the return to the Pledgor of certificates representing the Pledged Interests comprising, such Collateral.
          (c) The assignment by the Pledgee to the Pledgor of such Collateral shall be without representation or warranty of any nature whatsoever and wholly without recourse. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledgor’s release of the Pledgee and agreement to hold the Pledgee harmless set forth in the last sentence of Section 14 hereof shall survive any return of Collateral or termination of this Agreement.
     21.  Notices . All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
          To the Operating Partnership:
CoreSite Realty Corporation
1050 17 th Street, Suite 800
Denver, CO 80265
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (877) 296-8110
          To the Pledgor:
c/o The Carlyle Group
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 220
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attention: George Ruhlen and Rainey Hoffman
Facsimile: (202) 347-9250
     22.  Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Pledgee and the Pledgor.
     23.  Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Pledgee and the Pledgor hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York (without giving effect to the conflict-of-laws principles thereof).
     24.  Transfer or Assignment . Except with respect to any assignment or transfer by the Pledgee to an affiliate (which shall not require the Pledgor’s consent but as to which the Pledgee will give prior written notice to the Pledgor), none of the Pledgor or Pledgee may assign or transfer any of their respective rights under and interests in this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Pledgor (if the assignor/transferee is the Pledgee) or of the Pledgee (if the

10


 

assignor/transferee is the Pledgor), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , however , that no consent of the Pledgor is required hereunder for (a) the assignment or transfer by the Operating Partnership of any of its rights under and interests in the Contribution Agreement to any permitted assignee under the Contribution Agreement or (b) the Pledgee to act hereunder as agent on behalf of any person who becomes a Indemnified Party. Upon receipt of such consent (if required under this Section 24), the Pledgee may deliver the Collateral or any portion thereof to its assignee/transferee who shall thereupon, to the extent provided in the instrument of assignment, have all of the rights and obligations of the Pledgee hereunder with respect to the Collateral, and the Pledgee shall thereafter be fully discharged from any responsibility with respect to the Collateral so delivered to such assignee/transferee. However, no such assignment or transfer shall relieve such assignee/transferee of those duties and obligations of the Pledgee specified hereunder.
     25.  Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Pledgor and the Pledgee and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns, and all subsequent holders of the Secured Obligations.
     26.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement.
     27.  Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     28.  Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Contribution Agreement, as applicable, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all other understandings, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     29.  Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
     31.  No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except as may be expressly provided or incorporated by reference herein, no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person or entity.
[Signatures on Next Page]

11


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor has duly executed this Agreement, and the Pledgee has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its officers duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
             
    PLEDGOR:    
 
           
    [NAME]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:[        
             
    PLEDGEE:    
 
           
    CoreSite, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
 
           
 
  By:   CoreSite Realty Corporation    
 
      a Delaware corporation    
 
  Its:   General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        
Signature Page to CoreSite Pledge Agreement


 

EXHIBIT A
TO
PLEDGE AGREEMENT
Description of Pledged Interests
         
Name of Pledgor   Certificate Number   Pledged Interests
 
  No. _____   _____ OP Units
Exhibit A


 

EXHIBIT H
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
FORM OF TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Registration Statement
on Form S-11 (File No. 333-166810)
Exhibit H

 


 

APPENDIX A
Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement
Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registration Statement
on Form S-11 (File No. 333-166810)
Appendix A-1

 


 

APPENDIX B
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Registration Statement
on Form S-11 (File No. 333-166810)
Appendix B-1

 


 

APPENDIX C
Form of Agreement of Limited Partnership
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registration Statement
on Form S-11 (File No. 333-166810)
Appendix C-1

 

Exhibit 10.13
LEASE
HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE SERVICES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,
as Landlord,
and
CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company,
as Tenant
Meet Me Room Sublease

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS
    9  
ARTICLE 2 INITIAL LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM
    11  
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT
    12  
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
    12  
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES AND BUILDING
    23  
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES, UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
    24  
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
    32  
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
    34  
ARTICLE 9 INDEMNITY; INSURANCE
    36  
ARTICLE 10 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
    39  
ARTICLE 11 NONWAIVER
    41  
ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION
    42  
ARTICLE 13 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
    43  
ARTICLE 14 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL
    45  
ARTICLE 15 HOLDING OVER
    46  
ARTICLE 16 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
    46  
ARTICLE 17 SUBORDINATION
    47  
ARTICLE 18 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
    47  
ARTICLE 19 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
    51  
ARTICLE 20 SIGNS
    52  
ARTICLE 21 LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST
    52  
ARTICLE 22 TENANT PARKING
    52  
ARTICLE 23 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    53  
Meet Me Room Sublease

(i)


 

LEASE
     This Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth below in the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), is made by and between HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Landlord”), and CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).
     This Lease is in fact a sublease of the Premises (as defined below), as Landlord is the tenant of the Premises under that certain Lease of even date herewith between Hines REIT One Wilshire LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Master Landlord”) and Landlord (the “Master Lease”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent provided below in this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for timely providing and/or performing or causing Master Landlord to timely provide and/or perform all of the services and obligations required to be provided and/or performed by Master Landlord under the Master Lease, and in this regard, Landlord hereby expressly agrees that the failure of Landlord to provide and/or perform or cause Master Landlord to provide and/or perform any such services and obligations shall be a default by Landlord under Section 18.3 of this Lease (after expiration of any applicable notice and cure period provided for in such Section 18.3). Landlord further covenants as follows: (i) not to voluntarily terminate or allow the termination of the Master Lease (including, without limitation, due to any casualty damage or destruction or condemnation); (ii) not to modify the Master Lease in any manner which adversely affects Tenant’s rights or remedies under this Lease, or increases any of Tenant’s duties, covenants, obligations, liabilities, costs or expenses under this Lease; and (iii) to take all reasonable actions necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the Master Lease. Landlord covenants not to take any action or do or perform any act or fail to perform any act which would result in the failure or breach of any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions of the Master Lease on the part of the Tenant thereunder.
     Although this Lease is, in fact, a sublease, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to incur any duties, covenants, obligations, liabilities, costs or expenses in excess of those that Tenant would have otherwise incurred had Tenant leased the Premises directly from Master Landlord, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay any duplication of charges or to pay the same particular item to both Landlord and Master Landlord; for example, in the event of a Default by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant may have obligations under Section 18.1.2 of this Lease, but would not have the obligation to pay any additional amounts under Section 18.1.2 of the Master Lease (whether through an indemnity under this Lease, or otherwise).
Meet Me Room Sublease

 


 

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
         
TERMS OF LEASE   DESCRIPTION
1.
  Effective Date:   August 1, 2007.
 
       
2.
  Premises/Building:    
 
       
 
  2.1      Premises:   A total of approximately 10,848 rentable square feet, consisting of:
 
       
 
     
(a)   Suite 400 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 6,141 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 400”);
 
       
 
     
(b)   Suite 410 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 258 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 410”);
 
       
 
     
(c)   Suite 420 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 452 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 420”);
 
       
 
     
(d)   Suite 450 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,094 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 450”);
 
       
 
     
(e)   Suite 460 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 1,456 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 460”);
 
       
 
     
(f)   Suite 470 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 154 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 470”); and
 
       
 
     
(g)   Suite 480 on the 4th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 293 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 480”).
 
       
 
      The Premises are summarized below in Section 13 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information, in the Section titled “ Summary ”.
 
       
 
      If the Premises at any time include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered part of the Premises, but shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7 of the Summary below.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-2-


 

         
 
      Tenant’s rights to the Premises include the non-exclusive right to use and, upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord and Master Landlord, to access and enter, at no additional charge (except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease), the common area janitorial closets, and the common area electrical and telephone rooms, that serve the Premises and are located outside the Premises in the Building and/or Project as reasonably necessary for Tenant’s effective and efficient use of the Premises for the Permitted Use to service Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment that is located in the Premises. Tenant shall also have the non-exclusive right with respect to each demised portion of the Premises to use and, upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord and Master Landlord (except in the event of emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), to access and enter, at no additional charge, any space that is located immediately above the ceilings of such demised portion of the Premises and immediately below the floor slab of the floor next above, to the extent reasonably necessary to service Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment in such demised portion of the Premises and to run properly insulated and identified wires, cables and other conduits to such demised portion of the Premises and Tenant and its customers’ equipment therein and to use such space as reasonably necessary for providing utility services to such demised portion of the Premises. Tenant shall also be permitted, at no additional charge (except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease), the non-exclusive right to run properly insulated and identified cabling and wiring through the risers in the Building and/or Project to the extent reasonably necessary to service Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment in the Premises.
 
       
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s utilization of and access to and entry into such risers, ceiling space, electrical closets and telephone rooms, and the Supplemental Areas and all other areas of the Building or Project located outside the Premises to which Tenant has rights to use under this Lease (including Articles 1.5 and 6.9 of this Lease), and the installation, testing, placement, use, operation, removal and alteration of any Supplemental Equipment therein, shall be:
 
 
      (i) except as may be otherwise set forth in this Lease, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (ii) limited to the purposes for which the same were intended; (iii) in compliance with all Applicable Laws and the other applicable provisions of this Lease (including Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease); (iv) in accordance with plans and specifications and in locations to be approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion (and Master
Meet Me Room Sublease

-3-


 

         
 
      Landlord as required under the Master Lease) with respect to any such risers, ceiling space, electrical closets and telephone room, equipment therein and, except as may be set forth in this Lease, Supplemental Equipment and Supplemental Areas (or sole and absolute discretion to the extent the same would result in a Design Problem, as defined in Article 8.1 of this Lease); (v) outside the Premises, except as may be otherwise set forth in this Lease, subject to the non-exclusive rights of Landlord, Master Landlord and other tenants and occupants (as previously or hereafter granted by Master Landlord) to use and access such areas for their operations, cabling, wiring, equipment and other intended purposes, provided the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use thereof or other rights or remedies under this Lease (and subject to available capacity, as reasonably determined by Landlord (and Master Landlord as required under the Master Lease) on a pro-rata or other equitable basis, such that Landlord, Master Landlord and such other tenants and occupants may reasonably use and access such areas for such purposes); (vi) subject to the applicable TCC’s of Article 6.9 below (including Tenant’s payment of any fees or charges with respect to such use, if any, as expressly provided therein); (vii) subject to Tenant’s compliance with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G and all other reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations as may be adopted by Landlord (and Master Landlord as permitted under the Master Lease) in writing from time to time; (viii) conducted by Tenant in a manner (and Tenant hereby covenants to conduct such use in a manner) that will not (A) unreasonably interfere with Master Landlord’s normal and customary operation of the Building or Project or any portion thereof (including the Building Structure or any Building Systems), or unreasonably interfere with the use, occupancy, systems and/or equipment of other tenants or occupants of the Project, provided that such use and occupancy is for normal and customary purposes in an office/telecommunications building that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s operations permitted under and conducted in compliance with the TCC’s of this Lease, or (B) cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition; (ix) subject to, limited by and in compliance with the Building’s structural and floor loads, and the capacity of and manufacturer’s specifications for the Building Systems; and (x) in compliance with and subject to the provisions of and the Master Landlord’s rights and remedies under the Master Lease. The requirements and conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (x) hereinabove shall collectively be referred to as the “Special
Meet Me Room Sublease

-4-


 

         
 
      Use Conditions”.
 
       
 
      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, with respect to Tenant’s existing manner of use and occupancy, and Tenant’s existing equipment and other property as of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be in violation of any Special Use Conditions if the violation exists as a result of any action by Landlord or Master Landlord on or after the Lease Commencement Date.
 
       
 
      To the extent any mechanical rooms, electrical closets and telephone rooms are located exclusively within the Premises and contain no system, wiring, cabling or other item related to either the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems or to any systems or equipment of any tenant or occupant of the Project other than Tenant, no prior consent of Landlord or Master Landlord shall be required with respect to Tenant’s use of such areas, but any such use shall be (A) for the purposes for which such areas were intended, (B) subject to Tenant’s compliance with the other provisions of this Lease, the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G , and any other reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord (and Master Landlord as permitted under the Master Lease) as may adopted by Landlord (and Master Landlord as permitted under the Master Lease) in writing from time to time in connection with such use, and (C) conducted by Tenant in a manner (and Tenant hereby covenants to conduct such use in a manner) that will not unreasonably interfere with Master Landlord’s operation of the Building or Project or any portion thereof (including any Building Systems), or the use, occupancy, operations, systems and/or equipment of other tenants or occupants of the Project.
 
       
 
      Additionally, without limiting the foregoing, provided no applicable Special Use Condition is violated as a result thereof and Tenant otherwise complies with all of the other TCC’s of this Lease (including, without limitation, the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.1, Section 7 of the Summary and Article 6.9 of this Lease), Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use, at no additional charge (other than Tenant’s payment of all utilities costs of operation), the equipment, and areas in the Building upon which such equipment is located, set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant must (or may, as applicable), leave certain property in the Building, during the entire Lease Term (as may be extended), as set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall remain the owner of all such equipment and property, for all purposes
Meet Me Room Sublease

-5-


 

         
 
      (including, without limitation, for depreciation), including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment.
 
       
 
  2.2     Building:   The building located at 624 S. Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90017, containing approximately 661,553 rentable square feet.
 
       
3.
  Lease Term:    
 
       
 
  3.1     Length of Term:   Ten (10) years, subject to extension or earlier termination in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
 
       
 
  3.2     Lease Commencement Date:     August 1, 2007.
 
       
 
  3.3     Lease Expiration Date:   July 31, 2017.
 
       
4.
  Base Rent:   Base Rent shall be payable in the amounts set forth below in Section 13 of this Summary of Basic Lease Information, and in accordance with Article 3 below.
 
       
5.
  Base Year:   Calendar year 2007.
 
       
6.
  Tenant’s Share:   1.64% in the aggregate, with Tenant’s Share for each applicable portion of the Premises as set forth on Exhibit E.
 
       
7.
  Permitted Use:   Subject to the TCC’s of this Lease, and subject to Applicable Laws, telecommunications, communications, internet, data transmission, and all other lawful uses related thereto, including, without limitation, infrastructure data center use, main distribution frame connections, meet-me-room operations, installation, operation, testing, use and maintenance of generators (including diesel fuel tanks serving such generators), batteries, telecommunication, switching, transmission, cooling and computer equipment and infrastructure in the Premises, as well as Colocation (as defined below). Tenant may also use any portion of the Premises for office and storage uses. It is expressly agreed and understood that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the existing manner of use and occupancy of the Premises, as of the Lease Commencement Date, are Permitted Uses.
 
       
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, any existing corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities located on
Meet Me Room Sublease

-6-


 

         
 
      any full floor portions of the Premises as corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities, respectively, and notwithstanding Article 8 of this Lease to the contrary, shall not install any Alterations, improvements equipment or property in or to such corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities which would convert or change the character of such areas to other than corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities, respectively.
 
       
 
      For purposes of this Lease, “Colocation” is defined as providing, in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, facilities, including, without limitation, (i) communication network connection opportunity to customers, licensees, suppliers, business partners and/or affiliates (collectively, “Colocation Users”) within the Premises for which such parties pay fees or provide other consideration based upon access to such facilities, and wherein Colocation Users may install and operate telecommunications, data processing, data          storage and/or other equipment with the intention of networking the same with other Colocation Users and/or Tenant, (ii) physical space, (iii) power, and/or (iv) cooling.
 
       
 
      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to use the name “One Wilshire" in its agreements with its customers or providers, marketing and advertising, and may also use the address of the Building and depiction of the Building in connection therewith, provided the content of any such marketing and advertising shall not be reasonably objectionable to owners of Comparable Buildings (for example, if Tenant used such name in pornographic advertising).
 
       
8.
  Intentionally Deleted    
 
       
9.
  Parking:   Tenant shall not be entitled to any parking spaces in the Building parking facility under this Lease.
 
       
10.
  Address of Tenant:   c/o CRG West, LLC
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
 
       
11.
  Address of Landlord:   Hines REIT One Wilshire Services, Inc.
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Meet Me Room Sublease

-7-


 

         
 
      with a copy to:
 
       
 
      Hines Interests Limited Partnership
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
 
       
12.
  Brokers:   None.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-8-


 

         
13.
  Summary:   This Section 13 sets forth below a summary of the Premises and Tenant’s Base Rent payable for the Premises. Base Rent is subject to change in accordance with the provisions set forth in Article 3 below.
                                 
Premises Components (each                        
of the following deemed a           Monthly Base   Annual Base    
Component)   RSF   Rent   Rent per RSF   Annual Base Rent
Suite 400
    6,141     $ 35,822.50     $ 70.00     $ 429,870.00  
Suite 410
    258     $ 1,505.00     $ 70.00     $ 18,060.00  
Suite 420
    452     $ 2,636.67     $ 70.00     $ 31,640.00  
Suite 450
    2,094     $ 12,215.00     $ 70.00     $ 146,580.00  
Suite 460
    1,456     $ 8,493.33     $ 70.00     $ 101,920.00  
Suite 470
    154     $ 898.33     $ 70.00     $ 10,780.00  
Suite 480
    293     $ 1,709.17     $ 70.00     $ 20,510.00  
Total
    10,848     $ 63,280.00     $ 70.00     $ 759,360.00  
ARTICLE 1
PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS
     1.1 Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the rentable square footage of the Premises as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary shall be conclusive for all purposes under this Lease and is not subject to remeasurement by Landlord or Tenant. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (“TCCs”) herein set forth, and Tenant and Landlord covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs to be kept and performed by it and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. In exercising Tenant’s rights expressly provided in this Lease (including Section 2.1 of the Summary and Articles 1.5 and 6.9 below) to use portions of the Building outside the Premises, Tenant shall comply with and satisfy all of the applicable Special Use Conditions at all times during such use.
     1.2 The Building and The Project . The term “Building,” as used herein, shall refer to the Building set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall consist of: (i) the Building and the Common Areas and the parking facilities serving the Building; and (ii) the land upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease or the Master Lease, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) neither Landlord nor Master Landlord nor any agent of Landlord or Master Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business or the Permitted Use, (B) Landlord and Master Landlord
Meet Me Room Sublease

-9-


 

have no obligation and have made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, the Building, the Project or any part thereof, and (C) Tenant shall accept the Premises, the Building and the Project in their “AS IS” condition as of the Lease Commencement Date.
     1.3 Common Areas . Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Tenant, to the extent Landlord has such rights under the Master Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Master Landlord, Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Master Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, as permitted in the Master Lease, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Master Landlord as permitted in the Master Lease. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Master Landlord as permitted in the Master Lease. Landlord shall at all times cause Master Landlord to maintain and operate the Common Areas in compliance with Applicable Laws, and in a manner consistent with the “Comparable Buildings,” as such term is defined below. Tenant acknowledges that as provided in the Master Lease, Master Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to use commercially reasonable efforts to advise Tenant in advance of any such alterations, additions or changes), so long as such alterations, additions and changes will not result in an “Adverse Condition”, which for purposes hereof shall mean (i) any unreasonable interference with or material adverse effect on Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, (ii) any unreasonable interference with or material adverse effect on Tenant’s access to or use of the Supplemental Areas or any other areas of the Building or Project outside the Premises to which Tenant has access pursuant to this Lease, or (iii) an event which affects the location or size of the Premises or any Supplemental Areas or any other areas of the Building or Project outside the Premises to which Tenant has access pursuant to this Lease. Subject to the terms of this Lease and Tenant’s compliance with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G and with such other reasonable, non-discriminatory Building rules and regulations promulgated in writing by Master Landlord, as permitted in the Master Lease, which will not result in an Adverse Condition, Tenant shall have the right of ingress and egress to the Premises, the Building Common Areas and the Project parking areas twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. The term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean comparable buildings in terms of quality and desirability of location, age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation as to the building containing the portion of the Premises in question), quality of construction, level, availability and type of services and amenities, height, size and appearance, and are located in downtown Los Angeles, California.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-10-


 

ARTICLE 2
INITIAL LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM
     2.1 Initial Lease Term . The TCCs of this Lease shall be effective as of the “Effective Date” of this Lease (the Effective Date of this Lease is set forth in Section 1 of the Summary). The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, and shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”). The Lease Term shall expire on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated or extended as provided in this Lease.
     2.2 Option Terms .
          2.2.1 Option Rights . Landlord hereby grants Tenant three (3) options to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises for a period of five (5) years each (each, an “Option Term”), subject to the provisions set forth below in this Article 2.2; provided, however, Tenant shall have no such right to extend the Lease Term for a particular Option Term unless Tenant has either exercised its option to extend the lease term for the CRG Direct Lease (as defined below) for a term which is coterminous with such Option Term, or concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Option Exercise Notice for such Option Term, Tenant under the CRG Direct Lease exercises its option to extend the lease term for the CRG Direct Lease for a term which is coterminous with such Option Term (either of such events is referred to herein as the “CRG Direct Lease Condition”). If Tenant properly exercises its option to extend the Lease Term for an Option Term (and provided the CRG Direct Lease Condition has been satisfied), Landlord shall be obligated to and shall immediately exercise its option to extend its then-current lease term for the concurrent or longer option term under the Master Lease, failing which Tenant shall have the right, in Landlord’s name and on Landlord’s behalf to exercise same under the Master Lease, and Master Landlord will be obligated to accept the same as being proper exercise of the applicable renewal option delivered by Landlord, as tenant under the Master Lease. Tenant’s options shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below and shall be subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below in this Article 2.2. Upon the exercise by Tenant pursuant hereto of an option to extend, the Lease Term for the entire Premises shall be extended for the applicable period of five (5) years.
          2.2.2 Option Rent . The Base Rent payable by Tenant during each Option Term (if any) (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the monthly Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the commencement of the applicable Option Term, adjusted on the first day of the applicable Option Term, and on each annual anniversary thereafter during the applicable Option Term, pursuant to Section 3.2 below.
          2.2.3 Exercise of Options . The options contained in this Article 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, in the manner set forth in this Article 2.2.3. If Tenant desires to exercise an option to renew, Tenant shall deliver written notice (the “Option Exercise Notice”) to Landlord not less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Once Tenant delivers to Landlord an Option Exercise Notice, and provided that the CRG Direct Lease Condition has been satisfied, the then-current
Meet Me Room Sublease

-11-


 

Lease Term of this Lease for the Premises shall be extended for the applicable Option Term and Option Rent for such applicable Option Term shall be determined as set forth above.
ARTICLE 3
BASE RENT
     3.1 General Terms . Tenant shall pay, without prior written notice or demand, to Landlord at the Landlord’s address set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place in the Continental United States as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 13 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 13 of the Summary (as may be adjusted pursuant to this Lease), in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction (except as set forth in this Lease). If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.
     3.2 Base Rent Increases . During the initial Lease Term (and any Option Term), commencing on the one (1) year anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, and on each annual anniversary thereafter during the Lease Term (the “Adjustment Dates”), the Base Rent set forth in Section 13 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information above shall be adjusted as follows: the adjusted Base Rent as of each Adjustment Date shall be the monthly Base Rent effective on the day immediately preceding that Adjustment Date, multiplied by one hundred three percent (103%) (i.e., multiplied by 1.03, for a 3% annual cumulative and compounded increase in Base Rent).
ARTICLE 4
ADDITIONAL RENT
     4.1 General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses (for any calendar year during the Lease Term which occurs after the calendar year 2007), which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Article 4.2.1, below. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” Tenant shall not have to pay Tenant’s Share of increases in Direct Expenses attributable to any period of time after the Lease Term has ended except to the extent Tenant continues to occupy the Premises.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-12-


 

     4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
          4.2.1 “Base Year” shall mean the calendar year set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.
          4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Charge Expenses”, “Utility Expenses” and “Tax Expenses” (as such terms are defined below), to the extent constituting Direct Expenses under the Master Lease.
          4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls (including the Base Year), through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.
          4.2.4 Subject to Article 4.2.9 below, “Operating Charge Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Master Landlord incurs during any Expense Year (and charges to Landlord as Operating Charge Expenses under Article 4 of the Master Lease, to the extent permitted under the Master Lease) in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Charge Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which adversely affect Operating Charge Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of insurance carried by Master Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with any parking areas servicing the Project; (vi) fees and other costs of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the management fee which shall be included as part of Operating Charge Expenses in each Expense Year (including the Base Year) shall equal three percent (3%) of all Base Rent and Additional Rent (excluding such management fee) which would be derived from the Project if fully occupied at the Base Rent and Additional Rent (excluding such management fee) payable by Tenant under this Lease for such applicable year, determined without regard to offset, deduction or abatement (the “Management Fee”); (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project below the grade of property manager; (ix) costs under any recorded instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair and maintenance of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; and (xi) the cost of alarm and security services and common area janitorial services and janitorial services provided to the Premises, to the extent Master Landlord is obligated to provide the same pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. If, during all or any part of the Expense Year (including the Base Year), Master Landlord is not furnishing any particular work
Meet Me Room Sublease

-13-


 

or service (the cost of which, if performed by Master Landlord, would be included in Operating Charge Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Master Landlord, Operating Charge Expenses for such Expense Year (including the Base Year, as applicable) shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Charge Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Master Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Charge Expenses shall in no event include Utility Expenses or Tax Expenses. Additionally, in the event Master Landlord incurs costs or expenses associated with or relating to new separate items or categories or subcategories of Operating Charge Expenses which were not part of Operating Charge Expenses during the entire Base Year and such costs or expenses are other than as a result of any governmental requirements enacted or made effective after the Base Year or other occurrence(s) beyond the reasonable control of Master Landlord (the parties agreeing that requirements of Master Landlord’s investors or Master Landlord’s lenders shall not be deemed to be beyond the reasonable control of Master Landlord for purposes of this sentence), then during the time such new separate items or categories or subcategories of costs and expenses are included in Operating Charge Expenses for any Expense Year after the Base Year, Operating Charge Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amounts Master Landlord would have incurred during the Base Year with respect to such costs and expenses had such new separate items or categories or subcategories of Operating Charge Expenses been included in Operating Charge Expenses during the entire Base Year, giving due consideration to what the costs for such new separate items or categories or subcategories would have been at the time of the Base Year.
          4.2.5 Subject to Article 4.2.9 below, “Utility Expenses” shall mean the out-of-pocket costs which Master Landlord pays during any Expense Year (and charges to Landlord as Utility Expenses under Article 4 of the Master Lease, to the extent permitted under the Master Lease) for supplying utilities (such as, for example, electricity, water and gas) to the Building and Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Utility Expenses shall in no event include Operating Charge Expenses or Tax Expenses. Additionally, in the event Master Landlord incurs costs or expenses associated with or relating to new separate items or categories or subcategories of Utility Expenses which were not part of Utility Expenses during the entire Base Year, and such costs or expenses are other than as a result of any governmental requirements enacted or made effective after the Base Year or other occurrence(s) beyond the reasonable control of Master Landlord (the parties agreeing that requirements of Master Landlord’s investors or Master Landlord’s lenders shall not be deemed to be beyond the reasonable control of Master Landlord for purposes of this sentence), then during the time such new separate items or categories or subcategories of costs and expenses are included in Utility Expenses for any Expense Year after the Base Year, Utility Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amounts Master Landlord would have incurred during the Base Year with respect to such costs and expenses had such new separate items or categories or subcategories of Utility Expenses been included in Utility Expenses during the entire Base Year, giving due consideration to what the costs for such new separate items or categories or subcategories would have been at the time of the Base Year.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-14-


 

          4.2.6 Taxes .
               4.2.6.1 Subject to Articles 4.2.6.3, 4.2.9 and 4.5 below, “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes, gross receipts taxes (and similar taxes that are not net income taxes), sales taxes or other taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, and personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project), which are paid by Master Landlord in any Expense Year and charged to Landlord as Tax Expenses under Article 4 of the Master Lease, to the extent permitted under the Master Lease (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project. For purposes of this Lease, Tax Expenses shall be calculated as if the tenant improvements in the Building and Project were fully constructed and the Project, the Building, and all tenant improvements in the Building and Project were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes, and accordingly, during each Expense Year (including the Base Year), Tax Expenses shall be deemed to be increased appropriately. Additionally, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, any tax increase resulting from the recent sale of the Building (and/or Project) to the original Master Landlord named in the Master Lease shall be included in the Base Year, regardless of when the increase takes place, and if the increase takes place after the Base Year, the Base Year shall be retroactively adjusted accordingly, with Landlord promptly refunding to Tenant any overpayment made by Tenant. Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to timely pay all Tax Expenses to the appropriate authorities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tax Expenses shall in no event include Utility Expenses or Operating Charge Expenses.
               4.2.6.2 Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall be initially calculated without including any Proposition 8 reduction obtained by Master Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in any Expense Year subsequent to the Base Year (the “Tax Adjustment Year”), the amount of Tax Expenses incurred by Master Landlord decreases as a result of a Proposition 8 reduction that is secured for such Tax Adjustment Year, then for purposes of calculating the increases in Tax Expenses payable by Tenant for such Tax Adjustment Year in which such decrease in Tax Expenses occurs, the Tax Expenses as initially calculated for the Base Year shall be decreased by an amount equal to such decrease in Tax Expenses in such Tax Adjustment Year. Such adjustments in the Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall be made only for those Tax Adjustment Years in which such decreases occur and then only to the extent of such decreases.
               4.2.6.3 To the extent Master Landlord obtains a tax refund, Tenant’s Share of such tax refund shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received based upon the Expense Year to which such refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Tax Expenses under Article 4 for such Expense Year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses: (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Master Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to gross receipts
Meet Me Room Sublease

-15-


 

taxes [and similar taxes that are not net income taxes]); (ii) any items included as Utility Expenses; and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Article 4.4 of this Lease. Tenant shall have the right, in good faith, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to contest with the appropriate taxing authority the applicability or amount of any tax levied against Tenant’s equipment or improvements or other property, and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to permit Tenant to do so.
          4.2.7 “ Tenant’s Share ” for the Premises shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.
          4.2.8 In no event shall Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses include any duplication of charges.
          4.2.9 Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Lease to the contrary, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Charge Expenses, Utility Expenses and Tax Expenses shall not include any of the following:
               (a) costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Project or in connection with any major change in the Project (except as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.9(1) below), such as adding or deleting floors;
               (b) costs of the design and construction of tenant improvements to the Premises or the premises of other tenants or other occupants and the amount of any allowances or credits paid to or granted to tenants or other occupants for any such design or construction;
               (c) depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any (except as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.9(1) below);
               (d) marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original development, subsequent improvement, or original or future leasing of the Project;
               (e) costs for which Master Landlord is reimbursed, or would have been reimbursed if Master Landlord had carried the insurance Master Landlord is required to carry pursuant to the Master Lease or would have been reimbursed if Master Landlord had used commercially reasonable efforts to collect such amounts, by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance from its carrier or any tenant’s carrier;
               (f) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss or any reserves of any kind;
               (g) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Master Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Master Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Master Landlord and its employees, between Master
Meet Me Room Sublease

-16-


 

Landlord and Project management, or between Master Landlord and other tenants or occupants (including Landlord under the Master Lease);
               (h) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Charge Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager or Project engineer;
               (i) late charges, penalties, liquidated damages, and interest (except for interest as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.9(1) below);
               (j) amount paid as ground rental or as rental for the Project by the Master Landlord;
               (k) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants or other occupants in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project;
               (l) costs of capital repairs and alterations, capital improvements and equipment and other capital expenses, except for capital expenditures reasonably incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project (only to the extent of costs savings reasonably anticipated by Master Landlord at the time of such expenditure to be achieved in connection therewith) and capital expenditures required by Applicable Laws, including, but not limited to the American with Disabilities Act, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy any condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, or if a variance or grandfathered exception had not then been in place, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current Applicable Laws in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date; provided however that any such permitted capital expenditure shall be amortized (with interest at ten percent (10%) per annum) over its useful life (as determined by GAAP);
               (m) any amount paid by Master Landlord or to the parent organization or a subsidiary or affiliate of Master Landlord for supplies and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such supplies and/or services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;
               (n) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by or on behalf of Master Landlord (other than in connection with the operation of the parking facilities serving the Project);
               (o) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment (i) which are not commercially reasonable either as to type or amount (based upon the practices of landlords of the Comparable Buildings),
Meet Me Room Sublease

-17-


 

and (ii) which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Charge Expenses as a capital cost pursuant to Section 4.2.9(1) above;
               (p) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Master Landlord or which Master Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants without reimbursement;
               (q) electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with a public service company;
               (r) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;
               (s) tax penalties;
               (t) fees and reimbursements payable to Master Landlord (including its parent organization, subsidiaries and/or affiliates) or by Master Landlord for management of the Project which exceed the Management Fee set forth in Section 4.2.4(vi) above;
               (u) any costs expressly excluded from Direct Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;
               (v) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;
               (w) Master Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;
               (x) costs arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Master Landlord or any of Master Landlord’s partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, successors, agents, employees, and independent contractors and/or each of them (collectively, “Master Landlord Parties”);
               (y) costs incurred with respect to Hazardous Materials, as defined in Article 23.18 (including the removal, transportation, remediation or disposal thereof), unless the need for such removal, transportation, remediation or disposal arises out of any Applicable Laws first enacted after the Lease Commencement Date and is not attributable to any Hazardous Materials which are introduced onto the Project after the Lease Commencement Date in violation of Applicable Laws in effect at the date of introduction;
               (z) in-house legal and/or accounting (as opposed to office building bookkeeping) fees to the extent in excess of legal or accounting fees, as applicable, that would reasonably be charged by a third-party in an arm’s length transaction;
               (aa) costs arising from Master Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;
Meet Me Room Sublease

-18-


 

               (bb) any finders fees, brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising costs, other than with respect to a receptionist or secretary in the Project office, once per year;
               (cc) any above Building standard cleaning, including, but not limited to construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events;
               (dd) the cost of any training or incentive programs, other than for tenant life safety information services;
               (ee) settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Master Landlord and Landlord, Master Landlord and Tenant, Master Landlord and other tenants or prospective occupants or prospective tenants/occupants;
               (ff) legal fees and costs;
               (gg) costs for HVAC provided to any tenant or other occupant of the Project or to any leased, occupied or leasable space in the Building or Project to the extent Tenant is separately charged for HVAC provided to the Premises;
               (hh) costs of electricity or power provided to any leased, occupied or leasable space (including the Premises);
               (ii) any costs, expenses or other amounts incurred or paid for by Landlord (other than as Direct Expenses payable by the tenant under the terms and conditions of Article 4 of the Master Lease); or
               (jj) any service fees, management fees or other amounts payable by Master Landlord to Landlord (including, without limitation, under that certain Services Agreement between Master Landlord and Landlord of even date herewith).
          4.2.10 Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to pay all assessments and premiums (which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done), and which can be paid by Master Landlord in installments without the imposition of fines, penalties or interest, to be paid by Master Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law without the imposition of fines, penalties or interest and shall be included as Direct Expenses in the year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid. If the Building and/or Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year with all tenants/occupants paying full rent (as opposed to free rent, half rent, partial rent, and the like), Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses that would have been incurred had the Building and Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied with all tenants/occupants paying full rent and any and all other charges and expenses due to Master Landlord (as opposed to free rent, half rent, partial rent, and the like); and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses for such year. Landlord shall ensure that Master Landlord shall (i) not make a profit by charging items to Operating Charge Expenses or Utility Expenses, nor
Meet Me Room Sublease

-19-


 

(ii) collect Operating Charge Expenses and/or Utility Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants/occupants in the Building and/or Project in an amount in excess of what Master Landlord incurred for the items included in Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses.
          4.2,11 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay amounts under this Article 4 in excess of those then payable by the tenant under Article 4 of the Master Lease.
     4.3 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . If for any Expense Year within the Lease Term following the Base Year, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s discretion, directly to Master Landlord), in the manner set forth below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”).
          4.3.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to give to Tenant within approximately one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of the Base Year and each subsequent Expense Year, a reasonably detailed statement (the “ Statement ”), which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for the Base Year or such preceding Expense Year, as applicable, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Landlord shall be deemed to have complied with the preceding sentence if Landlord delivers to Tenant within such period the Statement of Direct Expenses that Landlord receives from Master Landlord for the Base Year and such Expense Year under the Master Lease (it being understood that Tenant shall not be required to pay more under Article 4 of this Lease than the amount then payable by Landlord, as tenant, under Article 4 of the Master Lease to Master Landlord). Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined below.
          4.3.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) itemized on a line-item by line item basis, which shall set forth Master Landlord’s reasonable and good faith estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. Landlord shall be deemed to have complied with the preceding sentence if Landlord delivers to Tenant the Estimate Statement of Direct Expenses that Landlord receives from Master Landlord for such Expense Year under the Master Lease. Upon receipt of an Estimate Statement, Tenant shall thereafter pay, within sixty (60) days after receipt of such Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Article 4.3.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered to Tenant.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-20-


 

     4.4 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, trade fixtures and any other personal property located in the Premises and the Project (including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment). If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Master Landlord or Landlord or Master Landlord’s or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Master Landlord’s or Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Master Landlord or Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Master Landlord and/or Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand from Master Landlord or Landlord (as the case may be) repay to Master Landlord or Landlord (as the case may be) the taxes so levied against Master Landlord or Landlord (as the case may be) or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be, all subject to Section 4.2.11 above.
     4.5 Tenant’s Payment of Certain Tax Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that, at any time during the initial Lease Term subsequent to the Base Year, any sale, refinancing, or change in ownership of the Building or Project is consummated, and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building or Project is reassessed (a “ Reassessment ”) for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13 (or any successor laws), then the TCCs of this Article 4.5 shall apply to such Reassessment of the Building and/or Project.
          4.5.1 The Tax Increase . For purposes of this Article 4, the term “Tax Increase” shall mean that portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated following the Reassessment, which is attributable solely to the Reassessment. Accordingly, the term “ Tax Increase ” shall not include any portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment, which is (i) attributable to assessments pending immediately prior to the Reassessment, or (ii) attributable to the annual inflationary increase (currently 2%) of real estate taxes. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 4.5.1 to the contrary, if a Tax Increase occurs because a Reassessment occurs during the Base Year, the Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall include the Tax Increase resulting from such Reassessment, but the foregoing shall not be deemed to in any way increase the protection granted by Landlord to Tenant under Article 4.5.2, below.
          4.5.2 Protection . During the initial Lease Term only, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any Tax Increase.
     4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records . In the event that Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any annual Statement delivered to Tenant, then Tenant shall have the right within one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement (the “ Review Period ”) to provide written notice to Landlord that it intends to inspect, or cause any agent, consultant or employee of Tenant (which, for the purpose of this provision, shall exclude any party hired by Tenant on a commission or contingency fee basis) to inspect, Master Landlord’s accounting records for the Expense Year covered by such Statement during normal business
Meet Me Room Sublease

-21-


 

hours (“Tenant Review”). Upon receipt of such notice, Landlord shall immediately deliver such notice to Master Landlord and cause Master Landlord to permit Tenant to conduct the Tenant Review directly pursuant to Landlord’s audit rights under the Master Lease. Any Tenant Review shall take place in Master Landlord’s office at the Project or at such other location in the State of California as Master Landlord may reasonably designate as permitted in the Master Lease, and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide Tenant with reasonable accommodations for such Tenant Review and reasonable use of such available office equipment. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than two (2) weeks’ prior written notice of its desire to conduct such Tenant Review. In connection with the foregoing Tenant Review, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation relating to the subject Statement as Tenant may reasonably request. In no event shall Tenant have the right to conduct such Tenant Review if Tenant is then in Default under this Lease with respect to any of Tenant’s monetary obligations, including, without limitation, any amounts required to be paid under the applicable Statement which is the subject of such Tenant Review. In addition, (i) if Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of any objection to an annual Statement and Tenant’s intent to conduct such Tenant Review thereof within the applicable Review Period, or (ii) if after Tenant has timely delivered such notice, Tenant fails to complete such Tenant Review and notify Landlord in writing that it continues to dispute the amounts of Additional Rent shown on such Statement within one hundred eighty (180) days after such Review Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such objection and the right to subsequently dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. In the event that following Tenant’s Review, Tenant continues to dispute the amounts of Additional Rent shown on the Statement and Master Landlord, Tenant and Landlord are unable to resolve such dispute within such 180-day period set forth hereinabove, then either Master Landlord (as permitted under the Master Lease) or Tenant may submit the matter to binding arbitration to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”), which arbitration shall be conducted in Los Angeles County under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA then in effect and otherwise in accordance with California law, and the proper amount of the disputed items and/or categories of Direct Expenses to be shown on such Statement shall be determined by such AAA arbitration proceeding, which shall be conclusive and binding upon Master Landlord, Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, if such dispute is not so submitted to arbitration within thirty (30) days after the second such 180-day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such dispute and the right to subsequently dispute any such amounts. If the resolution of such dispute with regard to the Additional Rent shown on the Statement, pursuant to the arbitration award or agreement of the parties, reveals an error in the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses to be paid for such Expense Year, the parties’ sole remedy shall be for the parties to make appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other as are determined to be owing. Any such payments shall be made within thirty (30) days following the resolution of such dispute. At Tenant’s election, to the extent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant or pursuant to any such arbitration award, Tenant may treat any overpayments resulting from the foregoing resolution of such parties’ dispute as a credit against Rent until such amounts are otherwise paid by Landlord or Master Landlord to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible and shall pay for all costs and expenses associated with the Tenant Review. Tenant shall also be responsible and shall pay, as part of the Arbitration Costs (as defined below) for all reasonable audit fees, attorneys’ fees and related costs of Tenant relating to an arbitration award (collectively, the “Arbitration Costs”), provided that if the parties’ final resolution of the dispute involves the overstatement of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year in excess of three percent
Meet Me Room Sublease

-22-


 

(3%), then Landlord shall be responsible and shall pay for (or cause Master Landlord to pay for) all Arbitration Costs. Tenant and each agent, consultant and employee of Tenant conducting a Tenant Review pursuant to this Section 4.6 shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Master Landlord’s books and records and the results of such Tenant Review and any arbitration proceeding under this Section 4.6 in strict confidence, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause each such Tenant Party to execute such commercially reasonable confidentiality agreements as Master Landlord and/or Landlord may reasonably require prior to conducting any such Tenant Review. This paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to allow the parties to enforce their respective rights hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
USE OF PREMISES AND BUILDING
     5.1 Use . Tenant may use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose. Tenant shall, at its expense, comply with (a) all Applicable Laws in connection with its use of the Premises, the Supplemental Areas and other areas of the Building used by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties or Tenant’s invitees, and (b) the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto.
     5.2 Entry . Subject to Section 5.3 below, Landlord reserves the right (for itself and Master Landlord pursuant to Master Landlord’s entry rights as provided under the Master Lease) at all reasonable times, and upon not less than forty-eight (48) hours’ prior notice to Tenant (except no such notice shall be required in emergencies), to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees of Master Landlord (and to prospective tenants of Master Landlord and/or prospective subtenants and assignees of Landlord during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term); (iii)post notices of non-responsibility, and/or make alterations, repairs and/or improvements to the Building to the extent required of Landlord under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the terms of Section 5.3 below, Landlord (for itself and Master Landlord pursuant to Master Landlord’s entry rights as provided under the Master Lease) may enter the Premises at any time to perform services required of Landlord under this Lease. In connection with any entry by or on behalf of Landlord or Master Landlord, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (and shall cause Master Landlord to use commercially reasonable efforts) to minimize interference with Tenant’s Permitted Use of and access to the Premises, Building and Project as a result thereof, and shall in no event reduce (or permit Master Landlord to reduce) the amount of space or services available to Tenant under this Lease other than in the event of emergencies.
     5.3 Secured Areas . Notwithstanding the TCC’s of Section 5.2 above, Tenant shall have the right to designate portions of the Premises as “Secured Areas” which are confidential or contain sensitive equipment, and neither Landlord (nor Master Landlord under the Master Lease) nor Landlord’s or Master’s Landlord’s respective agents, employees or contractors, shall enter such Secured Areas without the prior written consent of Tenant except in the event of an emergency in which case Landlord or its agents (or Master Landlord or its agents, as the case may be) shall be accompanied by a representative of Tenant (but only if and to the extent Tenant
Meet Me Room Sublease

-23-


 

makes such representative reasonably available to Landlord or Master Landlord, as the case may be, for such purposes). It is understood that Tenant’s use of the Premises may involve expensive, sensitive and/or fragile equipment, and that confidential data and transmissions may occur in or from the Premises; Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate (and cause Master Landlord to reasonably cooperate) with Tenant in connection with same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform or provide or cause Master Landlord to perform or provide any repairs or other services to any Secured Areas unless Tenant provides Landlord (and Master Landlord, as applicable) with access to such areas as reasonably required to perform or provide such repairs or services and pays all additional costs incurred by Landlord and Master Landlord in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any overtime or additional charges for work not performed at the customary times or in the customary manner). Tenant shall pay, within ten (10) days after request therefor, all costs incurred by Landlord (and/or charged by Master Landlord to Landlord under the Master Lease) in connection with Landlord’s (and/or Master Landlord’s) compliance with the provisions of this Section with respect to Secured Areas including, without limitation, any overtime or additional charges for services or repair work not performed at the customary times or in the customary manner. In addition, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Master Landlord from and against any Claims resulting from Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s inability to gain access to or use of the Premises arising out of the limitation on Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s access to the Secured Areas set forth in this Section 5.3.
ARTICLE 6
SERVICES, UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
     6.1 HVAC . Landlord shall not be obligated to provide (or cause Master Landlord to provide) any HVAC to the Premises; such HVAC, to the extent desired by Tenant, shall be provided by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 6.1. Pursuant to and subject to Tenant’s compliance with the TCC’s of Article 8 below (including obtaining Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s prior consent if and to the extent required pursuant to Article 8.1 below), and subject to available electrical capacity of the Building, as reasonably determined by Master Landlord to the extent permitted under the Master Lease, supplemental HVAC may be provided and/or installed by Tenant anywhere in the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, through separate supplemental HVAC units (including, without limitation, CRAC units) which shall be subject to the direct control of, and maintained by, Tenant, at Tenant’s cost; in the event Master Landlord to the extent permitted under the Master Lease reasonably determines that such electrical capacity is not available at the Building, then, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s cost, cause Master Landlord to reasonably cooperate with Tenant to permit Tenant to add, at Tenant’s cost, equipment and facilities providing additional electrical capacity for Tenant’s use hereunder. Tenant shall not be entitled to tap into Master Landlord’s chilled water system for the Building or to use any of Master Landlord’s Building condensers in connection with any such supplemental HVAC equipment installed in the Premises unless Tenant obtains Master Landlord’s prior written consent thereto (which consent Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold or delay). The electrical consumption resulting from Tenant’s usage of Tenant’s supplemental HVAC equipment shall be separately submetered, billed to Tenant and paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.2 below.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-24-


 

     6.2 Electricity . The cost of electricity supplied to the Premises shall be separately submetered by Landlord (or Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to have such electricity separately submetered) via existing submeters or new submeters installed at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord) the actual out-of-pocket costs charged by the public utility provider to Landlord or Master Landlord (as the case may be) for electricity consumed by Tenant in the Premises, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice (together with reasonable supporting documentation) for the same. Tenant shall in no event be obligated to pay any administration fee, or any mark-up, depreciation or other amounts to Landlord or Master Landlord in connection with electricity usage by Tenant. Pursuant to and subject to Tenant’s compliance with the TCC’s of Article 8 below (including obtaining Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s prior consent if and to the extent required pursuant to Article 8.1 below), and subject to available electrical capacity of the Building, as reasonably determined by Master Landlord to the extent permitted under the Master Lease, Tenant may, at its own expense, elect to make additional electricity arrangements for electricity to be provided to the Premises and/or Supplemental Areas (and Supplemental Equipment) directly with the applicable utility (“Provider”) and may obtain such additional electric supply from such Provider, and may install supplemental electrical equipment in the Premises and/or Supplemental Areas for such purposes (provided, however, any such additional electrical supply, arrangements and/or equipment with respect to the Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment shall be subject to and conditioned upon Tenant’s compliance with the TCC’s of Article 6.9 and the Special Use Conditions). Landlord, at no cost to Landlord (or Master Landlord under the Master Lease), shall cooperate (and cause Master Landlord to cooperate) with Tenant and Provider reasonably and in good faith in this regard. Tenant agrees to pay all bills from Provider for such direct electrical service when due.
     6.3 Janitorial . Landlord shall not provide (nor have the obligation to cause Master Landlord to provide) janitorial services to the Premises and Tenant shall, at its sole cost, provide its own janitorial services, trash removal and other cleaning of and to the Premises, and replacement of all light bulbs, lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises, all as appropriate to maintain the Premises in reasonably clean condition in a manner comparable with those services provided by landlords to tenant spaces at the Comparable Buildings. Such janitorial services to be provided by Tenant shall be performed by a third party service provider reasonably approved by Landlord (and Master Landlord to the extent such approval is required under the Master Lease). Tenant shall provide reasonable advance notice to Landlord of the name of any third party janitorial service provider retained by Tenant to provide janitorial service to the Premises and shall cause such service provider to (a) comply with all then existing Building standard rules and regulations, (b) maintain customary insurance coverage associated with such contracts, and (c) not interfere with the business operations of Landlord, Master Landlord or other tenants or occupants in the Building.
     6.4 Water . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to furnish to the Premises, at no additional charge (other than as part of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), unheated water from mains for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes drawn through fixtures installed by Master Landlord, or by Tenant with Master Landlord’s prior written consent (which Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay), and heated water for lavatory purposes from regular building supply in such quantities as is customarily supplied in Comparable Buildings.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-25-


 

     6.5 Passenger Elevator . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide, at no additional charge (other than as part of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), one (1) nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger/freight elevator and four (4) nonexclusive, non-attended passenger elevators in service during the Building Hours, and to have one elevator available at all other times, including on weekends and Holidays, except in the event of emergency. For purposes of this Lease, “Building Hours” shall mean 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, except for Holidays. As used herein, “Holidays” shall mean, collectively, the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other national holidays recognized by the New York Stock Exchange. In the event Tenant shall require additional passenger elevator service beyond that being provided by Master Landlord during non-Building Hours, Tenant shall arrange such additional elevator service directly (or through Landlord acting on Tenant’s behalf) with the Building management office in advance, and any such additional elevator service so provided to Tenant shall be subject to Tenant’s payment of Master Landlord’s then-prevailing rates, if any, with respect to the same (which payment shall be made by Tenant to Landlord or, at Landlord’s option, and/or as may be required by Master Landlord, directly to Master Landlord).
     6.6 Freight Elevator . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide to Tenant, at no additional charge during the Building Hours (other than as part of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), non-exclusive freight elevator service, subject to reasonable, non-discriminatory scheduling by Master Landlord. Any such freight elevator service provided to Tenant at times other than the Building Hours shall be subject to Tenant’s payment to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord) of Master Landlord’s then-prevailing rates, if any, with respect to the same.
     6.7 Security . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide, at no additional charge to Tenant (other than as part of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), twenty-four hour (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, every day of the year, on-site Project access control equipment, personnel, procedures and systems, all consistent with those at Comparable Buildings. Although Landlord agrees to cause Master Landlord to provide the security services and security personnel set forth in the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.7, subject to the indemnity in Section 9.1.1 below, and except for the Excluded Claims (as defined in Section 9.1.2 below), neither Master Landlord, the Master Landlord Parties, Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable for, and Master Landlord, the Master Landlord Parties, Landlord and the Landlord Parties are hereby released from, any responsibility for any damage or injury either to person or property sustained by Tenant in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of such security personnel, including, without limitation, as a result of any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with, and Landlord’s rights under, Article 8 below, and subject to Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s entry rights in Article 5.2 above, Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost, to install its own security systems for the Premises, so long as no Design Problem (as defined in Section 8.1 below) exists with respect thereto; provided, however that Tenant shall: (i) reimburse Landlord and Master Landlord, within thirty (30) days following written demand therefor, for any increased insurance costs and any increased cost of maintenance, repairs and other services to the extent actually caused by Tenant’s installation or operation of Tenant’s security system or other security procedures or personnel employed by Tenant at the Premises (provided that Landlord delivers to Tenant reasonably satisfactory
Meet Me Room Sublease

-26-


 

evidence of such increased costs) (which reimbursement to Master Landlord shall be made by Tenant to Landlord, or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord); and (ii) coordinate the installation and operation of such security system (and related Alterations) with Landlord and Master Landlord to assure that Tenant’s security system (and related Alterations) are compatible with and connected to the Building’s security system. Prior to installation of any such security systems by Tenant, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval (and Master Landlord for its approval to the extent required under the Master Lease), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned (if no Design Problem exists) and shall not be unreasonably delayed (and which approval Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to not unreasonably withhold or condition if no Design Problem exists and to not unreasonably delay), plans and specifications for such installation and such systems.
     6.8 Choice of Carrier . Subject to Tenant’s compliance with all Applicable Laws, Tenant may use any carriers or utility providers that Tenant desires, in its sole and absolute discretion, for electrical, internet and telecommunications services to the Premises; provided, however, that: (i) Tenant’s use of any carrier or utility provider as provided herein shall not cause unreasonable interference with or material increased cost (unless paid for by Tenant or unless the same is simply a result of pricing differences between providers) with respect to the operation of the Building or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises for reasonable and customary uses (provided that the fact that a communications provider chosen by Tenant may be or is in competition with another provider shall not constitute interference or material increased cost hereunder); (ii) such carriers or utility providers, and any equipment, wiring and cabling installed to provide such services, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval (and Master Landlord’s approval to the extent required under the Master Lease), which approval by Landlord shall not be withheld or conditioned unless a Design Problem exists and shall not be unreasonably delayed (and which approval by Master Landlord Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to not withhold or condition if no Design Problem exists and to not unreasonably delay); and (iii) any equipment, wiring and cabling to be installed outside the Premises in the Building or Project (an any access thereto) by such carriers or utility providers that provide such services shall be subject to a mutually acceptable (in the parties’ and Master Landlord’s reasonable discretion) access/license agreement to be entered into by Master Landlord, Landlord, Tenant and/or such carriers or utility providers. At no cost to Landlord or Master Landlord, Landlord shall sign (and cause Master Landlord to sign) all reasonable documents, and provide all reasonable information, as reasonably necessary for Tenant to obtain such services from such carriers or utility providers, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (and Master Landlord, as applicable), within thirty (30) days after invoice, for all actual and commercially reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord (and Master Landlord, as applicable) in providing such access rights and reviewing all plans and specifications for any equipment, wiring and cabling installed by or for Tenant in connection therewith (which reimbursement to Master Landlord shall be made by Tenant to Landlord, or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord).
     6.9 Supplemental Areas and Equipment . To the extent Landlord currently has such rights under the Master Lease, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right, to the following; provided, however, this Article 6.9 shall in no way limit or reduce any other rights or remedies of Tenant under this Lease, but rather, shall be in addition thereto:
Meet Me Room Sublease

-27-


 

          6.9.1 Fire-Suppression System . Tenant shall have the right, at no additional charge, to install, test, maintain, repair, remove, replace and/or use, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a dry-pipe or FM 200 fire suppression system (the “Fire-Suppression System”) within the Premises in compliance with all Applicable Laws and subject to Landlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and Master Landlord’s approval, to the extent permitted under the Master Lease, which Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay) of the plans and specifications therefor (and Tenant shall be the owner of the Fire-Suppression System, subject to the terms of this Lease). In connection with Tenant’s installation of the Fire-Suppression System, Tenant shall have the right to disconnect and cap, if necessary, in compliance with Applicable Laws, the local distribution portion of any existing fire-suppression system in the Premises. Tenant will be solely responsible, at its cost, for all maintenance and repair of the Fire-Suppression System during the Lease Term; provided, however, unless Tenant elects (in its sole and absolute discretion) to have its own vendor perform monitoring of the Fire-Suppression System, Landlord shall ensure, and shall cause Master Landlord to ensure, at Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s sole cost and expense (other than as part of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), that Master Landlord’s vendor (reasonably acceptable to Tenant) perform industry-standard (consistent with that at Comparable Buildings) monitoring of the Fire-Suppression System, in a manner reasonably acceptable to Master Landlord, Landlord and Tenant.
          6.9.2 Generators, Batteries and Telecommunications Equipment . Tenant shall have the right, at no additional charge, to install, test, maintain, repair, remove, replace and/or use generators, batteries and telecommunications facilities and equipment in the Premises, provided the same does not cause a Design Problem (and Tenant shall be the owner of the same, subject to the terms of this Lease). Without limiting the foregoing, in connection therewith, subject to Tenant’s obligations under Article 23.18 below, and compliance with and satisfaction of all Special Use Conditions with respect to space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, Tenant may also use conduit and cable connections (as well as fuel lines) connecting generators from one part of the Premises to another, and/or the Building (and/or Project) switch gear.
     Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide, at no charge, generator power to the Premises in accordance with the specifications, and from the generators (the “Landlord Generators”), set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto. Landlord shall cause Master Landlord, at Master Landlord’s cost which may be included in Operating Charge Expenses, to maintain and repair the Landlord Generators in compliance with Applicable Laws, and in good and operable condition.
          6.9.3 Connecting Equipment . Tenant shall have the exclusive use, at no additional charge, of the existing conduits set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, together with all connection equipment, cables, innerducts, fibers, risers, feeders and materials therein and/or connected thereto that are currently installed and existing as of the date of execution of this Lease, together with comparable replacements of such equipment by or on behalf of Tenant (collectively, the “Conduits”), subject, however, with respect to space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, to Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of all Special Use Conditions pertaining thereto.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-28-


 

          6.9.4 Additional Conduit Rights . If Tenant desires additional allocations of conduit pathway rights with respect to the Premises over and above those currently serving the Premises, then, upon written request by Tenant to Landlord and Master Landlord, to the extent Master Landlord reasonably has available capacity, based upon among other factors, Master Landlord’s needs and the needs and/or rights of other existing and/or future tenants and occupants of the Building (including Tenant under its direct lease with Master Landlord for other space in the Building, which lease is being executed by Master Landlord and Tenant concurrently herewith [herein, the “CRG Direct Lease” ]), and provided Tenant at all times complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions pertaining thereto for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, Landlord will cause Master Landlord to use reasonable efforts to accommodate Tenant’s needs, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall pay Master Landlord’s then-prevailing rates with respect to the same (which payment shall be made by Tenant to Landlord, or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord).
          6.9.5 Connecting Equipment . Tenant may use, at no additional charge, the existing connection equipment, such as cables, risers, feeders and materials (collectively, the “Connecting Equipment”) that are currently installed and existing as of the date of execution of this Lease and serving the Premises with comparable replacements of such equipment by or on behalf of Tenant in the shafts, ducts, chases, utility closets and other facilities of the Building and/or Project serving the Premises, subject, however, to Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of all Special Use Conditions pertaining thereto for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises.
          6.9.6 Additional Equipment Space . Tenant may, at any time and from time to time, request to lease either directly from Master Landlord or through a sublease from Landlord, at Master Landlord’s prevailing rates, additional space in the basement, garage, and/or roof and mechanical areas (“Additional Equipment Space”) of the Building for the installation of equipment to support Tenant’s activities within the Premises for the Permitted Use. Landlord agrees to cause Master Landlord to either directly lease Additional Equipment Space to Tenant or lease such Additional. Equipment Space to Landlord who shall thereupon sublease such Additional Equipment Space to Tenant, provided that in Master Landlord’s reasonable determination the Additional Equipment Space is available based upon among other factors, Master Landlord’s needs and the needs and/or rights of other existing and/or future tenants and occupants of the Building (including Tenant under the CRG Direct Lease), and provided Tenant at all times complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions pertaining to the Additional Equipment Space and the equipment to be placed therein.
          6.9.7 Additional Connecting Infrastructure . Tenant may, at any time and from time to time, request that Landlord obtain Master Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s installation within the Building of conduit, equipment and distribution infrastructure for telecommunications, electrical and cooling services, and similar additional pipes, ducts and conduit reasonably necessary to support the delivery of communications, electrical, back-up power and cooling and other services to Tenant’s Premises for the Permitted Use and/or to support Tenant’s activities conducted within the Premises as part of the Permitted Use (“Additional Connecting Infrastructure”). Landlord agrees to cause Master Landlord to make available to Tenant pathway and points of entry at the Building for the installation of Additional
Meet Me Room Sublease

-29-


 

Connecting Infrastructure provided that in Master Landlord’s reasonable determination the pathway is available based upon among other factors, Master Landlord’s needs and the needs and/or rights of other existing and/or future tenants and occupants of the Building (including Tenant under the CRG Direct Lease), and provided Tenant at all times complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions pertaining to the Additional Connecting Infrastructure for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises and the installations and equipment to be placed therein. Any Additional Connecting Infrastructure leased by Tenant directly from Master Landlord or through a sublease from Landlord shall be at and subject to Tenant’s payment of Master Landlord’s prevailing rates (which payment shall be made by Tenant to Landlord, or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord).
          6.9.8 Additional Electricity Transformers and Vaults . To the extent reasonably deemed necessary by Tenant and to the extent not unreasonably disruptive to Master Landlord’s operation of the Building or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises for reasonable and customary uses, and provided that in Master Landlord’s reasonable determination additional space in the Project is available for such purposes and Tenant at all times otherwise complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions with respect thereto for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide to Tenant space in the Project for new vaults and transformers for Tenant’s additional electrical and/or telecommunications requirements for the Premises and Supplemental Areas (and/or Supplemental Equipment); provided, however, the location of such space for any new vault or transformer within the Project shall be designated by Master Landlord in its reasonable discretion (to the extent permitted in the Master Lease) and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to make such space available to Tenant (either directly to Tenant or through a sublease from Landlord) at then market terms and then market charges to be paid by Tenant for the use thereof (which payment shall be made by Tenant to Landlord, or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord). Prior to installation of any such new vaults or transformers, Tenant shall submit to Master Landlord, for Master Landlord’s approval, which approval Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay, plans and specifications for the same.
          6.9.9 Fiber Vault Construction . Tenant may, from time to time and at any time, request that Landlord obtain Master Landlord’s approval to allow Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to construct and/or install fiber vaults to serve the Premises (and/or the equipment of Tenant and/or its customers in the Premises) within rights of way adjacent to or underneath adjacent streets provided that in Master Landlord’s reasonable determination space for the proposed vault is available and Tenant satisfies and otherwise complies with all Special Use Conditions with respect to the use and operation thereof for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, which use shall also be upon market terms, and subject to Tenant’s payment of then market charges to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord) for the use thereof. To the extent reasonably requested by Tenant, Landlord shall assist Tenant (and cause Master Landlord to assist Tenant), at no cost to Landlord or Master Landlord, in procuring applicable approvals necessary for the construction, at Tenant’s cost, of any such fiber vaults.
          6.9.10 Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment . The areas within the Building and Project which are outside the Premises and to which Tenant has rights under the
Meet Me Room Sublease

-30-


 

foregoing provisions of this Article 6.9 (or otherwise under this Lease, including Section 2.1 of the Summary) are referred to in this Lease collectively as the “Supplemental Areas.” Tenant’s equipment, facilities and property in the Building and Project which are within such Supplemental Areas located outside the Premises and which Tenant (or its customers) owns under this Article 6.9 (or otherwise under this Lease) are referred to in this Lease collectively as the “Supplemental Equipment.” Subject to and conditioned upon Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of all of the Special Use Conditions (which Tenant hereby covenants to comply with at all times with respect to all such Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment and Tenant’s use of and access thereto), Landlord shall ensure that Master Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no additional charge (except as otherwise expressly provided above in this Article 6.9), reasonable continuous access to the Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment as reasonably necessary in connection with the Permitted Use (including, without limitation, use, testing, maintenance, repair and replacement/substitutions of Supplemental Equipment), and Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with (and shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably interfere with), Tenant’s use of, the Supplemental Areas or Supplemental Equipment.
     Except to the extent expressly set forth to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent, Direct Expenses or any other fees or charges for the Supplemental Areas (or Supplemental Equipment), and the rentable square footage of the Supplemental Areas shall not be included in the calculation of Tenant’s Share. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall install such fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Supplemental Equipment and/or Supplemental Areas as required by Applicable Laws or as may otherwise be reasonably determined by Tenant and approved by Master Landlord to the extent required under the Master Lease (which approval Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold or delay). It is expressly agreed and understood that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the existing fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Supplemental Equipment and/or Supplemental Areas as of the Lease Commencement Date, is acceptable to Landlord (and by Master Landlord’s consent below, to Master Landlord). Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant must (or may, as applicable), leave certain property in the Building, as set forth, in this Lease, during the entire Lease Term (as may be extended), Tenant shall remain the owner of all Supplemental Equipment for all purposes (including, without limitation, for depreciation).
     6.10 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that, except as otherwise provided in this Lease (and subject to Landlord’s obligations under this Lease), Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as provided in this Lease) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any utilities or services, or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as expressly provided in Section 18.4 below) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-31-


 

ARTICLE 7
REPAIRS
     7.1 General . Subject to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations in Article 6.9 above and below in this Section 7.1), and subject to Articles 10 and 12 of this Lease, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord, at Master Landlord’s sole cost and expense (other than as part of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), to maintain in first-class condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural and/or exterior portions of the Premises, Building and Project, including (i) the foundation, floor and ceiling (including slabs), roof, curtain wall, glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, parking areas, parking garages, landscaping, fountains, water falls, Project signage, stairwells (excluding any internal stairwells within the Premises), elevator cabs, plazas, art work, sculptures, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all Common Areas (collectively, the “Building Structure”), and (ii) the mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler, HVAC and sewer and other base Building systems excluding distribution thereof inside the Premises for portions of the Premises used for telecommunications purposes, and including distribution thereof inside the Premises for any other space in the Premises (but not with respect to any Alterations made to such other space by or for Tenant after the Lease Commencement Date) (collectively, the “Building Systems” ), and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to make such corrections as may be required after being made aware of the need therefor; provided, however, to the extent such maintenance and repairs are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties or Tenant’s invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord), as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs, subject, however to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below. Additionally, Tenant shall be responsible to repair, at its sole cost, any damage to the Building or Project caused by the Supplemental Equipment, subject, however to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and repair in working condition, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s past normal business operations, any equipment of Tenant for which this Lease expressly provides will be surrendered by Tenant upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The Building Structure and Building Systems shall not include any of the Supplemental Equipment. Landlord shall comply with and cause Master Landlord to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances (collectively, “Applicable Laws” ) which relate to the Building Structure and/or Building Systems, and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to make such corrections as may be required by Applicable Laws with respect to the Building Structure and Building Systems after being made aware of the need therefor; provided, however, that, subject to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, reimburse Master Landlord directly), within thirty (30) days after invoice, for the reasonable, out-of-pocket costs of any improvements and alterations required to be made to the Building Structure and Building Systems which are Landlord’s obligation to cause Master Landlord to perform under this sentence to the extent caused by any Alterations, equipment, systems or other property (including the Supplemental Equipment) first installed during the Lease Term by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or at the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, except for casualty damage and causes beyond Master Landlord’s reasonable control, Landlord shall cause Master
Meet Me Room Sublease

-32-


 

Landlord to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the roof of the Building in watertight condition, and free from leaks at all times. Subject to Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation, under Articles 10 and 12 below, Tenant shall, at its expense, keep the interior of the Premises (not including the Building Structure or Building Systems) and all permanent improvements installed by Tenant in the Premises in good order and condition during the Lease Term, except for ordinary wear and tear, causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control, casualty damage which is Landlord’s obligation to cause Master Landlord to repair and the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, the Landlord Parties, Master Landlord and/or the Master Landlord Parties (subject, however, to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below); provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to maintain the Premises in any better condition than that which existed as of the date of this Lease, except as may be required by Applicable Laws (but only to the extent of compliance with Applicable Laws for which Tenant is otherwise specifically responsible under the terms of this Lease). Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to perform all repairs, improvements and work at the Building and Project in a commercially reasonable manner, after-hours (whenever reasonably practicable) and in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or operation of the Premises for the Permitted Use.
     7.2 Tenant’s Right to Make Repairs . Notwithstanding any of the TCCs set forth in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord and Master Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease (or Master Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease), and which event or circumstance materially or adversely affects the conduct of Tenant’s business from the Premises, and neither Master Landlord nor Landlord commences such required action within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, then Tenant may proceed to take (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to permit Tenant to take) the required action upon delivery of an additional ten (10) business days’ written notice to Landlord and Master Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action (provided, however, that the initial thirty (30) day notice and the subsequent ten (10) business day notice shall not be required in the event of an “Emergency”, as that term is defined, below, but rather a single one (1) business day notice shall be required) and if such action was required under the TCCs of this Lease to be taken by Landlord (or under the TCCs of the Master Lease to be taken by Master Landlord), and was not commenced by Landlord (or Master Landlord, as the case may be) within such ten (10) business day period (or one (1) business day period in the event of an Emergency, as applicable) and thereafter diligently pursued to completion, then Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to so reimburse Tenant, to the extent not so reimbursed to Tenant by Landlord) of Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in taking such action plus interest thereon at ten percent (10%) per annum. In the event Tenant takes such action, and such action affects the Building Structure or Building Systems, then Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Master Landlord in the Building for work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which performs similar work in Comparable Buildings. Promptly following completion of any work taken by Tenant pursuant to the TCCs of this Article 7.2, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a detailed invoice of the work completed, the materials used and the costs relating thereto. If Landlord does not deliver a detailed written objection to Tenant within thirty (30) days after
Meet Me Room Sublease

-33-


 

receipt of an invoice from Tenant, then Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, the amount set forth in such invoice. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection from Landlord and/or Master Landlord to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s and/or Master Landlord’s reasons for its respective claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord and/or Master Landlord (as the case may be) pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease or the Master Lease (as the case may be) or that the charges are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then Tenant shall not then be entitled to such deduction from Rent, but may proceed to claim a default by Landlord; if Tenant prevails in any such claim, the amount of the award (which shall include interest at 10% per annum from the time of each expenditure by Tenant until the date Tenant receives such amount by payment or offset) may be deducted by Tenant from the Rent next due and owing under this Lease. For purposes of this Article 7.2, an “Emergency” shall mean an event threatening immediate and material danger to people or property located in the Building.
ARTICLE 8
ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
     8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Subject to the following provisions of this Article 8, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s consent, to make changes, modifications, additions and alterations to the Premises during the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (collectively, the “Permitted Alterations”). It is understood that, subject to the following provisions of this Article 8, Tenant may (but without obligation to do so) also install and construct infrastructure and telecommunications facilities and equipment in the Premises during such 12-month period, and that the same shall be considered part of Permitted Alterations. With respect to any Permitted Alterations (including, without limitation, under Section 1.3 above) that do not require Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s consent (and the consent of Master Landlord under the Master Lease) shall still be required for the plans and specifications for the Permitted Alterations, which consent by Landlord shall not be withheld, conditioned or delayed (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to not so unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent), unless a Design Problem exists, and will be deemed consented to by Landlord (and Master Landlord, as the case may be) unless Landlord (or Master Landlord, as the case may be) denies its consent by written notice to Tenant identifying the Design Problem within ten (10) business days after the date Landlord receives the plans and specifications in question. A “Design Problem” is defined as the applicable Alteration: (i) materially and adversely affecting the Building Structure or Building floor loads; (ii) materially and adversely affecting the Building Systems (or the reasonable industry-standard third-party manufacturer’s specifications for the Building Systems); (iii) unreasonably interfering with any of Master Landlord’s normal and customary business operations at the Building or Project or other tenants’ or occupants” use or enjoyment of their premises, systems and/or equipment, provided that such use and enjoyment is for normal and customary purposes in an office/telecommunications building that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s operations permitted under and conducted in compliance with the TCCs of this Lease; (iv) creating a dangerous or hazardous condition; and/or (v) failing to comply with Applicable Laws or any other provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 7 of the Summary). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the existing improvements, alterations,
Meet Me Room Sublease

-34-


 

systems and equipment in the Premises shall not be deemed to create a Design Problem if such Design Problem exists as a result of any action by Landlord or Master Landlord on or after the Lease Commencement Date.
     Additionally, without limiting the foregoing, during the Lease Term (as may be extended), Tenant shall not require Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s consent to (a) repair the Premises or to install, repair, replace, supplement or modify any telecommunications and/or Colocation systems and/or equipment within the Premises, provided such repairs, systems and equipment do not affect the Building Structure and would not result in a Design Problem, or (b) perform non-structural changes, modifications, additions and alterations to the Premises that do not affect the Building Structure or Building Systems and would not result in a Design Problem (collectively, the “Non-Structural Alterations”). Except in connection with Permitted Alterations that do not result in a Design Problem, and except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s consent shall be required for Tenant to make alterations to the Premises which affect the Building Structure or the Building Systems (collectively, the “B/S Alterations”), which consent or approval shall not be withheld by Landlord (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to not withhold its consent), unless a Design Problem exists. Permitted Alterations, Non-Structural Alterations and B/S Alterations and all other alterations to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Alterations”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, in no event may Tenant make any Alterations (1) that would result in a Design Problem unless Landlord (and Master Landlord under the Master Lease), in its sole and absolute discretion, approves same, (2) unless Tenant delivers to Landlord and Master Landlord written notice of such proposed Alterations together with the plans and specifications therefor (or any subsequent changes thereto) at least ten (10) business days prior to the commencement of, such Alterations (so that Landlord and Master Landlord may determine if a Design Problem exits with respect thereto and/or post notices of non-responsibility), and (3) unless Tenant performs the same in compliance with this Article 8. With respect to any Alterations requiring Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s consent, if Landlord or Master Landlord does not notify Tenant in writing that it is withholding its consent to any proposed Alterations (it being understood that Landlord and Master Landlord may only withhold its respective consent if a Design Problem exists) within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s request, then such party failing to so notify Tenant within such ten (10) business day period shall be deemed to have approved such Alterations.
     8.2 Manner of Construction . All Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be performed: (a) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, which shall include, without limitation, payment to Landlord (to the extent required to be paid by Landlord to Master Landlord under Section 8.2 of the Master Lease) of Master Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Master Landlord to review Tenant’s plans and specifications for the Alterations; (b) in a diligent and good and workmanlike manner; (c) in compliance with all Applicable Laws and in substantial conformance with the plans and specifications therefor submitted by Tenant to Landlord and Master Landlord (and approved by Landlord and Master Landlord, to the extent such approval was required); (d) by contractors and subcontractors selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord and Master Landlord (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to not unreasonably withhold consent) (except that pursuant to the Master Lease, Master Landlord may reasonably designate the contractors and subcontractors to perform all B/S Alterations provided such contractors and subcontractors are unrelated to Master
Meet Me Room Sublease

-35-


 

Landlord or Landlord and agree to perform such work at competitive prices and are reasonably available); (e) in conformance with Master Landlord’s reasonable, non-discriminatory construction rules and regulations (which Landlord shall make available or cause Master Landlord to make available to Tenant upon request); and (f) in such manner so as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to unreasonably interfere with Master Landlord’s normal and customary business operations at the Building or Project or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises for reasonable and customary uses. In addition, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord and Master Landlord with evidence that Tenant or its contractor carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord (provided Landlord shall not withhold approval unless Master Landlord reasonably withholds approval to the extent allowed under the Master Lease) (not to exceed the amount of coverage typically required by landlords of Comparable Buildings) covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Master Landlord under the Master Lease may reasonably require. Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after demand, remove or bond against any liens imposed against the Building or Project as a result of the performance by Tenant of any Alterations and/or installation by Tenant of any furniture, fixtures or equipment in or at the Premises, Building or Project, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Master Landlord harmless from and against all Claims in connection with any such liens.
     8.3 Removal of Tenant’s Property . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, during the Lease Term (and for up to ten (10) business days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term to the extent permitted under the Master Lease, but subject to Tenant’s payment of holdover rent pursuant to Article 15 below during such period), except as set forth to the contrary in Article 14 below, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, but without obligation to do so, remove from the Premises, Building and Project any Alterations, and/or the furniture, fixtures (including business and trade fixtures), personal property, infrastructure, improvements, equipment and/or other property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by or on behalf of Tenant (regardless of whether the same is built-in or free standing), including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment and systems, provided Tenant repairs, at its expense, any damage to the Premises and Building caused by any such removal; provided, however, Tenant may leave floor and wall coverings in the Premises in their then existing “as is” condition and shall have no obligation to repaint, install new floor covering or to patch or repair wall, ceiling, roof, floor and/or other penetrations in the Premises.
ARTICLE 9
INDEMNITY; INSURANCE
     9.1 Indemnification .
          9.1.1 As used herein, the “Tenant Parties” shall mean, collectively, Tenant and Tenant’s partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, successors, assignees, subtenants, agents and licensees (including Colocation Users), employees and independent contractors. Landlord hereby indemnifies, defends and holds harmless the Tenant Parties (other than contractors, subtenants, Colocation Users and licensees), from and against any claim, loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and
Meet Me Room Sublease

-36-


 

reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Claims”) to the extent (a) caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, successors, agents, employees, and independent contractors and/or each of them (collectively, “Landlord Parties” ) or Master Landlord or any of the Master Landlord Parties, or breach of this Lease by Landlord (including, without limitation, any default by Landlord under Section 18.3 below) or a breach of the Master Lease by Landlord not caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, and (b) not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease, but such indemnity shall not include (i) any loss or damage to Tenant’s property to the extent Tenant has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 9.4 below, or (ii) any lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages.
          9.1.2 Subject to and except for (a) Claims indemnified by Landlord in Landlord’s indemnity in Section 9.1.1 above, (b) Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and (c) Claims caused by or resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties or Master Landlord or the Master Landlord Parties and not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease (such excluded Claims in this clause (c), collectively, the “Excluded Claims”), Tenant hereby: (i) assumes all risk of damage to property (including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment) or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises or the Supplemental Areas from any cause whatsoever; and (ii) agrees that, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property (including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment) or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant, any Tenant Parties or other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant hereby indemnifies, defends and holds harmless Landlord and the Landlord Parties and Master Landlord and the Master Landlord Parties (other than contractors) from and against any Claims to the extent (1) caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant Parties, or the breach of this Lease by Tenant (including, without limitation, any Default by Tenant under Section 18.1 below), and (2) not insured or required to be insured by Landlord under this Lease (or with respect to such indemnity of Master Landlord and the Master Landlord Parties, not insured or required to be insured by Master Landlord under the Master Lease), but such indemnity shall not include (A) any loss or damage to (x) Landlord’s property insured or required to be insured against by Landlord under this Lease or the Master Lease (or, with respect to Master Landlord and the Master Landlord Parties, Master Landlord’s property insured or required to be insured against by Master Landlord under the Master Lease, or (y) Master Landlord’s property to the extent Master Landlord has waived such loss or damage (pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Master Lease), or (B) any lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages, or (C) any disputes between Master Landlord (or any of the Master Landlord Parties) and Landlord (or any of the Landlord Parties).
          9.1.3 The provisions of this Article 9.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
     9.2 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to insure the Building (including the Building Structure and Building Systems) and the Project (but excluding, at Master Landlord’s option as provided in the Master Lease, the property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 9.3.2 below), and Landlord shall insure all of Landlord’s personal property, during the Lease Term against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered
Meet Me Room Sublease

-37-


 

within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, water damage, earthquake damage (to the extent available at commercially reasonable costs), and all other risks normally covered under “special form” policies in the geographical area of the Building. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other TCCs, as Master Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine (as provided in the Master Lease), provided that, in any event, such coverage shall (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to have such coverage): (i) be for full replacement (less commercially reasonable deductibles) of such covered items of the Building and the Project in compliance with Applicable Laws; (ii) be with companies licensed in the State of California; and (iii) at a minimum be comparable to the coverage and amounts of property damage insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings (except Master Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain terrorism, mold and/or flood insurance, provided that, in the event Master Landlord carries the same, then the cost of the same shall be imputed into the Base Year as if Master Landlord carried the same during the entire Base Year). Additionally, Landlord shall maintain, and cause Master Landlord to maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance with companies licensed in the State of California covering the insured against Claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Landlord’s and/or Master Landlord’s operations, and contractual liabilities, for limits of liability not less than $5,000,000.00 per occurrence and $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate). Upon inquiry by Tenant, from time to time, Landlord shall inform Tenant of all such insurance carried by Landlord and Master Landlord.
     9.3 Tenant’s Insurance .
          9.3.1 Tenant shall maintain the following coverage in the following amounts: Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against Claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities, for limits of liability not less than:
     
          Bodily Injury and
  $5,000,000 each occurrence
          Property Damage Liability
  $5,000,000 annual aggregate
 
   
 
  Commercially reasonable deductible amounts
 
   
          Personal Injury Liability
  $5,000,000 each occurrence
 
  $5,000,000 annual aggregate
 
   
 
  Commercially reasonable deductible amounts
          9.3.2 Tenant shall also insure (i) all Alterations and tenant improvements now or hereafter permanently attached to the Premises (and not described in (ii) below) by or on behalf of Tenant (collectively, the “Permanent Alterations”), and (ii) all of Tenant’s personal property, fixtures, systems and equipment (including the Supplemental Equipment) now or hereafter in the Premises and/or Project (including the Supplemental Areas) against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, water damage and all other risks normally covered under “special form” policies in the geographical area of the Building. Such coverage
Meet Me Room Sublease

-38-


 

shall be for full replacement of the insured items (less commercially reasonable deductibles) in compliance with Applicable Laws.
          9.3.3 All such insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall: (a) be maintained throughout the Lease Term (as may be extended); (b) be issued by companies licensed in the State of California and having a rating reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (c) name Master Landlord, Landlord, Master Landlord’s property manager and the holder of any mortgage encumbering the Building or Project as additional insureds with respect to Tenant’s liability insurance under Section 9.3.1 above and as loss payees (as their respective interests appear) with respect to the property damage insurance described in Section 9.3.2(i) above; (d) provide, in effect, that the insurer shall endeavor to give Landlord and Master Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of cancellation or material reduction in coverage; (e) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder, and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing; and (f) be in commercially reasonable form. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage required to be carried by Tenant hereunder on or before the Lease Commencement Date and before the expiration dates thereof.
     9.4 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks (and the property loss risks of Master Landlord under the Master Lease) shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to look solely to and seek recovery only from), their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided (or caused to be provided) hereunder or if higher, to the extent such insurance has been obtained. The parties each hereby waive (and by execution of its consent below, Master Landlord hereby waives) all rights and claims against each other and one another (and against the officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, employees and agents of the other and one another) for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder from the insurer. Such waiver and release shall specifically include any deductible, retention and self-insured loss or damage. Tenant agrees that its property damage insurance policies are now endorsed and Landlord and Master Landlord agree that Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s respective property damage insurance policies required under the Master Lease and/or this Lease are now endorsed (or Tenant and Landlord shall [and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to] use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such an endorsement from Tenant’s or Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s respective insurers, as the case may be) such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, but the failure to obtain any such endorsement shall not impair the effectiveness of this waiver and/or release between and/or among Landlord, Tenant and Master Landlord.
ARTICLE 10
DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
     10.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . If the Premises, the Building Structure, the Building Systems, or any Common Areas serving or providing ingress/egress to
Meet Me Room Sublease

-39-


 

the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to promptly and diligently repair and restore the Building Structure, the Building Systems and the Common Areas and Supplemental Areas (and the Permanent Alterations in the Premises as described in Section 10.2.1 below, subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.1 below). Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to ensure that such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by Applicable Laws. Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever under this Article 10 to repair or restore (or cause Master Landlord to repair or restore) the Supplement Equipment or any of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures or equipment in the Premises, Building or Project, and Tenant shall have no obligation to assign or deliver any insurance proceeds or other amounts to Landlord or Master Landlord with respect thereto. In the event of casualty damage, Rent will be abated, if at all, pursuant to the terms of Section 18.4 below.
     10.2 Termination Rights .
          10.2.1 In the event that, as a result of the casualty in question, (i) Master Landlord terminates the entire CRG Direct Lease, as may be permitted pursuant to the landlord’s rights under the first paragraph of Section 10.2.1 thereof, and (ii) Master Landlord terminates the entire Master Lease, as may be permitted pursuant to the landlord’s rights under the first paragraph of Section 10.2.1 thereof, then Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination concurrently with (or within 5 business days after) Master Landlord’s delivery of the CRG Casualty Termination Notice (as defined below). The term “CRG Casualty Termination Notice” is defined as a timely and proper written termination notice by Master Landlord to the tenant under the CRG Direct Lease pursuant to the landlord’s rights under the first paragraph of Section 10.2.1 thereof. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises for which Landlord has elected, or is otherwise required, to cause Master Landlord to repair, then provided this Lease has not been terminated, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or at Landlord’s option, directly to Master Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Section 9.3.2(i) above with respect to the Permanent Alterations in the Premises and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to repair any damage to such Permanent Alterations (provided if the cost of such repair of such Permanent Alterations exceeds the sum of (A) the amount of insurance proceeds for such Permanent Alterations received by Master Landlord from Tenant or Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, plus (B) any insurance proceeds received by Master Landlord from Master Landlord’s insurance under the Master Lease with respect to such Permanent Alterations, the excess cost of such repairs to such Permanent Alterations shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord (or at Landlord’s option, and/or as may be required by Master Landlord, directly to Master Landlord) prior to Master Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage). Additionally, if the Premises or the Building is damaged to any substantial, material extent by fire or other casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, and, in the reasonable judgment of Master Landlord’s independent third-party licensed contractor, the damage or destruction to the Premises or Building cannot be repaired by the date which is sixty (60) days after such casualty damage, and Tenant elects not to exercise any existing renewal option in its favor (which has not been previously waived or expired), then notwithstanding anything contained herein, Landlord and/or Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after such party learns learn of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage. Any funds delivered by Tenant under this Section 10.2.1 shall be deemed
Meet Me Room Sublease

-40-


 

delivered to and accepted by Master Landlord (and, without limiting the foregoing, Landlord’s willingness to provide Master Landlord with funds under Section 10.2.1 of the Master Lease shall be evidenced by Tenant’s willingness to deliver funds to Master Landlord or Landlord under this Section 10.2.1).
          10.2.2 Notwithstanding the TCCs of Article 10.1 or 10.2.1 above if, in the reasonable opinion of an architect or contractor mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Damage Consultant”), the damage affects more than thirty percent (30%) of the Premises (herein, a “Tenant Damage Event”), and repairs of such damage to the portions of the Building which Landlord is obligated to cause Master Landlord to repair pursuant to Section 10.1 above cannot reasonably be completed within twelve (12) months after the date of discovery of the damage, or if the CRG Direct Lease is terminated under Article 10 thereof, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the certificate of such Damage Consultant setting forth such reasonable opinion, in which event Landlord shall not be required to cause Master Landlord to restore and/or rebuild as required pursuant to Section 10.1 above. Tenant may request that Landlord provide Tenant with a certificate from the Damage Consultant described above setting forth such Damage Consultant’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days.
          10.2.3 If either Landlord or Tenant exercises any of its options to terminate this Lease as provided above in this Section 10.2, this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date set forth in such party’s termination notice, which termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days after such termination notice is delivered to the other party; provided, however, that if the termination notice is delivered as a result of a casualty damage occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, such termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) days and no more than forty-five (45) days after such termination notice is delivered to such other party.
     10.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The TCCs of this Lease, including this Article 10, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute- or regulation with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to any damage or destruction Landlord (on behalf of itself and Master Landlord) and Tenant irrevocably waive and release their respective rights under the provisions of Sections 1932 and 1933 of the California Civil Code.
ARTICLE 11
NONWAIVER
     Except as otherwise provided for herein as a “deemed waiver,” no provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed by such waiving party. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any TCC herein
Meet Me Room Sublease

-41-


 

contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other TCC herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord or payment of Rent by Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant or Landlord of any TCC of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s or Tenant’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance or payment of such Rent. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and/or satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due.
ARTICLE 12
CONDEMNATION
     If (i) the whole of the Premises, Building or Project, or ninety percent (90%) or more of the Premises, shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or (ii) Master Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of any such takings by eminent domain or condemnation as a result thereof, then (X) Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, provided that (1) prior to or concurrently with Landlord’s termination notice terminating this Lease, Master Landlord terminates (A) the leases of all other tenants of the Building which contain termination rights in favor of Master Landlord permitting Master Landlord to terminate such leases in the event of such condemnation or taking, and (B) the CRG Direct Lease, as may be permitted pursuant to the terms thereof, and (2) Master Landlord has elected in writing to terminate the Master Lease in accordance with the terms of Article 12 thereof as a result of the taking in question, and (Y) if the CRG Direct Lease is terminated under Article 12 thereof, or if as a result of any of the aforesaid takings (or deeds in lieu thereof) Tenant cannot conduct its business operations in substantially the same manner such business operations were conducted prior to such taking while still retaining substantially the same material rights and benefits it bargained to receive under this Lease, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease, exercisable by written termination notice delivered by the terminating party to the other party within sixty (60) days after such terminating party becomes aware thereof. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or Master Landlord for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord and Master Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith with respect to such party’s respective interest, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim against the taking authority available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, improvements, alterations and/or fixtures belonging to Tenant, and for moving expenses. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12 to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to receive fifty percent (50%) of the “bonus value” of the leasehold estate in connection therewith, which bonus value shall be equal to the difference between the Rent payable under this Lease and the sum established by the condemning authority as the award for compensation. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. Upon any taking or other matter described in this Article 12, Rent for the Premises (and for those Supplemental Areas, if any, for which Rent is required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease)
Meet Me Room Sublease

-42-


 

shall be abated pursuant to Section 18.4 below. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, or a taking of less than thirty percent (30%) of the Premises, then this Lease shall not terminate pursuant to this Article 12 but the Rent for the Premises (and for those Supplemental Areas, if any, for which Rent is required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease) shall be abated pursuant to Section 18.4 below; Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.
ARTICLE 13
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
     13.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent (except as otherwise provided below) of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and subject to obtaining Master Landlord’s consent to the extent required under the Master Lease, which consent Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay), assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises (a “Transfer”; any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires to obtain Landlord’s (and Master Landlord’s) consent to any Transfer (and such consent is required under the terms of this Article 13), Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (ii) all of the material economic terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all relevant existing executed and/or proposed documentation (to the extent then existing) pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iii) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee. Landlord shall approve or disapprove (and shall cause Master Landlord to approve or disapprove) of the proposed Transfer within thirty (30) days (the “Review Period”) after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable Transfer Notice. In the event that (i) Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of such approval or disapproval within such Review Period and (ii) Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of such approval or disapproval by Landlord and/or Master Landlord within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of a reminder notice of the expiration of the Review Period, then Landlord (and/or Master Landlord, as applicable) shall be deemed to have approved such Transfer. Any Transfer requiring Landlord’s and/or Master Landlord’s consent hereunder which is made without such prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect. All Transfers under this Article 13, including any Permitted Transfers pursuant to Section 13.3 below, are and shall be subject and subordinate to all of the TCCs of this Lease, except as may otherwise be provided in this Lease. If Landlord and Master Landlord consent to any Transfer, (A) such consent shall not be deemed consent by such party to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, and (B) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all relevant documentation pertaining to such Transfer. In addition, no Transfer, whether with or without Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s consent and whether a Permitted Transfer, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-43-


 

     13.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent (and shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent) to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the TCCs specified in the Transfer Notice. The parties hereby agree that reasonable reasons under this Lease and under any Applicable Law for Landlord and/or Master Landlord (as the case may be) to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer shall include, without limitation, the following:
          13.2.1 In the event of an assignment of this Lease, or a sublease of more than 5,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, or a sublease of any portion of the Premises from which any of the services to be provided by Tenant to Landlord and/or other tenants or occupants of the Building under that certain Service Provider Agreement between Landlord and Tenant of event date herewith, as may be amended by the parties thereto from time to time (the “Service Provider Agreement”), the Transferee does not have the financial capability to perform the obligations under the applicable Transfer, and/or does not have sufficient experience or expertise to perform or provide the services under the Service Provider Agreement, as applicable;
          13.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease; or
          13.2.3 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of an exclusive right granted by Master Landlord in good faith in another lease for space in the Building, or would give an occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease as a result of the proposed use to be made of the space by the sublessee or assignee, provided that upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to provide written notice of all applicable exclusive rights.
          13.2.4 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof (i) which is that of a foreign country, or (ii) which operates a business from the Subject Space that is not primarily an administrative office and/or requires or permits members of the general public to visit the Subject Space to apply for and/or obtain information, services, goods and/or benefits provided by such Transferee (other than on an occasional basis).
     13.3 Non-Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant may, from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, without the consent of Landlord or Master Landlord, provided that Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice thereof (except no such notice shall be required for any license or sublicense described in clause (a) hereinbelow which pertains to less than 5,000 rentable square feet of space within the Premises), do any or all of the following (collectively, “Permitted Transfers”), so long as any such Permitted Transfer was not entered into, and the transferee thereof was not formed, as a subterfuge by Tenant, to (1) avoid the obligations contained in this Article 13, or (2) adversely affect the ability of Tenant to satisfy its obligations under this Lease:
          (a) license and/or sublicense any or all of the Premises to any third parties (including customers of Tenant and customers of such customers) for Colocation;
          (b) assign, sublease, and/or otherwise transfer the Premises and/or this Lease, and/or Tenant’s interest therein, (i) to any affiliate of Tenant (including any entity that
Meet Me Room Sublease

-44-


 

controls, is controlled by, or is under common control, with Tenant), and/or (ii) in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale of stock, sale of assets, sale of Tenant’s business and/or restructuring; and/or
          (c) assign this Lease (or any of Tenant’s property) as security for any financing obtained by Tenant in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business (and, in connection therewith, Tenant may record in the public records any subleasehold deed of trust or mortgage against the Premises, provided that such deed of trust or mortgage shall not impair Master Landlord’s title to the Project or Landlord’s title to this Lease).
     13.4 Documents . Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to execute such reasonable documents as Tenant reasonably requests in order to effectuate the provisions of this Article 13 (including, without limitation, Tenant’s ability to engage in Colocation in the Premises).
ARTICLE 14
SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL
     Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as of the date of this Lease, except for reasonable wear and tear, causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control (including casualty damage), repairs which are the responsibility of Landlord hereunder or Master Landlord under the Master Lease, and the negligence or willful misconduct of Master Landlord, Landlord, the Landlord Parties and/or the Master Landlord Parties (subject, however, to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 above). Such surrender shall also be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 above. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, at its cost, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises, Building or Project, any Supplemental Equipment, Alterations, fixtures (including business and trade fixtures) and/or other improvements, furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and/or other property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant (and the same shall belong to Tenant as its sole property), other than items set forth in the penultimate sentence of this Article 14 which are to remain, and repair any damage to the Building, Project and Premises resulting from such removal; provided, however, (a) Tenant shall not be obligated to remove Alterations, unless Landlord or Master Landlord notified Tenant in writing prior to installation of the applicable Alteration that Tenant is required to remove the same upon expiration or termination of this Lease, and (b) Tenant shall not be required to remove any Supplemental Equipment or other equipment unless the same is a potentially hazardous material (such as batteries). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be permitted or required to remove the Conduits or any of the following equipment and/or any replacements or modifications thereto in the Premises, which shall be surrendered by Tenant to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term in their then-existing condition (subject, however, to (i) Tenant’s obligations in Section 7.1 above to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and repair in working condition, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s past normal business operations, the following equipment, and (ii) Tenant’s obligations under the Service Provider Agreement): CRAC and HVAC units, generators, cages, racks, conduits and termination blocks within the Premises, and the “Main Distribution Frame”; provided, however, subject to Tenant’s obligations
Meet Me Room Sublease

-45-


 

under the Service Provider Agreement and in Section 7.1 above (i.e., to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and repair in working condition, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s past normal business operations), (A) all such items shall be accepted upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in their “As-Is” condition, without representation or warranty by Tenant, and (B) Tenant shall have no obligation or liability whatsoever in the event such items malfunction or break, or are otherwise not suitable for Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s needs or operations. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant must (or may, as applicable), leave certain property in the Building, during the entire Lease Term (as may be extended), Tenant shall remain the owner of all such property, for all purposes (including, without limitation, for depreciation), including, without limitation, Supplemental Equipment, Alterations, fixtures (including business and trade fixtures), furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and/or other property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant.
ARTICLE 15
HOLDING OVER
    If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not, except as set forth below, constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%). Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable TCC contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 15 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 16
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
     Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord or Tenant, Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party (the “Requesting Party”) a written statement certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which the rent and any other charges under this Lease have been paid; (c)to the non-Requesting Party’s knowledge, whether or not Requesting Party is in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease, and if so, specifying the nature of such default; (d) the address to which notices to non-Requesting Party are to be sent; and (e) such other matters as the Requesting Party may reasonably request. Additionally, within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Tenant, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a written statement certifying: (a) that the Master Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been permitted modifications, that the Master Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which the rent and any other charges
Meet Me Room Sublease

-46-


 

under the Master Lease have been paid; (c) to Master Landlord’s knowledge, whether or not any party is in default in the performance of any obligation under the Master Lease, and if so, specifying the nature of such default; (d) the address to which notices to Master Landlord are to be sent; and (e) such other matters pertaining to the Master Lease as Tenant may reasonably request.
ARTICLE 17
SUBORDINATION
         Subject to Tenant’s receipt of an appropriate non-disturbance agreement(s) as set forth below, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter in force against Landlord’s leasehold interest in this Lease or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreements) in favor of Tenant from any mortgage holders and lien holders of Landlord and/or Master Landlord shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant’s agreement to be bound by the TCCs of this Article 17. Subject to Tenant’s receipt of the non-disturbance agreement(s) described above, Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof, to recognize such purchaser or lienholder as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant is not in Default of this Lease. Landlord’s interest in this Lease may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder.
ARTICLE 18
DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
     18.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant (a “Default”):
          18.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within ten (10) business days after written notice that the same was not paid when due; or
          18.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other TCC of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such failure is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible; or
Meet Me Room Sublease

-47-


 

          18.1.3 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any TCC of the Service Provider Agreement to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such failure is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible. Additionally, if the nature of such failure is such that the payment of amounts by Tenant would reasonably compensate Landlord for any damages, claims, losses, costs and liabilities resulting from such failure (including, without limitation, any such damages, claims, losses, costs and liabilities suffered or incurred by Landlord and/or for which Landlord is responsible with respect to any tenant leases covered by the Service Provider Agreement), then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default under this Section 18.1.3 if it promptly pays to Landlord (but without obligation to do so under this Lease) such amounts.
     The notice periods provided herein are in addition to, and not in lieu of any notice periods provided by Applicable Law.
     18.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue the following remedies:
          18.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, after due process of law enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:
               (i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus
               (ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
               (iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
               (iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and
               (v) At Landlord’s election, but subject to the provisions of this Lease, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-48-


 

     As used in this Article 18, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).
     In the event of any such termination, Landlord shall use all efforts to mitigate its damages in accordance with Applicable Laws. Subject to such duty to mitigate, upon any such termination, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements.
          18.2.2 Upon a Default, Landlord shall also have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.
          18.2.3 Upon a Default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor, sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of any such Default.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary in the Service Provider Agreement).
     18.3 Landlord Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease (including, without limitation, the failure to cause Master Landlord to provide and/or perform any services and obligations as set forth in this Lease) if (i) in the event a failure by Landlord is with respect to the payment of money, or is in connection with Section 23.19 below, Landlord fails to perform such obligation in question within ten (10) business days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in reasonable detail Landlord’s failure to perform; or (ii) in the event a failure by Landlord is other than (i) above, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in reasonable detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if Landlord commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may exercise any and all of its rights and remedies provided at law and/or in equity. In addition, upon any uncured monetary default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may offset such amounts against the Rent next due and payable under this Lease so long as such failure to make such
Meet Me Room Sublease

-49-


 

payment continues for an additional ten (10) business days after notice from Tenant that Tenant intends to exercise such offset right under this Section 18.3. Further, if Landlord fails to pay any monetary amounts payable under the Service Provider Agreement as and when due thereunder (which payment is not timely disputed by Landlord in the manner permitted under the Service Provider Agreement), and such failure continues for more than ten (10) business days after written notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due, then Tenant may offset such unpaid and undisputed amounts against the Rent next due an payable under this Lease to the extent permitted in the Service Provider Agreement. If Master Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease, or if Landlord otherwise fails to cause Master Landlord to perform the obligations required under this Lease (including, without limitation, as a result of any bankruptcy proceeding involving Master Landlord or Landlord as the debtor), then, without limiting any of Tenant’s other rights or remedies, Tenant shall be subrogated to any rights and/or claims Landlord may have against Master Landlord and/or any of the Master Landlord Parties in connection therewith (and, without limiting the foregoing Tenant shall have all other subrogation and similar rights as may be available at law and/or in equity).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.
     18.4 Abatement of Rent . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, or the Supplemental Areas (or Supplemental Equipment) or any portion thereof, as a result of Landlord’s breach of this Lease (or Landlord’s breach of the Master Lease which is not caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease) or the negligence or willful misconduct of Master Landlord or Landlord or any of their respective contractors, licensees or invitees or casualty or condemnation (or any other event covered by Articles 10 or 12 of this Lease, other than with respect to the Supplemental Equipment) (an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant may give Landlord written notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for three (3) consecutive days after Landlord’s receipt of any such written notice, or occurs for seven (7) days (whether or not consecutive) in a three (3) consecutive month period (in either of such events, the “Eligibility Period”), then (a) Rent for the Premises shall be abated after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use the Premises, or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“Premises Unusable Area”), bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, and (2) Rent for the Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent under this Lease, if any, shall be abated after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, such Supplemental Areas, or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of such Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent and that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“SA Unusable Area”), bears to the total rentable area of such Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent; provided, however, (i) in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Rent for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from
Meet Me Room Sublease

-50-


 

using, and does not use, the Premises, and (ii) in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the SA Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the applicable Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent under this Lease is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business or operate its Supplemental Equipment therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business or operate its Supplemental Equipment from such remaining portion of such Supplemental Areas, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business or operating its Supplemental Equipment therein, the Rent for such entire affected Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, such Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent. To the extent Tenant is entitled to abatement because of an event covered by Articles 10 or 12 of this Lease, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.
     18.5 Landlord Bankruptcy Proceeding . In the event that the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not performed during the pendency of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving Landlord and/or Master Landlord as the debtor, or following the rejection of this Lease in accordance with Section 365 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to set off against the Rent next due and owing under this Lease (a) any and all damages caused by such non-performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease by Landlord, debtor-in-possession, or the bankruptcy trustee, and (b) any and all damages caused by the non-performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease following any rejection of this Lease in accordance with Section 365 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
     18.6 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant.
ARTICLE 19
COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
     Landlord covenants that Tenant, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without hindrance or interference by Landlord or any persons or parties claiming by, through or under Landlord (including, without limitation, Master Landlord).
Meet Me Room Sublease

-51-


 

ARTICLE 20
SIGNS
     Tenant shall be entitled to the following, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (a) Suite entrance signage for the Premises reasonably acceptable to Landlord (and Master Landlord to the extent required under the Master Lease) and Tenant (and consistent with Building standard signs for multi-tenant floors), and (b) Tenant’s proportionate share of directory signage in all Building and Project directories reasonably acceptable to Landlord (and Master Landlord to the extent required under the Master Lease) and Tenant. Any change to such signage shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord (and Master Landlord to the extent required under the Master Lease) (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant shall have the right to retain its current signage pertaining to the Premises existing as of the date of this Lease, including, without limitation, all signage (if any) located outside of any of the Suites in the Premises used for Colocation (and by executing Master Landlord’s consent below, Master Landlord consents to such current signage and Tenant retaining such current signage).
ARTICLE 21
LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST
     If any installment of Base Rent shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after receipt of a factually correct written notice from Landlord that such amount was not paid when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount. Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid within five (5) business days after the date due shall bear interest at the lower often percent (10%) per annum, or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease.
ARTICLE 22
TENANT PARKING
     Tenant is not being provided with under this Lease, and shall have no rights under this Lease to, any parking spaces (for use by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, subtenants or assignees) in the Building covered parking facility. All visitor parking by Tenant’s visitors shall be subject to (i) reasonable, non-discriminatory parking rules and regulations adopted by Master Landlord from time to time, and (ii) payment by such visitors to Master Landlord of the prevailing visitor parking rates charged by Master Landlord from time to time.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-52-


 

ARTICLE 23

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     23.1 Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the TCCs hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections. The term “Lease” shall include all Exhibits which are attached to this Lease which are by this reference deemed incorporated into this Lease.
     23.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other TCCs of this Lease, each of the TCCs of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, (i) Landlord shall be released from all liability under this Lease arising from and after the effective date of such transfer (provided the transferee expressly assumes in writing all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord from and after the effective date of such transfer), and (ii) such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord from and after the effective date of such transfer; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may not transfer all or any portion of its interest in this Lease to any party other than an affiliate of the then-existing owner of the Building. It is the intent of the parties that the estate of Landlord in the Master Lease, as tenant, and the estate of Landlord in this Lease, as landlord, shall not merge and shall be two (2) separate and distinct estates and interests.
     23.3 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between Landlord and Tenant.
     23.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every TCCs of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. Whenever in this Lease a payment is required to be made by one party to the other, but a specific date for payment is not set forth or a specific number of days within which payment is to be made is not set forth, or the words “immediately,” “promptly,” and/or “on demand,” or their equivalent, are used to specify when such payment is due, then such payment shall be due thirty (30) days after the date that the party which is entitled to such payment sends written notice to the other party demanding such payment.
     23.5 Partial Invalidity . If any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term,
Meet Me Room Sublease

-53-


 

covenant and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.
     23.6 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the TCCs of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     23.7 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“Mail”), (B) transmitted by facsimile, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 1 1 of the Summary, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any correctly addressed Notice that is refused, unclaimed or undelivered because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the Notice was refused, unclaimed or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, officer of the law or overnight delivery service.
     23.8 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant/Landlord, the obligations imposed upon Tenant/Landlord under this Lease shall be joint and several.
     23.9 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any arbitration or suit under this Lease, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs shall be awarded by a court or arbitrator to the Prevailing Party and are to be included in any judgment or award. In addition, the Prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment arising from a suit or arbitration under this Lease including but not limited to post judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations, discovery and bankruptcy litigation, without regard to schedule or rule of court purporting to restrict such award. This post judgment or award of attorneys’ fees and costs provision shall be severable from any other provisions of this Lease and shall survive any judgment/award on such suit or arbitration and is not to be deemed merged into the judgment/award or terminated with this Lease. For the purpose of this provision, the term “attorneys’ fees” or “attorneys’ fees and costs” shall mean the fees and expenses of third party legal counsel to the parties hereto, which include printing, photocopying, duplicating, mail, overnight mail, messenger, court filing fees, cost of discovery, fees billed for law clerks, paralegals, investigators and other persons not admitted to the bar but performing services under the supervision or direction of an attorney.
     23.10 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT
Meet Me Room Sublease

-54-


 

TO: (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED; (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW; AND (III) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAWS, IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.
     23.11 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.
     23.12 Brokers . Tenant hereby warrants to Landlord that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and that it knows of no broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from any and all Claims with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent occurring by, through, or under Tenant. Landlord hereby warrants to Tenant that neither Landlord nor Master Landlord has had any dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and that it knows of no broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to indemnify and defend Tenant against and hold Tenant harmless from any and all Claims with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent occurring by, through, or under Landlord or Master Landlord.
     23.13 Personal Property Liens . Except for the existing cooling towers on the roof of the Building, and except for the existing condenser water loop distribution system in the Building (which are more particularly described in the CRG Direct Lease), and subject to Tenant’s obligations expressly set forth in the last sentence of this Section 23.13 below, Landlord hereby waives for itself and on behalf of Master Landlord any and all rights, encumbrances and liens in and to the property (including telecommunications and other equipment) of Tenant and Tenant’s customers and contractors, except any lien upon Tenant’s property obtained pursuant to a judgment against Tenant issued by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a Default. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall, within ten (10) days after demand from time to time, execute and cause Master Landlord to execute any lien waiver document (and/or similar document) in favor of any lender(s) of Tenant and/or Tenant’s customers (except with respect to the aforementioned cooling towers and condenser water loop distribution system) which is acceptable to Landlord and Master Landlord in their reasonable discretion. Any property that Tenant is to transfer to Landlord on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, as may be described under Article 14 of this Lease, shall be free of monetary liens created by or on behalf of Tenant on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Meet Me Room Sublease

-55-


 

23.14 Calendar Days and Holidays . All references made in this Lease to the word “days,” whether for Notices, schedules or other miscellaneous time limits, shall at all times herein be deemed to mean calendar days, unless specifically references as “business” or “working” days. Business or working days shall mean the days Monday-Friday, excluding Thanksgiving Day, New Year’s Day, Christmas Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day and other nationally recognized holidays that are observed by Comparable Buildings.
     23.15 Good Faith . Any time the consent of Landlord or Master Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, unless otherwise provided in this Lease (or the Master Lease with respect to Master Landlord’s consent), such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and with respect to Master Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord not to unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent), and whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Master Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion or make an allocation or other determination, Landlord and Tenant shall (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to) act reasonably and in good faith, except as otherwise provided in this Lease.
     23.16 Recordation . Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, record a memorandum of this Lease in the public records, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. The form attached hereto as Exhibit H is deemed approved by the parties, and Landlord and Tenant shall (and Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to) execute and acknowledge the same (for recording by Tenant in the public records) concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a termination of any such memorandum recorded by Tenant hereunder which shall be in form sufficient for recordation in the public records, and otherwise in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall (and shall cause Master Landlord to) promptly execute and acknowledge any such memorandum of lease.
     23.17 Financial Statements . Within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request (but not more than once during any 12-month period, and only if required by Master Landlord (by notice delivered to Tenant by Landlord or Master Landlord) in connection with a sale of the Building or refinancing of the Building by Master Landlord), Tenant shall provide Landlord for delivery to Master Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant for the then current fiscal year of Tenant and the immediately preceding fiscal year of Tenant. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with Tenant’s normal practices, and shall be certified by Tenant to Landlord and Master Landlord as being true and correct to Tenant’s knowledge (provided that audited statements shall not be required hereunder).
     23.18 Hazardous Materials .
          23.18.1 Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall generate, use, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or Project in violation of Applicable Laws. Additionally, Landlord shall cause Master Landlord to not generate, use, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or Project in violation of Applicable Laws. “Hazardous Materials” means (a) “hazardous wastes” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, (b) “hazardous substances” as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, (c) “toxic
Meet Me Room Sublease

-56-


 

substances” as defined by the Toxic Substances Control Act, (d) “hazardous materials” as defined by the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (as any of such Acts may be amended from time to time), (e) petroleum products, (f) chlorofluorocarbons, and (g) substances whose presence could be detrimental to the Building or hazardous to health or the environment. Tenant shall have no obligation to remove Hazardous Materials brought onto the Premises by Landlord or Master Landlord, nor shall Tenant be required to cure the violation of any environmental law that is caused by Landlord or Master Landlord or, subject to Section 23.18.2 below, that existed as of the Lease Commencement Date and was not caused by Tenant or its invitees.
          23.18.2 In the event, during the Lease Term, Landlord is advised, or it shall come to Landlord’s attention, that Hazardous Materials exist in, on, under or at the Premises, Building or Project in violation of any Applicable Laws and that such Hazardous Materials were not introduced therein or such violation caused by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees (or with respect to the Premises by the prior owner of the Building (which is an affiliate of Tenant)), Landlord shall take all commercially reasonable steps necessary and/or cause Master Landlord to take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to promptly remove or remediate (or cause to be removed or remediated) at Landlord’s or Master Landlord’s expense (which if paid for by Master Landlord may be included in Operating Charge Expenses pursuant and subject to the limitations in Article 4 above, including Article 4.2.9(y) above) and in compliance with all Applicable Laws, all such Hazardous Materials, and in doing so, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with and shall cause Master Landlord to not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business. In the event, during the Lease Term, Tenant is advised, or it shall come to Tenant’s attention, that (i) Hazardous Materials exist in the interior of the Premises in violation of any Applicable Laws and that such Hazardous Materials were first introduced into the Premises or such violation caused by the prior owner of the Building (which is an affiliate of Tenant) or by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees (and such violation was not caused by Landlord or the Landlord Parties), and/or (ii) Hazardous Materials introduced by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees exist outside the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws (and such violation was not caused by Landlord or the Landlord Parties or Master Landlord or the Master Landlord Parties), then Tenant shall take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to promptly remove or remediate (or cause to be removed or remediated) at Tenant’s expense and in compliance with all Applicable Laws and subject to Landlord’s and Master Landlord’s reasonable approval of such actions, all such Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Laws, and in doing so, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or Project or the conduct of other tenants’ or occupants’ business therein. Further, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold harmless and reimburse Master Landlord, Landlord, the Landlord Parties and the Master Landlord Parties from and against any and all Claims, including fines and remediation costs and expenses, to the extent resulting from or caused by the introduction, use, generation, storage, treatment, disposal, release, or other disposition of any Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Laws in, on, at or under the Premises, Building and/or the Project by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties on or after the Lease Commencement Date (including with respect to diesel fuel used by Tenant’s generators).
     23.19 Liability of Landlord; SPE Requirements . If Tenant is awarded a money judgment against Landlord, then recourse for satisfaction of such judgment shall be limited to execution against Landlord’s estate and interest in this Lease and the Premises which shall be deemed to include proceeds actually received by Landlord from any transfer of this Lease,
Meet Me Room Sublease

-57-


 

insurance or condemnation proceeds, and rental income from this Lease, to the extent all of the foregoing are held in an account for Landlord and have not been applied or distributed by Landlord in the ordinary course of business (i.e., not as a fraud against creditors).
     Landlord shall, at all times, remain a Single-Purpose Entity (as defined below). “Single-Purpose Entity” is defined as a corporation or limited liability company, which does not engage in any business unrelated to the OW Lease Documents (as defined below), does not have any assets other than those related to its interest in the Master Lease (and Service Agreement, as defined below, with respect thereto) and this Lease (and the Service Provider Agreement with respect thereto) (collectively, the “OW Lease Documents”), and does not have any indebtedness other than the obligations under the OW Lease Documents. The term “Service Agreement” is defined as that certain Service Agreement between Master Landlord and Landlord of event date herewith, as may be amended in good faith by the parties thereto from time to time. Accordingly, without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall not (a) merge or consolidate with any other party, other than Master Landlord or its successors or assignees, (b) commingle its assets with the assets of any other party, other than Master Landlord or its successors or assignees, or (c) fail to maintain its records, books of account, bank accounts, financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate and apart from those of any other entity, other than Master Landlord or its successors or assignees.
     23.20 Property Ownership . As set forth in this Lease, Supplemental Equipment and various other personal property of Tenant (including, without limitation, equipment and trade fixtures) is to be owned by Tenant during the Lease Term, and, subject to any contrary provision of this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 14 above), is to be owned by Tenant after the Lease Term. In the event that Tenant, in good faith, requires reasonable modifications to this Lease or the Master Lease to ensure that Tenant receives all the benefits of such ownership (including, without limitation, for purposes of depreciation, taxes and other matters under the standards and practices promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board), then Landlord shall, at no material cost to Landlord, reasonably cooperate with Tenant and cause Master Landlord to reasonably cooperate with Tenant and Landlord in modifying this Lease (and/or the Master Lease, as applicable) to accomplish the same, provided that the Lease (and/or Master Lease, as applicable) modification does not increase any obligations or liabilities of Landlord or Master Landlord, or decrease any rights or remedies of Landlord or Master Landlord.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
Meet Me Room Sublease

-58-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed on the day and date first above written.
             
    “Landlord”:    
 
           
    HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Charles N. Hazen
 
   
 
  Name:   Charles N. Hazen    
 
  Its:   Manager    
 
           
    “Tenant”:    
 
           
    CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Thomas Ray
 
Thomas Ray
   
 
  Its:   Vice President    
MASTER LANDLORD’S CONSENT
     The undersigned, as Master Landlord under the Master Lease, acknowledges and agrees that it is familiar with, and has read and understands, all of the provisions of this Lease, and hereby consents to this Lease as a sublease of the Premises under the Master Lease and all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease, (including, without limitation, the paragraph immediately preceding the Summary). Master Landlord further agrees that (a) in the event of the cancellation or termination of the Master Lease prior to the expiration date or earlier termination of this Lease (for any reason other than as a result of Tenant’s Default under this Lease), Master Landlord shall immediately either (A) recognize this Lease in writing as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Tenant (upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease) and attorn to Tenant hereunder and perform all of Landlord’s covenants, duties, liabilities and obligations under this Lease thereafter to be performed, including, without limitation, with respect to any continuing defaults (and by execution of this Lease, Tenant hereby agrees, under such circumstances, to recognize this Lease as a direct Lease between Master Landlord and attorn to Master Landlord hereunder), or (B) enter into a new Master Lease with a third party
Meet Me Room Sublease

-59-


 

which is affiliated with Master Landlord (a “Substitute Tenant” ) (subject to Section 23.19 of this Lease) on terms substantially similar to the terms of the Master Lease in all material respects, and shall simultaneously cause such Substitute Tenant to assume in writing the Landlord’s obligations under this Lease (such that any such Substitute Tenant would become the Landlord under this Lease), and (b) in the event of any such recognition or new lease, Tenant’s possession, use and occupancy of the Premises under this Lease, and Tenant’s rights and remedies under this Lease shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Master Landlord (provided Tenant is not in Default under this Lease), subject, however, to Master Landlord’s (or Substitute Tenant’s, as the case may be) rights and remedies under this Lease (as landlord) in the event of such recognition and attornment or new lease, as the case may be (and, without limiting the foregoing, Master Landlord will not join Tenant as a party defendant for the purpose of terminating Landlord’s interest and estate under the Master Lease). Master Landlord, Landlord and Tenant shall execute such documents as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate such direct lease and/or new Master Lease upon the terms and conditions set forth hereinabove. By execution of this Lease, Landlord hereby assigns and transfers to Master Landlord Landlord’s interest in all rentals and income arising therefrom; provided, however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Landlord’s obligations as tenant under the Master Lease, Master Landlord agrees that Landlord may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under this Lease. In no event shall the Master Lease be amended so as to adversely affect Tenant’s rights or remedies under this Lease, or increase any of Tenant’s duties, covenants, obligations, liabilities, costs or expenses under this Lease. If Master Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease, or if Landlord otherwise fails to cause Master Landlord to perform the obligations required under this Lease (including, without limitation, as a result of any bankruptcy proceeding), then, without limiting any of Tenant’s other rights or remedies, Tenant shall be subrogated to any rights and/or claims Landlord may have against Master Landlord and/or any of the Master Landlord Parties in connection therewith (and, without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall have all other subrogation and similar rights as may be available at law and/or in equity). The provisions of this Master Landlord’s Consent shall inure to the benefit not only of Tenant, but also of its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall bind and apply to Master Landlord’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any lenders of Master Landlord), and Master Landlord and Landlord shall execute such documents reasonably requested by Tenant to evidence the same.
                 
    HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP, a Delaware limited
partnership
   
 
               
    By:   Hines REIT One Wilshire GP LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company
   
 
               
 
      By:
Name:
  /s/ Charles N. Hazen
 
Charles N. Hazen
   
 
      Its:   Manager    
Meet Me Room Sublease

-61-


 

EXHIBIT A
(LOGO)
EXHIBIT A


 

EXHIBIT B
EQUIPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE
                             
EQUIPMENT / SYSTEM   COMPONENT   QUANTITY   MANUFACTURER   SIZE   LOCATION   COMMENTS / DESCRIPTION
Condenser Water Loop                
    Cooling Tower     5     Evapco   600 Tons (Ea.)   31st floor roof  
The system distributes condenser water from the 31st floor roof down to the 4th floor. Distribution pipes run vertically through the north air shafts, except on the 18th floor where the pipes traverse Suite 1810. Manifolds are located on various floors to distribute condenser water to users on those floors. Both the supply and return pipe ranges in size from 14” to 8”.
                           
    Pump     6     Armstrong   1,800 GPM   31st floor roof  
                           
    Piping             8” to 14” - varies by location   North air shaft  
                           
    CT Basin Cleaner     5     Lakos   825 gpm w/ 40 micron
filter bags



  31st floor roof  
 
                           
 
Utility Bus Duct / Back-up Generator / Paralleling Gear                
    Bus Duct U-5           GE Spectra Series   5000 amp/480v   3rd floor roof & electric
closets on each floor
 
5000 amp / 480v bus running from the 3rd floor roof, vertically through electrical closets on each floor. Bus connects to 5000amp 480v Electronic Transfer Switch located on the 3rd floor roof. Provide back up power to Utility Bus Duct 5, via ATS.
                           
 
    Back-up Generator     2     Catapillar   2.2 MW (3050amps @ 480V)   Equipment pad on surface lot  
 
                           
 
    Fuel Storage Tank     1       8,000 Gallon Diesel
Fuel Tank
  Equipment pad on surface lot  
 
                           
 
    Paralleling Gear           General Electric   5000 amp/480v   3rd floor roof  
 
                           
 
Cooling Tower (for 1st & 2nd floor IDC)                
 
    Cooling Tower   TBD   TBD   TBD   3rd floor roof  
To be built in conjunction with 1st and 2nd floor IDC space. System will provide cooling to CRG West leased space.
                           
    Pump   TBD   TBD   TBD   3rd floor roof  
                           
    Chiller   TBD   TBD   TBD   3rd floor roof  
Note: This exhibit lists major components of the Equipment / Systems, but it is not exhaustive
EXHIBIT B

 


 

EXHIBIT B
3RD FLOOR ROOF EQUIPMENT
(FLOOR MAP)
EXHIBIT B
3RD FLOOR ROOF EQUIPMENT

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Conduits
                     
Conduit ID   External Diameter   From   From Floor   To   To Floor
0284
  4.50   Ste 2850   28   Meet Me Room   4
0474   2.25   Ste 1010   10   P-4   3
0618   4.50   Ste 0803   8   Meet Me Room   4
0665   4.50   Ste 1717   17   Meet Me Room   4
0707   4.50   Ste 1010   10   Meet Me Room   4
0963   4.50   Ste 1150   11   Meet Me Room   4
1087   4.00   Ste 0801   8   Meet Me Room   4
1094   4.50   Ste 0700A   7   Meet Me Room   4
1098   4.00   Ste 0802   8   Meet Me Room   4
1104   4.00   Ste 0801   8   Meet Me Room   4
1111   4.50   Ste 0700   7   Meet Me Room   4
1154   2.25   Ste 1140   11   P-4   3
1179   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Meet Me Room   4
1953       MMR   4       4
1954       MMR   4       4
2352   4.50   Ste 0700   7   Ste. 302   3
2911   4.00   MMR S. Closet   4   MDF   4
2916   4.00   703   7   MDF   4
2924   4.00   1010   10   s. MMR closet   4
2925   4.00   1010   10   MDF   4
2936   4.00   1140   11   4th floor MDF   4
2937   4.00   1900 S. IDF   19   4th floor fan room   4
2938   4.00   1900 S. IDF   19   4th floor fan room   4
2950   4.00   1900 S. IDF   19   4th floor fan room   4
2951   4.00   1900 Eastside   19   4th floor fan room   4
2952   4.00   1900 Eastside   19   4th floor fan room   4
2955   4.00   2800   28   MDF   4
TBD   4.00   2700   28   MDF   4
TBD   4.00   2700   28   MDF   4
TBD   4.00   2700   28   MDF   4
TBD   4.00   2700   28   MDF   4
In addition to the foregoing conduits (and without limiting the foregoing), the Conduits shall also include all existing conduits to the extent to which they terminate (a) solely within the Premises, (b) only within the Premises after entering the Building, (c) within the Premises and a Building point of entry, or (d) within the Premises and upon or immediately beneath the Building roof or other exterior Building penetration.
The parties acknowledge that any rights to conduit set forth herein are subordinate to any rights of use granted to third parties prior to the date hereof. Further, and without limiting the foregoing, Tenant’s rights to use the Conduits shall be subordinate to the rights granted prior hereto under the following “footprint” leases between Landlord and the following tenants at the Building:
1. Global Crossing — lease dated June 4, 1992
2. Level 3 (Broadwing) — lease dated October 6, 1989
3. Level 3 (Looking Glass) — lease dated November 9, 2001
4. Telepacific — lease dated November 15, 1990
5. Time Warner (undocumented single innerduct) — lease dated October 20, 1995
6. US Colo — lease dated June 25, 2003
7. Verizon (8th floor MCI) — lease dated April 10, 1990
8. Verizon California (undocumented single innerduct) — lease dated September 22, 1997
EXHIBIT C

 


 

EXHIBIT D
INTENTIONALLY DELETED
EXHIBIT D
Meet Me Room Sublease

-1-


 

EXHIBIT E — TENANT’S SHARE
                 
            Pro-Rata  
Location   RSF     Share  
Premises Components (each of the following deemed a Component)
               
Suite 400
    6,141       0.9283 %
Suite 410
    258       0.0390 %
Suite 420
    452       0.0683 %
Suite 450
    2,094       0.3165 %
Suite 460
    1,456       0.2201 %
Suite 470
    154       0.0233 %
Suite 480
    293       0.0443 %
 
               
Total
    10,848       1.6398 %
                 
Pro-Rata Share for OPEX & RE Taxes   RSF     %  
Total Space
    10,848       1.6398 %
Less:
               
Parking Level Storage
               
 
               
Net
    10,848       1.6398 %
 
               
Building RSF (net of space on P1-P5)
    661,553          
EXHIBIT E

 


 

EXHIBIT F
UTILITY AND GENERATOR POWER
One Wilshire Building
Base Building Utility and Generator Power Supplied to CRG West Premises
                                         
            GENERATOR POWER             UTILITY POWER        
DESCRIPTION   SUITE     (AMPS OF 480 VOLT)     GENERATOR #     (AMPS OF 480 VOLT)     COMMENTS  
U1A
                                       
MMRATS-9 SE
  4thfl.MMR     400       1       350          
MMR/ATS-10/NE
  4th Floor     200       2       150          
MMR4ATS#T4
  4th Floor     225       6       250          
 
                                       
U4
                                       
MMR\ATS-12/S.FANRM
  4thfl.MMR     225       4       225          
MMR4-ATS #13
  4thfl.MMR     400       4       400          
 
                                       
TOTALS
            1,450               1,375          
GENERATOR INFORMATION
                                       
CATION
    #                                  
4TH FLOOR — SOUTHEAST CORNER
    1                                  
4TH FLOOR — NORTHEAST CORNER
    2                                  
3RD FLOOR ROOF
    3                                  
3RD FLOOR ROOF PLATFORM
    4                                  
30TH FLOOR — SOUTHEAST CORNER
    5                                  
4TH FLOOR — SOUTHWEST CORNER
    6                                  
EXHIBIT F
UTILITY AND GENERATOR POWER

 


 

EXHIBIT G
THE ONE WILSHIRE BUILDING
RULES AND REGULATIONS
     Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.
     1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks, bolts or card key access systems on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Tenant to Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys or cards required by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.
     2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.
     3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.
     4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes, UPS systems, switching equipment and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness and structural integrity as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.
     5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT G
     6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.
     7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.
     8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.
     9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.
     10. Except for dry or gel cell batteries used in connection with Tenant’s UPS System, Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.
     11. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.
     12. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.
     13. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.
     14. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT G
     15. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.
     16. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.
     17. Tenant shall use reasonable best efforts to participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.
     18. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Los Angeles, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.
     19. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.
     20. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.
     21. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or the Common Areas.
     22. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.
     23. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors,
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT G
invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.
     24. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.
     25. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.
     26. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
     27. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.
     28. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, towels, janitorial or maintenance or other similar services from any company or persons not approved by Landlord. Landlord shall approve a sufficient number of sources of such services to provide Tenant with a reasonable selection, but only in such instances and to such extent as Landlord in its judgment shall consider consistent with the security and proper operation of the Building.
     29. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.
Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT H
MEMORANDUM OF SUBLEASE
EXHIBIT H
 -1- 
Meet Me Room Sublease

 


 

Recording requested by and after recording, return to:
Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
(Space above this line is for recorder’s use)
MEMORANDUM OF SUBLEASE
          This Memorandum of Sublease is made as of August ___, 2007, by and among HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Subtenant ”), and HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Owner ”), with reference to the following facts:
          A. Owner, an affiliate of Sublandlord, is the owner of certain real property commonly known as One Wilshire, located at 624 S. Grand Avenue, in the City of Los Angeles, County of Los Angeles, State of California, as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Property ”).
          B. Owner and Sublandlord have entered into that certain unrecorded Lease dated as of August ___, 2007 (the “ Master Lease ”), pursuant to which Owner leases to Sublandlord, and Sublandlord leases from Owner, certain portions of the Property (the “ Leased Premises ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Master Lease.
          C. Sublandlord and Subtenant have entered into that certain unrecorded Lease (which is, in fact, a sublease) dated as of August ___, 2007 (the “ Sublease ”), pursuant to which Sublandlord leases to Subtenant, and Subtenant leases from Sublandlord, the Leased Premises, in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Sublease.
          NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
          1. Premises . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Master Lease, Owner has leased to Sublandlord the Leased Premises. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Sublease, Sublandlord has subleased to Subtenant the Leased Premises.
          2. Subtenant-Owned Property . Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sublease, Subtenant has ownership of certain systems, equipment and other property at the Property, both inside and outside of the Leased Premises.

1


 

          3. Term of Sublease . Subject to all terms and conditions set forth in the Sublease, the initial length of the term of the Sublease is currently Ten (10) years from the Lease commencement date (which date is on or around August 1, 2007), subject to extensions and/or earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Subtenant has three (3) separate 5-year renewal options, as set forth in the Sublease.
          4. Owner Obligations . Owner has executed a consent to the Sublease, which is part of the Sublease. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sublease, Owner has certain recognition and other obligations in favor of Subtenant, all on the terms and conditions set forth in the Sublease. Additionally, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sublease, Subtenant has certain subrogation rights with respect to certain claims against Owner, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Sublease.
          5. Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Sublease and the provisions of this Memorandum of Sublease, the provisions of the Sublease shall prevail.
          6. Counterparts . This Memorandum of Sublease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signatures on following page]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Memorandum of Sublease as of the first date written above.
                         
“OWNER”           “SUBLANDLORD”    
 
                       
HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP,       HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE SERVICES,    
a Delaware limited partnership       INC., a Delaware corporation    
 
                       
    By:   Hines REIT One Wilshire GP LLC,            
        a Delaware limited liability company   By:        
 
                 
 
   
 
              Name:        
 
                 
 
   
 
              Its:        
 
                 
 
   
 
                       
 
  By:                    
 
     
 
               
 
  Name:                    
 
     
 
               
 
  Its:                    
 
     
 
               
“SUBTENANT”
CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Its:
       
 
 
 
   

3


 

EXHIBIT “A”
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
PARCEL 1:
ALL THAT PARCEL OF LAND LOCATED IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COMPRISING (1) LOT “A” OF TRACT NO. 1523, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 20 PAGE 13 OF MAPS, (2) LOT “A” OF TRACT NO. 10427, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 158 PAGE 39 OF MAPS, AND (3) PORTIONS OF THE SUBDIVISION OF LOTS 4, 5, 9 AND 10 OF BLOCK 20 OF ORD’S SURVEY, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 3 PAGE 43 OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, ALL IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, AND BEING MORE PARTICULARLY BOUNDED AND DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEGINNING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF GRAND AVENUE, 80 FEET WIDE, WITH THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF TRACT NO. 667, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 17 PAGES 30 AND 31 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, SAID POINT OF BEGINNING BEING SOUTH 37 DEGREES 16 MINUTES 25 SECONDS WEST ALONG SAID SOUTHEAST LINE OF GRAND AVENUE, 125.56 FEET FROM THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF SIXTH STREET, 70 FEET WIDE; THENCE SOUTH 52 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 05 SECONDS EAST ALONG SAID SOUTHWEST LINE OF TRACT NO. 667, 112.00 FEET TO THE MOST SOUTHERLY CORNER OF SAID TRACT NO. 667; THENCE NORTH 37 DEGREES 33 MINUTES 55 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID TRACT NO. 667, 0.33 FEET TO A POINT IN THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF LOT “C” OF SAID SUBDIVISION OF LOTS 4, 5, 9 AND 10 IN BLOCK 20 OF ORD’S SURVEY; THENCE SOUTH 52 DEGREES 06 MINUTES 05 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE NORTHWEST LINES OF LOTS “C” AND “D” OF SAID SUBDIVISION OF BLOCK 20 OF ORD’S SURVEY, 56.04 FEET TO THE BISECTING CENTER LINE OF SAID BLOCK 20 OR ORD’S SURVEY, ALSO KNOWN AS THE DIVISION LINE BETWEEN PARCEL 1 AND 2 ON THE MAP ATTACHED TO THE QUITCLAIM DEED, RECORDED IN BOOK 6753 PAGE 384, OFFICIAL RECORDS; THENCE SOUTH 37 DEGREES 35 MINUTES 05 SECONDS WEST ALONG SAID BISECTING CENTER LINE, 55.88 FEET TO THE SOUTHEASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF LOT “H” OF SAID SUBDIVISION OF BLOCK 20 OF ORD’S SURVEY; THENCE SOUTH 52 DEGREES 05 MINUTES 00 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF LOT “H” OF SAID SUBDIVISION OF BLOCK 20 OF ORD’S SURVEY, 1.01 FEET TO THE MOST EASTERLY CORNER OF LOT “A” OF SAID TRACT NO. 10427; THENCE ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT “A” OF SAID TRACT NO. 10427 AND ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT “A” OF SAID TRACT NO. 1523, AS FOLLOWS:

4


 

SOUTH 35 DEGREES 26 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST 2.32 FEET, SOUTH 36 DEGREES 17 MINUTES 85 SECONDS WEST WEST 54.94 FEET AND SOUTH 37 DEGREES 54 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST 145.63 FEET TO THE MOST SOUTHERLY CORNER OF LOT “A” OF SAID TRACT NO. 1523; THENCE NORTH 51 DEGREES 55 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST ALONG THE SOUTHWEST BOUNDARY OF SAID LOT “A” OF TRACT NO. 1523, 168.18 FEET TO THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT “A”; THENCE NORTH 37 DEGREES 16 MINUTES 25 SECONDS EAST ALONG THE NORTHWEST BOUNDARIES OF LOT “A” OF TRACT NO. 1523, LOT “A” OF TRACT NO. 10427, AND SAID SUBDIVISION OF LOTS 4, 5, 9 AND 10 OF BLOCK 20 OF SAID ORD’S SURVEY, SAID NORTHWEST BOUNDARIES ALONG BEING THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF GRAND AVENUE, 257.73 FEET TO THE POINT OR PLACE OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL 2:
THE SOUTHERLY 96 FEET OF LOT 7, BLOCK 2O, OF ORD’S SURVEY, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 53 PAGE 66, ET. SEQ., OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY; ALSO BEING KNOWN AS LOT A OF TRACT NO. 811, AS PER MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 16 PAGE 81 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.
PARCEL 3:
THE RIGHTS GRANTED TO THE FRANCHISEE PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN ORDINANCE GRANTING A FRANCHISE TO ONE WILSHIRE ARCADE IMPERIAL, LTD., TO INSTALL AN UNDERGROUND PRIVATE LINE TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY OF GRAND AVENUE, City of Los Angeles NO. 172203, FOR THE TERM, UPON AND SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SAID ORDINANCE, WHICH FRANCHISE RELATES TO THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY:
THAT PORTION OF GRAND AVENUE, 80 FEET WIDE, IN THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON MAP OF Tract No. 1523, Recorded IN BOOK 20, PAGE 13 OFFICIAL RECORDS MAPS, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY, WITHIN A 3 FOOT WIDE STRIP OF LAND, THE CENTERLINE OF SAID STRIP LYING PARALLEL WITH AND 55 FEET NORTHEASTERLY, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, FROM THE CENTERLINE OF WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, 80 FEET WIDE, PER FIELD BOOK 14609-17 ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE CITY OF ENGINEER.

5


 

SAID STRIP SHALL BE EXTENDED OR SHORTENED TO TERMINATE SOUTHEASTERLY IN THE SOUTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE AND NORTHWESTERLY IN THE NORTHWESTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF SAID GRAND AVENUE.
END OF LEGAL DESCRIPTION

6


 

             
STATE OF                                          
  )        
 
  )        
COUNTY OF                     
  )        
    On                      , 2007, before me,                                                          , personally appeared                                                                            ,
     
[ ]      personally known to me   [ ]      proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.          
         
     
     
  Signature of Notary   
     
 
(SEAL)
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER:
                 
[ ]
  Individual(s)   [ ]   Attorney-In-Fact    
[ ]
  Partner(s)   [ ]   Subscribing Witness    
[ ]
  Trustee(s)   [ ]   Guardian/Conservator    
[ ]
  Corporate                        [ ]   Other:                                                                   
 
  Officer(s)                                 
 
                 Title(s)        
             
Name of Instrument: MEMORANDUM OF SUBLEASE

7


 

             
STATE OF                                          
  )        
 
  )        
COUNTY OF                     
  )        
    On                      , 2007, before me,                                                        , personally appeared                                                                          ,
     
[ ]      personally known to me   [ ]      proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.               
         
     
     
  Signature of Notary   
     
 
(SEAL)
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER:
                 
[ ]
  Individual(s)   [ ]   Attorney-In-Fact    
[ ]
  Partner(s)   [ ]   Subscribing Witness    
[ ]
  Trustee(s)   [ ]   Guardian/Conservator    
[ ]
  Corporate                        [ ]   Other:                                                                   
 
  Officer(s)                                 
 
                 Title(s)        
             
Name of Instrument: MEMORANDUM OF SUBLEASE

8


 

             
STATE OF                                          
  )        
 
  )        
COUNTY OF                     
  )        
    On                      , 2007, before me,                                                      , personally appeared                                                                               ,
     
[ ]      personally known to me   [ ]      proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.               
         
     
     
  Signature of Notary   
     
 
(SEAL)
    CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER:
                 
[ ]
  Individual(s)   [ ]   Attorney-In-Fact    
[ ]
  Partner(s)   [ ]   Subscribing Witness    
[ ]
  Trustee(s)   [ ]   Guardian/Conservator    
[ ]
  Corporate                        [ ]   Other:                                                                   
 
  Officer(s)                                 
 
                 Title(s)        
             
Name of Instrument: MEMORANDUM OF SUBLEASE

9

Exhibit 10.14
LEASE
HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP, a
Delaware limited partnership,
as Landlord,
and
CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company,
as Tenant
Main Lease

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS
    14  
ARTICLE 2 INITIAL LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM
    16  
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT
    18  
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT
    18  
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES AND BUILDING
    28  
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES, UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
    29  
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS
    36  
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
    38  
ARTICLE 9 INDEMNITY; INSURANCE
    40  
ARTICLE 10 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
    43  
ARTICLE 11 NONWANER
    45  
ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION
    46  
ARTICLE 13 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
    47  
ARTICLE 14 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL
    48  
ARTICLE 15 HOLDING OVER
    49  
ARTICLE 16 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
    50  
ARTICLE 17 SUBORDINATION
    50  
ARTICLE 18 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
    50  
ARTICLE 19 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
    54  
ARTICLE 20 SIGNS
    54  
ARTICLE 21 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
    55  
ARTICLE 22 LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST
    59  
ARTICLE 23 TENANT PARKING
    59  
ARTICLE 24 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    59  
ARTICLE 25 LETTER OF CREDIT
    64  
Main Lease

(i)


 

LEASE
     This Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth below in the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), is made by and between HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.c., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
             
TERMS OF LEASE   DESCRIPTION
1.   Effective Date:   August 1, 2007.
 
           
2.
  Premises/Building:        
 
           
    2.1 Premises:   Subject to Articles 1.3 and 21 of this Lease, a total of approximately 161,808 rentable square feet, consisting of:
 
           
 
      (a)   Suite 110 on the I st floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 5,152 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 110”);
 
           
 
      (b)   Suite 130 on the 1st floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 715 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 130”);
 
           
 
      (c)   Suite 220 on the 2nd floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,261 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 220”);
 
           
 
      (d)   Suite 901 on the 9th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 7,186 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 901”);
 
           
 
      (e)   An area in the Building, commonly known as P- 5/P500, consisting of approximately 440 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“P-5”).
 
           
 
      (f)   An area in the Building, commonly known as P- 2/P210, consisting of approximately 568 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“P-2”).
Main Lease

 


 

  (g)   An area in the Building, commonly known as P- l/P100, consisting of approximately 885 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“P-1”).
 
  (h)   Suite 830 on the 8th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 94 rentable square feet, and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 830”).
 
  (i)   Suite 2860 on the 28th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 287 rentable square feet, and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 2860”).
 
  (j)   Suite 105 on the 1st floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 13,942 rentable square feet, and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 105”).
 
  (k)   Suite 240 on the 2nd floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,128 rentable square feet, and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 240”).
 
  (l)   Suite 250 on the 2nd floor of the Building, consisting of mezzanine space to be constructed by Tenant pursuant to Article 1.3 of this Lease and containing approximately 5,182 rentable square feet, and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 250”).
 
  (m)   Suite 700 on the 7th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 7,485 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 700”);
 
  (n)   Suite 710 on the 7th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,839 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 710”);
 
  (o)   Suite 805 on the 8th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 5,640 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 805”);
 
  (p)   Suite 905 on the 9th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 1,070 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 905”);
 
  (q)   Suite 1010 on the 10th floor of the Building,
Main Lease

-2-


 

      consisting of approximately 4,505 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1010”);
 
  (r)   Suite 1014 on the 10th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 1,501 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1014”);
 
  (s)   Suite 1100 on the 11th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 13,277 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1100”);
 
  (t)   Suite 1140 oft the 11th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 6,481 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1140”);
 
  (u)   Suite 1717 on the 17th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,675 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1717”);
 
  (v)   Suite 1900 on the 19th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 24,988 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1900”);
 
  (w)   Suite 2700 on the 27th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 25,810 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 2700”);
 
  (x)   Suite 2800 on the 28th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 11,654 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 2800”);
 
  (y)   Suite 3100 on the 31 st floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 477 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 3100”);
Main Lease

-3-


 

  (z)   Suite 823 on the 8th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,206 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 823”);
 
  (aa)   Suite 823B on the 8th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 338 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 823B”);
 
  (bb)   Suite 825 on the 8th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,198 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 825”);
 
  (cc)   Suite 900 on the 9th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 3,810 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 900”);
 
  (dd)   Suite 902 on the 9th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 304 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 902”);
 
  (ee)   Suite 930 on the 9th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 842 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 930”);
 
  (ff)   Suite 1130 on the 11th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 2,512 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1130”);
 
  (gg)   Suite 1220 on the 12th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 1,656 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1220”); and
 
  (hh)   Suite 1221 on the 12th floor of the Building, consisting of approximately 700 rentable square feet and more particularly described in Exhibit A (“Suite 1221”),
The Premises are summarized below in Section 13 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information, in the Section titled “Summary”.
If the Premises at any time include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered
Main Lease

-4-


 

part of the Premises, but shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7 of the Summary below.
Tenant’s rights to the Premises include the non-exclusive right to use and, upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord, to access and enter, at no additional charge (except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease), the common area janitorial closets, and the common area electrical and telephone rooms, that serve the Premises and are located outside the Premises in the Building and/or Project as reasonably necessary for Tenant’s effective and efficient use of the Premises for the Permitted Use to service Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment that is located in the Premises, Building or Project. Tenant shall also have the non-exclusive right with respect to each demised portion of the Premises to use and, upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord (except in the event of emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), to access and enter, at no additional charge, any space that is located immediately above the ceilings of such demised portion of the Premises and immediately below the floor slab of the floor next above, to the extent reasonably necessary to service Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment in such demised portion of the Premises and to run properly insulated and identified wires, cables and other conduits to such demised portion of the Premises and Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment therein and to use such space as reasonably necessary for providing utility services to such demised portion of the Premises. Tenant shall also be permitted, at no additional charge (except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease), the non-exclusive right to run properly insulated and identified cabling and wiring through the risers in the Building and/or Project to the extent reasonably necessary to service Tenant’s and its customers’ equipment in the Premises, Building or Project.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s utilization of and access to and entry into such risers, ceiling space, electrical closets and telephone rooms, and the Supp lemental Areas and all other areas of the Building or Project located outside the Premises to which Tenant has rights to use under this Lease (including Articles 1.5 and 6.9 of this Lease), and the installation, testing, placement, use, operation, removal and alteration 0 f any Supplemental Equipment therein, shall be: (i) except as may be otherwise set forth in this Lease, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (ii) limited to the purposes for which the same were intended; (iii) in compliance with
Main Lease

-5-


 

all Applicable Laws and the other applicable provisions of this Lease (including Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease); (iv) in accordance with plans and specifications and in locations to be approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion with respect to any such risers, ceiling space, electrical closets and telephone room, equipment therein and, except as may be set forth in this Lease, Supplemental Equipment and Supplemental Areas (or sole and absolute discretion to the extent the same would result in a Design Problem, as defined in Article 8.1 of this Lease); (v) outside the Premises, except as may be otherwise set forth in this Lease, subject to the non-exclusive rights of Landlord and other tenants and occupants (as previously or hereafter granted by Landlord) to use and access such areas for their operations, cabling, wiring, equipment and other intended purposes, provided the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use thereof or other rights or remedies under this Lease (and subject to available capacity, as reasonably determined by Landlord on a pro-rata or other equitable basis, such that Landlord and such other tenants and occupants may reasonably use and access such areas for such purposes); (vi) subject to the applicable TCC’s of Article 6.9 below (including Tenant’s payment of any fees or charges with respect to such use, if any, as expressly provided therein); (vii) subject to Tenant’s compliance with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G and all other reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations as may be adopted by Landlord in writing from time to time; (viii) conducted by Tenant in a manner (and Tenant hereby covenants to conduct such use in a manner) that will not (A) unreasonably interfere with Landlord’s normal and customary operation of the Building or Project or any portion thereof (including the Building Structure or any Building Systems), or unreasonably interfere with the use, occupancy, systems and/or equipment of other tenants or occupants of the Project, provided that such use and occupancy is for normal and customary purposes in an office/telecommunications building that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s operations permitted under and conducted in compliance with the TCC’s of this Lease, or (B) cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition; and (ix) subject to, limited by and in compliance with the Building’s structural and floor loads, and the capacity of and manufacturer’s specifications for the Building Systems. The requirements and conditions set
Main Lease

-6-


 

forth in clauses (i) through (ix) hereinabove shall collectively be referred to as the “Special Use Conditions”.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, with respect to Tenant’s existing manner of use and occupancy, and Tenant’s existing equipment and other property as of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be in violation of any Special Use Conditions if the violation exists as a result of any action by Landlord on or after the Lease Commencement Date.
To the extent any mechanical rooms, electrical closets and telephone rooms are located exclusively within the Premises and contain no system, wiring, cabling or other item related to either the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems or to any systems or equipment of any tenant or occupant of the Project other than Tenant, no prior consent of Landlord shall be required with respect to Tenant’s use of such areas, but any such use shall be (A) for the purposes for which such areas were intended, (B) subject to Tenant’s compliance with the other provisions of this Lease, the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G, and any other reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations adopted by Landlord as may adopted by Landlord in writing from time to time in connection with such use, and (C) conducted by Tenant in a manner (and Tenant hereby covenants to conduct such use in a manner) that will not unreasonably interfere with Landlord’s operation of the Building or Project or any portion thereof (including any Building Systems), or the use, occupancy, operations, systems and/or equipment of other tenants or occupants of the Project that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s operations permitted under and conducted in compliance with the TCC’s of this Lease.
Main Lease

-7-


 

Additionally, without limiting the foregoing, provided no applicable Special Use Condition is violated as a result thereof and Tenant otherwise complies with all of the other TCC’s of this Lease (including, without limitation, the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.1, Section 7 of the Summary and Article 6.9 of this Lease), Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use, at no additional charge (other than Tenant’s payment of an utilities costs of operation), the equipment, and areas in the Building upon which such equipment is located, set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto (including, without limitation, the generators and generator pads set forth therein), including, without limitation, space and antennas for the roof space of the Building set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant must (or may, as applicable), leave certain property in the Building, during the entire Lease Term (as may be extended), as set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall remain the owner of all such equipment and property, for all purposes (including, without limitation, for depreciation), including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment.
                 
 
  2.2 Building:   The building located at 624 S. Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90017, containing approximately 661,553 rentable square feet.
 
               
3.
  Lease Term:          
 
               
 
  3.1 Length of Term:   Ten (10) years, subject to extension or earlier termination in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
 
               
 
  3.2 Lease Commencement Date:   August 1, 2007.
 
               
 
  3.3 Lease Expiration Date:   July 31, 2017.
 
               
4.
  Base Rent:         Base Rent shall be payable in the amounts set forth below in Section 13 of this Summary of Basic Lease Information, and in accordance with Article 3 below.
 
               
5.
  Base Year:         Calendar year 2007.
Main Lease

-8-


 

         
6.
  Tenant’s Share:   Subject to Article 1.3 of this Lease, 24.173% in the aggregate, with Tenant’s Share for each applicable portion of the Premises as set forth on Exhibit E . It is acknowledged by the parties that, for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share, the space known as PI, P2 and P5 (collectively, the “ Storage Space ”) is not included as part of the Premises.
 
       
7.
  Permitted Use:   Subject to the TCC’s of this Lease, and subject to Applicable Laws, telecommunications, communications, internet, data transmission, and all other lawful uses related thereto, including, without limitation, infrastructure data center use, main distribution frame connections, meet-me- room operations, installation, operation, testing, use and maintenance of generators (including diesel fuel tanks serving such generators), batteries, telecommunication, switching, transmission, cooling and computer equipment and infrastructure in the Premises, as well as Co location (as defined below). Tenant may also use any portion of the Premises for office and storage uses. It is expressly agreed and understood that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant’s existing manner of use and occupancy, as of the Lease Commencement Date, are Permitted Uses.
 
       
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, (a) Tenant shall only use Suite 11 0 for general office purposes, and (b) any existing corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities located on any full floor portions of the Premises as corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities, respectively, and notwithstanding Article 8 of this Lease to the contrary, shall not install any Alterations, improvements equipment or property in or to such corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities which would convert or change the character of such areas to other than corridors, elevator lobbies and restroom facilities, respectively.
Main Lease

-9-


 

         
 
      For purposes of this Lease, “ Colocation ” is defined as providing, in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, facilities, including, without limitation, (i) communication network connection opportunity to customers, licensees, suppliers, business partners and/or affiliates (collectively, “ Colocation Users ”) within the Premises for which such parties pay fees or provide other consideration based upon access to such facilities, and wherein Co location Users may install and operate telecommunications, data processing, data storage and/or other equipment with the intention of networking the same with other Colocation Users and/or Tenant, (ii) physical space, (iii) power, and/or (iv) cooling.
 
       
 
      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to use the name “One Wilshire” in its agreements with its customers or providers, marketing and advertising, and may also use the address of the Building and depiction of the Building in connection therewith, provided the content of any such marketing and advertising shall not be reasonably objectionable to owners of Comparable Buildings (for example, if Tenant used such name in pornographic advertising).
 
       
8.
  Letter of Credit:   $1,000,000.00, subject to reduction and elimination pursuant to Article 25.
 
       
9.
  Parking:   Subject to Articles 2.2.1, 21 and 23, throughout the Lease Term (as the same may be extended/renewed), Landlord shall make available and provide to Tenant, and Tenant shall be entitled to use the following: fifty-three (53) unreserved covered (non-tandem) parking spaces, and twenty (20) reserved covered (non-tandem) parking spaces in the Building parking facility. As of the Commencement Date, Tenant will initially be leasing nine (9) of such reserved spaces (collectively, the “ Initial Reserved Spaces ”) and fifty-three (53) of such unreserved spaces (subject to adjustment by Tenant from time to time); the locations for the Initial Reserved Spaces shall be set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto. In the event Tenant decreases its use of the Initial Reserved Spaces, then the eliminated reserved spaces will, in the event Tenant again elects to use the same, be in areas designated from time to time by Landlord. Additionally, all other spaces under this Section 9 (i.e., all unreserved spaces and all reserved spaces in excess of the Initial Reserved Spaces) shall be in areas designated from time to time by Landlord.
Main Lease

-10-


 

     
10. Address of Tenant:
  c/o CRG West, LLC
 
  XXXX
 
  XXXX
 
  XXXX
 
   
11. Address of Landlord:
  c/o Hines Interests Limited Partnership
 
  XXXX
 
  XXXX
 
  XXXX
 
   
12. Brokers:
  None.
Main Lease

-11-


 

13. Summary: Subject to Article 1.3 below, this Section 13 sets forth below a summary of the Premises and Tenant’s Base Rent payable for the Premises. Base Rent is subject to change in accordance with the provisions set forth in Articles 1.3 and 3 below.
                                 
            Monthly Base   Annual Base Rent    
Location   RSF   Rent   per RSF   Annual Base Rent
Premises Components (each of the following deemed a Component)
                               
Suite 110
    5,152     $ 8,586.67     $ 20.00     $ 103,040.00  
Suite 130
    715     $ 1,191.67     $ 20.00     $ 14,300.00  
Suite 220
    2,261     $ 3,768.33     $ 20.00     $ 45,220.00  
Suite 901
    7,186     $ 11,976.67     $ 20.00     $ 143,720.00  
 
                               
P-5
    440     $ 440.00     $ 12.00     $ 5,280.00  
P-2
    568     $ 568.00     $ 12.00     $ 6,816.00  
P-1
    885     $ 885.00     $ 12.00     $ 10,620.00  
Suite 830
    94     $ 94.00     $ 12.00     $ 1,128.00  
Suite 2860
    287     $ 287.00     $ 12.00     $ 3,444.00  
 
                               
Suite 105
    13,942     $ 81,328.33     $ 70.00     $ 975,940.00  
Suite 240
    2,128     $ 12,413.33     $ 70.00     $ 148,960.00  
Suite 250
    5,182     $ 30,228.33     $ 70.00     $ 362,740.00  
Suite 700
    7,485     $ 43,662.50     $ 70.00     $ 523,950.00  
Suite 710
    2,839     $ 16,560.83     $ 70.00     $ 198,730.00  
Suite 805
    5,640     $ 32,900.00     $ 70.00     $ 394,800.00  
Suite 905
    1,070     $ 6,241.67     $ 70.00     $ 74,900.00  
Suite 1010
    4,505     $ 26,279.17     $ 70.00     $ 315,350.00  
Suite 1014
    1,501     $ 8,755.83     $ 70.00     $ 105,070.00  
Main Lease

-12-


 

                                 
            Monthly Base   Annual Base Rent    
Location   RSF   Rent   per RSF   Annual Base Rent
Suite 1100
    13,277     $ 77,449.17     $ 70.00     $ 929,390.00  
Suite 1140
    6,481     $ 37,805.83     $ 70.00     $ 453,670.00  
Suite 1717
    2,675     $ 15,604.17     $ 70.00     $ 187,250.00  
Suite 1900
    24,988     $ 145,763.33     $ 70.00     $ 1,749,160.00  
Suite 2700
    25,810     $ 150,558.33     $ 70.00     $ 1,806,700.00  
Suite 2800
    11,654     $ 67,981.67     $ 70.00     $ 815,780.00  
Suite 3100
    477     $ 2,782.50     $ 70.00     $ 33,390.00  
 
                               
Suite 823
    2,206     $ 9,191.67     $ 50.00     $ 110,300.00  
Suite 823B
    338     $ 1,408.33     $ 50.00     $ 16,900.00  
Suite 825
    2,198     $ 9,158.33     $ 50.00     $ 109,900.00  
Suite 900
    3,810     $ 15,875.00     $ 50.00     $ 190,500.00  
Suite 902
    304     $ 1,266.67     $ 50.00     $ 15,200.00  
Suite 930
    842     $ 3,508.33     $ 50.00     $ 42,100.00  
Suite 1130
    2,512     $ 10,466.67     $ 50.00     $ 125,600.00  
Suite 1220
    1,656     $ 6,900.00     $ 50.00     $ 82,800.00  
Suite 1221
    700     $ 2,916.67     $ 50.00     $ 35,000.00  
Total
    161,808     $ 844,804.00       N/A     $ 10,137,648.00  
Main Lease

-13-


 

ARTICLE 1
PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS
     1.1 Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the rentable square footage of the Premises as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary shall be conclusive for all purposes under this Lease and is not subject to remeasurement by Landlord or Tenant. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (“TCCs”) herein set forth, and Tenant and Landlord covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs to be kept and performed by it and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. In exercising Tenant’s rights expressly provided in this Lease (including Section 2.1 of the Summary and Articles 1.5 and 6.9 below) to use portions of the Building outside the Premises, Tenant shall comply with and satisfy all of the applicable Special Use Conditions at all times during such use.
     1.2 The Building and The Project . The term “Building,” as used herein, shall refer to the Building set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall consist of: (i) the Building and the Common Areas and the parking facilities serving the Building; and (ii) the land upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business or the Permitted Use, (B) Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, the Building, the Project or any part thereof, and (C) Tenant shall accept the Premises, the Building and the Project in their “AS IS” condition as of the Lease Commencement Date.
     1.3 Unavailable Suites; Suite 250 Mezzanine . The parties acknowledge that,
          (a) although Suites 105, 240 and 250 (collectively, the “Unavailable Suites”) are included as part of the Premises, and although, subject to the terms of this Section 1.3 below, Tenant will be paying Base Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts under this Lease with respect to the Unavailable Suites (commencing on the Lease Commencement Date), Tenant may not have exclusive possession of the Unavailable Suites until after the Lease Commencement Date, as further described below and such failure to have exclusive possession thereof will not affect or reduce any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease;
          (b) Suite 250 is not yet physically constructed, but Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord delivers exclusive possession of Suite 105 to Tenant as provided below in this Section 1.3 (but without the obligation to pay any overtime or other premium and subject to delays for force majeure or other events beyond Tenant’s reasonable control and delays caused by Landlord or its contractors, licensees or invitees), diligently construct mezzanine space over Suite 105 of approximately (but not less than) 3,891 rentable
Main Lease

-14-


 

square feet (the “Mezzanine”), which Mezzanine space will be known as Suite 250 (i) in accordance with those certain plans and specifications therefor listed on Exhibit H, (ii) in compliance with all Applicable Laws, and (iii) in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 below; and
          (c) Suites 105 and 240 (sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “EW Suites” ) are currently occupied by and subject to a lease agreement (as amended, the “EW Lease” ) with East West Bank, a California corporation (“EW Bank”), copies of which have been made available to Tenant. The EW Lease requires EW Bank to vacate and surrender exclusive possession of the EW Suites to Landlord following completion of construction by Tenant of certain tenant improvements in the space adjacent to Suite 105 as described in the EW Lease (collectively, the “EW Improvements”) .
          Until the EW Termination Date (as defined below) occurs, Landlord shall not modify or amend the EW Lease in any manner without first providing written notice thereof to Tenant, and obtaining Tenant’s prior written consent thereto (which consent may be withheld in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion) if any such modifications would result in any of the following: (A) a material adverse effect or delay beyond November 1, 2007 in Tenant’s ability to obtain exclusive possession of the EW Suites; (B) a change in the size or location of any of the Premises or other space to which Tenant has rights under this Lease; (C) a material adverse effect on Tenant’s rights or remedies under this Lease; or (D) a material adverse financial effect to Tenant. Subject to delays for force majeure or other events beyond Landlord’s reasonable control and delays caused by EW Bank or Tenant or its employees, agents contractors, licensees or invitees, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable, diligent efforts (which shall not require Landlord to commence unlawful detainer proceedings or file a lawsuit against EW Bank) to cause EW Bank to complete the EW Improvements and obtain possession of the EW Suites from EW Bank subject to and in accordance with the terms of the EW Lease, and deliver the EW Suites to Tenant, at the earliest possible time permitted under the EW Lease. At such time as Landlord obtains exclusive possession of the EW Suites from EW Bank, Landlord shall immediately deliver exclusive possession of the EW Suites to Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof, and Tenant will thereafter construct the Mezzanine which contains at least 3,891 rentable square feet of space. During the period (the “EW Period”) commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and ending on the date (the “EW Termination Date”) of Landlord’s delivery of exclusive possession of the EW Suites to Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof, the amounts of Base Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease for the Unavailable Suites shall be reduced by all amounts of base rent received by Landlord in connection with the EW Lease with respect to the EW Period in excess of $20,292.00 per month (prorated for partial months).
     The EW Suites shall be delivered by Landlord in broom-clean condition, but otherwise in its then “AS IS” condition. Regardless of the ultimate square footage of the Mezzanine, the Premises will be deemed to include Suite 250 (with the rentable square footage thereof set forth in Section 13 of the Summary); provided, however, Tenant shall be required to construct the Mezzanine as provided hereinabove. The construction of the Mezzanine shall be deemed part of the “Permitted Alterations” under Section 8.1 below.
     1.4 Common Areas . Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Tenant, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject
Main Lease

-15-


 

to the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. Landlord shall at all times maintain and operate the Common Areas in compliance with Applicable Laws, and in a manner consistent with the “Comparable Buildings,” as such term is defined below. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas (and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to advise Tenant in advance of any such alterations, additions or changes), so long as such alterations, additions and changes will not result in an “Adverse Condition”, which for purposes hereof shall mean (i) any unreasonable interference with or material adverse effect on Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or access to the Project parking areas for the use of the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant as set forth in Section 9 of the Summary (as may be adjusted pursuant to the other provisions of this Lease), (ii) any unreasonable interference with or material adverse effect on Tenant’s access to or use of the Supplemental Areas or any other areas of the Building or Project outside the Premises to which Tenant has access pursuant to this Lease, or (iii) an event which affects the location or size of the Premises or any Supplemental Areas or any other areas of the Building or Project outside the Premises to which Tenant has access pursuant to this Lease. Subject to the terms of this Lease and Tenant’s compliance with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit G and with such other reasonable, non-discriminatory Building rules and regulations promulgated in writing by Landlord which will not result in an Adverse Condition, Tenant shall have the right of ingress and egress to the Premises, the Building Common Areas and the Project parking areas twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. The term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean comparable buildings in terms of quality and desirability of location, age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation as to the building containing the portion of the Premises in question), quality of construction, level, availability and type of services and amenities, height, size and appearance, and are located in downtown Los Angeles, California.
ARTICLE 2
INITIAL LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM
     2.1 Initial Lease Term . The TCCs of this Lease shall be effective as of the “Effective Date” of this Lease (the Effective Date of this Lease is set forth in Section 1 of the Summary). The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, and shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”). The Lease Term shall expire on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated or extended as provided in this Lease.
Main Lease

-16-


 

     2.2 Option Terms .
          2.2.1 Option Rights . Landlord hereby grants Tenant three (3) options to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises, or any Identified Portion (as defined below), for a period of five (5) years each (each, an “Option Term”), subject to the provisions set forth below in this Article 2.2. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, an “Identified Portion” is defined as the Premises, less any or all of the following space, if any, designated by Tenant in the applicable Option Exercise Notice (as defined below) as space to be eliminated from the Premises (the “Eliminated Space”): (1) Suite 1014; (2) Suite 1717; (3) all space leased by Tenant on any particular floor(s) in the Building (for example, all space leased by Tenant on the 8th floor and/or all space leased by Tenant on the 10th floor could be eliminated by Tenant hereunder); and/or (4) any First Offer Space added pursuant to Article 21 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Tenant shall not be permitted to extend the Lease Term hereunder for less than 90,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, (b) the Eliminated Space shall not be less than the entire rentable area of Suite 1014 if Tenant designates such Suite as Eliminated Space, (c) the Eliminated Space shall not be less than the entire rentable area of Suite 1717 if Tenant designates such Suite as Eliminated Space, (d) the Eliminated Space shall not be less than the entire rentable area of any particular space added as First Offer Space if Tenant designates First Offer Space as Eliminated Space (for example, if a particular First Offer Space originally added to the Premises pursuant to Article 21 below consists of one-half (1/2) of a floor in the Building, Tenant may elect to eliminate such entire half-floor space, but not any lesser portion thereof). Tenant’s options shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below and shall be subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below in this Article 2.2. Upon the exercise by Tenant pursuant hereto of an option to extend, the Lease Term for the entire Premises, or Identified Portion, as applicable, shall be extended for the applicable period of five (5) years. The Lease Term for any Eliminated Space that is excluded from an Identified Portion that is the subject of a renewal hereunder by Tenant shall expire on the date immediately preceding the commencement of the applicable Option Term, and on or prior to such date, Tenant shall surrender and deliver to Landlord exclusive possession of Eliminated Space to Landlord in the condition required under Articles 8.2 and 14 of this Lease, failing which Tenant shall be deemed to be in holdover of such applicable Eliminated Space pursuant to Article 15 below.
     2.2.2 Option Rent . The Base Rent payable by Tenant during each Option Term (if any) (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the monthly Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the commencement of the applicable Option Term, adjusted on the first day of the applicable Option Term, and on each annual anniversary thereafter during the applicable Option Term, pursuant to Section 3.2 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Base Rent during the applicable Option Term shall not be payable for any Eliminated Space for which the Lease Term has not been extended hereunder (unless Tenant holds over in such Eliminated Space), and, during the applicable Option Term, Tenant’s Share for any Eliminated Space for which the Lease Term has not been extended hereunder shall be reduced by the percentage allocated to the Eliminated Space in question under Exhibit E attached hereto.
     2.2.3 Exercise of Options . The options contained in this Article 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, in the manner set forth in this Article 2.2.3. If Tenant desires to exercise an option to renew, Tenant shall deliver written notice (the “Option Exercise Notice”)
Main Lease

-17-


 

to Landlord not less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Once Tenant delivers to Landlord an Option Exercise Notice, the then-current Lease Term for the Premises (or applicable Identified Portion, as the case may be) shall be extended for the applicable Option Term and Option Rent for such applicable Option Term shall be determined as set forth above.
ARTICLE 3
BASE RENT
     3.1 General Terms . Tenant shall pay, without prior written notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Building, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place in the Continental United States as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 13 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 13 of the Summary (as may be adjusted pursuant to this Lease), in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction (except as set forth in this Lease). If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.
     3.2 Base Rent Increases . During the initial Lease Term (and any Option Term), subject to Article 21 below, commencing on the one (1) year anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, and on each annual anniversary thereafter during the Lease Term (the “Adjustment Dates”), the Base Rent set forth in Section 13 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information above (as may be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, under Section 1.3 above) shall be adjusted as follows: the adjusted Base Rent as of each Adjustment Date shall be the monthly Base Rent effective on the day immediately preceding that Adjustment Date, multiplied by one hundred three percent (103%) (i.e., multiplied by 1.03, for a 3% annual cumulative and compounded increase in Base Rent).
ARTICLE 4
ADDITIONAL RENT
     4.1 General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share (as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Lease) of the annual Direct Expenses (for any calendar year during the Lease Term which occurs after the calendar year 2007), which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Article 4.2.1, below. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.”
Main Lease

-18-


 

Tenant shall not have to pay Tenant’s Share of increases in Direct Expenses attributable to any period of time after the Lease Term has ended except to the extent Tenant continues to occupy the Premises.
     4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
          4.2.1 “Base Year” shall mean the calendar year set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.
          4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Charge Expenses”, “Utility Expenses” and “Tax Expenses” (as such terms are defined below).
          4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls (including the Base Year), through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.
          4.2.4 Subject to Article 4.2.9 below, “Operating Charge Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord incurs during any Expense Year in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Charge Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which adversely affect Operating Charge Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with any parking areas servicing the Project; (vi) fees and other costs of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the management fee which shall be included as part of Operating Charge Expenses in each Expense Year (including the Base Year) shall equal three percent (3%) of all Base Rent and Additional Rent (excluding such management fee) which would be derived from the Project if fully occupied at the Base Rent and Additional Rent (excluding such management fee) payable by Tenant under this Lease for such applicable year, determined without regard to offset, deduction or abatement (the “Management Fee”); (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project below the grade of property manager; (ix) costs under any recorded instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair and maintenance of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; and (xi) the cost of alarm and security services and common area janitorial services and janitorial services provided to the Premises, to the extent Landlord is obligated to provide the same pursuant to the terms of this Lease. If, during all or any part of the
Main Lease

-19-


 

Expense Year (including the Base Year), Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Charge Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Charge Expenses for such Expense Year (including the Base Year, as applicable) shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Charge Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Charge Expenses shall in no event include Utility Expenses or Tax Expenses. Additionally, in the event Landlord incurs costs or expenses associated with or relating to new separate items or categories or subcategories of Operating Charge Expenses which were not part of Operating Charge Expenses during the entire Base Year and such costs or expenses are other than as a result of any governmental requirements enacted or made effective after the Base Year or other occurrence(s) beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (the parties agreeing that requirements of Landlord’s investors or Landlord’s lenders shall not be deemed to be beyond the reasonable control of Landlord for purposes of this sentence), then during the time such new separate items or categories or subcategories of costs and expenses are included in Operating Charge Expenses for any Expense Year after the Base Year, Operating Charge Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amounts Landlord would have incurred during the Base Year with respect to such costs and expenses had such new separate items or categories or subcategories of Operating Charge Expenses been included in Operating Charge Expenses during the entire Base Year, giving due consideration to what the costs for such new separate items or categories or subcategories would have been at the time of the Base Year.
          4.2.5 Subject to Article 4.2.9 below, “Utility Expenses” shall mean the out-of-pocket costs which Landlord pays during any Expense Year for supplying utilities (such as, for example, electricity, water and gas) to the Building and Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Utility Expenses shall in no event include Operating Charge Expenses or Tax Expenses. Additionally, in the event Landlord incurs costs or expenses associated with or relating to new separate items or categories or subcategories of Utility Expenses which were not part of Utility Expenses during the entire Base Year, and such costs or expenses are other than as a result of any governmental requirements enacted or made effective after the Base Year or other occurrence(s) beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (the parties agreeing that requirements of Landlord’s investors or Landlord’s lenders shall not be deemed to be beyond the reasonable control of Landlord for purposes of this sentence), then during the time such new separate items or categories or subcategories of costs and expenses are included in Utility Expenses for any Expense Year after the Base Year, Utility Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amounts Landlord would have incurred during the Base Year with respect to such costs and expenses had such new separate items or categories or subcategories of Utility Expenses been included in Utility Expenses during the entire Base Year, giving due consideration to what the costs for such new separate items or categories or subcategories would have been at the time of the Base Year.
          4.2.6 Taxes .
               4.2.6.1 Subject to Articles 4.2.6.3, 4.2.9 and 4.5 below, “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes (including, without
Main Lease

-20-


 

limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes, gross receipts taxes (and similar taxes that are not net income taxes), sales taxes or other taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, and personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project), which are paid by Landlord in any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project. For purposes of this Lease, Tax Expenses shall be calculated as if the tenant improvements in the Building and Project were fully constructed and the Project, the Building, and all tenant improvements in the Building and Project were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes, and accordingly, during each Expense Year (including the Base Year), Tax Expenses shall be deemed to be increased appropriately. Additionally, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, any tax increase resulting from the recent sale of the Building (and/or Project) to the original Landlord named in this Lease shall be included in the Base Year, regardless of when the increase takes place, and if the increase takes place after the Base Year, the Base Year shall be retroactively adjusted accordingly, with Landlord promptly refunding to Tenant any overpayment made by Tenant. Landlord shall timely pay all Tax Expenses to the appropriate authorities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tax Expenses shall in no event include Utility Expenses or Operating Charge Expenses.
               4.2.6.2 Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall be initially calculated without including any Proposition 8 reduction obtained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in any Expense Year subsequent to the Base Year (the “Tax Adjustment Year”), the amount of Tax Expenses decreases as a result of a Proposition 8 reduction that is secured for such Tax Adjustment Year, then for purposes of calculating the increases in Tax Expenses payable by Tenant for such Tax Adjustment Year in which such decrease in Tax Expenses occurs, the Tax Expenses as initially calculated for the Base Year shall be decreased by an amount equal to such decrease in Tax Expenses in such Tax Adjustment Year. Such adjustments in the Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall be made only for those Tax Adjustment Years in which such decreases occur and then only to the extent of such decreases.
               4.2.6.3 To the extent Landlord obtains a tax refund, Tenant’s Share of such tax refund shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received based upon the Expense Year to which such refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Tax Expenses under Article 4 for such Expense Year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses: (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to gross receipts taxes [and similar taxes that are not net income taxes]); (ii) any items included as Utility Expenses; and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Article 4.4 of this Lease. Tenant shall have the right, in good faith, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to contest with the appropriate taxing authority the applicability or amount of any tax levied against Tenant’s equipment or improvements or other property.
Main Lease

-21-


 

          4.2.7 “Tenant’s Share” for the Premises shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary (subject to adjustment, as may be provided in this Lease).
          4.2.8 In no event shall Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses include any duplication of charges.
          4.2.9 Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Lease to the contrary, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Charge Expenses, Utility Expenses and Tax Expenses shall not include any of the following:
               (a) costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Project or in connection with any major change in the Project (except as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.9(1) below), such as adding or deleting floors;
               (b) costs of the design and construction of tenant improvements to the Premises or the premises of other tenants or other occupants and the amount of any allowances or credits paid to or granted to tenants or other occupants for any such design or construction;
               (c) depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any (except as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.9(1) below);
               (d) marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original development, subsequent improvement, or original or future leasing of the Project;
               (e) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed, or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had used commercially reasonable efforts to collect such amounts, by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance from its carrier or any tenant’s carrier;
               (f) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss or any reserves of any kind;
               (g) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;
               (h) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Charge Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager or Project engineer;
Main Lease

-22-


 

               (i) late charges, penalties, liquidated damages, and interest (except for interest as expressly permitted in Section 4.2.9(1) below);
               (j) amount paid as ground rental or as rental for the Project by the Landlord;
               (k) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants or other occupants in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project;
               (l) costs of capital repairs and alterations, capital improvements and equipment and other capital expenses, except for capital expenditures reasonably incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project (only to the extent of costs savings reasonably anticipated by Landlord at the time of such expenditure to be achieved in connection therewith) and capital expenditures required by Applicable Laws, including, but not limited to the American with Disabilities Act, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy any condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, or if a variance or grandfathered exception had not then been in place, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current Applicable Laws in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date; provided however that any such permitted capital expenditure shall be amortized (with interest at ten percent (10%) per annum) over its useful life (as determined by GAAP);
               (m) any amount paid by Landlord or to the parent organization or a subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord for supplies and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such supplies and/or services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;
               (n) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by or on behalf of Landlord (other than in connection with the operation of the parking facilities serving the Project);
               (o) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment (i) which are not commercially reasonable either as to type or amount (based upon the practices of landlords of the Comparable Buildings), and (ii) which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Charge Expenses as a capital cost pursuant to Section 4.2.9(1) above;
               (p) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants without reimbursement;
               (q) electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with a public service company;
Main Lease

-23-


 

               (r) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;
               (s) tax penalties;
               (t) fees and reimbursements payable to Landlord (including its parent organization, subsidiaries and/or affiliates) or by Landlord for management of the Project which exceed the Management Fee set forth in Section 4.2.4(vi) above;
               (u) any costs expressly excluded from Direct Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;
               (v) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;
               (w) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;
               (x) costs arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or “Landlord Parties,” as that term is defined in Article 9.1 of this Lease;
               (y) costs incurred with respect to Hazardous Materials, as defined in Article 24.18 (including the removal, transportation, remediation or disposal thereof), unless the need for such removal, transportation, remediation or disposal arises out of any Applicable Laws first enacted after the Lease Commencement Date and is not attributable to any Hazardous Materials which are introduced onto the Project after the Lease Commencement Date in violation of Applicable Laws in effect at the date of introduction;
               (z) in-house legal and/or accounting (as opposed to office building bookkeeping) fees to the extent in excess of legal or accounting fees, as applicable, that would reasonably be charged by a third-party in an arm’s length transaction;
               (aa) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;
               (bb) any finders fees, brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising costs, other than with respect to a receptionist or secretary in the Project office, once per year;
               (cc) any above Building standard cleaning, including, but not limited to construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events;
               (dd) the cost of any training or incentive programs, other than for tenant life safety information services;
Main Lease

-24-


 

               (ee) settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and other tenants or prospective occupants or prospective tenants/occupants;
               (ff) legal fees and costs;
               (gg) costs for HVAC provided to any tenant or other occupant of the Project or to any leased, occupied or leasable space in the Building or Project to the extent Tenant is separately charged for HVAC provided to the Premises;
               (hh) costs of electricity or power provided to any leased, occupied or leasable space (including the Premises); or
               (ii) any service fees, management fees or other amounts payable by Landlord to HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, an affiliate of Landlord (together with its successors and assigns, “HWS” ) (including, without limitation, under that certain Services Agreement between Landlord and HWS of even date herewith).
          4.2.10 All assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments without the imposition of fines, penalties or interest, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law without the imposition of fines, penalties or interest and shall be included as Direct Expenses in the year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid. If the Building and/or Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year with all tenants/occupants paying full rent (as opposed to free rent, half rent, partial rent, and the like), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses that would have been incurred had the Building and Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied with all tenants/occupants paying full rent and any and all other charges and expenses due to Landlord (as opposed to free rent, half rent, partial rent, and the like); and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses for such year. Landlord shall (i) not make a profit by charging items to Operating Charge Expenses or Utility Expenses, and (ii) not collect Operating Charge Expenses and/or Utility Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants/occupants in the Building and/or Project in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurred for the items included in Operating Charge Expenses and Utility Expenses.
     4.3 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . If for any Expense Year within the Lease Term following the Base Year, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”).
          4.3.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall give to Tenant within approximately one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of
Main Lease

-25-


 

the Base Year and each subsequent Expense Year, a reasonably detailed statement (the “Statement”), which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for the Base Year or such preceding Expense Year, as applicable, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined below.
     4.3.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) itemized on a line-item by line item basis, which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable and good faith estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “Estimated Excess”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. Upon receipt of an Estimate Statement, Tenant shall thereafter pay, within sixty (60) days after receipt of such Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Article 4.3.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.
     4.4 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, trade fixtures and any other personal property located in the Premises and the Project (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Supplemental Equipment). If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.
     4.5 Tenant’s Payment of Certain Tax Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that, at any time during the initial Lease Term subsequent to the Base Year, any sale, refinancing, or change in ownership of the Building or Project is consummated, and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building or Project is reassessed (a “Reassessment”) for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13 (or any successor laws), then the TCCs of this Article 4.5 shall apply to such Reassessment of the Building and/or Project.
Main Lease

-26-


 

          4.5.1 The Tax Increase . For purposes of this Article 4, the term “Tax Increase” shall mean that portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated following the Reassessment, which is attributable solely to the Reassessment. Accordingly, the term “Tax Increase” shall not include any portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment, which is (i) attributable to assessments pending immediately prior to the Reassessment, or (ii) attributable to the annual inflationary increase (currently 2%) of real estate taxes. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 4.5.1 to the contrary, if a Tax Increase occurs because a Reassessment occurs during the Base Year, the Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall include the Tax Increase resulting from such Reassessment, but the foregoing shall not be deemed to in any way increase the protection granted by Landlord to Tenant under Article 4.5.2, below.
          4.5.2 Protection . During the initial Lease Term only, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any Tax Increase.
     4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records . In the event that Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any annual Statement delivered by Landlord, then Tenant shall have the right within one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement (the “Review Period”) to provide written notice to Landlord that it intends to inspect, or cause any agent, consultant or employee of Tenant (which, for the purpose of this provision, shall exclude any party hired by Tenant on a commission or contingency fee basis) to inspect, Landlord’s accounting records for the Expense Year covered by such Statement during normal business hours (“Tenant Review”). Any Tenant Review shall take place in Landlord’s office at the Project or at such other location in the State of California as Landlord may reasonably designate, and Landlord will provide Tenant with reasonable accommodations for such Tenant Review and reasonable use of such available office equipment. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than two (2) weeks’ prior written notice of its desire to conduct such Tenant Review. In connection with the foregoing Tenant Review, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation relating to the subject Statement as Tenant may reasonably request. In no event shall Tenant have the right to conduct such Tenant Review if Tenant is then in Default under this Lease with respect to any of Tenant’s monetary obligations, including, without limitation, any amounts required to be paid under the applicable Statement which is the subject of such Tenant Review. In addition, (i) if Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of any objection to an annual Statement and Tenant’s intent to conduct such Tenant Review thereof within the applicable Review Period, or (ii) if after Tenant has timely delivered such notice, Tenant fails to complete such Tenant Review and notify Landlord in writing that it continues to dispute the amounts of Additional Rent shown on such Statement within one hundred eighty (180) days after such Review Period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such objection and the right to subsequently dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. In the event that following Tenant’s Review, Tenant continues to dispute the amounts of Additional Rent shown on the Statement and Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve such dispute within such 180-day period set forth hereinabove, then either Landlord or Tenant may submit the matter to binding arbitration to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”), which arbitration shall be conducted in Los Angeles County under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA then in effect and otherwise in accordance with California law, and the proper amount of the disputed items and/or categories of Direct Expenses to be shown on such Statement shall be determined by such AAA arbitration proceeding, which shall be conclusive and binding upon both Landlord
Main Lease

-27-


 

and Tenant; provided, however, if neither party submits such dispute to arbitration within thirty (30) days after the second such 180-day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such dispute and the right to subsequently dispute any such amounts. If the resolution of the parties’ dispute with regard to the Additional Rent shown on the Statement, pursuant to the arbitration award or agreement of the parties, reveals an error in the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses to be paid for such Expense Year, the parties’ sole remedy shall be for the parties to make appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other as are determined to be owing. Any such payments shall be made within thirty (30) days following the resolution of such dispute. At Tenant’s election, to the extent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant or pursuant to any such arbitration award, Tenant may treat any overpayments resulting from the foregoing resolution of such parties’ dispute as a credit against Rent until such amounts are otherwise paid to Tenant by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible and shall pay for all costs and expenses associated with the Tenant Review, as part of the Arbitration Costs. Tenant shall also be responsible and shall pay for all reasonable audit fees, attorneys’ fees and related costs of Tenant relating to an arbitration award (collectively, the “Arbitration Costs”), provided that if the parties’ final resolution of the dispute involves the overstatement by Landlord of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year in excess of three percent (3%), then Landlord shall be responsible and shall pay for all Arbitration Costs. Tenant and each agent, consultant and employee of Tenant conducting a Tenant Review pursuant to this Section 4.6 shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s books and records and the results of such Tenant Review and any arbitration proceeding under this Section 4.6 in strict confidence, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause each such Tenant Party to execute such commercially reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may reasonably require prior to conducting any such Tenant Review. This paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to allow the parties to enforce their respective rights hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
USE OF PREMISES AND BUILDING
     5.1 Use . Tenant may use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose. Tenant shall, at its expense, comply with (a) all Applicable Laws in connection with its use of the Premises, the Supplemental Areas and other areas of the Building used by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties or Tenant’s invitees, and (b) the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto.
     5.2 Entry . Subject to Section 5.3 below, Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times, and upon not less than forty-eight (48) hours’ prior notice to Tenant (except no such notice shall be required in emergencies), to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees (and to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term); (iii) post notices of non-responsibility, and/or make alterations, repairs and/or improvements to the Building to the extent required of Landlord under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the terms of Section 5.3 below, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to perform services required of Landlord under this Lease. In connection with any entry by or on behalf of Landlord, Landlord shall use
Main Lease

-28-


 

commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s Permitted Use of and access to the Premises, Building and Project as a result thereof, and shall in no event reduce the amount of space or services available to Tenant under this Lease other than in the event of emergencies.
     5.3 Secured Areas . Notwithstanding the TCC’s of Section 5.2 above, Tenant shall have the right to designate portions of the Premises as “Secured Areas” which are confidential or contain sensitive equipment, and neither Landlord nor its agents, employees or contractors, shall enter such Secured Areas without the prior written consent of Tenant except in the event of an emergency in which case Landlord or its agents shall be accompanied by a representative of Tenant (but only if and to the extent Tenant makes such representative reasonably available to Landlord for such purposes). Landlord acknowledges that Tenant’s use of the Premises may involve expensive, sensitive and/or fragile equipment, and that confidential data and transmissions may occur in or from the Premises; Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection with same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform or provide any repairs or other services to any Secured Areas unless Tenant provides Landlord with access to such areas as reasonably required to perform or provide such repairs or services and pays all additional costs incurred in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any overtime or additional charges for work not performed at the customary times or in the customary manner). Tenant shall pay, within ten (10) days after request therefor, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s compliance with the provisions of this Section with respect to Secured Areas including, without limitation, any overtime or additional charges for services or repair work not performed at the customary times or in the customary manner. In addition, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any Claims resulting from Landlord’s inability to gain access to or use of the Premises arising out of the limitation on Landlord’s access to the Secured Areas set forth in this Section 5.3.
ARTICLE 6
SERVICES, UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
     6.1 HVAC . Landlord will provide, at no additional charge (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) service to Suites 110 and 130 during Building Hours (as defined below), in accordance with standards customarily provided in Comparable Buildings. If Tenant requires HVAC service to Suites 110 and/or 130 to be provided by Landlord beyond such Building Hours, then Landlord will furnish the same, provided Tenant gives reasonable advance notice of such requirement and pays for same in accordance with Landlord’s then-current schedule (which shall reflect Landlord’s actual costs which may include a component for customary overhead (i.e., depreciation on equipment, labor charges and a reasonable activation fee to cover administrative costs associated with Tenant’s request for such extra service, if any) but may not include a profit increment). Pursuant to and subject to Tenant’s compliance with the TCC’s of Article 8 below (including obtaining Landlord’s prior consent if and to the extent required pursuant to Article 8.1 below), and subject to available electrical capacity of the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord, supplemental HVAC may be provided and/or installed by Tenant anywhere in the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, through separate supplemental HVAC units (including, without limitation, CRAC units) which shall be
Main Lease

-29-


 

subject to the direct control of, and maintained by, Tenant, at Tenant’s cost; in the event Landlord reasonably determines that such electrical capacity is not available at the Building, then, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s cost, reasonably cooperate with Tenant to permit Tenant to add, at Tenant’s cost, equipment and facilities providing additional electrical capacity for Tenant’s use hereunder. Tenant shall not be entitled to tap into Landlord’s chilled water system for the Building or to use any of Landlord’s Building condensers in connection with any such supplemental HVAC equipment installed in the Premises unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written consent thereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The electrical consumption resulting from Tenant’s usage of Tenant’s supplemental HVAC equipment shall be separately submetered, billed to Tenant and paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.2 below. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any HVAC to any other portions of the Premises; such HVAC, to the extent desired by Tenant, shall be provided by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost.
     6.2 Electricity . Subject to the 1 st sentence of Section 6.1 above, and subject to any contrary provisions in this Lease, the cost of electricity supplied to the Premises shall be separately submetered by Landlord via existing submeters or new submeters installed at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the actual out-of-pocket costs charged by the public utility provider to Landlord for electricity consumed by Tenant in the Premises, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice (together with reasonable supporting documentation) for the same. Tenant shall in no event be obligated to pay any administration fee, or any mark-up, depreciation or other amounts to Landlord in connection with electricity usage by Tenant; provided, however, with respect to electricity alone, Landlord may charge an administrative fee equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) per month, which amount shall be increased annually on a cumulative and compounded basis on each anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date by the same percentage increases as those that occur under Article 3.2 above for Base Rent. Pursuant to and subject to Tenant’s compliance with the TCC’s of Article 8 below (including obtaining Landlord’s prior consent if and to the extent required pursuant to Article 8.1 below), and subject to available electrical capacity of the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Tenant may, at its own expense, elect to make additional electricity arrangements for electricity to be provided to the Premises and/or Supplemental Areas (and Supplemental Equipment) directly with the applicable utility (“Provider”) and may obtain such additional electric supply from such Provider, and may install supplemental electrical equipment in the Premises and/or Supplemental Areas for such purposes (provided, however, any such additional electrical supply, arrangements and/or equipment with respect to the Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment shall be subject to and conditioned upon Tenant’s compliance with the TCC’s of Article 6.9 and the Special Use Conditions). Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, shall cooperate with Tenant and Provider reasonably and in good faith in this regard. Tenant agrees to pay all bills from Provider for such direct electrical service when due.
     6.3 Janitorial . Landlord shall not provide janitorial services to the Premises and Tenant shall, at its sole cost, provide its own janitorial services, trash removal and other cleaning of and to the Premises, and replacement of all light bulbs, lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises, all as appropriate to maintain the Premises in reasonably clean condition in a manner comparable with those services provided by landlords to tenant spaces at the Comparable Buildings; provided, however, Landlord shall, at no additional charge (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4),
Main Lease

-30-


 

provide janitorial services to Suite 110 and Suite 220 Mondays through Fridays (excluding Holidays, as defined below), in a manner, comparable with those provided at Comparable Buildings. Such janitorial services to be provided by Tenant shall be performed by a third party service provider reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide reasonable advance notice to Landlord of the name of any third party janitorial service provider retained by Tenant to provide janitorial service to the Premises and shall cause such service provider to (a) comply with all then existing Building standard rules and regulations, (b) maintain customary insurance coverage associated with such contracts, and (c) not interfere with the business operations of Landlord or other tenants or occupants in the Building.
     6.4 Water . Landlord shall furnish to the Premises (other than the Storage Space), at no additional charge (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), unheated water from mains for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes drawn through fixtures installed by Landlord, or by Tenant with Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and heated water for lavatory purposes from regular building supply in such quantities as is customarily supplied in Comparable Buildings.
     6.5 Passenger Elevator . Landlord shall provide, at no additional charge (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), one (1) nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger/freight elevator and four (4) nonexclusive, non-attended passenger elevators in service during the Building Hours, and shall have one elevator available at all other times, including on weekends and Holidays, except in the event of emergency. For purposes of this Lease, “Building Hours” shall mean 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, except for Holidays. As used herein, “Holidays” shall mean, collectively, the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other national holidays recognized by the New York Stock Exchange. In the event Tenant shall require additional passenger elevator service beyond that being provided by Landlord during non-Building Hours, Tenant shall arrange such additional elevator service with the Building management office in advance, and any such additional elevator service so provided to Tenant shall be subject to Tenant’s payment to Landlord of Landlord’s then-prevailing rates, if any, with respect to the same.
     6.6 Freight Elevator . Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no additional charge during the Building Hours (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), non-exclusive freight elevator service, subject to reasonable, non-discriminatory scheduling by Landlord. Any such freight elevator service provided to Tenant at times other than the Building Hours shall be subject to Tenant’s payment to Landlord of Landlord’s then-prevailing rates, if any, with respect to the same.
     6.7 Security . Landlord shall provide, at no additional charge to Tenant (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), twenty-four hour (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, every day of the year, on-site Project access control equipment, personnel, procedures and systems, all consistent with those at Comparable Buildings. Although Landlord agrees to provide the security services and security personnel set forth in the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.7, subject to Landlord’s indemnity in Section 9.1.1 below, and except for the Excluded Claims (as defined in Section
Main Lease

-31-


 

9.1.2 below), neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable for, and Landlord and the Landlord Parties are hereby released from, any responsibility for any damage or injury either to person or property sustained by Tenant in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of such security personnel, including, without limitation, as a result of any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with, and Landlord’s rights under, Article 8 below, and subject to Landlord’s entry rights in Article 5.2 above, Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost, to install its own security systems for the Premises, so long as no Design Problem (as defined in Section 8.1 below) exists with respect thereto; provided, however that Tenant shall (i) reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days following written demand therefor, for any increased insurance costs and any increased cost of maintenance, repairs and other services to the extent actually caused by Tenant’s installation or operation of Tenant’s security system or other security procedures or personnel employed by Tenant at the Premises (provided that Landlord delivers to Tenant reasonably satisfactory evidence of such increased costs), and (ii) coordinate the installation and operation of such security system (and related Alterations) with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s security system (and related Alterations) are compatible with and connected to the Building’s security system. Prior to installation of any such security systems by Tenant, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (if no Design Problem exists), plans and specifications for such installation and such systems. Subject to compliance with the then Building standard rules and regulations applicable to the use of the same, and compliance with all Applicable Laws, Tenant shall have the right (at no charge) to utilize the Building stairwells for purposes of traveling between floors of the Premises.
     6.8 Choice of Carrier . Subject to Tenant’s compliance with all Applicable Laws, Tenant may use any carriers or utility providers that Tenant desires, in its sole and absolute discretion, for electrical, internet and telecommunications services to the Premises; provided, however, that: (i) Tenant’s use of any carrier or utility provider as provided herein shall not cause unreasonable interference with or material increased cost (unless paid for by Tenant or unless the same is simply a result of pricing differences between providers) with respect to the operation of the Building or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises for reasonable and customary uses (provided that the fact that a communications provider chosen by Tenant may be or is in competition with another provider shall not constitute interference or material increased cost hereunder); (ii) such carriers or utility providers, and any equipment, wiring and cabling installed to provide such services, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be withheld or conditioned unless a Design Problem exists and shall not be unreasonably delayed; and (iii) any equipment, wiring and cabling to be installed outside the Premises in the Building or Project (an any access thereto) by such carriers or utility providers that provide such services shall be subject to a mutually acceptable (in the parties’ reasonable discretion) access/license agreement to be entered into by Landlord, Tenant and/or such carriers or utility providers. At no cost to Landlord, Landlord shall sign all reasonable documents, and provide all reasonable information, as reasonably necessary for Tenant to obtain such services from such carriers or utility providers, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after invoice, for all actual and commercially reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in providing such access rights and reviewing all plans and specifications for any equipment, wiring and cabling installed by or for Tenant in connection therewith.
Main Lease

-32-


 

     6.9 Supplemental Areas and Equipment . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right, to the following; provided, however, this Article 6.9 shall in no way limit or reduce any other rights or remedies of Tenant under this Lease, but rather, shall be in addition thereto:
          6.9.1 Fire Suppression System . Tenant shall have the right, at no additional charge, to install, test, maintain, repair, remove, replace and/or use, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a dry-pipe or FM 200 fire suppression system (the “Fire-Suppression System” ) within the Premises in compliance with all Applicable Laws and subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the plans and specifications therefor (and Tenant shall be the owner of the Fire Suppression System, subject to the terms of this Lease). In connection with Tenant’s installation of the Fire-Suppression System, Tenant shall have the right to disconnect and cap, if necessary, in compliance with Applicable Laws, the local distribution portion of any existing fire-suppression system in the Premises. Tenant will be solely responsible, at its cost, for all maintenance and repair of the Fire-Suppression System during the Lease Term; provided, however, unless Tenant elects (in its sole and absolute discretion) to have its own vendor perform monitoring of the Fire-Suppression System, Landlord shall ensure, at its sole cost and expense (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), that Landlord’s vendor (reasonably acceptable to Tenant) perform industry-standard (consistent with that at Comparable Buildings) monitoring of the Fire Suppression System, in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.
          6.9.2 Generators, Batteries and Telecommunications Equipment . Tenant shall have the right, at no additional charge, to install, test, maintain, repair, remove, replace and/or use generators, batteries and telecommunications facilities and equipment in the Premises, provided the same does not cause a Design Problem (and Tenant shall be the owner of the same, subject to the terms of this Lease). Without limiting the foregoing, in connection therewith, subject to Tenant’s obligations under Article 24.18 below, and compliance with and satisfaction of all Special Use Conditions with respect to space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, Tenant may also use conduit and cable connections (as well as fuel lines) connecting generators from one part of the Premises to another, and/or the Building (and/or Project) switch gear.
     Landlord shall provide generator power to the Premises, at no charge, in accordance with the specifications, and from the generators (the “Landlord Generators”), set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto. Landlord shall, at its cost which may be included in Operating Charge Expenses, ensure that the Landlord Generators are maintained and repaired in compliance with Applicable Laws, and in good and operable condition.
          6.9.3 Connecting Equipment . Tenant shall have the exclusive use, at no additional charge, of the existing conduits set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, together with all connection equipment, cables, innerducts, fibers, risers, feeders and materials therein and/or connected thereto that are currently installed and existing as of the date of execution of this Lease, together with comparable replacements of such equipment by or on behalf of Tenant (collectively, the “Conduits”), subject, however, with respect to space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, to Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of all Special Use Conditions pertaining thereto.
Main Lease

-33-


 

          6.9.4 Additional Conduit Rights . If Tenant desires additional allocations of conduit pathway rights over and above those currently serving the Premises, then, upon written request by Tenant to Landlord, to the extent Landlord reasonably has available capacity, based upon among other factors, Landlord’s needs and the needs and/or rights of other existing and/or future tenants and occupants of the Building, and provided Tenant at all times complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions pertaining thereto for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to accommodate Tenant’s needs, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then-prevailing rates with respect to the same.
          6.9.5 Connecting Equipment . Tenant may use, at no additional charge, the existing connection equipment, such as cables, risers, feeders and materials (collectively, the “Connecting Equipment”) that are currently installed and existing as of the date of execution of this Lease with comparable replacements of such equipment by or on behalf of Tenant in the shafts, ducts, chases, utility closets and other facilities of the Building and/or Project serving the Premises, subject, however, to Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of all Special Use Conditions pertaining thereto for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises.
          6.9.6 Additional Equipment Space . Tenant may, at any time and from time to time, request to lease from Landlord, at Landlord’s prevailing rates, additional space in the basement, garage, and/or roof and mechanical areas (“Additional Equipment Space”) of the Building for the installation of equipment to support Tenant’s activities within the Premises for the Permitted Use. Landlord agrees to lease Additional Equipment Space to Tenant provided that in Landlord’s reasonable determination the Additional Equipment Space is available based upon among other factors, Landlord’s needs and the needs and/or rights of other existing and/or future tenants and occupants of the Building, and provided Tenant at all times complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions pertaining to the Additional Equipment Space and the equipment to be placed therein.
          6.9.7 Additional Connecting Infrastructure . Tenant may, at any time and from time to time, request that Landlord consent to Tenant’s installation within the Building of conduit, equipment and distribution infrastructure for telecommunications, electrical and cooling services, and similar additional pipes, ducts and conduit reasonably necessary to support the delivery of communications, electrical, back-up power and cooling and other services to Tenant’s Premises for the Permitted Use and/or to support Tenant’s activities conducted within the Premises as part of the Permitted Use (“Additional Connecting Infrastructure”). Landlord agrees to make available to Tenant pathway and points of entry at the Building for the installation of Additional Connecting Infrastructure provided that in Landlord’s reasonable determination the pathway is available based upon among other factors, Landlord’s needs and the needs and/or rights of other existing and/or future tenants and occupants of the Building, and provided Tenant at all times complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions pertaining to the Additional Connecting Infrastructure for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises and the installations and equipment to be placed therein. Any Additional Connecting Infrastructure leased by Tenant shall be at and subject to Tenant’s payment to Landlord of Landlord’s prevailing rates.
Main Lease

-34-


 

          6.9.8 Additional Electricity Transformers and Vaults . To the extent reasonably deemed necessary by Tenant and to the extent not unreasonably disruptive to Landlord’s operation of the Building or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises for reasonable and customary uses, and provided that in Landlord’s reasonable determination additional space in the Project is available for such purposes and Tenant at all times otherwise complies with and satisfies all of the Special Use Conditions with respect thereto for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, Landlord shall provide to Tenant space in the Project for new vaults and transformers for Tenant’s additional electrical and/or telecommunications requirements for the Premises and Supplemental Areas (and/or Supplemental Equipment); provided, however, the location of such space for any new vault or transformer within the Project shall be designated by Landlord in its reasonable discretion and shall be made available to Tenant at then market terms and then market charges to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for the use thereof. Prior to installation of any such new vaults or transformers, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, plans and specifications for the same.
          6.9.9 Fiber Vault Construction . Tenant may, from time to time and at any time, request that Landlord allow Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to construct and/or install fiber vaults to serve the Premises (and/or the equipment of Tenant and/or its customers in the Premises) within rights of way adjacent to or underneath adjacent streets provided that in Landlord’s reasonable determination space for the proposed vault is available and Tenant satisfies and otherwise complies with all Special Use Conditions with respect to the use and operation thereof for space outside the Premises and/or above the ceilings in the Premises, which use shall also be upon market terms, and subject to Tenant’s payment of then market charges to Landlord for the use thereof. To the extent reasonably requested by Tenant, Landlord shall assist Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, in procuring applicable approvals necessary for the construction, at Tenant’s cost, of any such fiber vaults.
          6.9.10 Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment . The areas within the Building and Project which are outside the Premises and to which Tenant has rights under the foregoing provisions of this Article 6.9 (or otherwise under this Lease, including Section 2.1 of the Summary) are referred to in this Lease collectively as the “ Supplemental Areas. ” Tenant’s equipment, facilities and property in the Building and Project which are within such Supplemental Areas located outside the Premises and which Tenant (or its lessors or customers) owns under this Article 6.9 (or otherwise under this Lease) are referred to in this Lease collectively as the “Supplemental Equipment.” Subject to and conditioned upon Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of all of the Special Use Conditions (which Tenant hereby covenants to comply with at all times with respect to all such Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment and Tenant’s use of and access thereto), Tenant shall, at no additional charge (except as otherwise expressly provided above in this Article 6.9), have reasonable continuous access to the Supplemental Areas and Supplemental Equipment as reasonably necessary in connection with the Permitted Use (including, without limitation, use, testing, maintenance, repair and replacement/substitutions of Supplemental Equipment), and Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with, Tenant’s use of, the Supplemental Areas or Supplemental Equipment.
Main Lease

-35-


 

     Except to the extent expressly set forth to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent, Direct Expenses or any other fees or charges for the Supplemental Areas (or Supplemental Equipment), and the rentable square footage of the Supplemental Areas shall not be included in the calculation of Tenant’s Share. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall install such fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Supplemental Equipment and/or Supplemental Areas as required by Applicable Laws or as may otherwise be reasonably determined by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). It is expressly agreed and understood that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant’s existing fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Supplemental Equipment and/or Supplemental Areas as of the Lease Commencement Date, is acceptable to Landlord. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant must (or may, as applicable), leave certain property in the Building, as set forth in this Lease, during the entire Lease Term (as may be extended), Tenant shall remain the owner of all Supplemental Equipment for all purposes (including, without limitation, for depreciation).
          6.9.11 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that, except as otherwise provided in this Lease (and subject to Landlord’s obligations under this Lease), Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as provided in this Lease) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any utilities or services, or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as expressly provided in Section 18.4 below) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease.
ARTICLE 7
REPAIRS
     7.1 General . Subject to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations in Article 6.9 above and below in this Section 7.1), and subject to Articles 10 and 12 of this Lease, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (other than as part of Direct Expenses reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Article 4), maintain in first-class condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural and/or exterior portions of the Premises, Building and Project, including (i) the foundation, floor and ceiling.(including slabs), roof, curtain wall, glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, parking areas, parking garages, landscaping, fountains, water falls, Project signage, stairwells (excluding any internal stairwells within the Premises), elevator cabs, plazas, art work, sculptures, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all Common Areas (collectively, the “Building Structure”), and (ii) the mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler, HVAC and sewer and other base Building systems excluding distribution thereof inside the Premises for portions of the Premises used for telecommunications purposes, and including distribution thereof inside the Premises for any other space in the Premises (but not with respect to any Alterations made to such other space by or for Tenant after the Lease Commencement Date) (collectively, the “Building Systems” ), and Landlord shall make such corrections as may be required after being made aware of the need therefor; provided, however, to the extent such maintenance and repairs are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any
Main Lease

-36-


 

Tenant Parties or Tenant’s invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs, subject, however to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below. Additionally, Tenant shall be responsible to repair, at its sole cost, any damage to the Building or Project caused by Tenant’s Supplemental Equipment, subject, however to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and repair in working condition, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s past normal business operations, any equipment of Tenant for which this Lease expressly provides will be surrendered by Tenant to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The Building Structure and Building Systems shall not include any of Tenant’s Supplemental Equipment. Landlord shall comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances (collectively, “Applicable Laws” ) which relate to the Building Structure and/or Building Systems, and Landlord shall make such corrections as may be required by Applicable Laws with respect to the Building Structure and Building Systems after being made aware of the need therefor; provided, however, that, subject to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after invoice, for the reasonable, out-of-pocket costs of any improvements and alterations required to be made to the Building Structure and Building Systems which are Landlord’s obligation under this sentence to the extent caused by any Alterations, equipment, systems or other property (including Tenant’s Supplemental Equipment) first installed during the Lease Term by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or at the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, except for casualty damage and causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the roof of the Building in water-tight condition, and free from leaks at all times. Subject to Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation, under Articles 10 and 12 below, Tenant shall, at its expense, keep the interior of the Premises (not including the Building Structure or Building Systems) and all permanent improvements installed by Tenant in the Premises in good order and condition during the Lease Term, except for ordinary wear and tear, causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control, casualty damage which is Landlord’s obligation to repair and the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and the Landlord Parties (subject, however, to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 below); provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to maintain the Premises in any better condition than that which existed as of the date of this Lease, except as may be required by Applicable Laws (but only to the extent of compliance with Applicable Laws for which Tenant is otherwise specifically responsible under the terms of this Lease). Landlord shall perform all repairs, improvements and work at the Building and Project in a commercially reasonable manner, after-hours (whenever reasonably practicable) and in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or operation of the Premises for the Permitted Use.
     7.2 Tenant’s Right to Make Repairs . Notwithstanding any of the TCCs set forth in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and which event or circumstance materially or adversely affects the conduct of Tenant’s business from the Premises, and Landlord fails to commence such required action within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional ten (10) business days’ written notice to Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action (provided, however, that the initial thirty
Main Lease

-37-


 

(30) day notice and the subsequent ten (10) business day notice shall not be required in the event of an “Emergency”, as that term is defined, below, but rather a single one (1) business day notice shall be required) and if such action was required under the TCCs of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not commenced by Landlord within such ten (10) business day period (or one (1) business day period in the event of an Emergency, as applicable) and thereafter diligently pursued to completion, then Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in taking such action plus interest thereon at ten percent (10%) per annum. In the event Tenant takes such action, and such action affects the Building Structure or Building Systems, then Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Building for work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which performs similar work in Comparable Buildings. Promptly following completion of any work taken by Tenant pursuant to the TCCs of this Article 7.2, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a detailed invoice of the work completed, the materials used and the costs relating thereto. If Landlord does not deliver a detailed written objection to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Tenant, then Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, the amount set forth in such invoice. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then Tenant shall not then be entitled to such deduction from Rent, but may proceed to claim a default by Landlord; if Tenant prevails in any such claim, the amount of the award (which shall include interest at 10% per annum from the time of each expenditure by Tenant until the date Tenant receives such amount by payment or offset) may be deducted by Tenant from the Rent next due and owing under this Lease. For purposes of this Article 7.2 , an “Emergency” shall mean an event threatening immediate and material danger to people or property located in the Building.
ARTICLE 8
ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
     8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Subject to the following provisions of this Article 8, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, to make changes, modifications, additions and alterations to the Premises during the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (collectively, the “Permitted Alterations”). It is understood that, subject to the following provisions of this Article 8, Tenant may (but without obligation to do so) also install and construct infrastructure and telecommunications facilities and equipment in the Premises during such 12-month period, and that the same shall be considered part of Permitted Alterations. With respect to any Permitted Alterations (including, without limitation, under Section 1.3 above) that do not require Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s consent shall still be required for the plans and specifications for the Permitted Alterations, which consent shall not be withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, unless a Design Problem exists, and will be deemed consented to by Landlord unless Landlord denies its consent by written notice to Tenant identifying the Design Problem within ten (10) business days after Landlord receives the plans and specifications in question. A “Design Problem” is defined as the applicable Alteration: (i)
Main Lease

-38-


 

materially and adversely affecting the Building Structure or Building floor loads; (ii) materially and adversely affecting the Building Systems (or the reasonable industry-standard third-party manufacturer’s specifications for the Building Systems); (iii) unreasonably interfering with any of Landlord’s normal and customary business operations at the Building or Project or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises, systems and/or equipment, provided that such use and enjoyment is for normal and customary purposes in an office/telecommunications building that do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s operations permitted under and conducted in compliance with the TCC’s of this Lease; (iv) creating a dangerous or hazardous condition; and/or (v) failing to comply with Applicable Laws or any other provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 7 of the Summary). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant’s existing improvements, alterations, systems and equipment shall not be deemed to create a Design Problem if such Design Problem exists as a result of any action by Landlord on or after the Lease Commencement Date.
     Additionally, without limiting the foregoing, during the Lease Term (as may be extended), Tenant shall not require Landlord’s consent to (a) repair the Premises or to install, repair, replace, supplement or modify any telecommunications and/or Colocation systems and/or equipment within the Premises, provided such repairs, systems and equipment do not affect the Building Structure and would not result in a Design Problem, or (b) perform non-structural changes, modifications, additions and alterations to the Premises that do not affect the Building Structure or Building Systems and would not result in a Design Problem (collectively, the “Non-Structural Alterations”). Except in connection with Permitted Alterations that do not result in a Design Problem, and except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Landlord’s consent shall be required for Tenant to make alterations to the Premises which affect the Building Structure or the Building Systems (collectively, the “B/S Alterations”), which consent or approval shall not be withheld by Landlord, unless a Design Problem exists. Permitted Alterations, Non-Structural Alterations and B/S Alterations and all other alterations to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Alterations”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, in no event may Tenant make any Alterations (1) that would result in a Design Problem unless Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, approves same, (2) unless Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice of such proposed Alterations together with the plans and specifications therefor (or any subsequent changes thereto) at least ten (10) business days prior to the commencement of, such Alterations (so that Landlord may determine if a Design Problem exits with respect thereto and/or post notices of non-responsibility), and (3) unless Tenant performs the same in compliance with this Article 8. With respect to any Alterations requiring Landlord’s consent, if Landlord does not notify Tenant in writing that it is withholding its consent to any proposed Alterations (it being understood that Landlord may only withhold its consent if a Design Problem exists) within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s request, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Alterations.
     8.2 Manner of Construction . All Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be performed: (a) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, which shall include, without limitation, payment to Landlord of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord to review Tenant’s plans and specifications for the Alterations; (b) in a diligent and good and workmanlike manner; (c) in compliance with all Applicable Laws and in substantial conformance with the plans and specifications therefor submitted by Tenant to Landlord (and
Main Lease

-39-


 

approved by Landlord, to the extent such approval was required); (d) by contractors and subcontractors selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord (except that Landlord may reasonably designate the contractors and subcontractors to perform all B/S Alterations provided such contractors and subcontractors are unrelated to Landlord and agree to perform such work at competitive prices and are reasonably available); (e) in conformance with Landlord’s reasonable, non-discriminatory construction rules and regulations (which shall be made available to Tenant upon request); and (f) in such manner so as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to unreasonably interfere Landlord’s normal and customary business operations at the Building or Project or other tenants’ or occupants’ use or enjoyment of their premises for reasonable and customary uses. In addition, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant or its contractor carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord (not to exceed the amount of coverage typically required by landlords of Comparable Buildings) covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after demand, remove or bond against any liens imposed against the Building or Project as a result of the performance by Tenant of any Alterations and/or installation by Tenant of any furniture, fixtures or equipment in or at the Premises, Building or Project, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims in connection with any such liens.
     8.3 Removal of Tenant’s Property . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, during the Lease Term (and for up to ten (10) business days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, but subject to Tenant’s payment of holdover rent pursuant to Article 15 below during such period), except as set forth to the contrary in Article 14 below, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, but without obligation to do so, remove from the Premises, Building and Project any Alterations, and/or Tenant’s furniture, fixtures (including business and trade fixtures), personal property, infrastructure, improvements, equipment and/or other property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by or on behalf of Tenant (regardless of whether the same is built-in or free standing), including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment and systems, provided Tenant repairs, at its expense, any damage to the Premises and Building caused by any such removal; provided, however, Tenant may leave floor and wall coverings in the Premises in their then existing “as is” condition and shall have no obligation to repaint, install new floor covering or to patch or repair wall, ceiling, roof, floor and/or other penetrations in the Premises.
ARTICLE 9
INDEMNITY; INSURANCE
     9.1 Indemnification .
          9.1.1 As used herein, the “Tenant Parties” shall mean, collectively, Tenant and Tenant’s partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, successors, assignees, subtenants, agents and licensees (including Colocation Users), employees and independent contractors. Landlord hereby indemnifies, defends and holds harmless the Tenant Parties (other than contractors, subtenants, Colocation Users and licensees), from and against any
Main Lease

-40-


 

claim, loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Claims”) to the extent (a) caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, successors, agents, employees, and independent contractors and/or each of them (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), or breach of this Lease by Landlord (including, without limitation, any default by Landlord under Section 18.3 below), and (b) not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease, but such indemnity shall not include (i) any loss or damage to Tenant’s property to the extent Tenant has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 9.4 below, or (ii) any lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages.
          9.1.2 Subject to and except for (a) Claims indemnified by Landlord in Landlord’s indemnity in Section 9.1.1 above, (b) Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and (c) Claims caused by or resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties and not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease (such excluded Claims in this clause (c), collectively, the “Excluded Claims”), Tenant hereby: (i) assumes all risk of damage to property (including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment) or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises or the Supplemental Areas from any cause whatsoever; and (ii) agrees that, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property (including, without limitation, the Supplemental Equipment) or resulting from the loss of use thereof which damage is sustained by Tenant, any Tenant Parties or other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant hereby indemnifies, defends and holds harmless Landlord and the Landlord Parties (other than contractors) from and against any Claims to the extent (1) caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant Parties, or the breach of this Lease by Tenant (including, without limitation, any Default by Tenant under Section 18.1 below), and (2) not insured or required to be insured by Landlord under this Lease, but such indemnity shall not include (A) any loss or damage to Landlord’s property to the extent Landlord has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 9.4 below, or (B) any lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages.
          9.1.3 The provisions of this Article. 9.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
     9.2 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall insure the Building (including the Building Structure and Building Systems) and the Project (but excluding, at Landlord’s option, the property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 9.3.2 below) during the Lease Term against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, water damage, earthquake damage (to the extent available at commercially reasonable costs), and all other risks normally covered under “special form” policies in the geographical area of the Building. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other TCCs, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, provided that, in any event, such coverage shall: (i) be for full replacement (less commercially reasonable deductibles) of such covered items of the Building and the Project in compliance with Applicable Laws; (ii) be with companies licensed in the State of California; and (iii) at a minimum be comparable to the coverage and amounts of property damage insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of
Main Lease

-41-


 

Comparable Buildings (except Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain terrorism, mold and/or flood insurance, provided that, in the event Landlord carries the same, then the cost of the same shall be imputed into the Base Year as if Landlord carried the same during the entire Base Year). Additionally, Landlord shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance with companies licensed in the State of California covering the insured against Claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Landlord’s operations, and contractual liabilities, for limits of liability not less than $5,000,000.00 per occurrence and $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate). Upon inquiry by Tenant, from time to time, Landlord shall inform Tenant of all such insurance carried by Landlord.
     9.3 Tenant’s Insurance .
          9.3.1 Tenant shall maintain the following coverage in the following amounts: Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against Claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities, for limits of liability not less than:
     
     Bodily Injury and
  $5,000,000 each occurrence
     Property Damage Liability
  $5,000,000 annual aggregate
 
   
 
  Commercially reasonable deductible amounts
 
   
     Personal Injury Liability
  $5,000,000 each occurrence
 
  $5,000,000 annual aggregate
 
   
 
  Commercially reasonable deductible amounts
          9.3.2 Tenant shall also insure (i) all Alterations and tenant improvements now or hereafter permanently attached to the Premises (and not described in (ii) below) by or on behalf of Tenant (collectively, the “Permanent Alterations”), and (ii) all of Tenant’s personal property, fixtures, systems and equipment (including the Supplemental Equipment) now or hereafter in the Premises and/or Project (including the Supplemental Areas) against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, water damage and all other risks normally covered under “special form” policies in the geographical area of the Building. Such coverage shall be for full replacement of the insured items (less commercially reasonable deductibles) in compliance with Applicable Laws.
          9.3.3 All such insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall: (a) be maintained throughout the Lease Term (as may be extended); (b) be issued by companies licensed in the State of California and having a rating reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (c) name Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and the holder of any mortgage encumbering the Building or Project as additional insureds with respect to Tenant’s liability insurance under Section 9.3.1 above and as loss payees (as their respective interests appear) with respect to the property damage insurance described in Section 9.3.2(i) above; (d) provide, in effect, that the insurer shall endeavor to give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of cancellation or material reduction in coverage; (e) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder, and
Main Lease

-42-


 

provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing; and (f) be in commercially reasonable form. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage required to be carried by Tenant hereunder on or before the Lease Commencement Date and before the expiration dates thereof.
     9.4 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder or if higher, to the extent such insurance has been obtained. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other (and against the officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, employees and agents of the other) for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder from the insurer. Such waiver and release shall specifically include any deductible, retention and self-insured loss or damage. The parties agree that their respective property damage insurance policies are now endorsed (or they shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such an endorsement from their respective insurers) such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, but the failure to obtain any such endorsement shall not impair the effectiveness of this waiver and/or release between Landlord and Tenant.
ARTICLE 10
DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
     10.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . If the Premises, the Building Structure, the Building Systems, or any Common Areas serving or providing ingress/egress to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently repair and restore the Building Structure, the Building Systems and the Common Areas and Supplemental Areas (and the Permanent Alterations in the Premises as described in Section 10.2.1 below, subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.1 below). Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by Applicable Laws. Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever under this Article 10 to repair or restore the Supplement Equipment or any of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures or equipment in the Premises, Building or Project, and Tenant shall have no obligation to assign or deliver any insurance proceeds or other amounts to Landlord with respect thereto. In the event of casualty damage, Rent will be abated, if at all, pursuant to the terms of Section 18.4 below.
     10.2 Termination Rights .
          10.2.1 In the event that, as a result of the casualty in question, Landlord would have to repair Uninsured Damage (as defined below) to the Building in excess of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) (the “Uninsured Costs”), then, unless Tenant is willing to provide to Landlord funds necessary to cover all Uninsured Costs to the extent in excess of the initial $10,000,000.00 in Uninsured Costs (the “Initial Uninsured Costs”), plus fifty percent (50%) of the Initial Uninsured Costs, Landlord may elect not to effect such repairs and instead terminate
Main Lease

-43-


 

this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of such casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may only exercise such termination right: (i) with respect to the damaged portions of the Premises; or (ii) with respect to the entire Lease if the Termination Condition (as defined below) has been met As used herein, “ Uninsured Damage ” shall mean that Landlord does not have insurance proceeds with respect to such damage (including and taking into account any deductible amounts, except as expressly provided in clause (B) hereinbelow), provided that (A) Landlord would also not have such proceeds had Landlord carried the insurance as required under this Lease, and (B) any deductible amounts that (1) do not pertain to earthquake, terrorism, mold and/or flood insurance (or any insurance not required to be carried by Landlord under Section 9.2 above), and (2) are in excess of the lesser of commercially reasonable deductible amounts at the time of such casualty or $500,000.00, shall not, to the extent of such excess, be considered part of Uninsured Damage or included in such Uninsured Costs. Additionally, where greater than forty percent (40%) of the Building is damaged by the casualty in question, and repairs thereto cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion (certified by Landlord’s independent third-party licensed contractor), be completed within twelve (12) months after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord (certified by Landlord’s independent third-party licensed contractor), then, provided the Termination Condition has been met, Landlord may elect not to effect such repairs and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage. The “Termination Condition” is defined as prior to or concurrently with Landlord’s termination notice terminating this Lease, Landlord terminates the leases of all other tenants of the Building which contain termination rights in favor of Landlord permitting Landlord to terminate such leases in the event of casualty damage. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises for which Landlord has elected, or is otherwise required, to repair, then provided this Lease has not been terminated, Tenant shall assign to Landlord all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Section 9.3.2(i) above with respect to the Permanent Alterations in the Premises and Landlord shall repair any damage to such Permanent Alterations (provided if the cost of such repair of such Permanent Alterations exceeds the sum of (x) the amount of insurance proceeds for such Permanent Alterations received by Landlord from Tenant or Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, plus (y) any insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Landlord’s insurance with respect to such Permanent Alterations, the excess cost of such repairs to such Permanent Alterations shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage).
     Additionally, if the Premises or the Building is damaged to any substantial, material extent by fire or other casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, and, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord’s independent third-party licensed contractor, the damage or destruction to the Premises or Building cannot be repaired by the date which is sixty (60) days after such casualty damage, and Tenant elects not to exercise any existing renewal option in its favor (which has not been previously waived or expired), then notwithstanding anything contained herein, Landlord and/or Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after such party learns learn of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage.
          10.2.2 Notwithstanding the TCCs of Article 10.1 or 10.2.1 above if, in the reasonable opinion of an architect or contractor mutually and reasonably agreed upon by
Main Lease

-44-


 

Landlord and Tenant (the “Damage Consultant”), the damage affects more than thirty percent (30%) of the Premises (herein, a “Tenant Damage Event”), and repairs of such damage to the portions of the Building which Landlord is obligated to repair pursuant to Section 10.1 above cannot reasonably be completed within twelve (12) months after the date of discovery of the damage, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the certificate of such Damage Consultant setting forth such reasonable opinion, in which event Landlord shall not be required to restore and/or rebuild as required pursuant to Section 10.1 above. Tenant may request that Landlord provide Tenant with a certificate from the Damage Consultant described above setting forth such Damage Consultant’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days.
          10.2.3 If either Landlord or Tenant exercises any of its options to terminate this Lease as provided above in this Section 10.2, this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date set forth in such party’s termination notice, which termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days after such termination notice is delivered to the other party; provided, however, that if the termination notice is delivered as a result of a casualty damage occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, such termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) days and no more than forty-five (45) days after such termination notice is delivered to such other party.
     10.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The TCCs of this Lease, including this Article 10, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to any damage or destruction Landlord and Tenant irrevocably waive and release their respective rights under the provisions of Sections 1932 and 1933 of the California Civil Code.
ARTICLE 11
NONWAIVER
     Except as otherwise provided for herein as a “deemed waiver,” no provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed by such waiving party. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any TCC herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other TCC herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord or payment of Rent by Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant or Landlord of any TCC of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s or Tenant’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance or payment of such Rent. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and/or satisfaction, and Landlord
Main Lease

-45-


 

may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due.
ARTICLE 12
CONDEMNATION
     If (i) the whole of the Premises, Building or Project, or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Premises, shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or (ii) Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of any such takings by eminent domain or condemnation as a result thereof, then Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, provided that prior to or concurrently with Landlord’s termination notice terminating this Lease, Landlord terminates the leases of all other tenants of the Building which contain termination rights in favor of Landlord permitting Landlord to terminate such leases in the event of such condemnation or taking. If as a result of any of the aforesaid condemnation or takings (or deeds in lieu thereof) Tenant cannot conduct its business operations in substantially the same manner such business operations were conducted prior to such taking while still retaining substantially the same material rights and benefits it bargained to receive under this Lease, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease, exercisable by written termination notice delivered by the terminating party to the other party within sixty (60) days after such terminating party becomes aware thereof. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim against the taking authority available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, improvements, alterations and/or fixtures belonging to Tenant, and for moving expenses. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12 to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to receive fifty percent (50%) of the “bonus value” of the leasehold estate in connection therewith, which bonus value shall be equal to the difference between the Rent payable under this Lease and the sum established by the condemning authority as the award for compensation. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. Upon any taking or other matter described in this Article 12, Rent for the Premises (and for those Supplemental Areas, if any, for which Rent is required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease) shall be abated pursuant to Section 18.4 below. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, or a taking of less than thirty percent (30%) of the Premises, then this Lease shall not terminate pursuant to this Article 12 but the Rent for the Premises (and for those Supplemental Areas, if any, for which Rent is required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease) shall be abated pursuant to Section 18.4 below; Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.
Main Lease

-46-


 

ARTICLE 13
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
     13.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent (except as otherwise provided below) of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises (a “Transfer”; any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee” ). If Tenant desires to obtain Landlord’s consent to any Transfer (and such consent is required under the terms of this Article 13), Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (ii) all of the material economic terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all relevant existing executed and/or proposed documentation (to the extent then existing) pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iii) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the proposed Transfer within thirty (30) days (the “Review Period”) after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable Transfer Notice. In the event that (i) Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of such approval or disapproval within such Review Period and (ii) Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of such approval or disapproval within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of a reminder notice of the expiration of the Review Period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Transfer. Any Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder which is made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect. All Transfers under this Article 13, including any Permitted Transfers pursuant to Section 13.3 below, are and shall be subject and subordinate to all of the TCCs of this Lease, except as may otherwise be provided in this Lease. If Landlord consents to any Transfer, (A) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, and (B) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all relevant documentation pertaining to such Transfer. In addition, no Transfer, whether with or without Landlord’s consent and whether a Permitted Transfer, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.
     13.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the TCCs specified in the Transfer Notice. The parties hereby agree that reasonable reasons under this Lease and under any Applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer shall include, without limitation, the following:
          13.2.1 In the event of an assignment of this Lease, or a sublease of more than 15,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, the Transferee does not have the financial capability to perform the obligations under the applicable Transfer;
          13.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease; or
          13.2.3 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of an exclusive right granted by Landlord in good faith in another lease for space in the Building, or would give an
Main Lease

-47-


 

occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease as a result of the proposed use to be made of the space by the sublessee or assignee, provided that upon request from Tenant, Landlord shall provide written notice of all applicable exclusive rights.
          13.2.4 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof (i) which is that of a foreign country, or (ii) which operates a business from the Subject Space that is not primarily an administrative office and/or requires or permits members of the general public to visit the Subject Space to apply for and/or obtain information, services, goods and/or benefits provided by such Transferee (other than on an occasional basis).
     13.3 Non-Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant may, from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, without the consent of Landlord, provided that Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice thereof (except no such notice shall be required for any license or sublicense described in clause (a) hereinbelow which pertains to less than 5,000 rentable square feet of space within the Premises), do any or all of the following (collectively, “Permitted Transfers”), so long as any such Permitted Transfer was not entered into, and the transferee thereof was not formed, as a subterfuge by Tenant, to (1) avoid the obligations contained in this Article 13, or (2) adversely affect the ability of Tenant to satisfy its obligations under this Lease:
          (a) license and/or sublicense any or all of the Premises to any third parties (including customers of Tenant and customers of such customers) for Colocation;
          (b) assign, sublease, and/or otherwise transfer the Premises and/or this Lease, and/or Tenant’s interest therein, (i) to any affiliate of Tenant (including any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control, with Tenant), and/or (ii) in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale of stock, sale of assets, sale of Tenant’s business and/or restructuring; and/or
          (c) assign this Lease (or any of Tenant’s property) as security for any financing obtained by Tenant in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business (and, in connection therewith, Tenant may record in the public records any leasehold deed of trust or mortgage against the Premises, provided that such deed of trust or mortgage shall not impair Landlord’s title to the Project).
ARTICLE 14
SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL
     Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as of the date of this Lease, except for reasonable wear and tear, causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control (including casualty damage), repairs which are the responsibility of Landlord hereunder, and the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and/or the Landlord Parties (subject, however, to the waiver and limitations in Section 9.4 above). Such surrender shall also be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 above. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, at its cost, remove or cause to be removed from the
Main Lease

-48-


 

Premises, Building or Project, any Supplemental Equipment, Alterations, fixtures (including business and trade fixtures) and/or other improvements, furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and/or other property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant (and the same shall belong to Tenant, as its sole property), other than items set forth in the penultimate sentence of this Article 14 which are to remain and repair any damage to the Building, Project and Premises resulting from such removal; provided, however, (a) Tenant shall not be obligated to remove Alterations, unless Landlord notified Tenant in writing prior to installation of the applicable Alteration that Tenant is required to remove the same upon expiration or termination of this Lease, and (b) Tenant shall not be required to remove any Supplemental Equipment or other equipment unless the same is a potentially hazardous material (such as batteries). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be permitted or required to remove the Conduits or any of the following equipment and/or any replacements or modifications thereto, which shall be surrendered by Tenant to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term in their then-existing condition (subject, however, to Tenant’s obligations in Section 7.1 above to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and repair in working condition, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s past normal business operations, the following equipment): (1) any emergency power generators or cooling towers and related piping and equipment from the Building or Project that are outside the Premises (including without limitation, those items identified on Exhibit B as “Utility Bus Duct Back/Up Generator/Parelling Gear” and “Cooling Tower (for 1 st and 2 nd floor IDC)”); and (2) the condenser water distribution system in the Building that is outside the Premises, together with the piping loop and supporting pumps and equipment therefor; provided, however, subject to Tenant’s obligations in Section 7.1 ( i.e. , to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and repair in working condition, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s past normal business operations), (A) all such items shall be accepted by Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in their “As-Is” condition, without representation or warranty by Tenant, and (B) Tenant shall have no obligation or liability whatsoever in the event such items malfunction or break, or are otherwise not suitable for Landlord’s needs or operations. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant must (or may, as applicable), leave certain property in the Building, during the entire Lease Term (as may be extended), Tenant shall remain the owner of all such property, for all purposes (including, without limitation, for depreciation), including, without limitation, Supplemental Equipment, Alterations, fixtures (including business and trade fixtures), furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and/or other property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant.
ARTICLE 15
HOLDING OVER
     If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not, except as set forth below, constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%). Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable TCC contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 15 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any
Main Lease

-49-


 

holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 16
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
     Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord or Tenant, Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party (the “Requesting Party”) a written statement certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which the rent and any other charges have been paid; (c) to the non-Requesting Party’s knowledge, whether or not Requesting Party is in default in the performance of any obligation, and if so, specifying the nature of such default; (d) the address to which notices to non-Requesting Party are to be sent; and (e) such other matters as the Requesting Party may reasonably request.
ARTICLE 17
SUBORDINATION
     Subject to Tenant’s receipt of an appropriate non-disturbance agreement(s) as set forth below, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement(s) in favor of Tenant from any mortgage holders and lien holders of Landlord shall be in consideration of, and a condition precedent to, Tenant’s agreement to be bound by the TCCs of this Article 17. Subject to Tenant’s receipt of the non-disturbance agreement(s) described above, Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof, to recognize such purchaser or lienholder as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant is not in Default of this Lease. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder.
ARTICLE 18
DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
     18.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant (a “Default”):
Main Lease

-50-


 

          18.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within ten (10) business days after written notice that the same was not paid when due; or
          18.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other TCC of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such failure is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible; or
          18.1.3 Any uncured default beyond all applicable notice and cure periods by Tenant, as subtenant, under the 4th Floor Sublease; but such uncured default by Tenant under the 4th Floor Sublease shall not be considered a Default under this Lease prior to the date HWS has assigned its interest in the 4th Floor Sublease to Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord (if at all). Effective upon any such assignment, any such default (beyond all applicable notice and cure periods) by Tenant under the 4th Floor Sublease shall, if not then cured, become a Default by Tenant under this Lease.
     The notice periods provided herein are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any notice periods provided by Applicable Law.
     18.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue the following remedies:
          18.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, after due process of law enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:
               (i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus
               (ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
               (iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
               (iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and
Main Lease

-51-


 

               (v) At Landlord’s election, but subject to the provisions of this Lease, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law.
     As used in this Article 18, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).
     In the event of any such termination, Landlord shall use all efforts to mitigate its damages in accordance with Applicable Laws. Subject to such duty to mitigate, upon any such termination, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements.
          18.2.2 Upon a Default, Landlord shall also have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.
          18.2.3 Upon a Default, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor, sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of any such Default.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.
     18.3 Landlord Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if (i) in the event a failure by Landlord is with respect to the payment of money, Landlord fails to pay such unpaid amounts within ten (10) business days of written notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due; or (ii) in the event a failure by Landlord is other than (i) above, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if Landlord commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may exercise and all of its rights and remedies provided at law and/or in equity.
Main Lease

-52-


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.
     18.4 Abatement of Rent . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, or the Supplemental Areas (or Supplemental Equipment) or any portion thereof, as a result of Landlord’s breach of this Lease or the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its contractors, licensees or invitees or casualty or condemnation (or any other event covered by Articles 10 or 12 of this Lease, other than with respect to the Supplemental Equipment) (an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant may give Landlord written notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for three (3) consecutive days after Landlord’s receipt of any such written notice, or occurs for seven (7) days (whether or not consecutive) in a three (3) consecutive month period (in either of such events, the “Eligibility Period”), then (a) Rent for the Premises shall be abated after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or a portion thereof in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“Premises Unusable Area”), bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, and (2) Rent for the Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent under this Lease, if any, shall be abated after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, such Supplemental Areas, or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of such Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent and that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“SA Unusable Area”), bears to the total rentable area of such Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent; provided, however, (i) in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Rent for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, and (ii) in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the SA Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the applicable Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent under this Lease is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business or operate its Supplemental Equipment therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business or operate its Supplemental Equipment from such remaining portion of such Supplemental Areas, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business or operating its Supplemental Equipment therein, the Rent for such entire affected Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, such Supplemental Areas for which Tenant is required to pay Rent. To the extent Tenant is entitled to abatement because of an event covered by Articles 10 or 12 of this Lease, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.
     18.5 Landlord Bankruptcy Proceeding . In the event that the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not performed during the pendency of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving Landlord as the debtor, or following the rejection of this Lease in accordance with Section 365 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, then notwithstanding any
Main Lease

-53-


 

provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to set off against the Rent next due and owing under this Lease (a) any and all damages caused by such non-performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease by Landlord, debtor-in-possession, or the bankruptcy trustee, and (b) any and all damages caused by the non-performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease following any rejection of this Lease in accordance with Section 365 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
     18.6 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant.
     18.7 Special Offset Right . In the event that Tenant properly exercises its right, pursuant to Section 18.3 of the 4 th Floor Sublease, to offset any amounts described therein against the rent payable to HWS by Tenant as subtenant under the 4 th Floor Sublease, but the amount of such offset exceeds such rent then payable by Tenant thereunder, then Tenant may thereafter offset such excess amount against the Rent next due and payable under this Lease. The “4 th Floor Sublease” is defined as that certain Lease of even date herewith between HWS, as sublandlord, and Tenant, as subtenant, pertaining to space subleased to Tenant by HWS and located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building.
ARTICLE 19
COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
     Landlord covenants that Tenant, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without hindrance or interference by Landlord or any persons or parties claiming by, through or under Landlord.
ARTICLE 20
SIGNS
     Tenant shall be entitled to the following, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (a) suite entrance signage for the Premises reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (and consistent with Building standard signs for multi-tenant floors), and (b) Tenant’s proportionate share of directory signage in all Building and Project directories reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Any change to such signage shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant shall have the right to retain its current signage existing as of the date of this Lease, including, without limitation, all signage located outside of any of the Suites in the Premises used for Colocation (but not any such signage for any Eliminated Space deleted from this Lease pursuant to Section 2.2 above, from and after the effective date of such termination). Additionally, subject to all Applicable Laws
Main Lease

-54-


 

and the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to one (1) eyebrow sign reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant in size, lettering, design, color, quality and all other specifications, which shall be located on the Grand Avenue (i.e., the West) Building exterior, in the location depicted on Exhibit I attached hereto (the “Eyebrow Signage”). The Eyebrow Signage shall contain only the name “CRG West”, or any other name under which the Original Tenant conducts the majority of its business operations at the Premises so long as such name is not an Objectionable Name (as defined below), and accompanying logo(s) and/or trademark and shall be personal to the Original Tenant named in this Lease, any affiliate of the Original Tenant, any other transferee under Section 13.3(b) above, and/or any permitted assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease, provided that the name, logo and design on the Eyebrow Signage of an affiliate, a transferee under Section 13.3(b) above, and/or any permitted assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease, shall be subject to the prior consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. An “Objectionable Name” shall be defined as a name (other than CRG West) that would be reasonably offensive to landlords of Comparable Buildings. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or expense to Landlord, in obtaining all necessary approvals, permits and licenses for the Eyebrow Signage (including, without limitation, by signing documents reasonably requested by Tenant), and shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection with the installation, replacement, maintenance and removal of the Eyebrow Signage (and repair of all damage in connection with such removal), which shall be Tenant’s responsibility to perform at Tenant’s sole cost.
ARTICLE 21
RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
     21.1 During the period (the “First Offer Period”) commencing upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease and continuing until the last day of the Lease Term, as may be extended for any Option Term pursuant to Section 2.2 above (subject, however to the limitations set forth in Section 21.4 below), Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a continuing right of first offer with respect to all or any portion of the First Offer Space (as defined below) which first becomes available for lease as described in Section 21.2 below. The “First Offer Space” is defined as any space in the Building on any of the following floors in the Building not currently part of the Premises: 1 through 18 (except the space on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building that is subleased to Tenant under the 4 th Floor Sublease), and 28 (and all conduits located in such spaces). For purposes hereof, the “28 th Floor ROFO Space” is defined as the First Offer Space located on the 28 t floor of the Building. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 21. Tenant’s right of first offer is personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease (“Original Tenant”) and any assignee to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Article 13 above, and may not be assigned or exercised, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to, any person or entity other than the Original Tenant (or such assignee, as the case may be).
     21.2 Landlord shall offer to Tenant in writing (a “First Offer Notice”), in accordance with the terms hereof, any First Offer Space which first becomes available for lease as provided hereinbelow. For purposes hereof, the applicable First Offer Space that is other than the 28 th Floor ROFO Space shall become “available for lease” immediately prior to the first time during
Main Lease

-55-


 

the First Offer Period that Landlord intends to submit to any third party a bona fide proposal or letter of intent to lease such First Offer Space. For purposes hereof, the 28 th Floor ROFO Space shall become “available for lease” upon the earlier of: (a) the date during the First Offer Period that the existing tenant’s lease of the 28 th Floor ROFO Space expires or terminates; (b) the date during the First Offer Period that Landlord determines it will begin actively marketing all or any portion of the 28 th Floor ROFO Space for lease to third parties; or (c) the day immediately preceding the first time during the First Offer Period that Landlord intends to submit to any third party a bona fide proposal or letter of intent to lease all or any portion of the 28 th Floor ROFO Space.
     21.3 The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and the rentable square feet thereof and shall set forth: (a) the term of the lease for such First Offer Space, which shall in all events be coterminous with the then current Lease Term for the original Premises (as it may be extended pursuant to Section 2.2 above); (b) the anticipated date upon which such First Offer Space will be available for lease and delivered to Tenant; and (c) Landlord’s determination of the First Offer Rent (as defined below) payable for such First Offer Space during the period (the “Initial ROFO Term”) from the date Landlord delivers such First Offer Space to Tenant through the remainder of the then current Lease Term for the original Premises. As used herein, the “First Offer Rent” shall mean the base rent, including escalations thereto, payable for such First Offer Space during the Initial ROFO Term, together with all free rent, tenant improvement expenses and allowances and all other out-of-pocket monetary concessions proposed to be provided or paid for by Landlord with respect to such First Offer Space during such Initial ROFO Term as set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Notice, and (ii) any rent stop or base year protections applicable to such First Offer Space during such Initial ROFO Term.
     21.4 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant’s rights under this Article 21 are subject and subordinate to the expansion, first offer, renewal and other similar rights of all tenants of the Project pertaining to the applicable First Offer Space and contained in any lease fully executed and delivered prior to the date of this Lease or subsequently entered into by Landlord with respect to any such First Offer Space as to which Tenant failed to exercise its right of first offer to lease pursuant to the following provisions of this Article 21 (collectively, the “Superior Rights”). In addition, Tenant shall not have such right of first offer:
          (a) with respect to any Eliminated Space as to which Tenant did not exercise its renewal option pursuant to Section 2.2 above;
          (b) during the last three (3) years of the then current Lease Term (and the First Offer Period shall be shortened to be the day immediately preceding such 3-year period) unless either (i) as of the date Landlord delivers to Tenant the First Offer Notice with respect to such First Offer Space Tenant has previously properly exercised its renewal option to extend the then current Lease Term for the next available Option Term, or (ii) concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s ROFO Election Notice (as defined below) exercising such right of first offer, Tenant delivers to Landlord Tenant’s Option Exercise Notice properly exercising such renewal option (if then still available) pursuant to Section 2.2 above, which Tenant shall have the right to do notwithstanding the timeframe for delivery of Tenant’s Exercise Notice set forth in Section 2.2;
Main Lease

-56-


 

          (c) during the last nine (9) months of the then current Lease Term (and Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver a Landlord’s First Offer Notice to Tenant during such 9-month period and the First Offer Period shall not include any portion of the Lease Term which occurs during such 9-month period) unless Tenant has previously timely exercised its applicable renewal option to extend such then current Lease Term for the next Option Term (if then still available) pursuant to Section 2.2 above; or
          (d) during any Option Term if with respect to such Option Term or any previous Option Term, Tenant elected not to renew this Lease for Eliminated Space totaling 25,000 rentable square feet or more in the aggregate.
     21.5 Within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the First Offer Notice, Tenant may deliver written notice to Landlord (the “ROFO Election Notice”) electing to lease all, but not less than all, of the available First Offer Space identified by Landlord in the First Offer Notice upon (a) the terms (including for the lease term and at the First Offer Rent) set forth in such First Offer Notice, (b) the other terms set forth in this Article 21 and (c) the non-economic terms set forth in this Lease. The failure of Tenant to timely deliver the ROFO Election Notice shall be deemed Tenant’s election to not lease any of the First Offer Space so identified in the First Offer Notice. If Tenant elects (or is deemed to have elected) not to lease the entire applicable First Offer Space identified in the First Offer Notice, Landlord shall thereafter have the right to lease all or any portion of the First Offer Space to any person or entity on any terms Landlord desires, and Tenant shall no longer have any rights under this Article 21 to lease such First Offer Space so identified in the First Offer Notice until such First Offer Space again becomes available for lease as described in Article 21.2 above following the expiration or termination of such third party lease (including renewals thereof), but subject and subordinate to any Superior Rights, except that:
          (i) if Landlord does not enter into a lease with a third party for the entire First Offer Space so identified in the First Offer Notice within six (6) months after the date Landlord first delivered such First Offer Notice to Tenant, then Landlord shall submit to Tenant a new Landlord’s First Offer Notice with respect to any such unleased First Offer Space prior to the first time after such 6-month period that Landlord intends to submit to any third party a bona fide proposal or letter of intent to lease such unleased First Offer Space, and the foregoing procedures in this Section 21.5 shall again apply following Tenant’s receipt of such new Landlord’s First Offer Notice; and
          (ii) Landlord may not lease the First Offer Space or any portion thereof to any third party during the First Offer Period on more “materially more favorable terms” than the First Offer Rent originally offered to Tenant in the applicable First Offer Notice without first delivering to Tenant a new First Offer Notice hereunder containing such materially more favorable terms as the new First Offer Rent (at which time, Tenant shall have the option to elect to lease from Landlord the applicable First Offer Space upon such materially more favorable terms, the other terms set forth in this Article 21 and the non-economic terms set forth in this Lease, which option shall be exercisable by delivering a ROFO Election Notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of such new First Offer Notice). For purposes hereof, the term “materially more favorable terms” means either (A) the space proposed to be leased to third party is materially different in size or location from the First Offer
Main Lease

-57-


 

Space identified in the applicable First Offer Notice, or (B) the present value of the average “net effective rent” (as defined below) offered by Landlord to the prospective tenant is ninety-five percent (95%) or less than the present value of the average net effective rent set forth in the First Offer Notice as the First Offer Rent, in each case using a discount rate equal to the prime rate of Bank of America plus two percent (2%). The term “net effective rent” shall mean the base rent, including escalations thereto, payable for such First Offer Space, together with all free rent, tenant improvement expenses and allowances and all other out-of-pocket monetary concessions proposed to be provided or paid for by Landlord with respect to such First Offer Space, and any rent stop or base year protections applicable to such First Offer Space (amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the Initial ROFO Term proposed under the First Offer Notice or the initial lease term of the proposed lease to the third party tenant, as applicable). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer provided herein, if at all, with respect to the entire First Offer Space identified by Landlord in any First Offer Notice, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.
     21.6 Once a ROFO Election Notice is timely delivered by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof, the applicable First Offer Space shall be added to the Premises upon the terms (including the First Offer Rent) contained in the applicable First Offer Notice, the other terms set forth in this Article 21 and the non-economic terms set forth in this Lease (it being acknowledged and agreed that Article 3.2 shall not be applicable to any First Offer Space during the Initial ROFO Term pertaining thereto). With respect to any First Offer Space added to the Premises pursuant hereto: (a) the parking spaces allocated to Tenant under this Lease shall be increased by 0.50 unreserved parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the applicable First Offer Space (rounded up to the nearest whole number); and (b) Tenant shall have the right to use all conduits, innerducts, shafts and risers located in the applicable First Offer Space subject to the provisions of Section 2.1 of the Summary and Article 6.9 above.
     21.7 Tenant shall lease the First Offer Space in its “AS IS” condition during the lease term therefor without any obligation on Landlord’s part to perform or pay for any improvements or alterations therein (other than to provide or pay for any tenant improvement expenses or allowances included as part of the First Offer Rent, as applicable); provided, however, as of the date of Landlord’s delivery of the applicable First Offer Space to Tenant, Landlord shall cause the Building Systems and Building Structure servicing such First Offer Space to be in good operating order and the base building components of such First Offer Space to be in compliance with all Applicable Laws in effect as of such date, all as determined on an unoccupied basis without regard to any improvements or alterations to be installed in or constructed by or for Tenant in such First Offer Space, or Tenant’s proposed use of such First Offer Space.
     21.8 If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease any First Offer Space as set forth herein, the applicable First Offer Space shall be added to this Lease pursuant to the terms hereof and Landlord and Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease for such First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. Tenant shall commence payment of Rent for the First Offer Space, and the term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date (the “First Offer Commencement Date”) of delivery of the applicable First Offer Space to Tenant in the condition required herein.
Main Lease

-58-


 

ARTICLE 22
LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST
     If any installment of Base Rent shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after receipt of a factually correct written notice from Landlord that such amount was not paid when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount. Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid within five (5) business days after the date due shall bear interest at the lower often percent (10%) per annum, or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease.
ARTICLE 23
TENANT PARKING
     Landlord shall provide to Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to rent (for use by Tenant and its employees, agents and contractors, and Tenant’s subtenants and assignees pursuant to subleases and assignments entered into in accordance with Article 13 above), during the entire Lease Term (including any extension/renewal thereof), at Landlord’s prevailing rates, the number and type of parking spaces set forth in Section 9 of the Summary and elsewhere in this Lease (and all other parking and other rights of Tenant set forth in such Section 9), subject to adjustment as provided in Articles 2.2.1 and 21 above. All parking spaces allocated to Tenant shall be in the Building covered parking facility, in the locations described in Section 9 of the Summary. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control and obligations attributed hereby to the Landlord but such delegation shall not relieve Landlord of its liabilities hereunder. Tenant shall only be required to pay for parking spaces that it actually elects to use; in connection therewith, prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the number of such parking spaces Tenant shall rent (up to the maximum amount set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, as may be adjusted as provided in Articles 2.2.1 and 21 above), and thereafter Tenant may from time to time increase or decrease the number of such parking spaces Tenant shall rent (up to such maximum amount) upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall abide by all reasonable, non-discriminatory parking rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time for parking in the Building’s parking facility. All visitor parking by Tenant’s visitors shall be subject to payment by such visitors of the prevailing visitor parking rates charged by Landlord from time to time.
ARTICLE 24
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     24.1 Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the TCCs hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The
Main Lease

-59-


 

captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections. The term “Lease” shall include all Exhibits which are attached to this Lease which are by this reference deemed incorporated into this Lease.
     24.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other TCCs of this Lease, each of the TCCs of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and in the event of any such transfer, (i) Landlord shall be released from all liability under this Lease arising from and after the effective date of such transfer (provided the transferee expressly assumes in writing all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord from and after the effective date of such transfer), and (ii) such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord from and after the effective date of such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may not, without the prior written consent of Tenant (in Tenant’s sole and absolute discretion), transfer all or any portion of its interest in this Lease unless the transfer is made in connection with (and as part of) an assignment by Landlord of its interest in the Master Lease (as defined below) to the same transferee. The “ Master Lease ” is defined as that certain Lease of even date herewith between Landlord, as landlord, and HWS, as tenant for space on the 4th floor of the Building.
     24.3 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between Landlord and Tenant.
     24.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every TCCs of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. Whenever in this Lease a payment is required to be made by one party to the other, but a specific date for payment is not set forth or a specific number of days within which payment is to be made is not set forth, or the words “immediately,” “promptly,” and/or “on demand,” or their equivalent, are used to specify when such payment is due, then such payment shall be due thirty (30) days after the date that the party which is entitled to such payment sends written notice to the other party demanding such payment.
     24.5 Partial Invalidity . If any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, covenant and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.
     24.6 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter
Main Lease

-60-


 

thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the TCCs of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.
     24.7 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“ Mail ”), (B) transmitted by facsimile, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any correctly addressed Notice that is refused, unclaimed or undelivered because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the Notice was refused, unclaimed or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, officer of the law or overnight delivery service.
     24.8 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant/Landlord, the obligations imposed upon Tenant/Landlord under this Lease shall be joint and several.
     24.9 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any arbitration or suit under this Lease, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs shall be awarded by a court or arbitrator to the Prevailing Party and are to be included in any judgment or award. In addition, the Prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing any judgment arising from a suit or arbitration under this Lease including but not limited to post judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment, levy and debtor and third party examinations, discovery and bankruptcy litigation, without regard to schedule or rule of court purporting to restrict such award. This post judgment or award of attorneys’ fees and costs provision shall be severable from any other provisions of this Lease and shall survive any judgment/award on such suit or arbitration and is not to be deemed merged into the judgment/award or terminated with this Lease. For the purpose of this provision, the term “attorneys’ fees” or “attorneys’ fees and costs” shall mean the fees and expenses of third party legal counsel to the parties hereto, which include printing, photocopying, duplicating, mail, overnight mail, messenger, court filing fees, cost of discovery, fees billed for law clerks, paralegals, investigators and other persons not admitted to the bar but performing services under the supervision or direction of an attorney.
     24.10 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO: (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED; (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW; AND (III) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAWS, IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND
Main Lease

-61-


 

TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.
     24.11 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.
     24.12 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and that they know of no broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all Claims with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party
     24.13 Personal Property Liens . Except for the existing cooling towers on the roof of the Building, and except for the existing condenser water loop distribution system in the Building, and subject to Tenant’s obligations expressly set forth in the last sentence of this Section 24.13 below, Landlord hereby waives any and all rights, encumbrances and liens in and to the property (including telecommunications and other equipment) of Tenant and Tenant’s customers and contractors, except any lien upon Tenant’s property obtained pursuant to a judgment against Tenant issued by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a Default. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall, within ten (10) days after demand from time to time, execute any lien waiver document (and/or similar document) in favor of any lender(s) of Tenant and/or Tenant’s customers (except with respect to the aforementioned cooling towers and condenser water loop distribution system) which is acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Any property that Tenant is to transfer to Landlord on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, as may be described under Article 14 of this Lease, shall be free of monetary liens created by or on behalf of Tenant on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
     24.14 Calendar Days and Holidays . All references made in this Lease to the word “days,” whether for Notices, schedules or other miscellaneous time limits, shall at all times herein be deemed to mean calendar days, unless specifically references as “business” or “working” days. Business or working days shall mean the days Monday-Friday, excluding Thanksgiving Day, New Year’s Day, Christmas Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day and other nationally recognized holidays that are observed by Comparable Buildings.
     24.15 Good Faith . Any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, unless otherwise provided in this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion or make an allocation or other determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith, except as otherwise provided in this Lease,.
     24.16 Recordation . Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, record a memorandum of this Lease in the public records, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. The form attached hereto as Exhibit J is deemed approved by the parties, and Landlord
Main Lease

-62-


 

and Tenant shall execute and acknowledge the same (for recording by Tenant in the public records) concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a termination of any such memorandum recorded by Tenant hereunder which shall be in form sufficient for recordation in the public records, and otherwise in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall promptly execute and acknowledge any such memorandum of lease.
     24.17 Financial Statements . Within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request (but not more than once during any 12-month period, and only if required in connection with a sale of the Building or refinancing of the Building by Landlord), Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant for the then current fiscal year of Tenant and the immediately preceding fiscal year of Tenant. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with Tenant’s normal practices, and shall be certified by Tenant as being true and correct to Tenant’s knowledge (provided that audited statements shall not be required hereunder).
     24.18 Hazardous Materials .
          24.18.1 Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall generate, use, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or Project in violation of Applicable Laws. “Hazardous Materials” means (a) “hazardous wastes” as defined by the Resource Conservation . and Recovery Act of 1976, (b) “hazardous substances” as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, (c) “toxic substances” as defined by the Toxic Substances Control Act, (d) “hazardous materials” as defined by the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (as any of such Acts may be amended from time to time), (e) petroleum products, (f) chlorofluorocarbons, and (g) substances whose presence could be detrimental to the Building or hazardous to health or the environment. Tenant shall have no obligation to remove Hazardous Materials brought onto the Premises by Landlord, nor shall Tenant be required to cure the violation of any environmental law that is caused by Landlord or, subject to Section 24.18.2 below, that existed as of the Lease Commencement Date and was not caused by Tenant or its invitees.
          24.18.2 In the event, during the Lease Term, Landlord is advised, or it shall come to Landlord’s attention, that Hazardous Materials exist in, on, under or at the Premises, Building or Project in violation of any Applicable Laws and that such Hazardous Materials were not introduced therein or such violation caused by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees (or with respect to the Premises by the prior owner of the Building (which is an affiliate of Tenant), Landlord shall take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to promptly remove or remediate (or cause to be removed or remediated) at Landlord’s expense (which may be included in Operating Charge Expenses pursuant and subject to the limitations in Article 4 above, including Article 4.2.9(y) above) and in compliance with all Applicable Laws, all such Hazardous Materials, and in doing so, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business. In the event, during the Lease Term, Tenant is advised, or it shall come to Tenant’s attention, that (i) Hazardous Materials exist in the interior of the Premises in violation of any Applicable Laws and that such Hazardous Materials were first introduced into the Premises or such violation caused by the prior owner of the Building (which is an affiliate of Tenant), or by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees (and such violation was not caused by Landlord or the Landlord Parties), and/or (ii)
Main Lease

-63-


 

Hazardous Materials introduced by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees exist outside the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws (and such violation was not caused by Landlord or the Landlord Parties), then Tenant shall take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to promptly remove or remediate (or cause to be removed or remediated) at Tenant’s expense and in compliance with all Applicable Laws and subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of such actions, all such Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Laws, and in doing so, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or Project or the conduct of other tenants’ or occupants’ business therein. Further, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold harmless and reimburse Landlord and the Landlord Parties from and against any and all Claims, including fines and remediation costs and expenses, to the extent resulting from or caused by the introduction, use, generation, storage, treatment, disposal, release, or other disposition of any Hazardous Materials in violation of Applicable Laws in, on, at or under the Premises, Building and/or the Project by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties on or after the Lease Commencement Date (including with respect to diesel fuel used by Tenant’s generators).
     24.19 Liability of Landlord . If Tenant is awarded a money judgment against Landlord, then recourse for satisfaction of such judgment shall be limited to execution against Landlord’s estate and interest in the Building and the Project which shall be deemed to include proceeds actually received by Landlord from any sale of the Building, insurance or condemnation proceeds, and rental income from the Building, to the extent all of the foregoing are held in an account for Landlord and have not been applied or distributed by Landlord in the ordinary course of business (i.e., not as a fraud against creditors).
     24.20 Property Ownership . As set forth in this Lease, Supplemental Equipment and various other personal property of Tenant (including, without limitation, equipment and trade fixtures) is to be owned by Tenant during the Lease Term, and, subject to any contrary provision of this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 14 above), is to be owned by Tenant after the Lease Term. In the event that Tenant, in good faith, requires reasonable modifications to this Lease to ensure that Tenant receives all the benefits of such ownership (including, without limitation, for purposes of depreciation, taxes and other matters under the standards and practices promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board), then Landlord shall, at no material cost to Landlord, reasonably cooperate with Tenant in modifying this Lease to accomplish the same, provided that the Lease modification does not increase any obligations or liabilities of Landlord, or decrease any rights or remedies of Landlord.
ARTICLE 25
LETTER OF CREDIT
     25.1 Simultaneously with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, as additional protection for Landlord to assure the performance by Tenant of the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall post a letter of credit with Landlord (the “Letter of Credit”), in a form and from a bank and otherwise satisfying the terms and conditions set forth in Section 25.2 below, in the amount set forth in Item 8 of the Summary (the “L/C Amount”). If (1) the term of the Letter of Credit (or any extension thereof or substitute or new Letter of Credit provided to Landlord) held by Landlord will expire prior to the 120 th day after the last day of the Lease Term and the Letter of Credit is not extended, or a new Letter of Credit for an extended period of time is not substituted, in either
Main Lease

-64-


 

case prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, (2) Tenant commits a Default with respect to any provision of this Lease, (3) Tenant files in a court of competent jurisdiction a voluntary petition under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or (4) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant in a court of competent jurisdiction under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, which remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of seventy-five (75) days after filing, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit, to the extent of (a) the payment of any sum which is in Default (including, without limitation, any Default under Section 18.1.3 above), (b) the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s Default, (c) to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s Default, or (d) the full face amount of the Letter of Credit following the occurrence of any of the events (after expiration of the applicable 75-day period) described in clauses (3) and (4) hereinabove which trigger Landlord’s ability to draw on the Letter of Credit as set forth above. If any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds are so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, post an additional Letter of Credit in an amount to cause the aggregate amount of the unused proceeds and such new Letter of Credit to equal the required L/C Amount hereunder.
     25.2 The Letter of Credit shall be: (a) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion; (b) in the amount of the then-effective L/C Amount (as reduced below), unless drawn upon, and shall permit multiple draws; (c) issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord and located in the continental United States and payable at such bank, or local branch of such bank, in Los Angeles, California, San Francisco, California, Houston, Texas or New York, New York; (d) of an initial term not less than one year; (e) at least thirty (30) days prior to the then-current expiration of the letter of credit, either (1) renewed or automatically extended from time to time through the 120th day after expiration of the Lease Term, or (2) replaced with a substitute letter of credit; in the amount of the then-effective L/C Amount (as reduced below) and (f) shall be transferable at no cost to the beneficiary thereof. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment by the issuer of the Letter of Credit to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw from the Letter of Credit, provided that Tenant shall retain all rights and remedies against Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a security deposit under any Applicable Laws. The parties hereto (i) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (ii) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws
     25.3 Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, the L/C Amount of Letter of Credit, including, without limitation, the amount of any additional Letter of Credit as may be required by this Lease, shall be reduced by one-quarter (1/4) of its original amount on the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, and on each annual anniversary thereafter, until the L/C Amount is equal to $0 (i.e., such that, upon the 4-year anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, the L/C Amount would equal $0), and such that no Letter of Credit shall be retained by Landlord (each of such reduction dates hereinafter referred to as an “Adjustment
Main Lease

-65-


 

Date”), provided no uncured monetary or material non-monetary Default then exists under this Lease as of such applicable Adjustment Date. Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall notify the issuer of any Letter of Credit of each such reduction, which reduction shall occur by means of delivery by Tenant to Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, of a substitute Letter of Credit in the applicable amount (or an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit).
     25.4 In the event of the sale or transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit to the purchaser or assignee, If Landlord transfers the Letter of Credit to a transferee of the Building or Landlord’s interest therein, then such transferee (and not Landlord) shall be liable for its return so long as Tenant receives a copy of the written agreement between the transferor and the transferee documenting the transfer and pursuant to which the transferee prospectively assumes Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.
     [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
Main Lease

-66-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed on the day and date first above written.
                 
    “Landlord”:    
 
               
    HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
   
 
               
    By:   Hines REIT One Wilshire GP LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
   
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Charles N. Hazen    
 
      Name:  
 
Charles N. Hazen
   
 
      Its:   Manager    
             
    “Tenant”:    
 
           
    CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas Ray    
 
  Name:  
 
Thomas Ray
   
 
  Its:   Vice President    
Main Lease

-67-


 

EXHIBIT A-1
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-1

 


 

EXHIBIT A-2
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-2

 


 

EXHIBIT A-4
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-4

 


 

EXHIBIT A-5
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-5

 


 

EXHIBIT A-6
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-6

 


 

EXHIBIT A-7
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-7

 


 

EXHIBIT A-8
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-8

 


 

EXHIBIT A-9
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-9

 


 

EXHIBIT A-10
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-10

 


 

EXHIBIT A-11
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-11

 


 

EXHIBIT A-12
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-12

 


 

EXHIBIT A-13
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-13

 


 

EXHIBIT A-14
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-14

 


 

EXHIBIT A-15
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-15

 


 

EXHIBIT A-16
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-16

 


 

EXHIBIT A-17
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT A-17

 


 

     
ONE WILSHIRE
 
EXHIBIT B
Rooftop Antennae Users
 
ROOFTOP ANTENNAE
                         
Ant#   Floorspace/CRG   Tenant   Suite   Antenna Type   Location   Description
CRG West Customer / Licensee Antennae
           
4   CRG   Nextel       Microwave dish   N of E    
5   CRG           Whip Ant w/ ground plane   N of E    
6   CRG           Yagi   N of E   2' Yagi
7   CRG   Color Broadband       Microwave dish   N of E    
8   CRG               N of E    
9   CRG               C of E    
10   CRG   Flag Telecom       GPS   C of E    
11   CRG           GPS   C of E   Lg white round GPS antenna on a 2" conduit mast from a 1'x1' grey J box
12   CRG           DirecTV   C of E    
13   CRG           DirecTV   C of E    
17   CRG           Microwave dish   S of E    
18   CRG   NTT America       GPS   S of E   Small white round GPS antenna — Ravin brand
19   CRG   IntelSat       Microwave dish   S of E    
20   CRG   IntelSat           E of S    
21   CRG   Sprint           E of S    
22   CRG               E of S    
23   CRG   NextWeb           E of S    
24   CRG               E of S    
25   CRG   MCI           E of S   6' H.P. (High Performance)
26   CRG   MCI           E of S    
27   CRG   MCI           E of S    
28   CRG   MCI           E of S    
29   CRG   MCI           E of S    
30   CRG   MCI           E of S    
31   CRG   NextWeb           W of S   1' Dish
32   CRG   Color Broadband           W of S    
33   CRG   Color Broadband           W of S    
34   CRG   BelAir Internet   805 & 3100   Metal Grid Dish   W of S    
35   CRG   BelAir Internet   805 & 3100   Metal Grid Dish   W of S    
36   CRG   BelAir Internet   805 & 3100   Microwave dish   W of S    
37   CRG           Microwave dish   W of S    
38   CRG   TelMex       GPS   W of S    
39   CRG   Telegent       Microwave dish   S of W    
40   CRG   Telegent       Microwave dish   S of W    
41   CRG   NTT America       GPS   S of W   Small white round GPS antenna — Ravin brand
42   CRG           Microwave dish   S of W    
43   CRG           Microwave dish   S of W    
44   CRG   NextWeb       Microwave dish   S of W   Ceragon Radio
45   CRG   IntelSat       Microwave dish   S of W    
46   CRG               S of W    
47   CRG   Nextel       Cell Ant   N of W   2' x 4' Panel
48   CRG   Nextel       Cell Ant   N of W   2' x 4' Panel
49   CRG   WilTel       Microwave dish   N of W   23gHz 2' Antenna
54   CRG   M Power       GPS   N of Center   Lg white round GPS antenna on a 2" conduit mast from a 3'x3' grey J box
55   CRG   Primus       GPS   N of Center   Lg white round GPS antenna on a 2" conduit mast from a 1'x1' grey J box
56   CRG   Teleglobe       GPS   N of Center    
59   CRG   ICG       Microwave dish   Tower #1 — SE Leg    
60   CRG   ICG       Microwave dish   Tower #1 — NE Leg    
61   CRG   ICG       Microwave dish   Tower #1 — NE Leg    
62   CRG   BelAir Internet   805 & 3100   Metal Grid Dish   Tower #1 — NE Leg    
63   CRG   Color Broadband       Microwave dish   Tower #1 — SWLeg    
64   CRG   IX2       Microwave dish   Tower#2 — WLeg    
65   CRG   Color Broadband       Microwave dish   Tower#2 — NLeg    
66   CRG   XO       Microwave dish   Tower #2 — E Leg    
67   CRG   IntelSat       Microwave dish   Tower #3 — NE Leg   8' Cornicopia
68   CRG   XO       Microwave dish   Tower #3 — SE Leg    
69   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #3 — SE Leg    
70   CRG   IntelSat   3100   Steel whip   Tower #3 — N Center    
71   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #3 — NE Leg    
72   CRG   IntelSat   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #3 — NE Leg   8' H.P. (High Performance)
73   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #4 — NE Leg    
74   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #4 — NE Leg    
75   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #4 — NE Leg    
76   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #4 — SE Leg    
77   CRG       3100   Fiberglass whip   Tower #4 — SE Leg    
EXHIBIT B
ROOFTOP ANTENNAE

 


 

     
ONE WILSHIRE
 
EXHIBIT B
Rooftop Antennae Users
 
ROOFTOP ANTENNAE
                         
Ant#   Floorspace/CRG   Tenant   Suite   Antenna Type   Location   Description
78   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #4 - SW Leg    
79   CRG   MCI   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #4 - SW Leg   8' H.P. (High Performance)
80   CRG   ShellTel   3100   Microwave dish   Tower #2 - NE Center   TO BE INSTALLED - 4' round white dish
81   CRG   AerioNet   3100   18" Microwave dish   Tower #3 - SW Leg    
82   CRG   AerioNet   3100   18" Microwave dish   Tower #3 - SW Leg    
83   CRG   AerioNet   3100   Yagi   Tower #3 - SW Leg    
84   CRG   AerioNet   3100   Loop   Tower #3 - SW Leg    
85   CRG   AerioNet   3100   X   Tower #3 - W Center    
86   CRG   Media Monitors   3100   Yagi   E of N    
87   CRG   Media Monitors   3100   Loop   E of N    
88   CRG   Media Monitors   3100   X   E of N    
89   CRG   Media Monitors   3100   GPS   E of N    
90   CRG   Fire Line   3100   Laser   N of E    
91   CRG   Fire Line   3100   Small Panel   N of E    
92   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   Small Panel   Tower #2 - N Leg    
93   CRG   NextWeb   3100   1/2 Round Microwave Panel   E of N    
94   CRG   AerioNet   3100   Small Panel   Tower #3 - SE Leg    
95   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   4' Microwave Dish   E of S    
96   CRG   NextWeb   3100   1/2 Round Microwave Panel   E of S    
97   CRG   NextWeb   3100   18" Microwave Dish   C of S    
98   CRG   AerioNet   3100   Laser   S of W    
99   CRG   Sky River   3100   4' Microwave Dish   N of W    
100   CRG   Color Broadband   3100   4' Microwave Dish   Tower #1 - SE Leg    
Floorspace Tenant Antennae
           
1   Floorspace   Nextel       Cell Ant   E of N   2' x 4' Panel
2   Floorspace   Nextel       Cell Ant   E of N   2' x 4' Panel
3   Floorspace   Nextel       GPS   N of E   Small black round antenna on a 6' 1" conduit
14   Floorspace   Qwest       GPS   S of E    
15   Floorspace   Qwest           S of E    
16   Floorspace   Qwest       GPS   S of E    
50   Floorspace   Nextel       GPS   NW of Center    
51   Floorspace   Nextel           N of Center    
52   Floorspace   Nextel       GPS   N of Center    
53   Floorspace   Nextel       GPS   N of Center    
57   Floorspace   Verizon       GPS   S of Center   Small white cup shaped antenna on a 8' 1" conduit
58   Floorspace   Verizon       GPS   S of Center   Lg white round GPS antenna on a 2" conduit mast
EXHIBIT B
ROOFTOP ANTENNAE

 


 

EXHIBIT B
EQUIPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE
                         
EQUIPMENT / SYSTEM   COMPONENT   QUANTITY   MANUFACTURER   SIZE   LOCATION   COMMENTS / DESCRIPTION
Condenser Water Loop
                       
 
  Cooling Tower     Evapco   600 Tons (Ea.)   31st floor roof   The system distributes condenser water from the 31st floor roof down to the 4th floor. Distribution pipes run vertically through the north air shafts, except on the 18th floor where the pipes traverse Suite 1810. Manifolds are located on various floors to distribute condenser water to users on those floors. Both the supply and return pipe ranges in size from 14" to 8".
 
  Pump     Armstrong   1,800 GPM   31st floor roof  
 
  Piping         8" to 14" — varies by location   North air shaft  
 
  CT Basin Cleaner     Lakos   825 gpm w/ 40
micron filter bags
  31st floor roof  
 
Utility Bus Duct / Back-up Generator / Paralleling Gear            
 
  Bus Duct U-5       GE Spectra Series   5000 amp/480v   3rd floor roof & electric
closets on each floor
  5000 amp / 480v bus running from the 3rd floor roof, vertically through electrical closets on each floor. Bus connects to 5000amp 480v Electronic Transfer Switch located on the 3rd floor roof. Provide back up power to Utility Bus Duct 5, via ATS.
 
  Back-up Generator     Catapillar   2.2 MW (3050amps @ 480V)   Equipment pad on surface lot  
 
  Fuel Storage Tank       8,000 Gallon
Diesel Fuel Tank
  Equipment pad on surface lot  
 
  Paralleling Gear       General Electric   5000 amp/480v   3rd floor roof  
 
Cooling Tower (for 1st & 2nd floor IDC)            
 
  Cooling Tower   TBD   TBD   TBD   3rd floor roof   To be built in conjunction with 1st and 2nd floor IDC space. System will provide cooling to CRG West leased space.
 
  Pump   TBD   TBD   TBD   3rd floor roof  
 
  Chiller   TBD   TBD   TBD   3rd floor roof  
Note: This exhibit lists major components of the Equipment / Systems, but it is not exhaustive.
EXHIBIT B

 


 

EXHIBIT B
ANTENNAE LAYOUT
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT B
ANTENNAE LAYOUT

 


 

EXHIBIT B
TENANT’S 30TH FLOOR ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT B
TENANT’S 30TH FLOOR ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT

 


 

EXHIBIT B
30TH FLOOR EQUIPMENT
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT B
30TH FLOOR EQUIPMENT

 


 

Note: Tenant may use only one (1) of the proposed cooling tower locations.
EXHIBIT B
3RD FLOOR ROOF EQUIPMENT
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT B
3RD FLOOR ROOF EQUIPMENT

 


 

EXHIBIT B
TENANT’S GENERATORS
(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT B
TENANT’S GENERATORS

 


 

EXHIBIT C
     
Conduits
                     
Conduit ID   External Diameter   From   From Floor   To   To Floor
0006   4.50   J-Box   9   Roof   31
0007   4.50   J-Box   9   Roof   31
0008   4.50   J-Box   9   Roof   31
0014   2.25   Ste 1224   12   Roof   31
0022   2.25   Ste 1717   17   Roof   30
0057   4.50   Ste 3100   31   Roof   31
0066   3.50   Ste 3100   31   J-Box 0464   15
0067   4.50   Ste 3100   31   J-Box 0067   30
0068   3.50   Ste 3100   31   J-Box 0287   15
0069   3.50   Ste 3100   31   Battery Room   30
0070   4.50   Ste 3100   31   J-Box 0547   16
0071   4.50   Ste 0820   8   Ste 3100   31
0072   4.50   Ste 3100   31   J-Box 0150   27
0073   4.50   Stair 3   31   Stair 3   16
0078   4.50   Ste 0900   9   roof   31
0100   0.75   Ste 2850   28   Roof   31
0110   1.00   Ste 2850   28   Roof   31
0111   1.00   Ste 2850   28   Roof   31
0145   2.25   Ste 2800   28   Meet Me Closet   18
0146   4.50   Ste 2800   28   Telephone Room   14
0155   3.00   Ste 2850   28   P-4   P-4
0182   4.00   Ste 0802   8   P-1   P-1
0183   2.25   Ste 1615   16   Ste. 1808, Time Warner   18
0240   2.25   Ste 1224   12   J-Box 0262   12
0249   2.25   Ste 1224   12   J-Box 0262   12
0250   2.25   Ste 1224   12   J-Box 0262   12
0251   1.50   Ste 1224   12   J-Box 0262   12
0252   1.50   Ste 1224   12   J-Box 0262   12
0254   4.50   Ste 0900   9   roof   9
0266   4.50   Ste 0900   9   roof   9
0269   4.50   Ste 0900   9   roof   9
0278   4.50   Ste 2850   28   Riser 2   16
0292   3.00   Ste 1224   12   P-4   P-4
0308   4.50   Ste 0802   8   Ste 1420   14
0331   3.00   Ste 0900   9   P-4   P-4
0335   4.50   Ste 0900   9   P-1   P-1
0356   4.50   Ste 1202   12   Ste 801   8
0409   2.00   Ste 0700A   7   Ste. 600   6
0430   4.50   Ste 0700   7   P1 Telco Room   P-1
0554   2.25   Ste 700   7   Ste. 1420   14
0555   3.00   Ste 0802   8   J-Box 2912   8
0621   2.25   Ste 1100   11   J-Box 0116   29
0656   1.25   Ste 2800   28   J-Box 0125   28
0759   2.25   Ste 0700   7   ICG J-Box 0583   8
0767   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Riser 1   11
0779   4.50   Ste 0900   9   Telephone Room   9
0780   4.50   Ste 0900   9   Telephone Room   9
0862   1.25   Ste 2800   28   J-Box 0125   28
EXHIBIT C

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Conduits
                     
Conduit ID   External Diameter   From   From Floor   To   To Floor
0863   2.25   Ste 2850   28   J-box 0125   28
0867   3.00   Ste 2850   28   Generator Room   30
0869   1.00   Ste 2850   28   Generator Room   30
0887   4.50   Ste 1717   17   Ste 1810   18
0905   4.50   Ste 1717   17   Ste 1810   18
0915   1.25   Ste 2850   28   Telephone Room   28
0922   1.00   Ste 2800   28   Telephone Room   28
0959   4.50   Ste 1717   17   Ste 1810   18
0986   3.50   Ste 0805   8   Riser 1   9
0987   4.50   Ste 1010   10   Meet-Me Closet   10
1133   2.25   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — N   19
1134   2.25   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — N   19
1135   2.25   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — N   19
1137   2.25   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — N   19
1138   2.25   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — N   19
1140   4.50   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room   18
1144   1.50   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — S   19
1145   1.00   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — S   19
1147   1.50   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — S   19
1148   3.00   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — S   19
1149   2.25   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — S   19
1150   1.00   Ste 1900   19   Telephone Room — S   19
1175   4.50   Ste 2850   28   Electrical Room   30
1199   3.50   Ste 2850   28   Electrical Room   28
1203   2.25   Ste 1717   17   Telephone Room — N   17
1331   4.50   Ste 1717   17   Meet Me Closet   17
1332   4.50   Ste 1717   17   Meet Me Closet   17
1370   4.50   Ste 2850   28   Ste 2820   28
1455   4.50   Ste 1224   12   Meet Me Closet   12
1457   2.25   Ste 1224   12   Meet Me Closet   12
1458   2.25   Ste 1420   14   Meet Me Closet   14
1545   2.25   Ste 1110   11   Meet Me Closet   11
1548   1.00   Ste 1100   11   Meet Me Closet   11
1549   2.25   Ste 1110   11   Meet Me Closet   11
1558   4.50   Ste 1014   10   Meet Me Closet   10
1560   4.50   Ste 1010   10   Meet Me Closet   10
1624   2.25   Ste 0900   9   Meet Me Closet   9
1636   2.25   Ste 0803   8   Meet Me Closet   8
1641   2.25   Ste 0802   8   Meet Me Closet   8
1642   2.25   Ste 0801   8   Meet Me Closet   8
1707   2.25   Ste 0700A   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1713   2.25   Ste 0710   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1714   2.25   Ste 0710   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1715   2.25   Ste 0700A   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1718   1.00   Ste 0710   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1721   2.25   Ste 0700A   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1723   2.25   Ste 0700A   7   Meet Me Closet   7
1753   2.25   Ste 1717   17   Electrical Room   17
EXHIBIT C

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Conduits
                     
Conduit ID   External Diameter   From   From Floor   To   To Floor
1862   2.25   Ste 0900   9   Ste. 10, ICG   10
1872   2.25   Ste 1717   17   Telephone Room — N   17
1889   2.25   Ste 1224   12   Phone Room   12
1906   3.50   Ste 0803   8   Riser 1   8
1914   2.25   Ste 0803   8   Stair 4   8
1916   2.00   Ste 0803   8   Telephone Room — N   8
1919   4.00   Ste 0802   8   Ste 0820   8
1921   2.00   Ste 0801   8   Ste 0803   8
1922   1.75   Ste 0803   8   Electrical Room   8
1925   3.50   Ste 0801   8   Telephone Room — S   8
1927   2.25   Ste 0802   8   Telephone Room   8
1929   2.25   Ste 0802   8   Telephone Room   8
1930   4.00   Ste 0801   8   Ste 0820   8
1934   4.50   Ste 1224   12   Ste. 1400, MCI   14
1940   2.25   Ste 0700   7   MCI   8
1941   2.25   Ste 0700   7   MCI   8
1948   3.50   Ste 0803   8   Electrical Room   8
2117   3.50   Ste 1140   11   Telephone Room   11
2118   3.50   Ste 1140   11   Telephone Room   11
2230   2.25   Ste 1224   12   Phone Room   12
2245   2.25   Ste 1140   11   Telephone Room   11
2246   4.00   Ste 1000   10   J-Box 0291   10
2247   2.25   Ste 1140   11   Telephone Room   11
2277   3.00   Ste 1014   10   Telephone Room — N   10
2279   2.25   Ste 1014   10   Telephone Room — N   10
2280   2.25   Ste 1014   10   Telephone Room — N   10
2281   2.25   Ste 1110   11   Ste 1014   10
2282   2.25   Ste 1014   10   Electrical Room   10
2287   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Electrical Room   11
2288   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Electrical Room   11
2289   1.75   Ste 1110   11   Ste 1100   11
2290   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Telephone Room — S   11
2291   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Meet Me Closet   11
2292   4.50   Ste 1110   11   Meet Me Closet   11
2304   4.50   Ste 1220   12   J-Box 2328   12
2310   2.25   Ste 1010   10   Ste 1014   10
2312   3.50   Ste 1140   11   Electrical Room   12
2316   2.25   Ste 1010   10   Electrical Room   10
2319   2.25   Ste 1010   10   Telephone Room   10
2322   2.25   Ste 1010   10   Telephone Room   10
2324   2.25   Ste 1010   10   Electrical Room   10
2329   2.25   Ste 1010   10   Telephone Room   10
2334   2.25   Ste 0700   7   Ste. 702   7
2341   2.25   Ste 700A   7   J-Box 2343   7
2353   4.50   Ste 0700   7   J-Box 2328   12
2354   2.00   Ste 700A   7   N. Telephone Room   7
2355   4.50   Ste 0700   7   J-Box 1632   14
2356   2.25   Ste 700A   7   N. Telephone Room   7
EXHIBIT C

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Conduits
                     
Conduit ID   External Diameter   From   From Floor   To   To Floor
2357   4.50   Ste 0700   7   J-Box 2328   7
2367   4.50   Ste 0900   9   Ends in Hallway   9
2372   4.50   Ste 0900   9   Ends in Hallway   9
2378   4.50   Ste 0900   9   Electrical Room   9
2405   2.25   Ste 0710   7   J-Box 2377   7
2412   2.25   Ste 0710   7   J-Box 2377   7
2416   2.00   Ste 0710   7   Electrical Room   7
2417   1.50   Ste 0710   7   Stair 4   7
2420   4.50   Ste 0700   7   Ste. 710   7
2421   4.50   Ste 0700   7   Ste. 710   7
2702   2.25   Ste 1014   10   Meet Me Closet   10
2830   2.25       19   16   16
2831   4.50   Ste 1014   10   North Stairwell   10
2906   4.00   710B   7   700   7
2907   4.00   710B   7   700   7
2909   4.00   710B   7   700   7
2910   4.00   710B   7   700   7
2913   2.00   703   7   telco closet   7
2914   3.00   703   7   805 low rise   8
2917   4.00   700   7   s. telco closet   7
2918   4.00   700   7   s. telco closet   7
2920   4.00   1010   10   1014   10
2922   4.00   1010   10   1014   10
2926   3.00   1140   11   s. telco closet   11
2927   4.50   Ste 0700   7   P1 Telco Room   P-1
2927   4.00   1140   11   1100   11
2928   3.00   1140   11   Vonage   11
2930   4.00   Vonage   11   s. telco closet   11
2931   4.00   1140   11   MMC   11
2954   3.00   2700   27   N. Telco closet   27
2955   4.50   Ste 0700   7   J-Box 0271   7
2956   4.50   Ste 1014   10   J-Box   10
2957   3.00   2800   28   N. Telco closet   28
2958   4.00   2800   28   N. Telco closet   27
2959   2.25   Ste 700A   7   J-Box 2991   7
2960   4.50   Ste 1010   10   J-Box 2973   10
2961   4.50   Ste 0700   7   Ste. 1420, MCI   14
2962   2.00   1900 HSE   19   NTT   19
2963   4.50   Ste 1014   10   North Stairwell   10
2964   2.00   1900 HSE   19   NTT   19
2965   2.00   1900 HSE   19   Camera’s   19
2974   2.25   Ste 0700   7   J-Box 0345   8
2977   4.50   Ste 1224   12   J-Box 2972, St. 3   12
2994   4.00   Ste 0802   8   P-1   P-1
2995   2.25   Ste 1014   10   J-Box   10
EXHIBIT C

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Conduits
In addition to the foregoing conduits (and without limiting the foregoing), the Conduits shall also include all existing conduits to the extent to which they terminate (a) solely within the Premises, (b) only within the Premises after entering the Building, (c) within the Premises and a Building point of entry, or (d) within the Premises and upon or immediately beneath the Building roof or other exterior Building penetration.
The parties acknowledge that any rights to conduit set forth herein are subordinate to any rights of use granted to third parties prior to the date hereof. Further, and without limiting the foregoing, Tenant’s rights to use the Conduits shall be subordinate to the rights granted prior hereto under the following “footprint” leases between Landlord and the following tenants at the Building:
1. Global Crossing — lease dated June 4, 1992
2. Level 3 (Broadwing) — lease dated October 6, 1989
3. Level 3 (Looking Glass) — lease dated November 9, 2001
4. Telepacific — lease dated November 15, 1990
5. Time Warner (undocumented single innerduct) — lease dated October 20, 1995
6. US Colo — lease dated June 25, 2003
7. Verizon (8th floor MCI) — lease dated April 10, 1990
8. Verizon California (undocumented single innerduct) — lease dated September 22, 1997
EXHIBIT C

 


 

EXHIBIT D
INITIAL RESERVED SPACES
(GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT D
INITIAL RESERVED SPACES

 


 

EXHIBIT E — TENANT’S SHARE
                 
            Pro-Rata  
Location   RSF     Share  
Premises Components (each of the following deemed a Component)
               
Office Space
               
Suite 110
    5,152       0.7788 %
Suite 130
    715       0.1081 %
Suite 220
    2,261       0.3418 %
Suite 901 (Executive Suites)
    7,186       1.0862 %
Subtotal
    15,314          
 
               
Storage Space
               
P500
    440       N/A  
P210
    568       N/A  
P100
    885       N/A  
830
    94       0.0142 %
2860
    287       0.0434 %
Subtotal
    2,274          
 
               
Colocation and Related Uses
               
Suite 101
    13,942       2.1075 %
Suite 240
    2,128       0.3217 %
Suite 250
    5,182       0.7833 %
Suite 700
    7,485       1.1314 %
Suite 710
    2,839       0.4291 %
Suite 805
    5,640       0.8525 %
Suite 905 (DC Plant)
    1,070       0.1617 %
Suite 1010
    4,505       0.6810 %
Suite 1014
    1,501       0.2269 %
Suite 1100
    13,277       2.0069 %
Suite 1140
    6,481       0.9797 %
Suite 1717
    2,675       0.4044 %
Suite 1900
    24,988       3.7772 %
Suite 2700
    25,810       3.9014 %
Suite 2800
    11,654       1.7616 %
Suite 3100
    477       0.0721 %
Subtotal
    140,502          
 
               
Single User Space Served by Tenant
               
Suite 823 (Singapore Telecom)
    2,206       0.3335 %
Suite 823B (AC-UPS)
    338       0.0511 %
Suite 825 (Andiamo Telecom)
    2,198       0.3322 %
Suite 900 (China Unicom)
    3,810       0.5759 %
Suite 902 (Nextel Antenna Room)
    304       0.0460 %
Suite 930 (Webcountry)
    842       0.1273 %
Suite 1130 (China Netcom)
    2,512       0.3797 %
Suite 1220 (Teledata)
    1,656       0.2503 %
Suite 1221 (Teledata)
    700       0.1058 %
Subtotal
    14,566          
 
               
Total
    167,232          
                 
Pro-Rata Share for OPEX & RE Taxes   RSF     %  
     
Total Space
    167,232       25.2787 %
Less:
               
Parking Level Storage
    1,893       0.2861 %
 
               
Net
    165,339       24.9926 %
 
               
Building RSF (net of space on P1-P5)
    661,553          
EXHIBIT E

 


 

EXHIBIT F
UTILITY AND GENERATOR POWER
One Wilshire Building
Base Building Utility and Generator Power Supplied to CRG West Premises
                                 
        GENERATOR POWER           UTILITY POWER    
DESCRIPTION   SUITE   (AMPS OF 480 VOLT)   GENERATOR #   (AMPS OF 480 VOLT)   COMMENTS
U1A
                               
Andiamo/Singtel
  825     150       1       400      
Nextel Sub-Panel 9th Fl
  9th Floor     600       1       600      
DC Plant #823 (Andiamo sub-meter)
  825/ 823     150       1       400      
IDC #1220/24
  1220     125       2       175      
CRGWEST ATS-3
  1100     400       3       400      
IDC 2800 (ATS-A)
  2800                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
IDC 2800 (ATS-B)
  2800     800       4       800      
IDC 2800 (ATS-C) CRAC
  2800                     800      
CRGW (ATS-2B)
  1100     600       6       600      
Suite 1010 CRAC
  1010                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
IDC 1140 (ATS-A)
  1140     600       4       600      
IDC 1140 (ATS-B)
  1140     600       6       600      
 
                               
U3
                               
China Netcom
  1130     225       2       400      
CRGWEST IDC
  801/805                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
CRGW (Sec.) ATS-B
  1014     400       3       400      
CRGWEST (ATS-5C)
  1100                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
CRGWest (ATS-B)
  1900     800       4       800      
 
                               
U4
                               
CRGWEST ATS-1A
  1100     600       4       600      
CRGWEST (Primary)
  1014     400       4       400      
IDC (ATS-3)
  700     400       6       400      
CRGWest (ATS-4D)
  1100     400       6       400      
CRGWest (ATS-A)
  1900                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
CRGWest (ATS-D)
  1900     400       6       400      
IDC (ATS-1)
  700     600       6       600      
 
                               
U2A
                               
CRGW — Suite 1717
  1717                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
IDC (ATS-2)
  700                       Load will be moved to bus U5 approximately 8/15/07
 
                               
U2B
                               
CRGWest (ATS-C)
  1900     800       4       800      
 
                               
TOTALS
        9,050               10,575      
 
                               
GENERATOR INFORMATION
                               
LOCATION
  #                            
4TH FLOOR — SOUTHEAST CORNER
  1                            
4TH FLOOR — NORTHEAST CORNER
  2                            
3RD FLOOR ROOF
  3                            
3RD FLOOR ROOF PLATFORM
  4                            
30TH FLOOR — SOUTHEAST CORNER
  5                            
4TH FLOOR — SOUTHWEST CORNER
  6                            
EXHIBIT F
UTILITY AND GENERATOR POWER

 


 

EXHIBIT G
THE ONE WILSHIRE BUILDING
RULES AND REGULATIONS
     Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.
     1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks, bolts or card key access systems on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Tenant to Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys or cards required by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.
     2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.
     3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.
     4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes, UPS systems, switching equipment and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness and structural integrity as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.
     5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT G
     6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.
     7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.
     8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.
     9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.
     10. Except for dry or gel cell batteries used in connection with Tenant’s UPS System, Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.
     11. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.
     12. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.
     13. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.
     14. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT G
     15. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.
     16. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.
     17. Tenant shall use reasonable best efforts to participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.
     18. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Los Angeles, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.
     19. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.
     20. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.
     21. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or the Common Areas.
     22. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.
     23. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors,
EXHIBIT G

 


 

EXHIBIT G
invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.
     24. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.
     25. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.
     26. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
     27. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.
     28. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, towels, janitorial or maintenance or other similar services from any company or persons not approved by Landlord. Landlord shall approve a sufficient number of sources of such services to provide Tenant with a reasonable selection, but only in such instances and to such extent as Landlord in its judgment shall consider consistent with the security and proper operation of the Building.
     29. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.
Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.
EXHIBIT G

 


 

Exhibit H
Mezzanine Plans and Specifications
(GRAPHICS)
Exhibit H – Page 1
Mezzanine Plans and Specifications

 


 

Exhibit H
Mezzanine Plans and Specifications
CRG WEST — One Wilshire
Proposed 1st Floor and Mezzanine IDC Specifications
      POWER (approx.)
2 mgw of UPS Power
1 mgw of Power for infrastructure (Cooling Towers, CRAC Units, Lighting, etc..)
(4) 500amp DC Plants
      Cooling (approx.)
(2) 400 ton Cooling Towers
650 ton of Conditioned Air
      Fire sprinklers
Pre-Action Fire Detection System
      Smoke Detection
VESDA
      Monitoring
Automatic Logic Controls
      Conveyance
Hydraulic Lift (6000 lbs.)
Exhibit H — Page 2
Mezzanine Plans and Specifications

 


 

Exhibit H
Mezzanine Plans and Specifications
(GRAPHICS)
Exhibit H — page 2
Mezzanine Plans and Specifications

 


 

EXHIBIT I
EYEBROW SIGNAGE LOCATION
(GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT I
EYEBROW SIGNAGE LOCATION

 

Exhibit 10.15
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ First Amendment ”) is dated for reference purposes as of May 1, 2008, by and between HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).
R E C I T A L S :
     A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of August 1, 2007 (the “Lease” ), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain space (the “Existing Premises”) consisting of approximately 161,808 rentable square feet within that certain office building located at 624 S. Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, California (the “Building”) , as more particularly described in the Lease.
     B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to modify various terms and provisions of the Lease, all as hereinafter provided.
A G R E E M E N T :
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Capitalized Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein to the contrary, all capitalized terms used in this First Amendment shall have the same meaning given such terms in the Lease.
     2.  First Amendment Additional Conduits . During the applicable period (each, a “First Amendment Additional Conduits Term”) commencing on the applicable commencement date set forth in the following schedule and ending coterminously with the initial Lease Term for the Existing Premises ( i.e. , July 31, 2017) (without limiting Section 3(d) below or any other renewal/extension rights of Tenant), Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost, to install and, after installation, the exclusive right to use, the following four-inch (4”) conduits identified by the applicable defined terms and conduit numbers specified in the following schedule and connecting the applicable floors of the Building specified in the following schedule (collectively, the “First Amendment Additional Conduits”).

-1-


 

                 
Defined Term for                
Applicable First               Commencement
Amendment   Quantity of   Conduit   Connecting   Date of
Additional Conduits   Conduits   Numbers   Floors   Applicable Term
“4/7 Additional Conduits”   2   3000, 3001   4 th and 7 th   May 1, 2008
“2/4 Additional Conduits”   4   3002, 3003, 3004, 3005   2 nd and 4 th   July 1, 2008
“19/27 Additional Conduits”   2   3008, 3009   19 th and 27 th   July 14, 2008
The First Amendment Additional Conduits shall be installed by Tenant in accordance with Sections 6.9 and 8.1 of the Lease and in exact locations as shall be designated by Landlord. For purposes of the Lease, as hereby amended, the First Amendment Additional Conduits shall be deemed to be part of the Supplemental Equipment and the areas of the Building in which the First Amendment Additional Conduits are located shall be deemed to be part of the Supplemental Areas. Except as provided in Section 3 below, all of the TCCs of the Lease related to the Supplemental Equipment and Supplemental Areas shall apply with respect to the First Amendment Additional Conduits (including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with and satisfaction of the Special Use Conditions set forth in Section 2,1 of the Summary attached to the Lease, and Tenant’s compliance with the TCCs of Section 6.9 of the Lease). For purposes of Article 14 of the Original Lease, the First Amendment Additional Conduits shall be deemed part of the Conduits.
     3.  First Amendment Additional Conduits Rent . Notwithstanding Section 2 above to the contrary, the first sentence of the second (2 nd ) paragraph of Section 6.9.10 of the Lease shall not apply with respect to the First Amendment Additional Conduits, it being agreed that, during the applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord rent (the “First Amendment Additional Conduits Rent”) for the right to use the First Amendment Additional Conduits (regardless of whether any such First Amendment Additional Conduits are actually used by Tenant) in accordance with the following schedules:

-2-


 

     (a) The First Amendment Additional Conduits Rent payable for the 4/7 Additional Conduits shall be as follows:
         
Period of   Annual   Monthly Installment
Additional Conduits   First Amendment   of First Amendment
Term   Additional Conduits Rent   Additional Conduits Rent
5/1/08-4/30/09   $24,000.00   $2,000.00
5/1/09-4/30/10   $24,720.00   $2,060.00
5/1/10-4/30/11   $25,461.60   $2,121.80
5/1/11-4/30/12   $26,225.40   $2,185.45
5/1/12-4/30/13   $27,012.12   $2,251.01
5/1/13-4/30/14   $27,822.48   $2,318.54
5/1/14-4/30/15   $28,657.20   $2,388.10
5/1/15-4/30/16   $29,516.88   $2,459.74
5/1/16-4/30/17   $30,402.36   $2,533.53
5/1/17-7/31/17   $31,314.48   $2,609.54
     (b) The First Amendment Additional Conduits Rent payable for the 2/4 Additional Conduits shall be as follows:
         
    Annual   Monthly Installment
Period of   First Amendment   of First Amendment
Additional Conduits Term   Additional Conduits Rent   Additional Conduits Rent
7/1/08-6/30/09   $24,000.00   $2,000.00
7/1/09-6/30/10   $24,720.00   $2,060.00
7/1/10-6/30/11   $25,461.60   $2,121.80
7/1/11-6/30/12   $26,225.40   $2,185.45
7/1/12-6/30/13   $27,012.12   $2,251.01
7/1/13-6/30/14   $27,822.48   $2,318.54
7/1/14-6/30/15   $28,657.20   $2,388.10
7/1/15-6/30/16   $29,516.88   $2,459.74
7/1/16-6/30/17   $30,402.36   $2,533.53
7/1/17-7/31/17   $31,314.48   $2,609.54
     (c) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any rent for the 19/27 Additional Conduits during the initial First Amendment Additional Conduits Term therefor.

-3-


 

     (d) If Tenant exercises its option(s) to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Lease, Tenant shall also have the right to extend any or all of the applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits Term(s) for the applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits to which such applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits Term(s) pertains, in which event the TCCs of Section 2.2 of the Lease shall apply with respect to such applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits for which the applicable extension option has been exercised, except that the First Amendment Additional Conduits Rent payable by Tenant for such applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits during the applicable Option Term therefor shall be equal to the following: (i) for the 19/27 Additional Conduits, $5,375.67 per month for each month during the first (1 st ) year of the first Option Term, which monthly amount shall thereafter be increased annually at a rate of (3%) per annum on a cumulative, compounded basis for each subsequent year of the first and any succeeding Option Term; and (ii) for the 4/7 Additional Conduits and 2/4 Additional Conduits, the product of (A) the monthly applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits Rent payable by Tenant for such applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits during the last month of the applicable initial First Amendment Additional Conduits Term therefor (or the preceding Option Term for such applicable First Amendment Additional Conduits, as the case may be), and (B) 1.03, which monthly amount shall thereafter be increased annually at a rate of three percent (3%) per annum on a cumulative, compounded basis. No other amounts shall be payable for the First Amendment Additional Conduits during the applicable Option Term(s). If Tenant does not exercise its option to extend hereunder for a particular First Amendment Additional Conduit(s), then for the applicable Option Term(s) for which the extension option hereunder has not been exercised, Tenant shall have no right to use such First Amendment Additional Conduit(s) (for which the extension option hereunder has not been exercised) and no obligation to pay any rent or other amounts for such First Amendment Additional Conduit(s). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, the parties acknowledge and agree that, although Tenant has extension options with respect to the First Amendment Additional Conduits hereunder, if the Lease Term for the Premises (or applicable Identified Portion, as defined in the Lease) is extended for an Option Term(s), Tenant’s rights with respect to all other Supplemental Space and Supplemental Equipment (and all other rights of Tenant under the Lease, as amended) shall be automatically extended for such Option Term(s).
     4.  Additional Premises . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), the Existing Premises shall be expanded to include (and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, coterminously with Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises) additional space in the Building (collectively, the “Additional Premises” ) consisting of approximately 314 rentable square feet of space, commonly known as Suites 805A and 805B, and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto. As used herein, the “Additional Premises Commencement Date” shall mean July 1, 2008. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” where used in the Lease (as amended hereby) shall mean the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises collectively, such that the Premises shall consist of a total of approximately 162,122 rentable square feet. The Additional Premises shall be leased by Tenant in its “AS IS” condition on the Additional Premises Commencement Date, without obligation on Landlord’s part to construct or pay for any improvements or alterations to or for, or provide any improvement or refurbishment allowance for, the Additional Premises.

-4-


 

     5.  Additional Premises Base Rent . The annual Base Rent payable by Tenant for the Additional Premises shall equal $20.00 per rentable square foot of the Additional Premises per annum, increased annually at the same times ( i.e. , on August 1, 2008 and each August 1 st thereafter) and at the same rates ( i.e. , three percent (3%) cumulative and compounded annual increases) as applicable for the Existing Premises pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Lease, except that Tenant shall be obligated to commence payment of the Base Rent for the Additional Premises effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date. For clarification and ease of reference only, a summary of the Premises and the initial Base Rent payable for the Premises (inclusive of the Additional Premises) is set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, which Exhibit shall, effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, replace the schedule set forth in Section 13 of the Summary of the Lease. Base Rent is subject to change in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.
     6.  Tenant’s Share . As a result of the addition of the Additional Premises to the Premises pursuant to Section 4 above, effective from and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, “Tenant’s Share” under the Lease shall be increased to and equal 24.2201%.
     7.  No Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this First Amendment and that they know of no real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this First Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent.
     8.  No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.
     9.  Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is to be deemed original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

-5-


 

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.
             
“LANDLORD”   HINES REIT ONE WILSHIRE LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
 
           
    By:   Hines REIT One Wilshire GP LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
           
 
      By:   /s/ Kevin L. McMeans
 
           
 
      Name:   Kevin L. McMeans
 
      Its:   Asset Management Officer
 
           
“TENANT”   CRG WEST ONE WILSHIRE, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
           
    By:   /s/ Neil Giles
         
    Name:   Neil Giles
    Its:   SVP

-6-


 

EXHIBIT “A”
ADDITIONAL PREMISES
EXHIBIT “A”

-1-


 

EXHIBIT “A”
ADDITIONAL PREMISES
(GRAPHICS)
EXHIBIT “A”

-1-


 

EXHIBIT “B”
BASE RENT AND PREMISES
                                 
            Monthly Base   Annual Base   Annual Base
Location   RSF   Rent   Rent per RSF   Rent
Premises Components (each of the following deemed a Component)
                               
Suite 110
    5,152     $ 8,586.67     $ 20.00     $ 103,040.00  
Suite 130
    715     $ 1,191.67     $ 20.00     $ 14,300.00  
Suite 220
    2,261     $ 3,768.33     $ 20.00     $ 45,220.00  
Suites 805A and 805B
    314     $ 523.33     $ 20.00     $ 6,280.00  
Suite 901
    7,186     $ 11,976.67     $ 20.00     $ 143,720.00  
P-5
    440     $ 440.00     $ 12.00     $ 5,280.00  
P-2
    568     $ 568.00     $ 12.00     $ 6,816.00  
P-l
    885     $ 885.00     $ 12.00     $ 10,620.00  
Suite 830
    94     $ 94.00     $ 12.00     $ 1,128.00  
Suite 2860
    287     $ 287.00     $ 12.00     $ 3,444.00  
Suite 105
    13,942     $ 81,328.33     $ 70.00     $ 975,940.00  
Suite 240
    2,128     $ 12,413.33     $ 70.00     $ 148,960.00  
Suite 250
    5,182     $ 30,228.33     $ 70.00     $ 362,740.00  
Suite 700
    7,485     $ 43,662.50     $ 70.00     $ 523,950.00  
Suite 710
    2,839     $ 16,560.83     $ 70.00     $ 198,730.00  
Suite 805
    5,640     $ 32,900.00     $ 70.00     $ 394,800.00  
Suite 905
    1,070     $ 6,241.67     $ 70.00     $ 74,900.00  
Suite 1010
    4,505     $ 26,279.17     $ 70.00     $ 315,350.00  
EXHIBIT “B”

-1-


 

                                 
            Monthly Base   Annual Base   Annual Base
Location   RSF   Rent   Rent per RSF   Rent
Suite 1014
    1,501     $ 8,755.83     $ 70.00     $ 105,070.00  
Suite 1100
    13,277     $ 77,449.17     $ 70.00     $ 929,390.00  
Suite 1140
    6,481     $ 37,805.83     $ 70.00     $ 453,670.00  
Suite 1717
    2,675     $ 15,604.17     $ 70.00     $ 187,250.00  
Suite 1900
    24,988     $ 145,763.33     $ 70.00     $ 1,749,160.00  
Suite 2700
    25,810     $ 150,558.33     $ 70.00     $ 1,806,700.00  
Suite 2800
    11,654     $ 67,981.67     $ 70.00     $ 815,780.00  
Suite 3100
    477     $ 2,782.50     $ 70.00     $ 33,390.00  
Suite 823
    2,206     $ 9,191.67     $ 50.00     $ 110,300.00  
Suite 823B
    338     $ 1,408.33     $ 50.00     $ 16,900.00  
Suite 825
    2,198     $ 9,158.33     $ 50.00     $ 109,900.00  
Suite 900
    3,810     $ 15,875.00     $ 50.00     $ 190,500.00  
Suite 902
    304     $ 1,266.67     $ 50.00     $ 15,200.00  
Suite 930
    842     $ 3,508.33     $ 50.00     $ 42,100.00  
Suite 1130
    2,512     $ 10,466.67     $ 50.00     $ 125,600.00  
Suite 1220
    1,656     $ 6,900.00     $ 50.00     $ 82,800.00  
Suite 1221
    700     $ 2,916.67     $ 50.00     $ 35,000.00  
Total
    162,122     $ 845,327.33       N/A     $ 10,143,928.00  
EXHIBIT “B”

-2-

Exhibit 10.16
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of ___________, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and __________________ (“ Holder ”).
     WHEREAS, on December 22, 2009, Holder was granted a Class B Interest (as defined in the LLC Agreement (as defined below)) in CRP Master Holdings, LLC (“ Master Holdco ”), the details of which are set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Interest ”);
     WHEREAS, the Interest was governed by that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Master Holdco, as amended from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, the LLC Agreement provides that in connection with an initial public offering of the equity securities of Master Holdco or one of its successors or affiliates, the Manager (as defined in the LLC Agreement) may require the Holder to exchange his or her Interest for another class of equity securities of Master Holdco, its successor or their affiliates;
     WHEREAS, the Company is the sole general partner of CoreSite L.P., a Delaware partnership (the “ Partnership ”) and will operate as a self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (a “ REIT ”);
     WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Company, which entity, together with the Partnership, is the successor to Master Holdco, the Manager and the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) have each determined that the Holder shall exchange his or her Interest for a number of shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth on Exhibit A (such shares of Common Stock are referred to as the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement (the “ Exchange ”);
     WHEREAS, the Board has approved this Agreement which will govern the Restricted Shares; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and Holder wish to enter into this Agreement which will govern and set forth the terms of the Restricted Shares.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, including the conversion and exchange of the Interest, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Holder hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
     1.1 Restricted Shares . Holder is the holder of such number of Restricted Shares as is set forth on Exhibit A. The Restricted Shares shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     1.2 Exchange . Holder acknowledges that the Restricted Shares have been issued to Holder in exchange for all of Holder’s rights with respect to the Interest and that as of the Effective Date, he or she no longer has any rights with respect to the Interest. The Holder hereby agrees and consents to the Exchange and understands and acknowledges that the Restricted Shares are being issued in full settlement of all of the Holder’s rights under the LLC Agreement or under any other documents or agreements related to or in

 


 

connection with the Interest or any other interest in Master Holdco or any of its affiliates, predecessors or successors. The Holder agrees that he or she shall execute such additional documents and take such actions as may be requested by the Company in order to effect the Exchange.
     1.3 Ownership, Rights as a Shareholder and Custody . Holder is the owner of the Restricted Shares and has all the rights of a shareholder with respect thereto, including the right to vote such Restricted Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Shares; provided, that, any such dividends and distributions, whether payable in cash or shares of Common Stock, (the “ Dividends ”) shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Article II, including a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Dividends have been distributed. Accordingly, Holder shall only be entitled to receive such Dividends when the Restricted Shares (with respect to which such Dividends have been distributed) vest pursuant to Article II below. Such ownership of Restricted Shares and Dividends paid in the form of Common Stock shall be evidenced by book entries on the records of the Company. Unless provided otherwise pursuant to another agreement between the Holder and the Company or its successor, promptly following the vesting of Restricted Shares pursuant to this Agreement, shares evidencing such Restricted Shares and cash and/or stock, as applicable evidencing such Dividends shall be transferred into Holder’s brokerage account or participant trust maintained with the Company’s agent or, in the Company’s sole discretion, stock certificate(s) shall be issued and delivered to Holder (or his/her permitted transferees) by the Company with such legends as shall be determined by the Company.
ARTICLE II.
FORFEITURE, VESTING, NON-TRANSFERABILITY
     2.1 Forfeiture . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, or as otherwise set forth in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries, any Restricted Shares which have not vested as of the date Holder incurs a Termination of Employment (as defined below) shall automatically be forfeited by Holder on the date of such Termination of Employment without any additional consideration therefore and without any further action by the Company. The Committee in its discretion may accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Shares.
     2.2 Vesting of Restricted Shares .
          (a) The number of Restricted Shares that are designated as vested on Exhibit A shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable as of the Effective Date.
          (b) The number of Restricted Shares that are designated as unvested on Exhibit A shall vest, if at all, as indicated on Exhibit A, subject to the Holder’s continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries.
     2.3 Nontransferability . No unvested Restricted Shares or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect
     2.4 Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .
     (a)  Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Restricted Shares subject to this Agreement, shall be equitably adjusted, as determined by the Committee, for any change in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting

2


 

from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, spin-off, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other change in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that a conversion of any convertible securities of the Company, the issuance of Restricted Shares to any other employee of the Company or its subsidiaries, or the exchange by the Company of any Common Units of the Partnership (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) for shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment, if any, shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Restricted Shares subject to this Agreement.
          (b) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Agreement shall be assumed by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation refuses to assume the Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall vest and the transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement shall immediately lapse.
ARTICLE III.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     3.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:
          (a) “ Committee ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee appointed by the Board to administer this Agreement.
          (b) “ Termination of Employment ” means the time when the engagement of Holder as an employee of or service provider to the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding (x) terminations where there is simultaneous commencement by the former Holder of a relationship with the Company, the Partnership or one of their subsidiaries as an employee and (y) at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which result in a temporary severance of the service relationship.
     3.2 Taxes .
          (a) Holder represents to the Company and the Partnership that the Holder has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Holder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Holder understands that Holder (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          (b) Holder understands that Holder may be taxed on the Exchange with respect to all of the Restricted Shares, both vested and unvested. Holder shall be solely responsible for any tax consequences associated with the Restricted Shares. In the event the Company or the Partnership determines that any tax withholding shall become due in connection with the Restricted Shares, the Holder shall make appropriate arrangements for the payment to the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) of all amounts, if any, which the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) is required to withhold under

3


 

applicable law with respect to the Restricted Shares. The Company may refuse to issue any Restricted Shares to Holder until Holder satisfies the tax withholding obligations. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company (or its subsidiary, as applicable) has the right to retain without notice from Restricted Shares transferable to Holder upon vesting or from compensation payable to Holder, shares of Common Stock or cash having a value sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding obligation in the event the tax withholding obligation is not satisfied by the Holder.
     3.3 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Holder any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries.
     3.4 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     3.5 Administration of the Agreement . The Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to construe and interpret the terms of this Agreement, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Agreement and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Agreement. The Committee’s decisions and interpretations shall be final and binding on Holder and all other persons.
     3.6 Amendment, Suspension and Termination . This Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee , provided, that, except as may otherwise be provided, directly or indirectly, in this Agreement, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely effect the Restricted Shares without the prior written consent of Holder.
     3.7 Notices . Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to Holder at his or her address shown in the Company records, and to the Company at its principal executive office.
     3.8 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Holder and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     3.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto, including the LLC Agreement. No oral understandings, oral statements, oral promises or oral inducements between the parties hereto relating to this Agreement exist. No representations, warranties, covenants or conditions, express or implied, whether by statute or otherwise, other than as set forth in this Agreement, have been made by the parties hereto. The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the Effective Date, the Holder shall no longer have any rights or obligations under the LLC Agreement
     3.10 Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, with respect to Section 1.2 and 3.9, to Master Holdco and its affiliates, successors and predecessors, and their officers, directors and equity holders (each of whom shall be deemed to be intended third party beneficiaries hereunder).

4


 

     3.11 Execution . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, or by facsimile transmission, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     3.12 REIT Status . This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Company’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Restricted Shares shall become vested:
          (a) to the extent such Restricted Shares could cause Holder to be in violation of the Ownership Limit (as defined in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time); or
          (b) if, in the discretion of the Committee, the vesting of such Restricted Shares could impair the Company’s status as a REIT.
     3.13 Clawback . To the extent required by applicable law or any applicable securities exchange listing standards, the Restricted Shares and any proceeds thereof shall be subject to clawback as determined by the Committee, which clawback may include forfeiture, repurchase and/or recoupment of the Restricted Shares and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to the Restricted Shares.
***

5


 

     By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Holder has reviewed the Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.
               
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION:   HOLDER:    
 
           
By:
      By:    
 
           
Print Name:
      Print Name:    
 
           
Title:
           
 
           
Address:
      Address:    
 
           
 
           
 
           

6


 

EXHIBIT A
NAME OF HOLDER: [___________________]
      The Interest:
         
    Individual Grant Class B Sharing  
Interest   Percentage  
Fund III Series Class B Interest
    [_______] %
Fund IV Series Class B Interest
    [_______] %
Fund V Series Class B Interest
    [_______] %
      The Restricted Shares:
     In exchange for the Interest, pursuant to the Exchange, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Holder has been granted [________] Restricted Shares, of which:
     [________] Restricted Shares shall be fully vested as of the Effective Date; and
     [________] Restricted Shares shall be unvested as of the Effective Date and, subject to the Holder’s continued employment with or service to the Company, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries on each applicable vesting date, shall vest, if at all, in three equal annual installments commencing on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date.
Holder Initials : _____

 

Exhibit 10.17
CORESITE, L.P.
RESTRICTED UNIT AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of                 , 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and                                  (“ Holder ”).
     WHEREAS, on December 22, 2009, Holder was granted a Class B Interest (as defined in the LLC Agreement (as defined below)) in CRP Master Holdings, LLC (“ Master Holdco ”), the details of which are set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Interest ”);
     WHEREAS, the Interest was governed by that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Master Holdco, as amended from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, the LLC Agreement provides that in connection with an initial public offering of the equity securities of Master Holdco or one of its successors or affiliates, the Manager (as defined in the LLC Agreement) may require the Holder to exchange his or her Interest for another class of equity securities of Master Holdco, its successor or their affiliates;
     WHEREAS, the CoreSite Realty Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), is the sole general partner of the Partnership and will operate as a self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
     WHEREAS, in accordance with the Partnership Agreement (as defined below), each Common Unit (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) of the Partnership is redeemable by the holder thereof for cash or, at the option of the Corporation, one share of common stock of the Corporation (as adjusted in accordance with the Partnership Agreement);
     WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Corporation, which entity, together with the Partnership, is the successor to Master Holdco, the Manager and the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) have each determined that the Holder shall exchange his or her Interest for a number of Common Units of the Partnership as set forth on Exhibit A (such Common Units are referred to as the “ Restricted Units ”), which Restricted Units shall be deemed to be Performance Units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement (the “ Exchange ”);
     WHEREAS, the Board has approved this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement which will govern the Restricted Units; and
     WHEREAS, the Partnership and Holder wish to enter into this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement which will govern and set forth the terms of the Restricted Units.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, including the conversion and exchange of the Interest, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Partnership and Holder hereby agree as follows:

1


 

ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
     1.1 Restricted Units . Holder is the holder of such number of Restricted Units as is set forth on Exhibit A. The Restricted Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as such agreement may be amended and restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the “ Partnership Agreement ”). The Holder agrees that he or she shall execute and become a party to the Partnership Agreement and that he or she shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions thereof.
     1.2 Exchange . Holder acknowledges that the Restricted Units have been issued to Holder in exchange for all of Holder’s rights with respect to the Interest and that as of the Effective Date, he or she no longer has any rights with respect to the Interest. The Holder hereby agrees and consents to the Exchange and understands and acknowledges that the Restricted Units are being issued in full settlement of all of the Holder’s rights under the LLC Agreement or under any other documents or agreements related to or in connection with the Interest or any other interest in Master Holdco or any of its affiliates, predecessors or successors.
     1.3 Ownership, Rights as a Shareholder and Custody . Holder is the owner of the Restricted Units and has all the rights of a limited partner with respect thereto, including the right to vote such Restricted Units and to receive all distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Units; provided, that, except with respect to tax distributions, any such distributions, whether payable in cash or Common Units (or other Partnership Units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) or other equity interests or property), (excluding tax distributions, the “ Distributions ”) shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Article II, including a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Units with respect to which such Distributions have been distributed. Accordingly, with respect to unvested Restricted Units, such Distributions shall be retained by the Partnership and Holder shall only be entitled to receive such Distributions (without interest thereon) when the Restricted Units (with respect to which such Distributions apply) vest pursuant to Article II below.
ARTICLE II.
FORFEITURE, VESTING, NON-TRANSFERABILITY
     2.1 Forfeiture . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, or as otherwise set forth in a written agreement between the Holder and the Partnership, the Corporation or any of their subsidiaries, any Restricted Units which have not vested as of the date Holder incurs a Termination of Employment (as defined below) shall automatically be forfeited by Holder on the date of such Termination of Employment without any additional consideration therefore and without any further action by the Partnership. The Committee in its discretion may accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Units.
     2.2 Vesting of Restricted Units .
          (a) The number of Restricted Units that are designated as vested on Exhibit A shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable as of the Effective Date.
          (b) The number of Restricted Units that are designated as unvested on Exhibit A shall vest in three equal annual installments, commencing on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to the Holder’s continued employment with or service to the Partnership, the Corporation or any of their subsidiaries on each applicable vesting date.

2


 

     2.3 Nontransferability . No unvested Restricted Units or any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect. All Restricted Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement.
     2.4 Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .
          (a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the Corporation as general partner of the Partnership, the number of Restricted Units subject to this Agreement, shall be equitably adjusted, as determined by the Committee, for any extraordinary transaction that results in a change in the number of outstanding Partnership Units effected without receipt of consideration by the Partnership; provided, however, that a conversion of any convertible securities of the Partnership or the redemption of any Common Units or other securities by the Partnership shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment, if any, shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Partnership of any Partnership Units, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Restricted Units subject to this Agreement.
          (b) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a merger of the Partnership with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, the Agreement shall be assumed by the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of the successor entity. In the event that the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of the successor entity refuses to assume the Agreement, the Restricted Units shall vest and the transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement shall immediately lapse, subject to the terms of the Partnership Agreement.
ARTICLE III.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     3.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:
          (a) “ Committee ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation or a committee appointed by the Board to administer this Agreement.
          (b) “ Termination of Employment ” means the time when the engagement of Holder as an employee of or service provider to the Partnership, the Corporation or any of their subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding (x) terminations where there is simultaneous commencement by the former Holder of a relationship with the Partnership, the Corporation or one of their subsidiaries as an employee and (y) at the discretion of the Committee, terminations which result in a temporary severance of the service relationship.
     3.2 Taxes .
          (a) Holder represents to the Partnership and the Corporation that the Holder has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Holder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Partnership or any of its agents. Holder understands

3


 

that Holder (and not the Partnership) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          (b) Holder shall be solely responsible for any tax consequences associated with the Restricted Units. In the event the Partnership or the Corporation determines that any tax withholding shall become due in connection with the Restricted Units, the Holder shall make appropriate arrangements for the payment to the Partnership (or its subsidiary, as applicable) of all amounts, if any, which the Partnership (or its subsidiary, as applicable) is required to withhold under applicable law with respect to the Restricted Units. The Partnership may refuse to issue any Restricted Units to Holder until Holder satisfies the tax withholding obligations. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Partnership (or its subsidiary, as applicable) has the right to retain without notice from Restricted Units transferable to Holder upon vesting or from compensation payable to Holder, shares of Common Stock or cash having a value sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding obligation in the event the tax withholding obligation is not satisfied by the Holder.
     3.3 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Holder any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Partnership, the Corporation or any of their subsidiaries.
     3.4 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     3.5 Administration of the Agreement . The Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to construe and interpret the terms of this Agreement, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Agreement and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Agreement. The Committee’s decisions and interpretations shall be final and binding on Holder and all other persons.
     3.6 Amendment, Suspension and Termination . This Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee , provided, that, except as may otherwise be provided, directly or indirectly, in this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely effect the Restricted Units in a manner different than the other holders of Common Units without the prior written consent of Holder.
     3.7 Notices . Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to Holder at his or her address shown in the Partnership records, and to the Partnership at its principal executive office.
     3.8 Successors and Assigns . The Partnership may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Holder and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     3.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits and the Partnership Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto, including the LLC Agreement. No oral understandings, oral statements, oral promises or oral inducements between the parties hereto relating to this Agreement exist. No representations, warranties, covenants or conditions, express or implied, whether by statute or otherwise, other than as set forth in this Agreement, have been made by the

4


 

parties hereto. The parties hereto agree that, effective as of the Effective Date, the Holder shall no longer have any rights or obligations under the LLC Agreement
     3.10 Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the Corporation and, with respect to Section 1.2 and 3.9, to Master Holdco and its affiliates, successors and predecessors, and their officers, directors and equity holders (each of whom shall be deemed to be intended third party beneficiaries hereunder).
     3.11 Execution . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, or by facsimile transmission, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     3.12 Clawback . To the extent required by applicable law or any applicable securities exchange listing standards, the Restricted Units and any proceeds thereof shall be subject to clawback as determined by the Committee, which clawback may include forfeiture, repurchase and/or recoupment of the Restricted Units and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to the Restricted Units.
***

5


 

By his or her signature and the Partnership’s signature below, Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Holder has reviewed the Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.
         
CORESITE, L.P.:   HOLDER:
 
       
By:
  CoreSite Realty Corporation,    
 
       
 
  its general partner,    
                 
By:
          By:    
 
               
Print Name:
          Print Name:    
 
               
Title:
               
 
               
Address:
          Address:    
 
               
 
               
 
               

6


 

EXHIBIT A
NAME OF HOLDER: [                                ]
      The Interest:
         
    Individual Grant Class B Sharing  
Interest   Percentage  
Fund III Series Class B Interest
    [                 ] %
Fund IV Series Class B Interest
    [                 ] %
Fund V Series Class B Interest
    [                 ] %
      The Restricted Units:
     In exchange for the Interest, pursuant to the Exchange, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Holder has been granted [                      ] Restricted Units, of which:
     [                      ] Restricted Units shall be fully vested as of the Effective Date; and
     [                      ] Restricted Units shall be unvested as of the Effective Date and shall vest, if at all, in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Agreement.
Holder Initials :           

 

Exhibit 10.18
MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     THIS MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is effective as of ____________ __, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CRQP III AIV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRQP III ”), CRP IV-A AIV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRP IV ”), CRQP IV AIV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRQP IV ”), Carlyle Realty Qualified Partners II (a), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CRQP II-A ”), Carlyle Realty Qualified Partners II, L.P. (“ CRQP II ”), the Carlyle Limited Partners (as defined below), CoreSite Realty Corporation , a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”) and CoreSite, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Company ”).
RECITALS
      Whereas , as of the Effective Date, each of CRQP III, CRP IV, CRQP IV, CRQP II-A and CRQP II (collectively, the “ Partnerships ” and each a “ Partnership ”) indirectly, through one or more wholly owned entities controlled by the relevant Partnership (each a “ Holdco ”), owns limited partnership interests in the Company (the “ Interests ”);
      Whereas , the Corporation is the general partner of the Company;
      Whereas, the Corporation and the Company wish to provide the Partnerships with certain rights with regard to the Interests held by the Partnerships;
      Whereas , pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the Carlyle Limited Partners are entitled to nominate one or more directors to serve as members of the Corporation Board;
      Whereas , the Carlyle Limited Partners wish to assign such nomination rights to the Partnerships and the Partnerships wish to accept such rights; and
      Whereas , the Partnership has requested to be granted, and the Corporation and the Company have agreed to grant to each of the Partnerships, the right to review the books and records of the Corporation and the Company and the books and records of their subsidiaries and to consult with and advise management of the Corporation and the Company and their subsidiaries regarding operations.
AGREEMENT
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
          1. Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
               a. “ Corporation Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

 


 

               b. “ Carlyle Limited Partners ” shall mean the “Carlyle Limited Partners” as defined in the Partnership Agreement.
               c. “ Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated of even date herewith by and among the Corporation and the limited partners of the Company.
               d. “ Shares ” means shares of common stock of the Corporation, $0.01 par value per share.
          2. Nomination Rights .
               a. For so long as the Carlyle Limited Partners have the right under the Partnership Agreement to nominate at least two directors to serve on the Corporation Board, the Carlyle Limited Partners hereby (i) assign to CRQP IV the right to nominate one such director to serve on the Corporation Board (the “ CRQP IV Nominee ”) and (ii) assign to CRP IV the right to nominate one such director to serve on the Corporation Board (“ CRP IV Nominee ”).
               b. For any period during which the Carlyle Limited Partners do not have the right under the Partnership Agreement to nominate at least two directors to serve on the Corporation Board, but have the right to nominate one director to serve on the Corporation Board, the Carlyle Limited Partners hereby assign the right to nominate such director to serve on the Corporation Board to CRP IV, provided, however, that (i) CRP IV may assign this right in its discretion to CRQP IV and (ii) if CRP IV has ceased to hold, directly or indirectly though one or more Holdcos, an Interest and does not, directly or indirectly through one or more Holdcos, hold Shares, then this right shall automatically be assigned to CRQP IV.
               c. The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees to the rights granted to the Partnerships as a result of assignment from the Carlyle Limited Partners.
               d. CRQP IV hereby designates                      to serve as the CRQP IV Nominee, if applicable, and CRP IV hereby designates                      to serve as the CRP IV Nominee, if applicable. If either such nominee shall be unable or unwilling to serve prior to his or her election or appointment to the Corporation Board, the relevant Partnership shall be entitled to nominate a replacement who shall then be the respective CRQP IV Nominee or CRP IV Nominee, as applicable, for the purposes of this Agreement. If, following election or appointment to the Corporation Board, the CRQP IV Nominee or the CRP IV Nominee shall resign or be removed for cause or be unable to serve by reason of death or disability, the relevant Partnership shall, within 30 days of such event, notify the respective Corporation Board in writing of a replacement, and each party hereto shall take such steps within its authority as may be necessary to elect or appoint such replacement to the Corporation Board to fill the unexpired term of the respective nominee.
               e. With respect to the CRQP IV Nominee and the CRP IV Nominee, the Carlyle Limited Partners agree to (i) vote (at any regular or special meeting of the Corporation) or cause its direct and indirect subsidiaries to vote all of their Shares then beneficially owned by it (whether so beneficially owned as of the date hereof or hereafter acquired) in favor of, or otherwise to consent to the election or appointment of the CRQP IV

2


 

Nominee and CRP IV Nominee, as applicable; and (ii) take all other actions necessary and appropriate (whether by vote or consent or otherwise) to cause the election or appointment of the CRQP IV Nominee and CRP IV Nominee, as applicable to the Corporation Board.
               f. Subject to the Corporation’s compliance with the rights of the stockholders of the Corporation to remove a director in accordance with the Corporation’s Charter and the Maryland General Corporation Law, each party hereto agrees not to take any action without the written consent of the relevant Partnership, which consent may be given or withheld in the Partnership’s sole discretion, to remove, whether or not for cause, the CRQP IV Nominee or CRP IV Nominee, as applicable, from the Corporation Board following his or her election thereto, including, without limitation, by decreasing the size of the Corporation Board such that there are an insufficient number of directors on the Corporation Board to permit the Partnership to exercise its nomination rights pursuant to this Section 2.
          3. Proxy . For so long as this Agreement is in effect, if a Carlyle Limited Partner fails or refuses to vote or cause its subsidiaries to vote the Shares as provided in Section 2 hereof, without further action by any party, CRP IV shall have an irrevocable proxy to vote such Shares in accordance with this Agreement, and each of the Carlyle Limited Partners hereby grants to CRP IV such irrevocable proxy, provided that for any period in which CRP IV does not hold, directly or indirectly through one or more Holdcos, any Interests and any Shares, such irrevocable proxy is hereby granted to CRQP IV.
          4. Inspection Rights; Consultation Rights .
               a. The Company and the Corporation covenant that, subject to termination under Section 5.c., so long as the Partnerships continue to beneficially own, directly or indirectly through one or more Holdcos, any Interests or any Shares, the Company and the Corporation will permit such party, as the case may be, and their respective representatives to (i) from time-to-time visit and inspect, at their respective expense, any of the properties of the Company, the Corporation and/or their subsidiaries to examine the corporate books, contracts, commitments, reports, work papers, and records relating to such entities or their respective properties, assets, and businesses, including management’s projections with respect thereto, and to make copies or extracts therefrom, and (ii) consult with and advise the management of the Company, the Corporation and their subsidiaries at their respective places of business, upon reasonable notice at reasonable times from time to time, on all matters relating to the operation, finances and accounts of the Company, the Corporation and their subsidiaries. Management of the Company, the Corporation and their subsidiaries shall have an obligation to reasonably consider the advice and recommendations offered by the Partnerships; however, neither the Corporation nor the Company shall have any obligation to comply with any advice or recommendations offered by the Partnerships in any consultation referred to above.
               b. The Partnerships agree that they shall maintain in confidence and not disclose to any third party (other than any of their affiliates or any affiliates of TC Group, L.L.C., and their officers, employees, consultants and advisors, who shall also be subject to the confidentiality restrictions herein) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company, the Corporation or their subsidiaries that was learned or acquired by the Partnerships in connection with the exercise of their rights under this Section 4. Nothing in

3


 

this Section 4(b) shall prohibit any person or entity from (i) responding to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process or (ii) disclosing information that has previously been published in a form generally available to the public.
               c. The Partnerships hereby acknowledge that they are aware that the United States securities laws prohibit any person who has received from an issuer material, non-public information from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such other person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.
          5. Miscellaneous .
               a. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such documents and take such further actions as may be necessary or desirable to effect the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.
               b. Subject to subsection (f), this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto. The waiver by any party of such party’s rights under this Agreement in any particular instance or instances, whether intentional or otherwise, shall not be considered as a continuing waiver which would prevent subsequent enforcement of such rights or of any other rights.
               c. The parties acknowledge that they have entered into this Agreement in connection with the reorganization of the predecessor entities to the Company and the Corporation and in connection with the initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Corporation. The parties agree that this Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date that the Carlyle Limited Partners (and any of their affiliates and any of their transferees that are affiliates of TC Group, L.L.C.) cease to hold, in the aggregate, a number of Interests and Shares that is at least 5% of the total number of outstanding Shares (assuming all Interests are exchanged for Shares). In addition, this Agreement shall automatically terminate with respect to a Partnership when such Partnership no longer beneficially owns, directly or indirectly through one or more Holdcos, any Interests and any Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly provided herein, the termination of this Agreement with respect to one of the Partnerships, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, shall not affect the rights hereunder of the other Partnerships.
               d. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent by recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested, to the following parties at the following addresses or to such other parties and at such other addresses as shall be specified by like notices:
if to a Partnership, to such Partnership at:
c/o The Carlyle Group
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20004
Attention: R. Rainey Hoffman

4


 

with a copy to:
Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attn: David Della Rocca
if to a Carlyle Limited Partner, to such Carlyle Limited
Partner at:
c/o The Carlyle Group
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20004
Attention: R. Rainey Hoffman
with a copy to:
Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attn: David Della Rocca
if to the Corporation or the Company at their respective
registered office.
with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attn: David Della Rocca
Notice so given shall be deemed to be given and received on the second business day after sending by recognized overnight delivery service, return receipt requested.
               e. The parties acknowledge and agree that the breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any party could not be adequately compensated with monetary damages, and the parties hereto agree, accordingly, that injunctive relief and specific performance shall be appropriate remedies to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and waive any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach; provided , however , that nothing herein shall limit the remedies herein, legal or equitable, otherwise available and all remedies herein are in addition to any remedies available at law or otherwise.

5


 

               f. The aforementioned rights are intended to satisfy the requirement of management rights for purposes of qualifying the Partnerships’ investment through the Holdcos in the Company as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Department of Labor “plan assets” regulation, 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 (the “ Plan Assets Regulation ”). In the event additional interpretations of the term “management rights” within the meaning of the Plan Assets Regulation are issued by the Department of Labor or a court of competent jurisdiction which result in the aforementioned rights not being satisfactory for such purposes, the parties will reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory management rights that will satisfy such regulations. Notwithstanding subsection (c) above, and without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that this Agreement shall not terminate with respect to a Partnership if such Partnership reasonably determines that the continuation of this Agreement is or may reasonably be expected to be necessary for such Partnership to avoid holding “plan assets” for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation. In such circumstance, this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to such Partnership for so long as such Partnership reasonably determines to be necessary for such Partnership to avoid holding “plan assets” for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation.
               g. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law, then such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Such provision shall be deemed to be modified to the extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable, and if no such modification shall render it legal, valid and enforceable then this Agreement shall be construed as if not containing the provision held to be invalid, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly.
               h. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto, their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns. The Partnerships may assign their rights and interest in this Agreement to any of its affiliates without need for the consent of any other party hereto, and each of such other parties agrees that it will acknowledge such an assignment upon the request by such Partnership.
               i. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
               j. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, excluding any laws thereof which would direct application of law of another jurisdiction.
               k. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if each party had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.
               l. When the context requires, the gender of all words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural.

6


 

[ signature pages follow ]

7


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
         
  CRP IV-A AIV, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CRP IV-A AIV GP, L.P., its general partner    
  By:   CRP IV-A AIV GP, L.L.C., its general partner    
  By:   TC Group, L.L.C., its managing member    
  By:   TCG Holdings, L.L.C., its managing member    
       
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
  CRQP IV AIV, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CRQP IV AIV GP, L.P., its general partner    
  By:   CRQP IV AIV GP, L.L.C., its general partner    
  By:   TC Group, L.L.C., its managing member    
  By:   TCG Holdings, L.L.C., its managing member    
       
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  CRQP III AIV, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CRQP III AIV GP, L.P., its general partner    
  By:   CRQP III AIV GP, L.L.C., its general partner    
  By:   TC Group, L.L.C., its managing member    
  By:   TCG Holdings, L.L.C., its managing member    
       
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

8


 

         
         
  CARLYLE REALTY QUALIFIED PARTNERS II(A), L.P.  
     
  By:   Carlyle Realty II, L.P., its general partner    
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
  CARLYLE REALTY QUALIFIED PARTNERS II, L.P.
 
 
  By:   Carlyle Realty II, L.P., its general partner    
       
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
  [CARLYLE LIMITED PARTNER]
 
 
  By:   [                      ]    
       
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
  CORESITE, L.P.
 
 
  By:   CoreSite Realty Corporation,    
    Its general partner   
       
  By:      
    Name:   Thomas Ray   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
  CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Thomas Ray   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

9

Exhibit 10.19
CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P.
Senior Management Severance and change in control program
     This CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. Senior Management Severance and Change in Control Program (this “ Plan ”) sets forth the severance benefits available to Covered Employees (as defined below) of CoreSite Realty Corporation (the “REIT”), CoreSite, L.P. (the “Partnership”) and their subsidiaries (the REIT, the Company and their subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as, the “ Company ”) in the event a Covered Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated in certain circumstances as provided herein.
     1.  Eligibility . An individual will only be eligible to participate in this Plan if he or she has been specifically designated as eligible to participate in this Plan by action of the Plan Administrator and he or she has executed a Participation Letter Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “ Participation Letter Agreement ”). Individuals that are eligible to participate in this Plan are referred to herein as “ Covered Employees .”
     2.  Severance Benefits . If a Covered Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or the Covered Employee resigns his employment for Good Reason, and the Covered Employee incurs a Separation from Service, then subject to the Covered Employee executing within fifty-two (52) days of such Covered Employee’s Separation from Service, and not revoking during any applicable revocation period, a release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “ Release ”), and the Covered Employee’s compliance with Sections 4 and 5 below, in addition to any accrued but unpaid salary, wages and other amounts required by applicable law, the Covered Employee will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:
     a. Salary Continuation . During the Severance Period (as defined below), the Covered Employee will be entitled to receive continued payment of his or her Base Salary, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.
     b. Healthcare Continuation Coverage . If the Covered Employee elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company will directly pay, or reimburse the Covered Employee for, the COBRA premiums for the Covered Employee and his or her covered dependents during the period commencing on the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (A) the last day of the Severance Period, (B) the date that the Covered Employee and/or the Covered Employee’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (C) the date the Covered Employee and the Covered Employee’s covered dependents become eligible to receive healthcare coverage from the Covered Employee’s subsequent employer (such healthcare continuation premiums will be provided in the form of taxable reimbursements to the Covered Employee if necessary to avoid inclusion in taxable income by the Covered Employee of the value of in-kind benefits).
     c. Accelerated Vesting . The Covered Employee will be entitled to accelerated vesting, effective as of immediately prior to the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service, of all outstanding equity awards held by the Covered Employee that would have vested solely based on the passage of time (e.g., equity awards with vesting based on performance will not vest) if the Covered Employee had remained employed with the Company for a period equal to twelve (12) months following the date of the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service, provided, however, that no additional amount shall vest in the event a Change in Control occurs during such 12 month period, except as provided in Section 3 of this Plan.

1


 

     For the avoidance of doubt, no benefits will be payable to a Covered Employee under this Section 2 in the event of a Covered Employee’s resignation without Good Reason or the termination of a Covered Employee’s employment with the Company for Cause or due to death or Disability.
     3.  Effect of Change in Control . In the event a Covered Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or the Covered Employee resigns his employment for Good Reason, and the Covered Employee incurs a Separation from Service, in each case within sixty (60) days prior to or nine (9) months following a Change in Control, then subject to the Covered Employee executing within fifty-two (52) days of such Covered Employee’s Separation from Service, and not revoking during any applicable revocation period, a Release, and the Covered Employee’s compliance with Sections 4 and 5, the Covered Employee will not receive the benefits provided in Section 2, but instead, in addition to any accrued but unpaid salary, wages and other amounts required by applicable law, the Covered Employee will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:
     a. Cash Payments . The Covered Employee will be entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment on the First Pay Date in an amount equal to the sum of: (i) one (1) times the Covered Employee’s annual Base Salary; (ii) the target amount of the Covered Employee’s performance bonus for the year in which the Covered Employee’s termination of employment occurs; and (iii) an additional amount equal to the target amount of the Covered Employee’s performance bonus for the year in which the Covered Employee’s termination of employment occurs, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such year during which the Covered Employee was employed prior to termination and the denominator of which is twelve (12).
     b. Healthcare Continuation Coverage . If the Covered Employee elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), the Company will directly pay, or reimburse the Covered Employee for, the COBRA premiums for the Covered Employee and his or her covered dependents during the period commencing on the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (A) the one-year anniversary of the date of the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service, (B) the date that the Covered Employee and/or the Covered Employee’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (C) the date the Covered Employee and the Covered Employee’s covered dependents become eligible to receive healthcare coverage from the Covered Employee’s subsequent employer (such healthcare continuation premiums will be provided in the form of taxable reimbursements to the Covered Employee if necessary to avoid inclusion in taxable income by the Covered Employee of the value of in-kind benefits).
     c. Accelerated Vesting . The Covered Employee will be entitled to accelerated vesting, effective as of immediately prior to the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service, of 100% of all outstanding equity awards held by the Covered Employee.
     For the avoidance of doubt, no benefits will be payable to a Covered Employee under this Section 3 in the event of a Covered Employee’s resignation without Good Reason or the termination of a Covered Employee’s employment with the Company for Cause or due to death or Disability
     4.  Non-Competition .
     a. As a condition to being eligible to participate in this Plan, and regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits hereunder, each Covered Employee shall and does agree that he or she shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period,

2


 

directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, interview for a potential employment or consulting relationship with or manage or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as a director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that engages in any business which competes with any portion of the Business (as defined below) of the Company anywhere in the United States. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Covered Employee from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding equity interest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as he or she has no active participation in the business of such entity. The provisions of this Section 4(a) shall not apply to any Covered Employee that resides in the state of California.
     b. As a condition to being eligible to participate in this Plan, and regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits hereunder, each Covered Employee shall and does agree that he or she shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company (i) to terminate its arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change its relationship with the Company. The Covered Employee shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for the Covered Employee or for any other person or entity, (A) solicit any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, (B) employ any such individual during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of six months after such individual terminates his or her employment with the Company, or (C) solicit any vendor or business affiliate of the Company to cease to do business with the Company.
     c. In the event the terms of this Section 4 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.
     d. As used in this Section 4 , (i) the term “ Business ” shall mean the business of the Company and shall include buying, developing and operating datacenters and colocation facilities, as such business may be expanded or altered by the Company during the Term; and (ii) the term “ Restriction Period ” shall mean, with respect to a Covered Employee, the period during which the Covered Employee is employed with or provides services to the Company and continuing following the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service for a period equal to the Severance Period (regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits during the Severance Period), provided, however, that in the event a Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits under Section 3 of this Plan, the Restriction Period shall continue for a period of twelve months following the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service.
     e. As a condition to being eligible to participate in this Plan, and regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits hereunder, each Covered Employee shall and does agree that he or she shall, during the period of his or her employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, refrain from disparaging the Company and its affiliates, including any of its services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude a Covered Employee from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process.

3


 

     5.  Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information . As a condition to being eligible to participate in this Plan, and regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits hereunder, each Covered Employee shall and does agree to the following:
     a. Except in connection with the performance of his or her duties for the Company or pursuant to Section 5(c) and (e) , each Covered Employee shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for his or her benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. Each Covered Employee stipulates and agrees that any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public prior to the date the Covered Employee proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from the Covered Employee directly or indirectly breaching his or her obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which the Covered Employee is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a) (to the extent the Covered Employee knew or should have known of the breach). For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such information have been published in combination.
     b. Upon termination of his or her employment with the Company for any reason, the Covered Employee will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.
     c. A Covered Employee may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest reasonable possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as reasonably possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process.
     d. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit a Covered Employee from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to his or her

4


 

attorney or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, (iii) disclosing his or her post-employment restrictions in this Plan in confidence to any potential new employer, or (iv) retaining, at any time, his or her personal correspondence, personal contacts and documents related to his or her own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations.
     6.  Inventions . As a condition to being eligible to participate in this Plan, and regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits hereunder, each Covered Employee shall and does agree that all rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that the Covered Employee may discover, invent or originate during his or her period of service with the Company, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company (“ Inventions ”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. The Covered Employee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. The Covered Employee hereby appoints the Company as his or her attorney-in-fact to execute on his or her behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 6 shall not apply to any Invention that is developed entirely on a Covered Employee’s own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information unless such Invention (i) relates at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, or (ii) results from any work performed by the Covered Employee for the Company.
     7.  Injunctive Relief . It is recognized and acknowledged by the Covered Employees that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, as a condition to being eligible to participate in this Plan, and regardless of whether the Covered Employee receives severance payments and benefits hereunder, each Covered Employee shall and does agree that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6 , in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief
     8.  Definitions . For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     a. Base Salary . “ Base Salary ” means, with respect to a Covered Employee, such Covered Employee’s base salary, at the rate in effect at the time of the Covered Employee’s termination of employment with the Company.
     b. Board . “ Board ” means the board of directors of the REIT.
     c. Cause . A Covered Employee’s termination of employment shall be deemed for “ Cause ” upon: (i) the Company’s determination that the Covered Employee failed to substantially perform his or her material duties as an employee of the Company; (ii) the Company’s determination that the Covered Employee failed in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Covered Employee’s supervisor; (iii) the Covered Employee’s material violation of any of the terms of this Plan or any agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company; (iv) the Covered Employee’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere , or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime

5


 

involving moral turpitude; (v) the Covered Employee’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing his or her duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company; or (vi) the Covered Employee’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company.
     d. Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” means the following:
     (i) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of equity securities to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any transaction in connection therewith) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the REIT, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the REIT or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the REIT) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the REIT possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the REIT’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
     (ii) The consummation by the REIT (whether directly involving the REIT or indirectly involving the REIT through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the REIT’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction which results in the REIT’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the REIT or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the REIT, or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the REIT’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the REIT (the REIT or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no transaction or series of related transactions shall be deemed to result in a Change in Control if immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, any affiliate of or investment fund operated, controlled or managed by T.C. Group, L.L.C. has or retains at least a majority of the combined voting power in the REIT; and (B) a transaction or event shall not constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan unless such transaction or event also qualifies as a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5).
     e. Compensation Committee . “ Compensation Committee ” means the Board, or, if the Board has delegated such authority to the Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee.
     f. Disability . “ Disability ” means at any time the Company sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to

6


 

that definition of disability which, if a Covered Employee qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether a Covered Employee has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean a Covered Employee’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of his or her position hereunder for a total of three months during any six-month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Covered Employee or his or her legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any refusal by a Covered Employee to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of his or her Disability.
     g. Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to a Covered Employee, the occurrence of any of the following events without the Covered Employee’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Covered Employee’s base salary or target performance bonus amount (for this purpose, a reduction in Base Salary or target performance bonus amount of less than 10% that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in base salaries affecting other employees of the Company shall not be deemed material); or (ii) a material reduction or material diminution of the Covered Employee’s duties, responsibilities or authorities, which is caused by an act of the Partnership, the REIT or one of their subsidiaries, in each case, other than any change resulting from a Change in Control or other significant transaction where the Covered Employee remains in a similar position with respect to the business of the Partnership or the REIT as operated prior to the Change in Control or other transaction, notwithstanding that the Covered Employee is in a diminished role with respect to a Successor Entity or other combined company resulting from such Change in Control or other transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Good Reason will have occurred unless and until the Covered Employee has: (a) provided the Company, within 60 days of the Covered Employee’s knowledge of the occurrence of the facts and circumstances underlying the Good Reason event, written notice stating with specificity the applicable facts and circumstances underlying such finding of Good Reason; and (b) provided the Company with an opportunity to cure the same within 30 days after the receipt of such notice. If the Company fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then the termination shall be deemed to occur as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period.
     h. Plan Administrator . “ Plan Administrator ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     i. Separation from Service . “ Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
     j. Severance Period . “ Severance Period ” means that period of time commencing on a Covered Employee’s Separation from Service and ending a number of months later that is equal to the sum of three months, plus one month for each continuous whole year the Covered Employee was employed by the Company (or any predecessor entity) as of such termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Covered Employee’s Severance Period exceed twelve months. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of continuous years of service to be taken into account when calculating a Covered Employee’s Severance Period will, if applicable, include years of service provided to the Company (or any predecessor entity) prior to the

7


 

Effective Date.
     9.  Taxes . All payments to be made under this Plan will be subject to appropriate tax withholding and other deductions.
     10.  Effective Date of Plan/Amendment . This Plan shall be effective as of the date first above written (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan Administrator shall have the power to amend or terminate this Plan from time to time in its discretion and for any reason (or no reason); provided that no such amendment or termination shall materially impair the rights of a Covered Employee who has executed a Participation Letter Agreement prior to the date of such amendment or termination, and provided further that no amendment or termination of this Plan shall result in an acceleration of the time of payment of any amount hereunder that is deemed to be nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except as permitted in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).
     11.  Plan Administration . The Plan Administrator is responsible for the general administration and management of this Plan and shall have all powers and duties necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, including, but not limited to, the discretion to interpret and apply this Plan and to determine all questions relating to eligibility for benefits. This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms and their intended meanings. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to interpret or construe ambiguous, unclear, or implied (but omitted) terms in any fashion it deems to be appropriate in its sole discretion, and to make any findings of fact needed in the administration of this Plan. The validity of any such interpretation, construction, decision, or finding of fact shall not be given de novo review if challenged in court, by arbitration, or in any other forum, and shall be upheld unless clearly arbitrary or capricious. All actions taken and all determinations made in good faith by the Plan Administrator will be final and binding on all persons claiming any interest in or under this Plan.
     12.  Funding and Payment of Benefits . The Company shall be required to make payments only as benefits become due and payable. No person shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor against the Company, with respect to the benefits payable hereunder, or which may be payable hereunder, to any Covered Employee, surviving spouse or beneficiary hereunder. If the Company, acting in its sole discretion, establishes a reserve or other fund associated with this Plan, no person shall have any right to or interest in any specific amount or asset of such reserve or fund by reason of amounts which may be payable to such person under this Plan, nor shall such person have any right to receive any payment under this Plan except as and to the extent expressly provided in this Plan. The assets in any such reserve or fund shall be part of the general assets of the Company, subject to the control of the Company. Except as otherwise set forth in a written agreement between a Covered Employee and the Company, this Plan shall be the only plan or agreement with respect to which benefits may be provided to a Covered Employee upon a termination of his or her employment.
     13.  Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under the Plan and agree expressly to perform any of the Company’s obligations under the Plan. For all purposes under the Plan, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers an assumption agreement or which becomes bound by the terms of the Plan by operation of law. All of a Covered Employee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, his or her personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
     14.  Limitation On Employee Rights; At-Will Employment . This Plan shall not give any

8


 

employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company or interfere with or restrict the right of the Company to discharge or retire the employee. All employees of the Company are employed at will.
     15.  No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Plan shall not give any rights or remedies to any person other than Covered Employees and the Company.
     16.  Governing Law . This Plan shall be interpreted, administered, and enforced in accordance with the statutes and common law of the State of Colorado, excluding any that mandate the use of another jurisdiction’s laws.
     17.  Arbitration . Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Plan, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS/Endispute in Denver, Colorado. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS/Endispute Rules of Practice and Procedure, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS/Endispute; (b) each party to the arbitration will pay its pro rata share of the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS/Endispute rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such party. Each party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses. The Company and the Covered Employees shall be bound by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Plan. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all parties. If JAMS/Endispute no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ‘) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS/Endispute shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Employee and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration.
     18.  No Assignment of Benefits . The rights of any person to payments or benefits under this Plan shall not be made subject to option or assignment, either by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, including (without limitation) bankruptcy, garnishment, attachment or other creditor’s process, and any action in violation of this subsection shall be void.
     19.  Section 409A .
     a. Separation from Service . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, except to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4), any compensation or benefits payable under this Plan that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” (“ Deferred Compensation ”) within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and which is designated under this Plan as payable upon a Covered Employee’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon his or her “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (a “ Separation from Service ”) and, except as provided under Section 16(b) of this Plan, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the sixtieth (60th) day following a Covered Employee’s Separation from Service (the “ First Pay Date ”). Any installment payments that would have been made during the sixty (60) day period immediately following a Covered Employee’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to him or her on

9


 

the First Pay Date and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Plan.
     b. Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if a Covered Employee is deemed by the Company at the time of his or her Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which he or she is entitled under this Plan is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such portion of such Covered Employee’s benefits shall not be provided to him or her prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Covered Employee’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of the Covered Employee’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to the Covered Employee (or his or her estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due under this Plan shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.
     c. Installments . A Covered Employee’s right to receive any installment payments under this Plan, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).
*      *      *

10


 

EXHIBIT A
Form of Participation Letter Agreement 1
[DATE]
[COVERED EMPLOYEE]
[ADDRESS]
Dear [COVERED EMPLOYEE]:
     I am pleased to inform you that, subject to your execution of this letter agreement (this “Letter”) you have been selected to participate as a “Covered Employee” in the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. Senior Management Severance and Change in Control Program (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.
     The purpose of the Plan is to provide Covered Employees with certain payments and benefits upon a termination of their employment by the Company without Cause or their resignation of their employment with the Company for Good Reason, as set forth more fully in the Plan, a copy of which I have enclosed as Exhibit A to this Letter, and which is incorporated in and made a part of this Letter. I encourage you to review closely all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and wish to point out that in order to participate as a Covered Employee in the Plan, you are required to agree to all of the terms, conditions and covenants contained therein, including non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and invention assignment covenants, as applicable.
     Participation in the plan is voluntary and you may choose whether or not you wish to participate in the Plan. Your decision whether or not to participate in the Plan will not affect your employment status with the Company or your compensation as an employee of the Company in any respect, provided that if you choose not to participate in the Plan, you will not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits upon a termination of your employment with the Company, other than as required by law.
     If you wish to participate as a Covered Employee in the Plan, please countersign this Letter where indicated below on or before [                      ]. Your countersignature on this Letter evidences your agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and invention assignment covenants contained therein, as applicable.
     If you have any questions about the Plan or this Letter, please contact [                      ] at [                      ].
Sincerely,
Thomas M. Ray
President and CEO, CoreSite
[ Countersignature Page Follows ]
 
1   This form may be modified in individual circumstances to account for differences in applicable state laws.

11


 

By countersigning this Letter, you represent that you have read and understood all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Letter, that you are fully aware of the legal effect of this Letter and the Plan, that you have not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, and that you have executed this Letter freely based on your own judgment.
Your countersignature to this Letter is a binding agreement by you to become subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan .
Countersignature :
     By signing below, I elect to participate as a Covered Employee in the Plan and irrevocably agree to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and invention assignment covenants contained therein, as applicable.
         
  Name:
Date:
 
 

12


 

         
EXHIBIT B
Form of Release
     This Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between [COVERED EMPLOYEE] (“Employee”) and                      (the “Company”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan (as defined below).
     WHEREAS, the Employee is a Covered Employee within the meaning of the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. Senior Management Severance and Change in Control Program (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective                      , 20___, the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the severance payments and benefits described in Section [2/3] of the Plan, which, pursuant to the Plan, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Severance Payments; Salary and Benefits . The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section [2/3] of the Plan, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Plan. In addition, to the extent not already paid, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee any base salary earned through the date of his or her termination, any approved expense reimbursements, and any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provide in accordance with applicable law.
     2.  Release of Claims . Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of their current and former officers, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the REIT, the Partnership and each of their subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Releasees”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below), including, without limitation:
          (a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;
          (b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any shares of stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates,

13


 

including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;
          (c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;
          (d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
          (e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;
          (f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;
          (g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the nonwithholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and
          (h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.
Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Employee’s right under applicable law, the Company’s D&O policy or any separate contract with the Company to seek indemnity for acts committed, or omissions, within the course and scope of the Employee’s employment duties.
     3.  Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA. Employee understands and acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value

14


 

to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has [21/45] days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the [21/45] day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that he has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.
     4.  Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.
     5.  No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.
     6.  Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 16 and 17 of the Plan.
     7.  Effective Date . If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then each Party has seven days after that Party signs this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “Effective Date”).
     8.  Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that he executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) he has read this Agreement; (b) he has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) he has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) he understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) he is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.
         
Dated:                                                
  [COVERED EMPLOYEE]


[COMPANY]

 
 

15


 

         
         
     
Dated:                                             By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

16

Exhibit 10.20
CORESITE REALTY CORPORATION
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
     1.  General . The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “ Policy ”), as set forth herein, was adopted by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of CoreSite Realty Corporation (the “ Company ”) to become effective as of the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock (the “ Effective Date ”). Capitalized but undefined terms used herein shall have the meanings provided for in the CoreSite Realty Corporation and CoreSite, L.P. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).
     2.  Annual Cash Compensation . Each member of the Board who is not employed by the Company, CoreSite, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) or one of their affiliates or TC Group, L.L.C. or one of its affiliates (a “ Non-Employee Director ”) shall be entitled to an annual retainer fee payable in cash with the amount determined as follows (such amount, the “ Annual Retainer ”):
          (i) The annual retainer fee for service on the Board shall be $40,000;
          (ii) The annual retainer fee for service on a Board committee (other than in the role of a committee Chair) shall be an additional $5,000 per committee;
          (iii) The annual retainer fee for service as Chair of the Audit Committee shall be an additional $15,000; and
          (iv) The annual retainer fee for service as Chair of each other Board committee shall be an additional $10,000.
     3.  Timing of Payment of Annual Retainers . Annual Retainers payable hereunder shall be paid in quarterly installments on September 1, December 1, March 1 and June 1 of each year and shall be subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued service on the Board on each applicable payment date. In the event the closing date of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “IPO”) occurs after September 1, 2010, the first quarterly installment of the Annual Retainer payment shall be paid on or as soon as reasonably practicable following the closing date of the IPO and such quarterly installment shall be pro-rated for the partial period of service from the closing date of the IPO to the date of the next regular quarterly installment payment.
     4.  Initial Option Grants to Non-Employee Directors . Each person who commences service on the Board as a Non-Employee Director in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “ IPO ”) on the closing date of the IPO (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be granted on the Closing Date, without the requirement of any separate or additional action of the Board, a Non-Qualified Stock Option to purchase two-thousand five hundred (2,500) shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.1 of the Plan) (“ Initial Director Options ”). The Initial Director Options shall have a per share exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value one share of Stock on the Closing Date, shall vest and become exercisable on the

 


 

one-year anniversary of the date of grant of such Initial Director Options, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued service to the Company on such date, and shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and a Stock Option Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
     5.  Initial Restricted Stock Unit Grants . Each person who commences service on the Board as a Non-Employee Director in connection with the IPO on the Closing Date shall be granted on the date a Form S-8 registering the applicable shares is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Initial Restricted Stock Grant Date ”), a number of Restricted Stock Units having a value equal to $40,000 (“ Initial Director RSUs ”), determined by dividing $40,000 by the per share price paid by public investors on the pricing date of the IPO to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock from the underwriters in the IPO. In addition, each Non-Employee Director shall receive one Dividend Equivalent with respect to each Initial Director RSU that is granted. The Initial Director RSUs and related Dividend Equivalents shall become vested on the one-year anniversary of the Initial Restricted Stock Grant Date, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued service to the Company on such date, and shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
     6.  Annual Restricted Stock Unit Grants . Each person who is a Non-Employee Director immediately following an annual meeting of stockholders shall be granted, automatically and without necessity of any action by the Board or any committee thereof, on the date of such annual meeting a number of Restricted Stock Units having a value equal to $40,000 (“ Annual Director RSUs ”), determined by dividing $40,000 by the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of such annual meeting. In addition, each Non-Employee Director shall receive one Dividend Equivalent with respect to each Annual Director RSU that is granted. The Annual Director RSUs and related Dividend Equivalents shall become vested on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued service to the Company on such date, and shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, or such other agreement as the Board may approve from time to time. Members of the Board who are employees of the Company and who subsequently terminate employment with the Company and remain on the Board, to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, shall receive, after termination of employment with the Company, Annual Director RSUs and Dividend Equivalents pursuant to this Section 6.
     7.  Written Grant Agreement . The grant of any Award under this Policy shall be made solely by and subject to the terms set forth in a written agreement in a form to be approved by the Board and duly executed by an executive officer of the Company.
     8.  Effect of Other Plan Provisions . All of the provisions of the Plan shall apply to the Awards granted automatically pursuant to this Policy, except to the extent such provisions are inconsistent with this Policy.
     9.  Policy Subject to Amendment, Modification and Termination . This Policy may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board in the future at its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board hereby expressly reserves the authority to

 


 

terminate this Policy during any year up and until the election of directors at a given annual meeting of stockholders.
     10.  Effectiveness . This policy shall become effective as of the Effective Date.
*      *      *      *      *

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Form of Stock Option Agreement
(attached)

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
(attached)

 

Exhibit 99.7
     
Internal Revenue Service
 
Department of the Treasury
 
 
Washington, DC 20224
 
   
Number: 201034010
  Third Party Communication: None
Release Date: 8/27/2010
 
Date of Communication: Not Applicable
 
 
Person To Contact:
 
   
Index Number: 856.00-00
                      , ID No.
 
 
Telephone Number:
 
   
 
 
Refer Reply To:
 
 
CC:FIP:B03 
 
 
PLR-108715-10 
 
 
Date:
 
 
May 12, 2010 
         
Legend:
       
 
       
Taxpayer
  =    
 
       
Building(s)
  =    
 
       
Year 1
  =    
 
       
Date 1
  =    
 
       
OP
  =    
 
       
Current Holder
  =    
 
       
Dear           :
       
This is in reply to a letter dated February 19, 2010, requesting rulings on behalf of Taxpayer. You have requested a ruling that the Buildings described below, including their structural components, constitute real property for purposes of sections 856(c)(2)(C) and 856(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code. You have also requested a ruling that the Buildings, including their structural components, constitute real estate assets for purposes of sections 856(c)(4)(A) and 856(c)(5)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Additionally, you have requested a ruling that the services furnished by Taxpayer through OP in connection with the leasing of the Buildings will not cause amounts received from tenants of the Buildings to be treated as other than “rents from real property” under section 856(d).


 

2

PLR-108715-10
Facts:
Taxpayer is a newly-formed domestic corporation organized in Year 1 that has elected to be taxed as an S corporation commencing with its first taxable year. Shortly before an initial public offering of Taxpayer’s stock, its S corporation status will be terminated and Taxpayer will elect to be treated as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for its tax year ending Date 1. Taxpayer intends to be a fully integrated, self-managed REIT that conducts all of its business through OP, a newly formed limited partnership, in which it will be the general partner and a substantial limited partner. Taxpayer intends to conduct an initial public offering of its stock on the New York Stock exchange to be completed in Year 1. Taxpayer expects to contribute substantially all of the proceeds of the initial public offering to the capital of OP in exchange for its interest in OP. The initial Buildings (and in three instances, leasehold interests in floors in larger Buildings) are currently owned (indirectly) by Current Holder and will be acquired directly or indirectly by OP.
OP intends to acquire, purchase, develop, and build Buildings that will be leased to unrelated tenants. The space offered to tenants generally fall into two categories: (1) wholesale space and (2) retail co-location space. With respect to the wholesale space, tenants typically rent designated space pursuant to leases generally ranging from three to ten years. With respect to retail co-location space, a customer typically is entitled to the use of a specially identified co-location suite, cage or cabinet located in a common shared area pursuant to a license and service agreement. Such license and service agreements generally have terms ranging from one to three years. The tenants generally will use the space to accommodate their telecommunications, computing and electronic data storage equipment, including computer servers and personnel. The leases generally provide for a fixed base rent plus, in some case, the reimbursement of some or all operating expenses incurred by OP in operating the property or additional payments for the provision of power. Under certain leases, if OP does not provide an uninterruptible, stable source of power to the tenants’ space or does not maintain an environment within the tenants’ space at a specified temperature and humidity range, the tenants are entitled to an abatement of the amount that they are required to pay OP or landlord under the leases.
Within each Building, the tenant space is generally constructed on vinyl composite tile or raised flooring to accommodate the electric, ventilation, and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”) required by tenants. The Buildings differ from other office buildings because of the magnitude and quality of the electrical power and air conditioning furnished to tenants and the redundancies built into the electrical and air conditioning systems.


 

3

PLR-108715-10
The major structural components of the Buildings and floors are the (1) electrical distribution and redundancy system (the “electrical components”), (2) heating ventilation and air conditioning system (the “HVAC components”), (3) humidification system (the “humidification components”), (4) security system (the “security components”), (5) the fire protection system (the “fire protection components”), and (6) telecommunication infrastructure (the “telecommunication components”). Each of these components is designed and constructed specifically for the particular Building for which it is a part, and is intended to remain permanently in place. The electrical components are designed to provide an uninterrupted power supply to the property through redundancy. The HVAC components are designed to maintain a room temperature of typically between 70 and 72 degrees Fahrenheit. The humidification components are designed to maintain humidity levels in the tenant’s space in the range of 45-55 percent. The security components typically include a single point of access to the Building that is monitored (sometimes remotely) at all times (24/7) by a security firm or by an employee of Taxpayer. The fire protection components consist of fire alarm and suppression systems. The telecommunications components provide access for tenants to third-party telecommunications providers. Taxpayer, through a taxable REIT subsidiary (a “TRS”), will provide connectivity services such as facilitating a tenant’s access to other tenants’ equipment within a Building or between Buildings. Taxpayer or the tenants will adequately compensate the TRS for such services.
Taxpayer represents that the Buildings are inherently permanent structures. Also, Taxpayer represents that each of the structural components described above are designed and constructed to remain permanently in place.
Taxpayer represents that services that will be provided to tenants of the Buildings consist of ordinary, necessary, usual, and customary services that relate to the operation or maintenance of the Buildings. They will not include personal services rendered to a particular tenant. Any service that would constitute a personal service to a tenant would be provided either through an independent contractor from whom Taxpayer does not derive or receive income, or through a TRS of Taxpayer that is owned by OP.
Services that will be provided by Taxpayer, through OP, are utilities, controlled humidity, security (as described above), fire protection (as described above), common area maintenance including cleaning and maintenance of public areas, landscaping, and pest control. Additionally, through OP, Taxpayer will provide management, operation, maintenance, and repair of the major Building systems and components of the Buildings, including structural components; parking for tenants and their visitors, including reserved and unreserved unattended parking; and telecommunications infrastructure to allow tenants to connect to third-party telecommunication providers.
Taxpayer represents that it has undertaken research regarding services by other similarly situated owners in connection with similar buildings located in the same


 

4

PLR-108715-10
geographic markets and it has determined that the services are customarily rendered in connection with the rental of comparable buildings in the geographic market in which Taxpayer’s Buildings are located.
Law and Analysis:
A. Real Property Issue
Section 856(c)(5)(B) defines the term “real estate assets”, in part, to mean real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property) and shares (or transferable certificates of beneficial interest) in other REITs. Section 856(c)(5)(C) provides that the term “interests in real property” includes fee ownership and co-ownership of land or improvements thereon, leaseholds of land or improvements thereon, options to acquire land or improvements thereon, and options to acquire leaseholds of land or improvements thereon, but does not include mineral, oil, or gas royalty interests.
Section 1.856-3(b)(1) provides that the term “real estate assets” means real property, interests in mortgages on real property (including interests in mortgages on leaseholds of land or other improvements thereon), and shares in other qualified REITs.
Section 1.856-3(c) provides that the term “interests in real property” includes fee ownership and co-ownership of land or improvements thereon, leaseholds of land or improvements thereon, options to acquire land or improvements thereon, and options to acquire leaseholds of land or improvements thereon.
Section 1.856-3(d) provides that the term “real property” means land or improvements thereon, such as buildings or other inherently permanent structures thereon (including items that are structural components of those buildings or structures). In addition, real property includes interests in real property. Local law definitions do not control for purposes of determining the meaning of the term real property as used in section 856 and the regulations thereunder. The term includes, for example, the wiring of a building, plumbing systems, central heating or central air-conditioning machinery, pipes or ducts, elevators or escalators installed in the building, or other items that are structural components of a building or other permanent structure. The term does not include assets accessory to the operation of a business, such as machinery, printing press, transportation equipment that is not a structural component of the building, office equipment, refrigerators, individual air-conditioning units, grocery counters, furnishings of a motel, hotel, or office building, etc., even though those items may be termed fixtures under local law.
Rev. Rul. 75-424, 1975-2 C.B. 270, concerns whether various components of a microwave transmission system are real estate assets for purposes of section 856. The system consists of transmitting and receiving towers built upon pilings or foundations,


 

5

PLR-108715-10
transmitting and receiving antennae affixed to the towers, a building, equipment within the building, and waveguides. The waveguides are transmission lines from the receivers or transmitters to the antennae, and are metal pipes permanently bolted or welded to the tower and never removed or replaced unless blown off by weather. The transmitting, multiplex, and receiving equipment is housed in the building. Prewired modular racks are installed in the building to support the equipment that is installed upon them. The racks are completely wired in the factory and then bolted to the floor and ceiling. They are self-supporting and do not depend upon the exterior walls for support. The equipment provides for transmission of audio or video signals through the waveguides to the antennae. Also installed in the building is a permanent heating and air conditioning system. The transmission site is surrounded by chain link fencing. The revenue ruling holds that the building, the heating and air conditioning system, the transmitting and receiving towers, and the fence are real estate assets. The ruling holds further that the antennae, waveguides, transmitting, receiving, and multiplex equipment, and the prewired modular racks are assets accessory to the operation of a business and therefore not real estate assets.
Rev. Rul. 73-425, 1973-2 C.B. 222, considers whether a mortgage secured by a shopping center and its total energy system is an obligation secured by real property. A total energy system is a self-contained facility for the production of all the electricity, steam or hot water, and refrigeration needs of associated commercial or industrial buildings, building complexes, shopping centers, apartment complexes, and community developments. The system may be permanently installed in the building, attached to the building, or it may be a separate structure nearby. The principal components consist of electric generators powered by turbines or reciprocating engines, waste heat boilers, heat exchangers, gas-fired boilers, and cooling units. In addition, each facility includes fuel storage tanks, control and sensor equipment, electrical substations, and air handling equipment for heat, hot water, and ventilation. It also includes ducts, pipes, conduits, wiring, and other associated parts, machinery and equipment. The revenue ruling holds, in part, that a mortgage secured by the building and the system is a real estate asset, regardless of whether the system is housed in the building it serves or is housed in a separate structure apart from the building it serves. This is because the interest in a structural component is included with an interest held in a building or inherently permanent structure to which the structural component is functionally related.
Similar to the properties or structural components described in Rev. Rul. 75-424 and Rev. Rul. 73-425 that qualify as real property for purposes of section 856, the Buildings and the structural components described above are inherently permanent structures. Although the Buildings and structures help to facilitate the technology businesses of tenants that occupy such buildings, the buildings and structural components themselves are not assets accessory to the operation of a business like the examples set forth in section 1.856-3(d). Accordingly, based on the information submitted and representations made, we conclude that Taxpayer’s Buildings, including the structural components, as described above, constitute real property for purposes of sections


 

6

PLR-108715-10
856(c)(2)(C) and 856(c)(3)(A). In addition, because the Buildings and the structural components are real property, they constitute real estate assets for purposes of sections 856(c)(4)(A) and 856(c)(5)(B).
B. Tenant Services Issue
Section 856(c)(2) provides that at least 95 percent of a REIT’s gross income must be derived from, among other sources, “rents from real property.”
Section 856(c)(3) provides that at least 75 percent of a REIT’s gross income must be derived from, among other sources, “rents from real property.”
Section 856(d)(1) provides that “rents from real property” include (subject to exclusions provided in section 856(d)(2)): (A) rents from interests in real property; (B) charges for services customarily furnished or rendered in connection with the rental of real property, whether or not such charges are separately stated; and (C) rent attributable to personal property leased under, or in connection with, a lease of real property, but only if the rent attributable to the personal property for the taxable year does not exceed 15 percent of the total rent for the tax year attributable to both the real and personal property leased under, or in connection with, the lease.
Section 1.856-4(b)(1) provides that, for purposes of sections 856(c)(2) and (c)(3), the term “rents from real property” includes charges for services customarily furnished or rendered in connection with the rental of real property, whether or not the charges are separately stated. Services rendered to tenants of a particular building will be considered customary if, in the geographic market in which the building is located, tenants in buildings of a similar class are customarily provided with the service. In particular geographic areas where it is customary to furnish electricity or other utilities to tenants in buildings of a particular class, the submetering of those utilities to tenants in the buildings will be considered a customary service.
Section 1.856-4(b)(5)(ii) of the regulations provides that the trustees or directors of a REIT are not required to delegate or contract out their fiduciary duty to manage the trust itself, as distinguished from rendering or furnishing services to the tenants of its property or managing or operating the property. Thus, the trustees or directors may do all those things necessary, in their fiduciary capacities, to manage and conduct the affairs of the trust itself.
Section 856(d)(2)(C) provides that any impermissible tenant service income is excluded from the definition of “rents from real property.” Section 856(d)(7)(A) defines “impermissible tenant service income” to mean, with respect to any real or personal property, any amount received or accrued directly or indirectly by the REIT for services furnished or rendered by the REIT to tenants at the property, or for managing or operating the property.


 

7

PLR-108715-10
Section 856(d)(7)(B) provides that if the amount of impermissible tenant service income exceeds one percent of all amounts received or accrued during the tax year directly or indirectly by the REIT with respect to the property, the impermissible tenant service income of the REIT will include all of the amounts received or accrued with respect to the property. Section 856(d)(7)(D) provides that the amounts treated as received by a REIT for any impermissible tenant service shall not be less than 150 percent of the direct cost of the REIT in furnishing or rendering the service.
Section 856(d)(7)(C) provides certain exclusions from impermissible tenant service income. Section 856(d)(7)(C) provides that for purposes of section 856(d)(7)(A), services furnished or rendered, or management or operation provided, through an independent contractor from whom the REIT does not derive or receive any income shall not be treated as furnished, rendered, or provided by the REIT, and there shall not be taken into account any amount which would be excluded from unrelated business taxable income under section 512(b)(3) if received by an organization described in section 511(a)(2).
Section 512(b)(3) provides, in part, that there shall be excluded from the computation of unrelated business taxable income all rents from real property and all rents from personal property leased with such real property, if the rents attributable to such personal property are an incidental amount of the total rents received or accrued under the lease, determined at the time the personal property is placed in service.
Section 1.512(b)-1(c)(5) provides that payments for the use or occupancy of rooms and other space where services are also rendered to the occupant, such as for the use or occupancy of rooms or other quarters in hotels, boarding houses, or apartment houses furnishing hotel services, or in tourist camps or tourist homes, motor courts or motels, or for the use or occupancy of space in parking lots, warehouses, or storage garages, do not constitute rent from real property. Generally, services are considered rendered to the occupant if they are primarily for his convenience and are other than those usually or customarily rendered in connection with the rental of rooms or other space for occupancy only. The supplying of maid service, for example, constitutes such service; whereas the furnishing of heat and light, the cleaning of public entrances, exits, stairways and lobbies, and the collection of trash are not considered as services rendered to the occupant.
Many of the services described above are usual or customary services that are rendered in connection with the operation or maintenance of the properties and are not rendered primarily for the convenience of tenants. Other services that may constitute personal services to a tenant will be provided through independent contractors from whom Taxpayer will not receive or derive any income, or through a TRS owned by OP. Accordingly, the services furnished by Taxpayer through OP in connection with the


 

8

PLR-108715-10
leasing of the Buildings will not cause any amounts received from tenants of the Buildings to be treated as other than “rents from real property” under section 856(d).
No opinion is expressed or implied as to the federal tax consequences of this transaction under any provision not specifically addressed herein. Specifically, no opinion is expressed or implied whether the structural components of Taxpayer’s Buildings constitute real property under any section of the Internal Revenue Code other than section 856. For example, no opinion is expressed or implied regarding whether the structural components at issue constitute section 1245 property or section 1250 property. Furthermore, no opinion is expressed concerning whether Taxpayer otherwise qualifies as a REIT under subchapter M, part II of Chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code.
This ruling is directed only to the taxpayer who requested it. Section 6110(k)(3) provides that it may not be used or cited as precedent. In accordance with the Power of Attorney on file with this office, a copy of this letter is being sent to your authorized representative.
         
    Sincerely,
 
 
     /S/    
    Alice M. Bennett   
    Branch Chief, Branch 3
Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Financial Institutions & Products) 
 
 
Enclosures:
           Copy of this letter
           Copy for section 6110 purposes